20-F

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 20-F

☐REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

☒ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021

OR

☐TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

☐SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report ______________

For the transition period from ______________ to ______________

Commission file number: 001-39621

OPTHEA LIMITED

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

N/A

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

AUSTRALIA

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Level 4
650 Chapel Street
South Yarra, Victoria 3141
Australia
+ 61 3 9826 0399

(Address of principal executive offices)
Corporation Service Company
1180 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 210
New York, New York 10036

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Agent for Service)

Dr Megan Baldwin +61 3 9826 0399

info@opthea.com

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

Title of each class	Trading Symbol	Name of each exchange on which registered
American Depositary Shares, each representing eight ordinary shares	OPT	The Nasdaq Global Select Market
Ordinary shares, no par value*	*	The Nasdaq Global Select Market*
* Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of the American Depositary Shares.

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:

None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.  351,003,541 Ordinary Shares (including shares underlying American Depositary Shares).  12,717,119 American Depositary Shares.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  ☐ Yes   ☒ No

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  ☐ Yes   ☒ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   ☒ Yes   ☐ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).  ☒ Yes   ☐ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer ☐ Accelerated filer ☐ Non-accelerated filer ☒ Emerging growth company ☒

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.   ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.   ☐

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

	☐	International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International	☒
U.S. GAAP		Accounting Standards Board		Other  ☐

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

Item 17 ☐Item 18 ☐

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).   ☐ Yes   ☒ No

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION			4
ENFORCMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES			6
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS			7
PART I			9
	Item 1.	Identity of Directors, Senior Management	9
	Item 2.	Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable	9
	Item 3.	Key Information	9
	3A.	Selected Financial Data	9
	3B.	Capitalization and Indebtedness	9
	3C.	Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds	9
	3D.	Risk Factors	9
	Item 4.	Information on the Company	64
	4A.	History and Development of Opthea	64
	4B.	Business Overview	64
	4C.	Organizational Structure	114
	4D.	Property, Plants and Equipment	115
	4E..	Unresolved Staff Comments	115
	Item 5.	Operating and Financial Review and Prospects	115
	5A.	Operating Results	116
	5B.	Liquidity and Capital Resources	122
	5C.	Research and Development, Patents and Licenses	124
	5D.	Trend Information	124
	5E.	Critical Accounting Estimates	124
	5F.	Contractual Obligations and Commitments	129
	Item 6.	Directors, Senior Management and Employees	131
	6A.	Key Management Personnel	131
	6B.	Compensation	133
	6C.	Board Practices	137
	6D.	Employees	140
	6E.	Share Ownership	140
	Item 7.	Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions	141
	7A.	Major Shareholders	141
	7B.	Related Party Transactions	143
	7C.	Interests of Experts and Counsel	144
	Item 8.	Financial Information	144
	8A.	Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information	144
	8B.	Significant Changes	144
	Item 9.	The Offer and Listing	144
	9A.	Offer and Listing Details	144
	9B.	Plan of Distribution	145
	9C.	Markets	145
	9D.	Selling Shareholders	145
	9E.	Dilution	145
	9F.	Expenses of the Issue	145
	Item 10.	Additional Information	145
	10A.	Share Capital	145
	10B.	Constitution	145
	10C.	Material Contracts	145
	10D.	Exchange Controls	145
	10E.	Taxation	145
	10F.	Dividends and Paying Agents	154
	10G.	Statement by Experts	154
	10H.	Documents on Display	154
	10I.	Subsidiary Information	154
	Item 11.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk	155

2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Item 12.	Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities	155
	12A.	Debt Securities	155
	12B.	Warrants and Rights	155
	12C.	Other Securities	155
	12D.	American Depositary Shares	155
PART II			158
	Item 13.	Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies	158
	Item 14.	Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds	158
	Item 15.	Controls and Procedures	158
	Item 16A.	Audit Committee Financial Expert	159
	Item 16B.	Code of Ethics	159
	Item 16C.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services	159
	Item 16D.	Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees	160
	Item 16E.	Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers	160
	Item 16F.	Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant	160
	Item 16G.	Corporate Governance	160
	Item 16H.	Mine Safety Disclosure	161
	Item 16I	Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections	161
PART III			162
	Item 17.	Financial Statements	162
	Item 18.	Financial Statements	162
	Item 19.	Exhibits	162

3

presentation of financial and other information

Our reporting and functional currency is the U.S. dollar, and our financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, or annual report, are presented in U.S. dollars. The consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this annual report have been prepared under the International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB, which differs in certain significant respects from U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or GAAP.

Except where the context requires otherwise and for purposes of this annual report only:

• “ADSs” refers to our American depositary shares, each of which represents eight of our ordinary shares, no par value, and “ADRs” refers to the American depositary receipts that evidence our ADSs.

• “Opthea,” “we,” “us” or “our” refer to Opthea Limited and its subsidiaries.

• “A$” or “Australian dollar” refers to the legal currency of Australia.

• “IFRS” refers to the International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB.

• “AIFRS” refers to the Australian equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the Australian Accounting Standards Board, or AASB.

• “U.S. GAAP” refers to the Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States.

• “FDA” refers to the United States Food and Drug Administration.

• “US$” or “U.S. dollars” refers to the legal currency of the United States.

• “U.S.” or “United States” refers to the United States of America.

Except with respect to U.S. dollar amounts presented as contractual terms, amounts denominated in U.S. dollars when received or paid and unless otherwise indicated, certain Australian dollar amounts contained in this annual report have been translated into U.S. dollars at the rate published by the Reserve Bank of Australia as of June 30, 2021. These translations should not be considered representations that any such amounts have been, could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars or Australian dollars at that or any other exchange rate as of that or any other rate. We have made rounding adjustments to some of the figures included in this annual report. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in some tables may not be an arithmetic aggregation of the figures that precede them.

This annual report includes trademarks, tradenames and service marks, certain of which belong to us and others that are the property of other organizations. Solely for convenience, trademarks and tradenames referred to in this annual report appear without the ® and ™ symbols, but the absence of those references is not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert our rights or that the applicable owner will not assert its rights to these trademarks and tradenames to the fullest extent under applicable law. We do not intend our use or display of other parties’ trademarks, trade names or service marks to imply, and such use or display should not be construed to imply, a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other parties.

This annual report contains estimates and information concerning our industry and our business, including estimated market size and projected growth rates of the markets for our product candidates. Unless otherwise expressly stated, we obtained this industry, business, market, medical and other information from reports, research surveys, studies and similar data prepared by third parties, industry, medical and general publications, government data and similar sources.

This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations. Although we are responsible for all of the disclosure contained in this annual report and we believe the third-party market position, market opportunity and market size data included in this annual report are reliable, we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of this third-party data. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high

4

degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors” and in “Forward-Looking Statements.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

Australian Disclosure Requirements

Our ordinary shares are primarily quoted on the Australian Securities Exchange (“ASX”) in addition to our listing of our ADSs on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, or Nasdaq. As part of our ASX listing, we are required to comply with various disclosure requirements as set out under the Australian Corporations Act 2001 and the ASX Listing Rules. Information furnished under the sub-heading “Australian Disclosure Requirements” is intended to comply with ASX listing and Corporations Act 2001 disclosure requirements and is not intended to fulfill information required by this annual report.

5

ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We are a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Australia. Certain of our directors are non-residents of the United States and substantially all of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible or practicable for you to:

• effect service of process within the United States upon our non-U.S. resident directors or on us;

• enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained against our non-U.S. resident directors or us in the United States courts in any action, including actions under the civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws;

• enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained against our non-U.S. resident directors or us in courts of jurisdictions outside the United States in any action, including actions under the civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws; or

• bring an original action in an Australian court to enforce liabilities against our non-U.S. resident directors or us based solely upon U.S. securities laws.

You may also have difficulties enforcing in courts outside the United States judgments that are obtained in U.S. courts against any of our non-U.S. resident directors or us, including actions under the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws.

With that noted, there are no treaties between Australia and the United States that would affect the recognition or enforcement of foreign judgments in Australia. We also note that investors may be able to bring an original action in an Australian court against us to enforce liabilities based in part upon U.S. federal securities laws. The disclosure in this section is not based on the opinion of counsel.

We have appointed Corporation Service Company as our agent to receive service of process with respect to any action brought against us under the federal securities laws of the United States.

6

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This annual report contains forward-looking statements about us and our industry that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this annual report, including statements regarding our future results of operations, financial condition, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “target,” “will,” or “would,” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions.

We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of known and unknown risks, uncertainties, other factors and assumptions, including the risks described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this annual report, regarding, among other things:

• the success, cost and timing of our product development activities and clinical trials;

• our expectations about the timing or likelihood of achieving regulatory approval and the cost of our development programs;

• our reliance on the success of OPT-302 as our only product candidate;

• our ability to obtain funding for our operations, including funding necessary to complete further development and commercialization of our product candidates;

• the commercialization of our product candidates, if approved;

• our plans to research, develop and commercialize our product candidates;

• our ability to maintain, expand, protect and enforce our intellectual property portfolio;

• our ability to operate our business without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property rights of third parties;

• our ability to attract collaborators with development, regulatory and commercialization expertise;

• business disruptions affecting the initiation, patient enrollment, development and operation of our clinical trials, including as a result of a public health emergency, such as the global outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic;

• our expectations regarding our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for our product candidate;

• future agreements with third parties in connection with the commercialization of our product candidates;

• the size and growth potential of the markets for our product candidates, and our ability to serve those markets;

• the rate and degree of market acceptance of our product candidates;

• regulatory developments in the United States, Australia, Europe and other jurisdictions;

• our ability to contract with third-party suppliers and manufacturers and their ability to perform adequately;

• the success of competing therapies that are or may become available;

7

• our ability to attract and retain key scientific or management personnel;

• the accuracy of our estimates regarding expenses, future revenue, capital requirements and needs for additional financing;

• our expectations regarding the period during which we qualify as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act;

• the future trading price of the ADSs and impact of securities analysts’ reports on these prices;

• the potential impact of the current COVID-19 pandemic on our business or operations; and

• other risks and uncertainties, including those listed under “Risk Factors.”

These risks are not exhaustive. Other sections of this annual report may include additional factors that could harm our business and financial performance. New risk factors may emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in, or implied by, any forward-looking statements.

You should not rely on forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this annual report primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and operating results. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this annual report to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this annual report or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based on information available to us as of the date of this annual report. While we believe that information provides a reasonable basis for these statements, that information may be limited or incomplete. Our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain, and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely on these statements.

You should read this annual report and the documents that we reference in this annual report and have filed as exhibits to this annual report with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and achievements may be different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

8

PART I

Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management

Not applicable.

Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

Not applicable.

Item 3. Key Information

3A. Selected Financial Data

Reserved.

3B. Capitalization and Indebtedness

Not applicable.

3C. Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds

Not applicable.

3D. Risk Factors

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider and read carefully all of the risks and uncertainties described below, as well as other information included in this annual report, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this annual report, before making an investment decision. If any of the following risks actually occur, it could harm our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition. In such event, the trading price of the ADSs could decline and you might lose all or part of your investment. You should not interpret our disclosure of any of the following risks to imply that such risks have not already materialized.

Risk Factors Summary

Our business is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including those risks discussed at-length below this summary. These risks include, among others, the following:

Risks Related to our Financial Position and Need for Capital

• We have not received approval for any product candidate for commercial sale and, as a result, we have never generated any revenue, have incurred significant financial losses and expect to continue to incur significant financial losses in the future, which makes it difficult to assess our future viability.

• We will require additional capital in the future, which may not be available to us on commercially favorable terms, or at all. Raising additional capital may cause dilution to holders of our ADSs.

Risks Related to Development and Commercialization of Our Product Candidate

• Clinical trials being conducted to test our product candidate, OPT-302, may not obtain the desired safety and efficacy results or may be delayed or more costly than anticipated.

• We may encounter difficulties in enrolling patients in our clinical trials.

• OPT-302 may be shown to cause undesirable side effects or other adverse events that could delay or prevent its regulatory approval, limit its commercial profile or result in significant negative consequences following regulatory approval, if such approval is granted.

9

• The marketing approval process is expensive, time-consuming and uncertain, and even if OPT-302 receives marketing approval, we may not be successful in our commercialization efforts and OPT-302 may fail to achieve the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, healthcare payors and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success.

• We may face substantial competition, which may result in others discovering, developing or commercializing competing products before or more successfully than us.

• Our business could be negatively affected by the effects of health epidemics, including the evolving effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, in regions where we or third parties on which we rely have significant manufacturing facilities, concentrations of clinical trial sites or other business operations.

Risks Related to Legal and Regulatory Compliance Matters

• Disruptions at the FDA could delay or prevent new products from being developed, approved or commercialized.

• Changes in U.S. healthcare law may impact our business in ways that we cannot currently predict.

• We are subject to economic, political, regulatory and other risks associated with international operations.

Risks Related to Our Reliance on Third Parties

• We rely on third-party manufacturers to produce OPT-302 or any future product candidates. If such manufacturers do not produce acceptable product candidates, this could have a material adverse effect on our business.

• We are currently dependent on third parties to conduct clinical trials and some aspects of our research and development activities. Such third parties may not perform satisfactorily, including failing to meet deadlines for completion of such trial, research or testing.

Risks Related to Employee Matters and Managing Our Growth

• We may not be able to attract, integrate, manage and retain qualified personnel or key employees.

• We are increasing and expect to continue increasing the size of our organization. If we are unable to effectively manage the anticipated growth, our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and/or prospects will be negatively affected.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

• If we are unable to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for our products and technologies, or if we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, we may not be able to compete effectively in our markets.

• We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our intellectual property, or third parties may initiate legal proceedings against us alleging that we infringe their intellectual property rights.

• Our current intellectual property portfolio may not prove to be sufficient to protect our competitive advantage. Additional competitors could enter the market, including with biosimilar products, and sales of affected products may decline materially.

Risks Related to Ownership of the ADSs

• The rights of our shareholders may be different from the rights of shareholders in companies governed by the laws of U.S. jurisdictions.

10

• As a foreign private issuer and as permitted by the listing requirements of Nasdaq, we will rely on certain home country corporate governance practices rather than the corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq. We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses.

• Both foreign private issuers and emerging growth companies are also exempt from certain more stringent executive compensation disclosure rules for U.S. public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010. Even if we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, so long as we remain a foreign private issuer, we will continue to be exempt from such compensation disclosures.

Risks Related to Our Financial Position and Need for Capital

We are a clinical stage biopharmaceutical company with no products approved for commercial sale. We have incurred net losses since our inception, we expect to incur significant losses and increasing operating losses for the foreseeable future, and we may never be profitable.

We are a clinical stage biopharmaceutical company with no products approved for commercial sale. To date, our operations have been limited to organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital, developing our product candidate, OPT-302, and licensing certain related technology, conducting research and development activities, including preclinical studies and clinical trials, and providing general and administrative support for these operations. Investment in biopharmaceutical product development is highly speculative because it entails substantial upfront capital expenditures and significant risk that any potential product candidate will fail to demonstrate adequate effect and/or an acceptable safety profile, gain regulatory approval and become commercially viable. We have not generated any revenue from product sales to date, and we continue to incur significant research and development and other expenses related to our ongoing operations. We are not profitable and have incurred net losses since our inception. Our total comprehensive losses were US$11.1 million and US$44.9 million for the years ended June 30, 2020 and 2021. As of June 30, 2021, we had an accumulated loss of US$124.1 million. We have spent, and expect to continue to spend, significant resources to fund research and development of, and seek regulatory approvals for, OPT-302 and any future product candidates. We expect to incur substantial and increasing operating losses over the next several years as our research, development, manufacturing and clinical trial activities increase. Additionally, if OPT-302 is approved for commercial sale, our commercialization expenses will increase significantly as we establish sales, marketing, distribution, manufacturing, supply chain and other commercial infrastructure. As a result, our accumulated losses will also increase significantly. We may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other unknown factors that may negatively affect our business. The size of our future net losses will depend, in part, on the rate of future growth of our expenses and our ability to generate revenue. Our prior losses and expected future losses have had and will continue to have a negative impact on our total (deficit) equity and working capital. The net losses we incur may fluctuate significantly from quarter-to-quarter such that a period-to-period comparison of our results of operations may not be a good indication of our future performance. Even if we eventually generate product revenue, we may never be profitable and, if we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis.

We currently have no source of product revenue and may never become profitable.

OPT-302 has not been approved for commercial sale, and we expect it to be several years before OPT-302 is approved, if ever, and we are able to commence sales of OPT-302. To date, we have not generated any revenue from the licensing or commercialization of OPT-302 and do not expect to receive revenue from it for a number of years, if ever. We will not be able to generate product revenue unless and until OPT-302 or any future product candidate, alone or with future partners, successfully completes clinical trials, receives regulatory approval and is successfully commercialized. Although we may seek to obtain revenue from collaboration or licensing agreements with third parties, we currently have no such agreements that could provide us with material, ongoing future revenue and we may never enter into any such agreements. Our ability to generate future product revenue from OPT-302 or any future product candidates also depends on a number of additional factors, including our or our future partners’ ability to:

• successfully complete research and clinical development of OPT-302 and any future product candidates and obtain regulatory approvals for commercialization;

11

• maintain supply and manufacturing relationships with third parties, and ensure adequate and legally compliant manufacturing of bulk drug substances and drug products to maintain that supply, including any scale up of manufacturing processes for OPT-302 to support our planned Phase 3 clinical program of OPT-302 in combination with anti-vascular endothelial growth factor-A, or anti-VEGF-A, therapy for the treatment of wet age-related macular degeneration, or AMD;

• launch and commercialize future product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval, if any, and, if launched independently, successfully establish a sales force, marketing and distribution infrastructure;

• demonstrate the necessary safety data post-approval to ensure continued regulatory approval;

• obtain coverage and adequate product reimbursement from third-party payors, including government payors;

• achieve market acceptance for our or our future partners’ products, if any;

• establish, maintain, protect and enforce our intellectual property rights; and

• attract, hire and retain qualified personnel.

In addition, because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with biologic product development, including that OPT-302 may not advance through development, achieve the endpoints of applicable clinical trials or receive approval for use in combination with one or more approved therapies, we are unable to predict the timing or amount of increased expenses, or if or when we will achieve or maintain profitability. In addition, our expenses could increase beyond expectations if we decide, or are required by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, or comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities, including the European Medicines Agency, or the EMA, to perform studies or trials in addition to those that we currently anticipate. Even if we complete the development and regulatory processes described above, we anticipate incurring significant costs associated with launching and commercializing these products.

Even if we generate revenue from the sale of any of our product candidates that may be approved, we may not become profitable and may need to obtain additional funding to continue operations. If we fail to become profitable or do not sustain profitability on a continuing basis, then we may be unable to continue our operations at planned levels and be forced to reduce our operations.

We will require substantial additional capital to finance our operations, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. As a result, we may not complete the development and commercialization of OPT-302 or develop new product candidates.

As a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company, our operations have consumed significant amounts of cash since our inception. We expect our research and development expenses to increase substantially in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we continue our Phase 3 clinical trials of OPT-302 in combination with anti-VEGF-A therapy for the treatment of wet AMD in, continue clinical development of OPT-302 in combination with aflibercept for the treatment of persistent diabetic macular edema, or DME, and other retinal diseases, and commence commercialization plans. Even if we are able to obtain regulatory approval for OPT-302 and any future product candidates that we may develop, we will require substantial additional capital to commercialize such product candidates.

Our forecast of the period of time through which our financial resources will adequately support our operations is a forward-looking statement and involves risks and uncertainties, and actual results could vary as a result of a number of factors, including the factors discussed elsewhere in this “Risk Factors” section. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could utilize our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Our future funding requirements, both short and long-term, will depend on many factors, including:

• the initiation, progress, timing, costs and results of clinical trials for OPT-302 and any future product candidates we may develop, including whether the FDA or comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities require additional clinical trials beyond our Phase 3 clinical trials of OPT-302 in combination with anti-

12

VEGF-A therapy for the treatment of wet AMD to support an approved label of OPT-302 in combination with multiple existing anti-VEGF-A therapies;

• the initiation, progress, timing, costs and results of additional clinical trials and studies to evaluate the potential for co-formulation of OPT-302 with approved and/or biosimilar forms of VEGF-A inhibitors to provide flexibility of treatment options for physicians and to reduce the frequency and number of injections for patients;

• the outcome, timing and cost of seeking and obtaining regulatory approvals from the FDA and comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities;

• if approved, the costs of commercialization activities for OPT-302, or any other product candidate that receives regulatory approval;

• the cost to establish, maintain, expand, enforce and defend the scope of our intellectual property portfolio, including the amount and timing of any payments we may be required to make, or that we may receive, in connection with licensing, preparing, filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing of any patents or other intellectual property rights;

• our headcount growth and associated costs as we expand our research and development capabilities and establish a commercial infrastructure;

• market acceptance of any approved product candidates, including product pricing and adequate reimbursement by third-party payors;

• the cost of acquiring, licensing or investing in additional businesses, products, product candidates and technologies;

• the cost of establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities for OPT-302 and any future product candidates for which we may receive regulatory approval and that we determine to commercialize ourselves or in collaboration with our future partners; and

• the costs of operating as a public company with securities listed in both Australia and the United States.

We will require additional capital to develop, obtain regulatory approval for and commercialize OPT-302 and any future product candidates, including to complete our ongoing Phase 3 clinical trials for OPT-302 for the treatment of wet AMD. In particular, we will require additional capital to progress our ongoing and future planned clinical trials without delays, including payments in connection with the achievement of certain regulatory milestones. We do not have any committed external source of funds. We expect to finance future cash needs through public or private equity or debt offerings or collaborations. We also intend to continue to apply for tax incentives under the Research and Development Tax Incentive scheme provided by the Australian government. See “—Risks Related to Development and Commercialization of Our Product Candidates—We have received tax credits under the Research and Development Tax Incentive scheme in Australia that may become repayable if we did not or do not comply with the rules of the scheme, or we may become ineligible for tax credits in our current or future tax years, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.” Additional capital may not be available in sufficient amounts or on reasonable terms, if at all. If we are not able to raise additional capital, we may not be able to expand our operations or otherwise capitalize on our business opportunities, and our business and financial condition will be negatively impacted.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to holders of our ADSs, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or product candidates.

Holders of our ADSs could suffer dilution or be negatively affected by fixed payment obligations we may incur if we raise additional funds through the issuance of additional equity securities or debt. Further, these securities may have rights senior to those of our ordinary shares and could contain covenants or protective rights that would restrict our operations and potentially impair our competitiveness, such as limitations on our ability to incur additional debt, limitations on our ability to acquire, sell or license intellectual property rights and other operating restrictions that could negatively impact our ability to conduct our business. If we need to secure additional financing, such additional fundraising efforts may divert our management and research efforts from our

13

day-to-day activities, which may negatively affect our ability to develop and commercialize OPT-302 and any future product candidates.

To the extent we obtain additional funding through product collaborations, these arrangements would generally require us to relinquish rights to some of our technologies, product candidates or products, and we may not be able to enter into such agreements, on acceptable terms, if at all. If we are unable to obtain additional funding on a timely basis, we may be required to curtail or terminate some or all of our development programs or product candidates.

Unstable market and economic conditions may have serious adverse consequences on our business and financial condition.

Global credit and financial markets have experienced extreme disruptions at various points over the last few decades, characterized by diminished liquidity and credit availability, declines in consumer confidence, declines in economic growth, increases in unemployment rates and uncertainty about economic stability. If another such disruption in credit and financial markets and deterioration of confidence in economic conditions occurs, our business may be harmed. If the equity and credit markets were to deteriorate significantly in the future, it may make any necessary debt or equity financing more difficult to complete, more costly and more dilutive. Failure to secure any necessary financing in a timely manner and on favorable terms could harm our growth strategy, financial performance and share price and could require us to delay or abandon development or commercialization plans. In addition, there is a risk that one or more of our service providers, manufacturers or other partners would not survive or be able to meet their commitments to us under such circumstances, which could directly affect our ability to attain our operating goals on schedule and on budget.

Risks Related to Development and Commercialization of Our Product Candidates

Our business substantially depends on the success of OPT-302, our only product candidate under clinical development, which has not completed a pivotal Phase 3 clinical trial. If we are unable to obtain regulatory approval for and successfully commercialize OPT-302 or any future product candidates, or we experience significant delays in doing so, our business will be harmed.

To date, the primary focus of our product development has been OPT-302 in combination with anti-VEGF-A therapy for the treatment of patients with wet AMD and DME. Currently, OPT-302 is our only product candidate under clinical development. This may make an investment in our company riskier than similar companies that have multiple product candidates in active development and that therefore may be able to better sustain a failure of a lead candidate. Successful continued development and ultimate regulatory approval of OPT-302 combination therapy for the treatment of wet AMD, DME or other indications is critical to the future success of our business. We have invested, and will continue to invest, a significant portion of our time and financial resources in the clinical development of OPT-302. If we cannot successfully develop, obtain regulatory approval for and commercialize OPT-302, we may not be able to continue our operations. The future regulatory and commercial success of OPT-302 is subject to a number of risks, including the following:

• we may not have sufficient financial and other resources to complete the necessary clinical trials for OPT-302, including, but not limited to, the pivotal clinical trials needed to obtain drug approval;

• we may not be able to obtain adequate evidence from clinical trials of efficacy and safety for OPT-302 combination therapy for the treatment of wet AMD, DME or other indications;

• in our clinical trials for OPT-302, we may need to adjust our clinical trial procedures and may need additional clinical trial sites, which could delay our clinical trial progress;

• the results of our clinical trials may not meet the level of statistical or clinical significance required by the FDA or comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities for marketing approval;

• the standards implemented by clinical or regulatory agencies may change at any time and we cannot be certain what regulatory agencies may require in pivotal clinical trials for the approval of OPT-302;

• the results of later stage clinical trials may not be as favorable as the results we have observed to date in our preclinical studies and early clinical trials;

14

• we cannot be certain of the number and type of clinical trials and non-clinical studies that the FDA or comparable non-U.S. regulatory agencies will require in order to approve OPT-302 combination therapy

• for the treatment of wet AMD, DME or any other indication, including an approved label for use of OPT-302 in combination with multiple anti-VEGF-A therapies for the treatment of wet AMD;

• establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities and launching commercial sales of our products, if and when approved, whether alone or in collaboration with others;

• acceptance of our products, if and when approved, by patients, the medical community and third-party payors;

• obtaining and maintaining third-party coverage and adequate reimbursement;

• maintaining a continued acceptable safety profile of our products following approval, including when used in combination with existing therapies;

• effectively competing with other therapies; and

• enforcing and defending intellectual property rights and claims.

Many of these risks are beyond our control, including the risks related to clinical development, the regulatory submission process, potential threats to our intellectual property rights and the manufacturing, marketing and sales efforts of any future collaborator. Of the large number of drugs in development in the pharmaceutical industry, only a small percentage result in the submission of a new drug application or a biologics license application, or BLA, to the FDA and even fewer are approved for commercialization. Furthermore, even if we do receive regulatory approval to market OPT-302, any such approval may be subject to limitations on the indicated uses or patient populations for which we may market the products. Accordingly, even if we are able to obtain the requisite financing to continue to fund our development programs, we may be unable to successfully develop or commercialize OPT-302. If we or any of our future development collaborators are unable to develop, or obtain regulatory approval for, or, if approved, successfully commercialize OPT-302, we may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to continue our business.

Clinical drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process with uncertain timelines and uncertain outcomes. Our clinical trials may fail to adequately demonstrate the safety and efficacy of OPT-302 or any future product candidates.

OPT-302 and any future product candidates will be subject to rigorous and extensive clinical trials and extensive regulatory approval processes implemented by the FDA and comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities before obtaining marketing approval from these regulatory authorities. The drug development and approval process is lengthy and expensive, and approval is never certain. For example, we do not expect to report topline data from our Phase 3 clinical trials of OPT-302 for the treatment of wet AMD until 2023, despite FDA Fast Track designation. Investigational new drugs, such as OPT-302, may not prove to be safe and effective in clinical trials. We may be unable to conduct clinical trials at preferred sites, enlist clinical investigators, enroll sufficient numbers of participants or begin or successfully complete clinical trials in a timely fashion, if at all. In addition, the design of a clinical trial can determine whether its results will support approval of a product, and flaws in the design of a clinical trial may not become apparent until the clinical trial is well advanced.

If we experience delays in clinical testing, our commercial prospects will be harmed, our costs may increase and our business may be harmed.

Conducting clinical studies for any product candidates in the United States requires filing an investigational new drug application, or IND, and reaching agreement with the FDA on clinical protocols, finding appropriate clinical sites and clinical investigators, securing approvals for such studies from the institutional review board at each such site, manufacturing clinical quantities of product candidates and supplying drug product to clinical sites. Currently, we have an active IND with the FDA in the United States for OPT-302. If any such future IND is not approved by the FDA, our clinical development timeline may be negatively impacted and any future clinical programs may be delayed or terminated.

15

We cannot guarantee that we will be able to successfully accomplish required regulatory activities or all of the other activities necessary to initiate and complete clinical trials. As a result, our clinical trials may be extended, delayed or terminated, and we may be unable to obtain regulatory approvals or successfully commercialize our products. We do not know whether any other clinical trials will begin as planned, will need to be restructured or will be completed on schedule, or at all. Our product development costs will increase if we experience delays in clinical testing. Significant clinical trial delays also could shorten any periods during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize OPT-302 and any future product candidates or allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do, which would impair our ability to successfully commercialize OPT-302 or any future product candidates and may harm our business, results of operations and prospects. Events that may result in a delay or unsuccessful completion of clinical development include:

• the unavailability of financial resources to commence and complete planned trials;

• delays in reaching agreement on acceptable terms with prospective contract research organizations, or CROs, and clinical trial sites;

• revisions to labeling, including adding limitations on approved uses or the additions of additional warnings, contraindications or other safety information including boxed warnings;

• ongoing discussions with the FDA or comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities regarding the scope or design of our clinical trials;

• deviations from the trial protocol by clinical trial sites and investigators, or failures to conduct the trial in accordance with regulatory requirements;

• the need to repeat clinical trials as a result of inconclusive or negative results or poorly executed testing or changes in required endpoints by the FDA or comparable non-U.S. authorities;

• unfavorable FDA inspection and review of a clinical trial site or records of any clinical or preclinical investigation;

• the placement of a clinical hold on a clinical trial by the FDA or comparable non-U.S. authorities;

• delays in obtaining, or the inability to obtain, required approvals from institutional review boards or other governing entities at clinical sites selected for participation in our clinical trials;

• failure of third parties, such as CROs, to satisfy their contractual duties to us or meet expected deadlines;

• delays in the testing, validation, manufacturing and delivery of the product candidates to the clinical sites;

• insufficient supply or deficient quality of product candidate materials or other materials necessary to conduct our clinical trials, including of drugs to be used in the proposed combination therapy with our product candidates;

• delays in enrolling participants into our clinical trials;

• delays in patients completing a trial or returning for post-treatment follow-up;

• delays caused by patients dropping out of a trial due to side effects, disease progression or otherwise;

• serious and unexpected drug-related adverse effects experienced by participants in our clinical trials;

• implementation of new, or changes to, guidance or interpretations from the FDA or comparable non-U.S. authorities with respect to approval pathways for any product candidates we are pursuing; and

• changes in government regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trials.

16

Our or our future collaborators’ inability to timely complete clinical trials could result in additional costs to us as well as impair our ability to generate product revenue, continue development, commercialize OPT-302 and any future product candidates and receive royalties on product sales. In addition, if we make changes to a product candidate, we may need to conduct additional nonclinical studies or clinical trials to bridge or demonstrate the comparability of our modified product candidate to earlier versions, which could delay our clinical development plan or marketing approval for our current product candidate and any future product candidates.

If we encounter difficulties in enrolling patients in our clinical trials, our clinical development activities could be delayed or otherwise negatively affected.

The timely completion of clinical trials largely depends on patient enrollment. We may encounter delays in enrolling, or be unable to enroll, a sufficient number of patients to complete any of our clinical trials, and even once enrolled, we may be unable to retain a sufficient number of patients to complete any of our trials. Many factors affect patient enrollment, including:

• the size and nature of the patient population, which may be limited due to eligibility requirements;

• the number and location of clinical sites;

• competition with other companies for clinical sites or patients;

• the availability and amount of any patient stipend;

• the eligibility and exclusion criteria for the trial;

• the design of the clinical trial;

• our ability to recruit clinical trial investigators with the appropriate competencies and experience;

• inability to obtain and maintain patient consents;

• significant adverse events or other side effects observed, if any;

• risk that enrolled participants will drop out before completion; and

• competing clinical trials and clinicians’ and patients’ perceptions as to the potential advantages of the drug being studied in relation to other available therapies.

In addition, other companies are conducting clinical trials for the same indications and seek to enroll patients in their trials that may otherwise be eligible for our clinical studies or trials, which could lead to slow recruitment and delays in our clinical programs. Further, since the number of qualified clinical investigators is limited, we expect to conduct some of our clinical trials at the same clinical trial sites that some of our competitors use, which could further reduce the number of patients who are available for our clinical trials in these sites.

Our inability to enroll a sufficient number of patients for our clinical trials would result in significant delays or may require us to abandon one or more clinical trials altogether. If we are unable to enroll a sufficient number of patients that will complete clinical testing, we will be unable to seek or gain marketing approval for OPT-302 and any future product candidates and our business will be harmed. Even if we are able to enroll a sufficient number of patients in our clinical studies or trials, delays in patient enrollment may result in increased costs or may affect the timing or outcome of our clinical trials, which could prevent completion of these trials and negatively affect our ability to advance the development of OPT-302 and any future product candidates.

OPT-302 and any future product candidates may cause undesirable side effects or have other properties that could delay or prevent their regulatory approval or limit the commercial profile of an approved label.

Undesirable side effects caused by OPT-302 combination therapy or any future product candidates could cause us or regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt clinical trials and could result in a more restrictive label or the delay or denial of regulatory approval by the FDA or other comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities. Additional clinical studies may be required to evaluate the safety profile of OPT-302 combination therapy or any

17

future product candidates. We have no clinical safety data on patient exposure to OPT-302 administered in combination with an anti-VEGF-A therapy for longer than 24 weeks.

Future results of our trials could reveal a high and unacceptable severity and prevalence of side effects or unexpected characteristics, including, for example, immunogenicity. In such an event, we could suspend or terminate our trials or the FDA or comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities could order us to cease clinical trials or deny approval of OPT-302 in combination with anti-VEGF-A therapy or any future product candidates for any or all targeted indications. Drug-related side effects could affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled subjects to complete the trial or result in potential product liability claims. Any of these occurrences could materially and negatively affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. While OPT-302 has been well tolerated in our completed clinical trials, dosed patients have experienced certain adverse events, including potentially treatment-related serious adverse events, or SAEs, of myocardial infarction, endophthalmitis and vitritis in our Phase 2b clinical trial of OPT-302 combination therapy for the treatment of wet AMD, and a potentially treatment-related SAE of stroke for one patient in our Phase 1b/2a clinical trial of OPT-302 combination therapy for the treatment of DME.

It may be difficult to discern whether certain events or symptoms observed during our clinical trials or by patients using our approved products are related to OPT-302 or any future product candidates or approved products, including anti-VEGF-A therapies used in combination with OPT-302, or some other factor. As a result, we and our development programs may be negatively affected even if such events or symptoms are ultimately determined to be unlikely related to OPT-302 or any future product candidates or approved products. We are developing OPT-302 to complement existing VEGF-A inhibitors, including ranibizumab and aflibercept. There are some potential side effects associated with intravitreal anti-VEGF-A therapies such as intraocular hemorrhage, intraocular pressure elevation, retinal detachment, inflammation, vasculitis, artery occlusion or infection inside the eye and over-inhibition of VEGF, as well as the potential for potential systemic side effects such as heart attack, stroke, wound healing problems and high blood pressure. Further, OPT-302 in combination with anti-VEGF-A therapies for the treatment of wet AMD is administered as sequential intravitreal injections over several weeks. There are risks inherent in the intravitreal injection procedure of drugs such as existing anti-VEGF-A therapies in combination with OPT-302 which can cause injury to the eye and other complications including conjunctival hemorrhage, punctate keratitis, eye pain, conjunctival hyperemia, which results in a discharge, intra-ocular inflammation and inflammation of the interior of the eye. For example, in our completed clinical trials, patients dosed with OPT-302 have experienced potentially treatment-related ocular adverse events such as eye pain, vitreous floaters, eye irritation and raised intraocular pressure.

We cannot assure you that additional or more severe adverse side effects than those observed to date related to OPT-302 combination therapy or any future product candidates will not be observed in our clinical trials or in the commercial setting. If observed, such adverse side effects could delay or preclude regulatory approval of OPT-302 combination therapy or any future product candidates, limit commercial use or result in the withdrawal of previously granted marketing approvals. If we or others identify undesirable or unacceptable side effects caused by OPT-302 combination therapy or any future product candidates or products:

• we may be required to modify, suspend or terminate our clinical trials;

• we may be required to modify or include additional dosage and administration instructions, warnings and precautions, contraindications, boxed warnings, limitations, restrictions or other statements in the product label for our approved products, or issue field alerts to physicians and pharmacies;

• we, or any future collaborators, may be required to create a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, which could include a medication guide outlining the risks of such side effects for distribution to patients, a communication plan for healthcare providers, and/or other elements to assure safe use;

• we may be required to conduct costly additional clinical trials;

• we may be subject to limitations on how we may promote our approved products;

• sales of our approved products may decrease significantly;

• regulatory authorities may require us to take our approved products off the market;

18

• we may be subject to regulatory investigations, government enforcement actions, litigation or product liability claims; and

• our products may become less competitive or our reputation may suffer.

Any of these results could decrease or prevent any sales of our approved product or substantially increase the costs and expenses of commercializing and marketing our product.

Even if we complete the necessary Phase 3 pivotal clinical trials, the marketing approval process is expensive, time-consuming and uncertain and may prevent us or any future collaboration partners from obtaining approvals for the commercialization of OPT-302 for the treatment of wet AMD or any other indication as well as for any other product candidate we develop.

Any product candidate we may develop and the activities associated with their development and commercialization, including their design, testing, manufacture, safety, efficacy, recordkeeping, labeling, storage, approval, advertising, promotion, sale and distribution, are subject to comprehensive regulation by the FDA and other regulatory authorities in the United States and by comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities. Failure to obtain marketing approval for a product candidate will prevent us from commercializing the product candidate in a given jurisdiction. We have not received approval to market any product candidates from regulatory authorities in any jurisdiction and it is possible that none of the product candidates we may seek to develop in the future will ever obtain regulatory approval. While we expect to expand our internal regulatory function to support the marketing approval process for OPT-302, we have no prior experience in filing and supporting the applications necessary to gain marketing approvals and expect to rely in part on third-party CROs or regulatory consultants to assist us in this process. Securing regulatory approval requires the submission of extensive preclinical and clinical data and supporting information to the various regulatory authorities for each therapeutic indication to establish the biologic product candidate’s safety, purity, efficacy and potency. Securing regulatory approval also requires the submission of information about the product manufacturing process to, and inspection of manufacturing facilities by, the relevant regulatory authority. Any product candidates we develop may not be effective, may be only moderately effective or may prove to have undesirable or unintended side effects, toxicities or other characteristics that may preclude our obtaining marketing approval or prevent or limit commercial use.

The process of obtaining marketing approvals, both in the United States and in other jurisdictions, is expensive, may take many years if additional clinical trials are required, if approval is obtained at all, and can vary substantially based upon a variety of factors, including the type, complexity and novelty of the product candidates involved. Changes in marketing approval policies during the development period, changes in or the enactment of additional statutes or regulations, or changes in regulatory review for each submitted product application, may cause delays in the approval or rejection of an application. The FDA and comparable authorities in other countries have substantial discretion in the approval process and may refuse to accept any application or may decide that our data are insufficient for approval and require additional preclinical, clinical or other studies. In addition, varying interpretations of the data obtained from preclinical and clinical testing could delay, limit, or prevent marketing approval of a product candidate. Any marketing approval we ultimately obtain may be limited or subject to restrictions or post-approval commitments that render the approved product not commercially viable.

If we experience delays in obtaining approval or if we fail to obtain approval of any product candidates we may develop, the commercial prospects for those product candidates, including for OPT-302 in other indications, may be harmed, and our ability to generate revenues will be materially impaired.

Lack of efficacy, adverse events or undesirable side effects may emerge in clinical trials conducted by third parties with product candidates for wet AMD or DME, which could negatively affect our stock price, our ability to attract additional capital and our development program.

Lack of efficacy, adverse events or undesirable side effects may emerge in clinical trials conducted by third parties developing product candidates for wet AMD or DME. In addition, other companies have developed products for wet AMD and DME, including product candidates administered in combination with anti-VEGF-A therapies, and have suffered setbacks and clinical trial failures in the past, including failures of primary endpoints in Phase 3 pivotal clinical trials following positive data from Phase 1 and 2 trials. Lack of efficacy, adverse events or undesirable side effects experienced by subjects in third party clinical trials currently being conducted or previously conducted could negatively affect our stock price, our ability to attract additional capital and our development of OPT-302 or even the viability of OPT-302 as a product candidate. In addition, any such adverse events or undesirable side effects may lead to increased regulatory requirements for, or additional regulatory

19

review of, OPT-302, which may result in delays in development and commercialization of OPT-302 and harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The results of completed clinical trials may not be predictive of future results. Data from our clinical trials to date may not be indicative of results obtained when these trials are completed or in later stage trials.

There is a high failure rate for drugs and biologic products proceeding through clinical trials. Failure can occur at any time during the clinical trial process. The results of completed clinical trials of OPT-302 or any future product candidate may not be predictive of the results of later-stage clinical trials, including our Phase 3 trials of OPT-302 in combination with anti-VEGF-A therapy for the treatment of wet AMD, and the results of trials in certain patients may not be predictive of those obtained in another. In fact, many companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have suffered significant setbacks in late stage clinical trials even after achieving promising results in earlier stage clinical trials. In addition, data obtained from clinical activities is subject to varying interpretations, which may delay, limit or prevent regulatory approval.

The results of our Phase 2b clinical trial of OPT-302 combination therapy may not be predictive of the results of our Phase 3 clinical program due, in part, to the fact that we have no clinical data on OPT-302 in combination with anti-VEGF-A therapy in any clinical trial longer than 24 weeks and that we have begun and plan to continue to conduct our Phase 3 clinical trials at many clinical centers that were not included in our Phase 2b clinical trial. The number of patients exposed to product candidates and the average exposure time in prior clinical trials may be inadequate to detect rare adverse events or findings that may only be detected once a product candidate is administered to more patients and for greater periods of time. Any approved label for OPT-302 combination therapy may also be limited if our Phase 3 clinical trial results do not show long-term clinically significant efficacy results, including for over 12 months or in combination with either of the approved anti-VEGF-A therapies. In addition, if a combination of OPT-302 with an anti-VEGF-A therapy in our Phase 3 clinical program for the treatment of wet AMD does not achieve clinically significant superiority over anti-VEGF-A monotherapy with statistical significance on the primary endpoints of our Phase 3 clinical trials, or the FDA or a comparable non-U.S. regulatory authority requires additional clinical trials beyond our Phase 3 clinical program to support an approved label of OPT-302 used in combination with multiple anti-VEGF-A therapies, our ability to successfully commercialize OPT-302 in combination with anti-VEGF-A therapy for the treatment of wet AMD would be harmed.

Interim, topline and preliminary data from our clinical trials that we announce or publish from time to time may change as more patient data become available and are subject to audit and verification procedures that could result in material changes in the final data.

From time to time, we may publicly disclose preliminary or topline data from our clinical trials, which are based on a preliminary analysis of then-available data, and the results and related findings and conclusions are subject to change following a more comprehensive review of the data related to the particular study or trial. We also make assumptions, estimations, calculations and conclusions as part of our analyses of data, and we may not have received or had the opportunity to fully and carefully evaluate all data. As a result, the topline results that we report may differ from future results of the same studies or different conclusions or considerations may qualify such results, once additional data have been received and fully evaluated. Topline data also remain subject to audit and verification procedures that may result in the final data being materially different from the preliminary data we previously published. As a result, topline data should be viewed with caution until the final data are available. From time to time, we may also disclose interim data from our clinical trials. In addition, we may report interim analyses of only certain endpoints rather than all endpoints. Interim data from clinical trials that we may complete are subject to the risk that one or more of the clinical outcomes may materially change as patient enrollment continues and more patient data become available.

In addition, adverse changes between interim data and final data could significantly harm our business and prospects. Additional disclosure of interim data by us or by our competitors in the future could also result in volatility in the price of the ADSs and our ordinary shares. Further, others, including regulatory agencies, may not accept or agree with our assumptions, estimates, calculations, conclusions or analyses or may interpret or weigh the importance of data differently, which could impact the value of the particular program, the approvability or commercialization of the particular product candidate or product and our company in general. In addition, the information we choose to publicly disclose regarding a particular study or clinical trial is based on what is typically extensive information, and you or others may not agree with what we determine is the material or otherwise appropriate information to include in our disclosure, and any information we determine not to disclose may ultimately be deemed significant with respect to future decisions, conclusions, views, activities or otherwise

20

regarding a particular product candidate or our business. If the topline data that we report differ from actual results, or if others, including regulatory authorities, disagree with the conclusions reached, our ability to obtain approval for, and commercialize, OPT-302 or any future product candidates may be harmed, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may face substantial competition, which may result in others discovering, developing or commercializing competing products before or more successfully than us.

The biopharmaceutical industry is intensely competitive and subject to rapid innovation and significant technological advancements. We believe the key competitive factors that will affect the development and commercial success of OPT-302 and any future product candidates are efficacy, safety and tolerability profile, reliability, convenience of dosing, price, the level of generic competition and reimbursement. Our competitors include multinational pharmaceutical companies, specialized biotechnology companies, universities and other research institutions. A number of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies are pursuing the development or marketing of pharmaceuticals that target the same diseases that we are targeting. Smaller or earlier-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large, established companies.

There are a number of large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies that are currently pursuing the development of products for the treatment of wet AMD and DME or have commercially approved products for the treatment of wet AMD or DME, including Roche, Regeneron and Novartis. The current standard of care for wet AMD is monotherapy administration of anti-VEGF-A therapies, including ranibizumab and aflibercept, as well as off-label use of bevacizumab. These drugs are well established therapies and are widely accepted by physicians, patients and third-party payors, which may make it difficult to convince these parties to switch to OPT-302 combination therapy. In addition to competition from other companies directly targeting wet AMD or DME, any products we may develop may also face competition from other types of therapies or patient and physician preferences. In addition, many companies are developing new therapeutics, and we cannot predict what the standard of care will be as OPT-302 or any future product candidates progress through clinical development.

If our competitors market products that are more effective, safer or cheaper than our products, that are more durable or have reduced injection burden compared to our products (including OPT-302), or that reach the market sooner than our products, we may not achieve commercial success. In addition, the biopharmaceutical industry is characterized by rapid technological change. If we fail to stay at the forefront of technological change, we may be unable to compete effectively. Technological advances or products developed by our competitors may render our technologies, products or product candidates obsolete, less competitive or not economical.

Many of our competitors have substantially greater financial, technical, human and other resources than we do and may be better equipped to develop, manufacture and market technologically superior products. In addition, many of these competitors have significantly longer operating histories and greater experience than we have in undertaking nonclinical studies and human clinical trials of new pharmaceutical products and in obtaining regulatory approvals of human therapeutic products. Clinical trials for the treatment of wet AMD and DME may be relatively costly and time consuming. The requirements for approval by the FDA and comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities may change over time and this may require changes to ongoing or future clinical trial designs that could impact timelines and cost. Further, many of our competitors have established distribution channels for the commercialization of their products, whereas we have no such channel or capabilities. In addition, many competitors have greater name recognition and more extensive collaborative relationships.

As a result, our competitors may obtain regulatory approval of their products more rapidly than we do or may obtain patent protection or other intellectual property rights that limit our ability to develop or commercialize our product candidate or any future product candidates. Our competitors may also develop and succeed in obtaining approval for drugs that are more effective, more convenient, more widely used and less costly or have a better safety profile than our products and these competitors may also be more successful than we are in manufacturing and marketing their products. If we are unable to compete effectively against these companies, then we may not be able to commercialize our product candidate or any future product candidates or achieve a competitive position in the market. This would negatively affect our ability to generate revenue. Our competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific, management and commercial personnel, establishing clinical trial sites and enrolling patients for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs. Our inability to compete effectively in any of these aspects of our business could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

21

A fast track designation by the FDA for future product candidates, may not lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process and does not increase the likelihood that our product candidates will receive marketing approval.

If a drug or biologic is intended for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening condition and the product demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical needs for this condition, the sponsor may apply for FDA fast track designation for a particular indication. We may seek fast track designation for certain of our future product candidates, but there is no assurance that the FDA will grant this status to any of our future product candidates. If granted, fast track designation makes a product eligible for more frequent interactions with FDA to discuss the development plan and clinical trial design, as well as rolling review of the application, which means that the company can submit completed sections of its marketing application for review prior to completion of the entire submission. Marketing applications of products candidates with fast track designation may qualify for priority review under the policies and procedures offered by the FDA, but the fast track designation does not assure any such qualification or ultimate marketing approval by the FDA. The FDA has broad discretion whether or not to grant fast track designation, so even if we believe a particular product candidate is eligible for this designation, there can be no assurance that the FDA would decide to grant it. Even if we do receive fast track designation, we may not experience a faster development process, review or approval compared to conventional FDA procedures, and receiving a fast track designation does not provide any assurance of ultimate FDA approval. In addition, the FDA may withdraw fast track designation if it believes that the designation is no longer supported by data from our clinical development program. In addition, the FDA may withdraw any fast track designation at any time.

OPT-302 and any future product candidates may not achieve adequate market acceptance among physicians, patients, healthcare payors and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success.

Even if our product candidates receive regulatory approval, they may not gain adequate market acceptance among physicians, patients, healthcare payors and others in the medical community. Given the number of drugs in development or currently approved for the treatment of wet AMD and DME, if we are unsuccessful in achieving a differentiated profile with OPT-302, including in combination with existing therapies, based on efficacy, safety and tolerability, dosing and administration, market acceptance will be limited. For example, current treatments for wet AMD, including ranibizumab, aflibercept and low cost, off-label use of bevacizumab, are well established in the medical community and perceived as demonstrating meaningful clinical response in many cases. As a result, doctors may continue to rely on these treatments without OPT-302 or may continue to use such existing treatments as first-line therapies. The medical community may also resist adopting a combination therapy over monotherapy for any of our targeted indications. In particular, recent clinical development has focused on maintaining vision gains with a VEGF-A inhibitor while reducing the number of injections. While we plan to evaluate the potential for co-formulation of OPT-302 with approved and/or biosimilar forms of VEGF-A inhibitors to provide flexibility of treatment options for physicians and to reduce the frequency and number of injections for patients, there can be no assurance that we will be successful or that any co-formulated product will have a favorable safety profile. If we are unable to reduce the injection burden of OPT-302 combination therapy or demonstrate sufficient efficacy improvements with a comparatively higher frequency and number of injections over standard of care anti-VEGF-A therapies, develop a co-formulation of OPT-302 for patients or otherwise increase the duration of efficacy of OPT-302 doses, or if physicians determine that a more frequent regimen is necessary, the market acceptance of OPT-302 may be limited which would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, the potential market opportunity for OPT-302 is difficult to estimate precisely. If OPT-302 receives marketing approval for the treatment of wet AMD, it will be approved solely for use in combination with one or more anti-VEGF-A therapies, and may be limited to use with only one anti-VEGF-A therapy for the treatment of wet AMD depending on whether the results from each of our Phase 3 clinical trials support an approved label for use of OPT-302 in combination with more than one anti-VEGF-A therapy. The market opportunity for OPT-302 will be dependent upon the continued use of anti-VEGF-A therapies in the treatment of wet AMD and the market share of such anti-VEGF-A therapies for which OPT-302 is approved as a combination therapy. The degree of market acceptance of any of our approved product candidates will depend on a number of factors, including:

• the efficacy, safety and dosing profile of the product candidate as demonstrated in clinical trials;

• the timing of market introduction of the product candidate as well as competitive products;

• the clinical indications for which the product candidate is approved;

22

• the imposition of a REMS which may include distribution or use restrictions;

• any restrictions on the use of our products to a subgroup of patients;

• acceptance of the product candidate as a safe and effective treatment by physicians and patients;

• the potential and perceived advantages of the product candidate over alternative treatments, including any similar generic treatments;

• the cost of treatment in relation to alternative treatments;

• the availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement and pricing by third parties and government authorities;

• patients’ willingness to pay out-of-pocket in the absence of coverage and/or adequate reimbursement from third-party payors;

• the relative convenience and ease of administration;

• the frequency and severity of adverse events;

• the effectiveness of sales and marketing efforts; and

• unfavorable publicity relating to the product candidate.

Sales of medical products also depend on the willingness of physicians to prescribe the treatment, which is likely to be based on a determination by these physicians that the products are safe, therapeutically effective and cost effective. In addition, the inclusion or exclusion of products from treatment guidelines established by various physician groups and the viewpoints of influential physicians can affect the willingness of other physicians to prescribe the treatment. We cannot predict whether physicians, physicians’ organizations, hospitals, other healthcare providers, government agencies or private insurers will determine that our products are safe, therapeutically effective and cost effective as compared with competing treatments.

Efforts to educate the medical community and third-party payors on the benefits of OPT-302 combination therapy may require significant resources and may not be successful. Demonstrating the safety and efficacy of our product candidates and obtaining regulatory approvals will not guarantee future revenue. Our commercial success also depends on coverage and adequate reimbursement of our product candidates by third-party payors, including government payors, which may be difficult or time-consuming to obtain, may be limited in scope and may not be obtained in all jurisdictions in which we may seek to market our products.

If the market opportunities for any product that we or our strategic collaborators develop are smaller than we believe they are, our revenue may be negatively affected and our business may suffer.

We intend to focus our product candidate development on therapies for the treatment of wet AMD and additional retinal disease indications such as DME or retinal vein occlusion, or RVO. Our projections of addressable patient populations that have the potential to benefit from treatment with our product candidate are based on estimates. These estimates have been derived from a variety of sources, including the scientific literature, surveys of clinics, patient foundations or market research, and may prove to be incorrect. Further, new studies may change the estimated incidence or prevalence of these diseases. The number of patients may turn out to be lower than expected. Additionally, the potentially addressable patient population for our product candidates may not ultimately be amenable to treatment with our product candidates. Our market opportunity may also be limited by future competitor treatments that enter the market. If any of our estimates are inaccurate, the market opportunities for any of our product candidates could be significantly diminished and have an adverse impact on our business.

23

If OPT-302 is approved by the FDA as a combination therapy for the treatment of wet AMD, the approval will be limited to this specific indication and, unless we seek regulatory approval for additional indications, we will be prohibited from marketing OPT-302 for other indications. We may be subject to fines, penalties or injunctions if we are determined to have promoted or be promoting the use of OPT-302 for unapproved or “off-label” uses, resulting in damage to our reputation and business.

If OPT-302 receives marketing approval for the treatment of wet AMD, it will be approved solely for use in combination with one or more anti-VEGF-A therapies, and may be limited to only one anti-VEGF-A therapy for the treatment of wet AMD depending on the results of our ongoing pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials. Although we are also developing OPT-302 for other retinal diseases, any regulatory approval of OPT-302 for wet AMD would not be cover the treatment of any other indication. As a result, we would be prohibited from promoting OPT-302 for the treatment of DME unless we are granted FDA approval for such indication.

The FDA strictly regulates the promotional claims that may be made about prescription products. While physicians may choose to prescribe products for uses that are not described in the product’s labeling and for uses that differ from those tested in clinical trials and approved by the regulatory authorities, we are prohibited from marketing and promoting the products for indications that are not specifically approved by the FDA or comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities. These “off-label” uses are common across medical specialties and may constitute an appropriate treatment for some patients in varied circumstances. Regulatory authorities in the United States generally do not restrict or regulate the behavior of physicians in their choice of treatment within the practice of medicine. Regulatory authorities do, however, restrict communications by biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies on off-label use. If the FDA determines that our promotional activities constitute promotion of an off-label use, it could request that we modify our promotional materials and subject us to FDA regulatory or enforcement actions as well as actions by other agencies, including issuance of warning letters or untitled letters, suspension or withdrawal of an approved product from the market, mandatory or voluntary recalls, civil fines, disgorgement of money, operating restrictions, additional reporting requirements and/or oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or similar agreement, injunctions or criminal prosecution, any of which could significantly harm our business.

OPT-302 is being developed to be used as a combination therapy for use with anti-VEGF-A therapies, which exposes us to additional risks.

We are developing OPT-302 to be used in combination with currently approved VEGF-A inhibitors. Even if OPT-302 were to receive marketing approval or be commercialized, we would continue to be subject to the risks that the FDA or similar regulatory authorities could revoke approval of some or all approved anti-VEGF-A therapies for safety, efficacy, manufacturing or supply issues. This could result in OPT-302 being restricted from commercialization or being less commercially successful.

We may also evaluate OPT-302 or any other future product candidates in combination with one or more other product candidates that have not yet been approved for marketing by the FDA or similar foreign regulatory authorities. We will not be able to market and sell OPT-302 or any product candidate we develop in combination with any such unapproved therapies that do not ultimately obtain marketing approval.

If the FDA or similar foreign regulatory authorities do not approve these other product candidates or revoke their approval of, or if safety, efficacy, manufacturing, or supply issues arise with, the drugs we choose to evaluate in combination with OPT-302 or any product candidate we develop, we may be unable to obtain approval of or market OPT-302 or any product candidate we develop.

If we fail to develop and commercialize additional product candidates, we may be unable to grow our business.

Although the development and commercialization of OPT-302 is currently our primary focus, as part of our longer-term growth strategy, we plan to evaluate the development and commercialization of other therapies related to retinal diseases. The success of this strategy depends primarily upon our ability to identify and validate new therapeutic candidates, and to identify, develop and commercialize new drugs and biologics. Our research efforts may initially show promise in discovering potential new drugs and biologics, yet fail to yield product candidates for clinical development for a number of reasons, including:

• we may need to rely on third parties to generate molecules for some of our product candidate programs;

24

• we may encounter product manufacturing difficulties that limit yield or produce undesirable characteristics that increase the cost of manufacturing our product candidates, cause delays or make our product candidates unmarketable;

• product candidates may cause adverse effects in patients or subjects, even after successful initial toxicology studies, which may make the product candidates unmarketable;

• product candidates may not demonstrate a meaningful benefit to patients or subjects; and

• our future collaboration partners may change their development profiles or plans for potential product candidates or abandon a therapeutic area or the development of a partnered product.

If any of these events occur, we may be forced to abandon our development efforts for one or more programs, which could harm our business, operating results and prospects and could potentially cause us to cease operations. Future research programs to identify new product candidates may require substantial technical, financial and human resources. We may focus our efforts and resources on potential programs or product candidates that ultimately prove to be unsuccessful.

Product candidates may require additional, time-consuming development efforts prior to commercial sale, including preclinical studies, clinical trials and approval by the FDA and/or comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities. All product candidates are prone to the risks of failure that are inherent in pharmaceutical product development, including the possibility that the product candidate will not be shown to be sufficiently safe and effective for approval by regulatory authorities. In addition, we cannot assure you that any such products that are approved will be manufactured or produced economically, be successfully commercialized, be widely accepted in the marketplace or be more effective than other commercially available alternatives.

Our business could be negatively affected by the effects of health epidemics, including the evolving effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, in regions where we or third parties on which we rely have significant manufacturing facilities, concentrations of clinical trial sites or other business operations.

Health epidemics in regions where we have concentrations of clinical trial sites or other business operations could negatively affect our business, including by causing significant disruption in the operations of third-party manufacturers and CROs upon whom we rely. For example, the novel coronavirus disease 2019, or COVID-19, pandemic has presented a substantial public health and economic challenge around the world and continues to affect employees, patients, communities and business operations, as well as the U.S. economy and financial markets, despite the availability of FDA-approved vaccines against COVID-19.

Based on guidance issued by Australian federal and state governments, we transitioned to a remote work environment for all of our employees. In connection with these measures, we may be subject to claims based upon, arising out of, or related to COVID-19 and our actions and responses thereto, including any determinations that we may make to continue to operate or to re-open our facilities. Further, the effects of the continued shelter-in-place orders in Australia and across the world and our work-from-home policies may negatively impact productivity, disrupt our business and delay our clinical programs and timelines, the magnitude of which will depend, in part, on the length and severity of the restrictions and other limitations on our ability to conduct our business in the ordinary course. These and similar, and perhaps more severe, disruptions in our operations could negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. As the pandemic continues, we may experience a negative impact on our ability to initiate clinical trial sites, maintain patient enrollment and enroll new patients which may impact timelines in the future. Our ability to attract additional clinical trial sites and principal investigators to conduct our clinical trials and to conduct the necessary clinical trial site initiation procedures may be impacted by quarantines, shelter-in-place and similar restrictions imposed by federal, state and local governments. These restrictions may also prohibit patients from enrolling in, or continuing to participate in, our clinical trials. Principal investigators and clinical trial site staff, as healthcare providers, may have heightened exposure to COVID-19. While none of the patients in our ongoing clinical trials have discontinued due to COVID-19, certain of our patients have contracted COVID-19, and further health impacts from COVID-19 on our patients, clinical trial site staff or principal investigators could negatively impact the conduct of our clinical trials at their sites Similarly, potential participants in our clinical trials, many of whom are medically vulnerable, may be unwilling to enroll in, and enrolled patients may be unwilling to continue to participate in, our clinical trials due to an unwillingness to travel to sites for required screening and clinical trial visits and procedures. Enrolled patients may be unable to comply with clinical trial protocols if quarantines, shelter-in-place and similar restrictions continue to impede patient movement or interrupt healthcare services. In

25

addition, we may be required to develop and implement additional clinical study policies and procedures designed to help protect patients from the COVID-19 disease, which may include using telemedicine visits, remote monitoring of patients and clinical trial sites, and measures designed to ensure that data from clinical trials that may be disrupted as result of the pandemic are collected pursuant to the study protocol and consistent with Good Clinical Practice, or GCP, with any significant protocol deviation reviewed and approved by the clinical trial site institutional review board, or IRB, all or any of which could materially and negatively affect our clinical development timelines and our ability to obtain regulatory approvals of our product candidates, and could significantly increase our costs. We could also see an impact on our ability to report clinical trial results, or interact with regulators, ethics committees or other important agencies due to limitations in regulatory authority employee resources or otherwise. In addition, the FDA or comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities may refuse to accept data from clinical trials conducted in geographies experiencing heightened impact from COVID-19.

Moreover, we rely on third-party CROs and other third parties to assist us with clinical development activities, and we cannot guarantee that they will continue to perform their contractual duties in a timely and satisfactory manner as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition, quarantines, shelter-in-place and similar government orders could impact personnel at third-party manufacturing facilities in the United States and other countries, or the availability or cost of materials, which would disrupt our supply chain. In particular, some of our suppliers of certain materials used in the production of our drug products are located in Europe. In any event, if the COVID-19 pandemic continues and persists for an extended period of time or more acutely impacts geographies with particular impact on our business, we could experience significant disruptions to our clinical development timelines, which would harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

In addition, while the potential economic impact brought by, and the duration of, the COVID-19 pandemic may be difficult to assess or predict, the pandemic could result in significant and prolonged disruption of global financial markets, reducing our ability to access capital, which could in the future negatively affect our liquidity. In addition, a recession or market correction resulting from the spread of COVID-19 could harm our business and the value of our ordinary shares and ADSs.

Risks Related to Legal and Regulatory Compliance Matters

Disruptions at the FDA and other government agencies caused by funding shortages or global health concerns could hinder their ability to hire and retain key leadership and other personnel, otherwise prevent new products from being developed, approved or commercialized in a timely manner or at all, or otherwise prevent those agencies from performing normal business functions on which the operation of our business may rely, which could negatively impact our business.

The ability of the FDA to review and approve new products can be affected by a variety of factors, including government budget and funding levels, ability to hire and retain key personnel and accept the payment of user fees, statutory, regulatory and policy changes, and other events that may otherwise affect the FDA’s ability to perform routine functions. Average review times at the agency have fluctuated in recent years as a result. In addition, government funding of other government agencies on which our operations may rely, including those that fund research and development activities, is subject to the political process, which is inherently fluid and unpredictable.

Disruptions at the FDA and other agencies may also slow the time necessary for new drugs to be reviewed and/or approved by necessary government agencies, which would adversely affect our business. For example, in recent years, including in 2018 and 2019, the U.S. government shut down several times and certain regulatory agencies, such as the FDA, had to furlough critical employees and stop critical activities. Separately, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, in March 2020, the FDA announced its intention to postpone most inspections of foreign manufacturing facilities and products through April 2020. Also in March 2020, the FDA announced its intention to temporarily postpone routine surveillance inspections of domestic manufacturing facilities. FDA has continued, on a case-by-case basis, to conduct mission-critical inspections and other activities to ensure that FDA-regulated pharmaceutical products are meeting applicable FDA requirements. In July 2020, FDA resumed prioritized domestic inspections. Regulatory authorities outside the United States may adopt similar restrictions or other policy measures in response to the COVID-19 pandemic or issue guidance materially affecting the conduct of clinical trials. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, or if global health concerns continue to prevent the FDA or other regulatory authorities from conducting their regular inspections, reviews or other regulatory activities, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Further, in our operations as

26

a public company, future government shutdowns or delays could impact our ability to access the public markets and obtain necessary capital in order to properly capitalize and continue our operations.

Even if we commercialize OPT-302 or any future product candidate, we may face challenges to achieving profitability such as our products becoming subject to unfavorable pricing regulations, third-party reimbursement practices or healthcare reform initiatives, which could harm our business.

In the United States and in other countries, patients who are prescribed treatment for their conditions generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the costs associated with their treatment. The availability of coverage and adequacy of reimbursement for our products by third-party payors, including government health care programs (e.g., Medicare, Medicaid, TRICARE), managed care providers, private health insurers, health maintenance organizations and other organizations is essential for most patients to be able to afford medical services and pharmaceutical products such as OPT-302 or any our product candidates. Third-party payors decide which medications they will pay for and establish reimbursement levels. The availability of coverage and extent of reimbursement by governmental and other third-party payors is essential for most patients to be able to afford treatments such as OPT-302.

In the United States, the principal decisions about reimbursement for new medicines are typically made by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, an agency within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS. CMS decides whether and to what extent our products will be covered and reimbursed under Medicare and private payors tend to follow CMS to a substantial degree. Other countries have equivalent authorities who play a similar role. Factors payors consider in determining reimbursement are based on whether the product is:

• a covered benefit under its health plan;

• safe, effective and medically necessary;

• appropriate for the specific patient;

• cost-effective; and

• neither experimental nor investigational.

Our ability to commercialize any products successfully will depend in part on the extent to which coverage and adequate reimbursement for these products and related treatments will be available from third-party payors, including government health care programs and private health insurers. Moreover, a payor’s decision to provide coverage for a drug product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. If coverage and adequate reimbursement is not available, or is available only to limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize our product candidates. Even if coverage is provided, the approved reimbursement amount may not be high enough to allow us to establish or maintain pricing sufficient to realize a sufficient return on our investment.

In the United States, no uniform policy for coverage and reimbursement for products exists among third-party payors. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for our products can differ significantly from payor to payor. The process for determining whether a payor will provide coverage for a product may be separate from the process for setting the reimbursement rate that the payor will pay for the product. One payor’s determination to provide coverage for a product does not assure that other payors will also provide coverage and reimbursement for the product. Third-party payors may also limit coverage to specific products on an approved list, or formulary, which might not include all of the FDA-approved products for a particular indication.

Government authorities and other third-party payors in the United States and abroad have attempted to control costs by limiting coverage and the amount of reimbursement for particular medications and for newly approved products, and as a result, they may not cover or provide adequate reimbursement for OPT-302 and future product candidates. Increasingly, certain third-party payors are requiring that drug companies provide them with predetermined discounts from list prices and are challenging the prices charged for medical products. We cannot be sure that coverage and reimbursement will be available for any product that we or our future collaborators commercialize and, if reimbursement is available, what the level of reimbursement will be. Coverage and reimbursement may impact the demand for, or the price of, any product candidate for which we or our future

27

collaborators obtain marketing approval. If coverage and reimbursement are not available or reimbursement is available only to limited levels, we and our future collaborators may not be able to successfully commercialize any product candidate for which marketing approval is obtained. A decision by a third-party payor not to cover or not to separately reimburse for our medical products or therapies using our products could reduce physician utilization of our products once approved. Assuming there is coverage for our product candidates, or therapies using our product candidates by a third-party payor, the resulting reimbursement payment rates may not be adequate or may require co-payments that patients find unacceptably high. We cannot be sure that coverage and reimbursement in the United States will be available for OPT-302 and any future product candidates and any reimbursement that may become available may not be adequate or may be decreased or eliminated in the future.

There may be significant delays in obtaining coverage and reimbursement for newly approved drugs, and coverage may be more limited than the purposes for which the drug is approved by the FDA or comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities. Moreover, eligibility for coverage and reimbursement does not imply that a drug will be paid for in all cases or at a rate that covers our costs, including research, development, manufacture, sale and distribution. Interim reimbursement levels for new drugs, if applicable, may also not be sufficient to cover our costs and may only be temporary. Reimbursement rates may vary according to the use of the drug and the clinical setting in which it is used, may be based on reimbursement levels already set for lower cost drugs and may be incorporated into existing payments for other services. Net prices for drugs may be reduced by mandatory discounts or rebates required by government healthcare programs or private payors and by any future relaxation of laws that presently restrict imports of drugs from countries where they may be sold at lower prices than in the United States. Our inability to promptly obtain coverage and profitable reimbursement rates from both government-funded and private payors for any approved products that we develop could harm our operating results, our ability to raise capital needed to commercialize products and our overall financial condition.

The regulations that govern marketing approvals, pricing and reimbursement for new drug products vary widely from country to country. Current and future legislation may significantly change the approval requirements in ways that could involve additional costs and cause delays in obtaining approvals. Some countries require approval of the sale price of a drug before it can be marketed. In many countries, the pricing review period begins after marketing or product licensing approval is granted. In some non-U.S. markets, prescription pharmaceutical pricing remains subject to continuing governmental control even after initial approval is granted. As a result, we might obtain marketing approval for a product in a particular country, but then be subject to price regulations that delay or limit our commercial launch of the product, possibly for lengthy time periods, which could negatively impact the revenue we generate from the sale of the product in that particular country. Adverse pricing limitations may hinder our ability to recoup our investment in one or more product candidates, even if our product candidates obtain marketing approval.

To become and remain profitable, we or any potential future collaborator must develop and eventually commercialize OPT-302 or any future product candidates with significant market potential at an adequate profit margin after cost of goods sold and other expenses. Commercialization of OPT-302 or any future product candidates may entail a substantial cost of goods sold and there can be no assurance that we will be able to achieve a suitable gross margin with respect to sales of OPT-302 or any future product candidates.

Changes in U.S. healthcare law and implementing regulations, as well as changes in healthcare policy, and equivalent changes in the laws and policies in other countries may impact our business in ways that we cannot currently predict and may harm our business and results of operations.

There have been, and likely will continue to be, several executive, legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay marketing approval of product candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities and affect our ability to profitably sell any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. Among policy makers and payors in the United States there is significant interest in promoting changes in healthcare systems with the stated goals of containing healthcare costs, improving quality and/or expanding access and the pharmaceutical industry has been a particular focus of these efforts and has been significantly affected by major legislative initiatives.

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, collectively referred to as the Affordable Care Act, substantially changed the way healthcare is financed by both the government and private insurers, and significantly impacts the U.S. pharmaceutical industry. The Affordable Care Act, among other things: (1) introduced a new average manufacturer price definition for drugs and biologics that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected and not generally dispensed through retail community pharmacies; (2) increased the minimum Medicaid rebates owed by manufacturers under the

28

Medicaid Drug Rebate Program and expanded rebate liability from fee-for-service Medicaid utilization to include the utilization of Medicaid managed care organizations as well; (3) established a branded prescription drug fee that pharmaceutical manufacturers of branded prescription drugs must pay to the federal government; (4) expanded the list of covered entities eligible to participate in the 340B drug pricing program by adding new entities eligible for the program; (5) established a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer 50% (increased to 70% pursuant to the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, or BBA, effective as of January 2019) point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable branded drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D; (6) extended manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability to covered drugs dispensed to individuals who are enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations; (7) expanded eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs by, among other things, allowing states to offer Medicaid coverage to additional individuals, including individuals with income at or below 133% of the federal poverty level, thereby potentially increasing manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability; (8) created a licensure framework for follow-on biologic products; and (9) established a Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation at the CMS to test innovative payment and service delivery models to lower Medicare and Medicaid spending.

Since its enactment, there have been executive, judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the Affordable Care Act. For example, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, or the TCJA, was enacted, which included a provision that repealed, effective January 1, 2019, the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the Affordable Care Act on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year that is commonly referred to as the “individual mandate.” On December 14, 2018, a U.S. District Court Judge in the Northern District of Texas ruled that the individual mandate is a critical and inseverable feature of the Affordable Care Act, and therefore, because it was repealed as part of the TCJA, the remaining provisions of the Affordable Care Act are invalid as well. On December 18, 2019, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the 5th Circuit ruled that the individual mandate was unconstitutional but remanded the case back to the District Court to determine whether the remaining provisions of the Affordable Care Act are invalid as well. On June 17, 2021 the U.S. Supreme Court dismissed a challenge on procedural grounds that argued the Affordable Care Act is unconstitutional in its entirety because the “individual mandate” was repealed by Congress. Thus, the Affordable Care Act will remain in effect in its current form. It is possible that the Affordable Care Act will be subject to judicial or Congressional challenges in the future. It is unclear how any such challenges and the healthcare reform measures of the Biden administration will impact the Affordable Care Act.

Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the Affordable Care Act was enacted. These changes include aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year pursuant to the Budget Control Act of 2011 and subsequent laws, which began in 2013 and will remain in effect through 2030, unless additional Congressional action is taken. These Medicare sequester reductions have been suspended from May 1, 2020 through December 31, 2021 due to the COVID-19 pandemic. In January 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers, including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. New laws may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding, which may materially negatively affect customer demand and affordability for our products and, accordingly, the results of our financial operations.

Also, there has been heightened governmental scrutiny recently over the manner in which pharmaceutical companies set prices for their marketed products, which have resulted in several Congressional inquiries and proposed federal legislation, as well as state efforts, designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, reduce the cost of prescription drugs under Medicare, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drug products. At the federal level, the Trump administration used several means to propose or implement drug pricing reform, including through federal budget proposals, executive orders and policy initiatives. For example, on July 24, 2020 and September 13, 2020, the Trump administration announced several executive orders related to prescription drug pricing that seek to implement several of the administration’s proposals. As a result, the FDA released a final rule on September 24, 2020, effective November 30, 2020, providing guidance for states to build and submit importation plans for drugs from Canada. Further, on November 20, 2020, HHS finalized a regulation removing safe harbor protection for price reductions from pharmaceutical manufacturers to plan sponsors under Medicare Part D, either directly or through pharmacy benefit managers, unless the price reduction is required by law. The implementation of the rule has been delayed by the Biden administration from January 1, 2022 to January 1, 2023 in response to ongoing litigation. The rule also creates a new safe harbor for price reductions reflected at the point-of-sale, as well as a new safe harbor for certain fixed fee arrangements between pharmacy benefit

29

managers and manufacturers, the implementation of which have also been delayed until January 1, 2023. On November 20, 2020, CMS issued an interim final rule implementing the Trump administration’s Most Favored Nation executive order to tie Medicare Part B payments for certain physician-administered drugs to the lowest price paid in other economically advanced countries. As a result of litigation challenging the Most Favored Nation model, on August 10, 2021, CMS published a proposed rule that seeks to rescind the Most Favored Nation Model interim final rule. Additionally, based on a recent executive order, the Biden administration expressed its intent to pursue certain policy initiatives to reduce drug prices. At the state level, individual states in the United States are increasingly active in passing legislation and implementing regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. Legally mandated price controls on payment amounts by third-party payors or other restrictions on coverage or access could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. In addition, regional healthcare authorities and individual hospitals are increasingly using bidding procedures to determine what pharmaceutical products and which suppliers will be included in their prescription drug and other healthcare programs. This could reduce the ultimate demand for our product candidates that we successfully commercialize or put pressure on our product pricing.

We expect that these and other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and lower reimbursement, and put additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved product. It is possible that additional governmental action is taken in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government-funded programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability or commercialize our drugs, once marketing approval is obtained. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action in the United States. If we or any third parties we may engage are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we or such third parties are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, our product candidates may lose any regulatory approval that may have been obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability.

As a company primarily based outside of the United States, our business is subject to economic, political, regulatory and other risks associated with international operations.

As a company with substantial operations in Australia and an international clinical trial program, our business is subject to risks associated with conducting business outside the United States. Many of our suppliers and clinical trial relationships are located outside the United States. Accordingly, our future results could be harmed by a variety of factors, including:

• economic weakness, including inflation, or political instability in particular non-U.S. economies and markets;

• differing and changing regulatory requirements for product approvals;

• differing jurisdictions could present different issues for securing, maintaining or obtaining freedom to operate in such jurisdictions;

• potentially reduced protection for intellectual property rights;

• difficulties in compliance with different, complex and changing laws, regulations and court systems of multiple jurisdictions and compliance with a wide variety of foreign laws, treaties and regulations;

• changes in non-U.S. regulations and customs, tariffs and trade barriers;

• changes in non-U.S. currency exchange rates, Australian dollar, U.S. dollar, euro and currency controls;

• changes in a specific country’s or region’s political or economic environment;

• trade protection measures, import or export licensing requirements or other restrictive actions by governments;

30

• differing reimbursement regimes and price controls in certain non-U.S. markets;

• negative consequences from changes in tax laws;

• workforce uncertainty in countries where labor unrest is more common than in the United States;

• litigation or administrative actions resulting from claims against us by current or former employees or consultants individually or as part of class actions, including claims of wrongful terminations, discrimination, misclassification or other violations of labor law or other alleged conduct;

• difficulties associated with staffing and managing international operations, including differing labor relations;

• production shortages resulting from any events affecting raw material supply or manufacturing capabilities abroad; and

• business interruptions resulting from geo-political actions, including war and terrorism, health epidemics, or natural disasters including earthquakes, typhoons, floods and fires.

If we fail to comply with non-U.S. regulatory requirements governing human clinical trials and marketing approval for drugs, we could be prevented from selling our product candidates in non-U.S. markets, which may negatively affect our operating results and financial condition.

The requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement for marketing our product candidates outside the United States vary greatly from country to country and may require additional testing. We expect that our future clinical development of our product candidates will involve a number of clinical trials in non-U.S. jurisdictions. We have no direct experience as a company in obtaining non-U.S. regulatory approvals. The time required to obtain approvals outside the United States may differ from that required to obtain FDA approval. We may not obtain non-U.S. regulatory approvals on a timely basis, if at all. Approval by the FDA does not guarantee approval by comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities, and approval by one non-U.S. regulatory authority does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or by the FDA. Failure to comply with these regulatory requirements or obtain required approvals could impair our ability to develop non-U.S. markets for our product candidates and may harm our results of operations and financial condition.

Price controls may be imposed in non-U.S. markets, which may negatively affect our future profitability.

In some countries, particularly EU member states, Japan, Australia and Canada, the pricing of prescription drugs is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after receipt of marketing approval for a product. In addition, there can be considerable pressure by governments and other stakeholders on prices and reimbursement levels, including as part of cost containment measures. Political, economic and regulatory developments may further complicate pricing negotiations, and pricing negotiations may continue after reimbursement has been obtained. Reference pricing used by various EU member states and parallel distribution, or arbitrage between low-priced and high-priced member states, can further reduce prices. In some countries, we or our collaborators may be required to conduct a clinical trial or other studies that compare the cost-effectiveness of our product candidates to other available therapies in order to obtain or maintain reimbursement or pricing approval. Publication of discounts by third-party payors or authorities may lead to further pressure on the prices or reimbursement levels within the country of publication and other countries. If reimbursement of our products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our business, revenues or profitability could be harmed.

We have received tax incentives under the Research and Development Tax Incentive scheme in Australia that may become repayable if we did not or do not comply with the rules of the scheme, or we may become ineligible for tax incentives in our current or future tax years, which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have received cash incentives in the past under the Research and Development Tax Incentive scheme, or the R&D Scheme, to offset the costs of our clinical trials and other qualifying expenses incurred both in Australia and other jurisdictions. Certain research and development costs that we incur in the future may be ineligible for

31

cash incentives under the R&D Scheme. For example, costs incurred outside Australia in connection with our future clinical trials are generally not eligible for cash incentives under the R&D Scheme. In addition, the federal government of Australia and the Australian Taxation Office, or ATO, could change the rules of the regulatory regime or amend past tax returns and, as a result, amounts paid to us may become repayable to the ATO including the amount of tax incentives in respect of our fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 included as current receivables in our consolidated financial statements. We have received an aggregate of US$28.5 million (A$40.5 million) in cash tax incentives during the five fiscal years ended June 30, 2021 under the R&D Scheme. As of June 30, 2021, our current tax receivable under the R&D Scheme was US$5.0 million. This receivable amount as of June 30, 2021 is based on Australian legislation as enacted as of June 30, 2021. Any proposed changes to the legislation, such as rate changes to eligibility requirements, may have a retrospective impact on our current tax receivable under the R&D Scheme, currently no such legislative changes have occurred. Any rule changes made to reduce the amount we are able to claim under the R&D Scheme currently or in the future and any retrospective changes made to the R&D Scheme that reduce the incentives that we have claimed in past tax years could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The withdrawal of the United Kingdom, or the U.K., from the European Union, or the E.U., commonly referred to as “Brexit”, may adversely impact our ability to obtain regulatory approvals of our product candidates in the U.K. or the EU and may require us to incur additional expenses to develop and commercialize our product candidates in the U.K. or the EU or receive clinical supply of our product candidates from manufacturing partners in the U.K.

Following the result of a referendum in 2016, the U.K. left the E.U. on January 31, 2020, commonly referred to as Brexit. Pursuant to the formal withdrawal arrangements agreed between the U.K. and the E.U., the U.K. was subject to a transition period until December 31, 2020 (the "Transition Period"), during which E.U. rules continued to apply. A trade and cooperation agreement (the "Trade and Cooperation Agreement") that outlines the future trading relationship between the United Kingdom and the European Union was agreed in December 2020.

Since a significant proportion of the regulatory framework in the U.K. applicable to our business and our product candidate is derived from EU directives and regulations, Brexit has had, and may continue to have, a material impact upon the regulatory regime with respect to the development, approval and commercialization of our product candidate in the U.K. or the EU. For example, Great Britain is no longer covered by the centralized procedures for obtaining EU-wide marketing authorization from the EMA, and a separate marketing authorization will be required to market our product candidate in Great Britain. It is currently unclear whether the Medicines & Healthcare products Regulatory Agency in the U.K. is sufficiently prepared to handle the increased volume of marketing authorization applications that it is likely to receive. Any delay in obtaining, or an inability to obtain, any marketing approvals, would delay or prevent us from commercializing our product candidate in the U.K. or the E.U. and restrict our ability to generate revenue and achieve and sustain profitability.

While the Trade and Cooperation Agreement provides for the tariff-free trade of medicinal products between the U.K. and the E.U. there may be additional non-tariff costs to such trade which did not exist prior to the end of the Transition Period. Further, should the U.K. diverge from the E.U. from a regulatory perspective in relation to medicinal products, tariffs could be put into place in the future. We could therefore, both now and in the future, face significant additional expenses (when compared to the position prior to the end of the Transition Period) to operate our business, which could significantly and materially harm or delay our ability to generate revenues or achieve profitability of our business. Any further changes in international trade, tariff and import/export regulations as a result of Brexit or otherwise may impose unexpected duty costs or other non-tariff barriers on us. These developments, or the perception that any of them could occur, may significantly reduce global trade and, in particular, trade between the impacted nations and the U.K. It is also possible that Brexit may negatively affect our ability to attract and retain employees, particularly those from the E.U.

Product liability lawsuits against us could cause us to incur substantial liabilities and to limit commercialization of any products that we may develop.

We face an inherent risk of product liability exposure related to the testing of our product candidates in human clinical trials and will face an even greater risk if we commercialize any resulting products. Product liability claims may be brought against us by subjects enrolled in our clinical trials, patients, or others using our products. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against claims that our product candidates or products that we may develop

32

caused injuries, we could incur substantial liabilities. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

• decreased demand for any product candidates or products that we may develop;

• product recalls or a change in the indications for which products may be used;

• termination of clinical trial sites or entire trial programs;

• injury to our reputation and significant negative media attention;

• withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

• significant costs to defend the related litigation;

• substantial monetary awards to trial subjects or patients;

• loss of revenue;

• diversion of management and scientific resources from our business operations; and

• the inability to commercialize any products that we may develop.

Our clinical trial liability insurance coverage may not adequately cover all liabilities that we may incur. We may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in an amount adequate to satisfy any liability that may arise. Our inability to obtain product liability insurance at an acceptable cost or to otherwise protect against potential product liability claims could prevent or delay the commercialization of any products or product candidates that we develop. We intend to expand our insurance coverage for products to include the sale of commercial products if we obtain marketing approval for our product candidates in development, but we may be unable to obtain commercially reasonable product liability insurance for any products approved for marketing. Large judgments have been awarded in class action lawsuits based on drugs that had unanticipated side effects. If we are sued for any injury caused by our products, product candidates or processes, our liability could exceed our product liability insurance coverage and our total assets. Claims against us, regardless of their merit or potential outcome, may also generate negative publicity or harm our ability to obtain physician endorsement of our products or expand our business.

Our business operations and relationships with investigators, healthcare professionals, consultants, third-party payors, patient organizations and customers are subject to broadly applicable healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us civil to penalties, criminal sanctions, contractual damages, reputational harm and diminished profits and future earnings.

Healthcare providers and third-party payors will play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any product candidate for which we obtain regulatory approval. Our current and future arrangements may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we would market, sell and distribute our products. In particular, the research of our product candidates, as well as the promotion, sales and marketing of healthcare items and services, as well as certain business arrangements in the healthcare industry, are subject to extensive laws designed to prevent fraud, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, structuring and commission(s), certain customer incentive programs and other business or financial arrangements.

Such laws include, but are not limited to, the following:

• the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which prohibits, among other things, persons and entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration (including any kickback, bribe or rebate), directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for, either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, lease, order or recommendation of, any good, facility, item or service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid. The term “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to

33

include anything of value. Although there are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting some common activities from prosecution, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly. Practices that involve remuneration that may be alleged to be intended to induce prescribing, purchases or recommendations may be subject to scrutiny if they do not qualify for an exception or safe harbor. A person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation. The Anti-Kickback Statute has been interpreted to apply to arrangements between biopharmaceutical manufacturers, on the one hand, and prescribers, purchasers and formulary managers, among others, on the other. In addition, the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the False Claims Act;

• the federal criminal and civil false claims laws, including the False Claims Act, which can be enforced through civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, which imposes criminal and civil penalties, against individuals or entities for knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent, knowingly making, using or causing to be made or used, a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim, or knowingly making or causing to be made, a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government. Manufacturers can be held liable under the False Claims Act even when they do not submit claims directly to government payors if they are deemed to “cause” the submission of false or fraudulent claims;

• the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, which imposes criminal and civil liability for, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false or fraudulent statements relating to healthcare matters; similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it to have committed a violation;

• HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and their implementing regulations, which also impose obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security, and transmission of individually identifiable health information on health plans, health care clearing houses, and certain healthcare providers and their business associates, defined as independent contractors or agents of covered entities that create, receive or obtain protected health information in connection with providing a service for or on behalf of a covered entity, as well as their covered subcontractors. HITECH also created new tiers of civil monetary penalties, amended HIPAA to make civil and criminal penalties directly applicable to business associates, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. In addition, there may be additional federal, state and non-U.S. laws which govern the privacy and security of health and other personally identifiable information, or personal information or personal data, in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts;

• the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, which requires certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) to report annually to the government information related to payments or other “transfers of value” made to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors) and teaching hospitals, and requires applicable manufacturers and group purchasing organizations to report annually to the ownership and investment interests held by such physicians and their immediate family members and payments or other “transfers of value” to such physicians (covered manufacturers are required to submit reports to CMS by the 90th day of each calendar year). Effective January 1, 2022, applicable manufacturers will also be required to report payments and other transfers of value made in the previous year to certain non-physician providers, including physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, anesthesiologist assistants, certified registered nurse anesthetists and certified nurse midwives; and

• analogous state and non-U.S. laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to our business practices, including but not limited to, research, distribution, sales and marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers, or otherwise restrict payments that may be made to healthcare providers or other interactions with healthcare providers and other potential referral

34

sources; and state or non-U.S. laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the national or federal government, and state laws that require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers, marketing expenditures or drug pricing; and state, non-U.S., and local laws that require the registration of pharmaceutical sales representatives; and state and non-U.S. laws governing the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

Pharmaceutical and other healthcare companies have been prosecuted under these laws for a variety of promotional and marketing activities, such as: providing free trips, free or discounted goods, improper consulting fees and grants and other monetary benefits to prescribers; reporting to pricing services inflated average wholesale prices that were then used by federal programs to set reimbursement rates; engaging in off-label promotion; and submitting inflated best price information to the Medicaid Rebate Program to reduce liability for Medicaid rebates. Ensuring that our internal operations and future business arrangements with third parties comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices do not comply with current or future statutes, regulations, agency guidance or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If any actions are instituted against us for violation of these laws or regulations, and we are not successful in defending ourselves, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of significant civil, criminal and administrative sanctions, damages, disgorgement, monetary fines, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, imprisonment, integrity oversight and reporting obligations, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could harm our ability to operate our business and our results of operations.

The global data protection landscape is rapidly evolving, and we may be affected by or subject to new, amended or existing laws and regulations in the future, including as our operations continue to expand or if we operate in non-U.S. jurisdictions. Several non-U.S. jurisdictions, including the European Union, or EU, its member states, the United Kingdom, Japan and Australia, among others, have adopted legislation and regulations that increase or change the requirements governing the collection, use, disclosure and transfer of the personal information of individuals in these jurisdictions and have established procedures for the imposition of substantial penalties for failure to comply with related obligations. Additionally, certain countries have passed or are considering passing laws that require local data residency and/or restrict the international transfer of data and/or impose data localization requirements with respect to certain personal information. These laws have the potential to increase costs of compliance, risks of noncompliance and penalties for noncompliance.

European data collection is governed by restrictive regulations governing the collection, use, processing and cross-border transfer of personal information.

We may collect, process, use or transfer personal information from individuals located in the European Economic Area in connection with our business, including in connection with conducting clinical trials in the European Economic Area, or the EEA. Additionally, if any of our product candidates are approved, we may seek to commercialize those products in the European Economic Area. The collection and use of personal health data in the European Economic Area is governed by the provisions of the General Data Protection Regulation ((EU) 2016/679), or the GDPR, along with other European Union and country-specific laws and regulations. The GDPR has “extra-territorial” reach in that it applies to any processing of personal data that concerns the offering of goods or services to individuals in the EEA or U.K. (as applicable) and the monitoring of their behavior, regardless of the existence of an establishment in the EEA or U.K. (as applicable). As such, the GDPR applies to our clinical trials and other operations taking in place in the EEA and U.K.

The GDPR sets out a number of requirements that must be complied with when handling personal data, including: the obligation to appoint a data protection officer in certain circumstances; increased accountability and record-keeping obligations; increased transparency obligations for data controllers; onerous obligations on service providers who process personal data on our behalf; the obligation to carry out so-called data protection impact assessments in certain circumstances; obligations to comply with data subjects’ exercise of an increased set of rights in certain circumstances; a heightened and more codified standard of data subject consent; and the obligation to notify certain significant personal data breaches to the relevant supervisory authorities and affected individuals. In addition, the GDPR materially expands the definition of what is expressly provided to constitute personal data (including, for example, by clarifying that the GDPR applies to “pseudonymized” (key-coded) data,

35

which is often processed by sponsors in the context of clinical trials where identification of underlying subjects is not required). As such, the GDPR is likely to increase the compliance burden on us, including by mandating potentially burdensome documentation requirements and granting certain rights to individuals to control how we collect, use, disclose, retain and leverage information about them. The processing of sensitive personal data, such as physical health conditions, may impose heightened compliance burdens under the GDPR and is a topic of active interest among foreign regulators. In addition, the GDPR provides for breach reporting requirements, more robust regulatory enforcement and fines of up to 20 million euros (and/or in respect of the UK GDPR, 17.5 million pounds sterling) or up to 4% of annual global revenue (whichever is higher). While the GDPR affords some flexibility in determining how to comply with the various requirements, significant effort and expense has been, and will continue to be, invested to ensure continuing compliance.

Moreover, the requirements under the GDPR may change periodically. The GDPR also provides that member states may make their own national laws and regulations to introduce specific requirements related to the processing of “special categories of personal data”, which includes health-related personal data. In the U.K., the Data Protection Act 2018 complements the UK GDPR in this regard. This may lead to greater divergence in the application, interpretation and enforcement of the law that applies to the processing of personal data across the EEA and/or U.K., compliance with which, as and where applicable, may increase our costs and could increase our overall compliance risk. Such country-specific regulations could also limit our ability to collect, use and share data in the context of our EEA and/or U.K. operations, and/or could cause our compliance costs to increase, ultimately having an adverse impact on our business and harming our business and financial condition.

In addition, the GDPR prohibits the transfer of personal data from the EEA, U.K. and Switzerland to the U.S. and other countries in respect of which the European Commission or other relevant regulatory body has not issued a so-called “adequacy decision” (known as “third countries”), unless the parties to the transfer have implemented specific safeguards to protect the transferred personal data. One of the primary safeguards used for transfers of personal data to the U.S. was the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield framework administered by the U.S. Department of Commerce. However, certain recent EU court decisions cast doubt on the ability to use one of the primary alternatives to the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield and Swiss-U.S. Privacy Shield, namely the European Commission’s Standard Contractual Clauses, to lawfully transfer personal data to the U.S. and other third countries. In addition, the European Commission has recently published new versions of the Standard Contractual Clauses, which must be used for all new transfers of personal data from the EEA to third countries (including the United States) starting in September 2021, and all existing transfers of personal data from the EEA to third countries relying on the existing versions of the Standard Contractual Clauses must be replaced by December 2022. The implementation of the new Standard Contractual Clauses will necessitate significant contractual overhaul of our data transfer arrangements with customers, sub-processors and vendors. Use of both the existing and the new Standard Contractual Clauses must now be assessed on a case-by-case basis taking into account the legal regime applicable in the destination country, in particular applicable surveillance laws and rights of individuals, and additional supplementary technical, organizational and/or contractual measures and/or contractual provisions may need to be put in place.

At present, there are few if any viable alternatives to the Standard Contractual Clauses, and there remains some uncertainty with respect to the nature and efficacy of such supplementary measures in ensuring an adequate level of protection of personal data. As such, transfers of personal data from the EEA and the U.K. to the U.S. and other third countries may not fully comply with the cross-border data transfer restrictions set out in the GDPR. As supervisory authorities issue further guidance on personal data export mechanisms (including circumstances where the Standard Contractual Clauses can and cannot be used) and/or start taking enforcement action, we could suffer additional costs, complaints and/or regulatory investigations or fines. In addition, if we are unable to transfer personal data between and among countries and regions in which we operate and/or engage providers and/or otherwise transfer personal data, this could affect the manner in which we receive and/or provide our services, the geographical location or segregation of our relevant systems and operations and could adversely affect our financial results and generally increase compliance risk as a result. Additionally, other countries outside of Europe have enacted or are considering enacting similar cross-border data transfer restrictions and laws requiring local data residency, which could increase the cost and complexity of operating our business.

Furthermore, following Brexit, the relationship between the U.K. and the EEA in relation to certain aspects of data protection law remains somewhat uncertain. In June 2021, the European Commission issued an adequacy decision under the GDPR which allows transfers (other than those carried out for the purposes of U.K. immigration control) of personal data from the EEA to the U.K. to continue without restriction for a period of four years. After that period, the adequacy decision may be renewed only if the U.K. continues to ensure an adequate level of data protection. During these four years, the European Commission will continue to monitor the legal situation in the

36

U.K. and could intervene at any point if the U.K. deviates from the level of data protection in place at the time of issuance of the adequacy decision. If the adequacy decision is withdrawn or not renewed, transfers of personal data from the EEA to the U.K. will require a valid “transfer mechanism” and we may be required to implement new processes and put new agreements in place, such as Standard Contractual Clauses, to enable transfers of personal data from the EEA to the U.K. to continue, which could disrupt our operations.

In addition, while the U.K. data protection regime currently permits data transfers from the U.K. to the EEA and other third countries covered by a European Commission adequacy decision, and currently includes a framework to permit the continued use of the existing version of the Standard Contractual Clauses for personal data transfers from the U.K. to third countries, this is subject to change in the future, and any such changes could have implications for our transfers of personal data from the U.K. to the EEA and other third countries. In particular, the U.K. Information Commissioner’s Office has stated that it is working on its own bespoke version of the Standard Contractual Clauses and it is not clear whether the new Standard Contractual Clauses published by the European Commission will be accepted as a valid mechanism to permit the transfer of personal data from the U.K. to third countries and/or whether any U.K. version of the Standard Contractual Clauses will supersede the existing and/or new EU version of the Standard Contractual Clauses. This could necessitate the implementation of both U.K. and EU versions of Standard Contractual Clauses, which would require significant resources and result in significant cost to implement and manage.

Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with federal, state, or foreign laws or self-regulatory standards could result in negative publicity, diversion of management time and effort and proceedings against us by governmental entities or others. In many jurisdictions, enforcement actions and consequences for noncompliance are rising. As we continue to expand into other foreign countries and jurisdictions, we may be subject to additional laws and regulations that may affect how we conduct business.

If we are not able to obtain required regulatory approvals, we will not be able to commercialize OPT-302 or any future product candidate, and our ability to generate product revenue will be impaired.

OPT-302 and any future product candidate that we may develop, as well as the activities associated with their development and commercialization, including their design, research, testing, manufacture, safety, efficacy, recordkeeping, labeling, packaging, storage, approval, advertising, promotion, sale and distribution are subject to comprehensive regulation by the FDA and other regulatory agencies in the United States and by similar regulatory authorities outside the United States. Failure to obtain marketing approval for, and thus commercialize any product candidate, could negatively impact our ability to generate any revenue from product sales.

We have not received approval from regulatory authorities to market any product candidate in any jurisdiction, and it is possible that our product candidate will never obtain the appropriate regulatory approvals necessary for us to commence product sales. Neither we nor any collaborator is permitted to market our product candidate in the United States or any other jurisdiction until we receive regulatory approval of a BLA from the FDA or similar application from regulatory authorities outside of the United States.

The time required to obtain approval of a BLA by the FDA or similar application from regulatory authorities outside of the United States is unpredictable but typically takes many years following the commencement of clinical trials and depends upon numerous factors, including the substantial discretion of the regulatory authority. Prior to submitting a BLA to the FDA or any comparable application to any other non-U.S. regulatory authorities for approval of any product candidate, we will need to complete pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials and demonstrate favorable results with respect to safety, tolerability and efficacy. In addition, approval policies, regulations or the type and amount of clinical data necessary to gain approval may change during the course of a product candidate’s clinical development and may vary among jurisdictions.

Securing marketing approvals requires the submission of extensive nonclinical and clinical data and supporting information to regulatory authorities for each therapeutic indication to establish the safety and efficacy of our product candidate for the specified indications. We expect to rely on third-party CROs, consultants and our collaborators to assist us in filing and supporting the applications necessary to gain marketing approvals. Securing marketing approval also requires the submission of information about the product manufacturing process to, and inspection of manufacturing facilities by, regulatory authorities. Errors in the submission of applications for marketing approval or issues, including those related to gathering the appropriate data and the inspection process, may ultimately delay or affect our ability to obtain regulatory approval, commercialize our product candidate and generate product revenue.

37

Our failure to obtain regulatory approval in international jurisdictions would prevent us from marketing our product candidates outside the United States.

If we succeed in developing any products, we intend to market them in non-U.S. jurisdictions in addition to the United States. In order to market and sell our products in other jurisdictions, we must obtain separate marketing approvals and comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements. We may not obtain non-U.S. regulatory approvals on a timely basis, if at all. Approval by the FDA does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions. Approval by one regulatory authority outside the United States does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions or by the FDA. If we fail to obtain approval of any of our product candidates by regulatory authorities in another country, we will be unable to commercialize our product in that country, and the commercial prospects of that product candidate and our business prospects could decline. The approval procedure varies among countries and can involve additional testing. The time required to obtain approval may differ substantially from that required to obtain FDA approval. The regulatory approval process outside the United States generally includes all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA approval. In addition, in many countries outside the United States, we must secure product reimbursement approvals before regulatory authorities will approve the product for sale in that country. Obtaining non-U.S. regulatory approvals and compliance with non-U.S. regulatory requirements could result in significant delays, difficulties and costs for us and could delay or prevent the introduction of our products in certain countries. Further, clinical trials conducted in one country may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other countries and regulatory approval in one country does not ensure approval in any other country, while a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one country may have a negative effect on the regulatory approval process in others. Also, regulatory approval for any of our product candidates may be withdrawn if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements, if problems occur after the product candidate reaches the market or for other reasons. If we fail to comply with the regulatory requirements in international markets and fail to receive applicable marketing approvals, our target market will be reduced and our ability to realize the full market potential of our product candidates will be harmed and our business will be negatively affected.

Even if OPT-302 combination therapy or any future product candidate receives regulatory approval, it may still face future development and regulatory difficulties.

Even if we obtained regulatory approval for a product candidate, it would be subject to ongoing requirements by the FDA and comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities governing the manufacture, quality control, further development, labeling, packaging, storage, distribution, safety surveillance, import, export, advertising, promotion, recordkeeping and reporting of safety and other post-market information. The FDA and comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities will continue to closely monitor the safety profile of any product even after approval. If the FDA, or comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities, become aware of new safety information after approval of any of our product candidates, it may require labeling changes or establishment of a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy or similar strategy, impose significant restrictions on a product’s indicated uses or marketing or impose ongoing requirements for potentially costly post-approval studies or post-market surveillance.

In addition, manufacturers of drug products and their facilities are subject to continual review and periodic inspections by the FDA and other regulatory authorities for compliance with current good manufacturing practices, or cGMP, regulations and standards. If we or a regulatory agency discover previously unknown problems with a product, such as adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facility where the product is manufactured, a regulatory agency may impose restrictions on that product, the manufacturing facility or us, including requiring recall or withdrawal of the product from the market or suspension of manufacturing. If we, our product candidates or the manufacturing facilities for our product candidates fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, or undesirable side effects caused by such products are identified, a regulatory agency may:

• issue safety alerts, Dear Healthcare Provider letters, press releases or other communications containing warnings about such product;

• mandate modifications to promotional materials or require us to provide corrective information to healthcare practitioners;

• revise labeling, including adding limitations on approved uses or the additions of additional warnings, contraindications or other safety information including boxed warnings;

38

• impose a REMS which may include distribution on or use restrictions;

• require that we conduct post-marketing studies;

• require us to enter into a consent decree, which can include imposition of various fines, reimbursements for inspection costs, required due dates for specific actions and penalties for noncompliance;

• seek an injunction or impose civil or criminal penalties or monetary fines;

• suspend marketing of, withdraw regulatory approval of or recall such product;

• suspend any ongoing clinical studies;

• refuse to approve pending applications or supplements to applications filed by us;

• suspend or impose restrictions on operations, including costly new manufacturing requirements; or

• seize or detain products, refuse to permit the import or export of products or require us to initiate a product recall.

The occurrence of any event or penalty described above may inhibit our ability to commercialize our products and generate product revenue.

Advertising and promotion of any product candidate that obtains approval in the United States will be heavily scrutinized by the FDA, the Department of Justice, the Department of Health and Human Services’ Office of Inspector General, state attorneys general, members of Congress and the public. Violations, including promotion of our products for unapproved (or off-label) uses, are subject to enforcement letters, inquiries and investigations and significant civil and criminal sanctions by the government. In the United States, engaging in the impermissible promotion of our products for off-label uses can also subject us to false claims litigation under federal and state statutes, which can lead to significant civil and criminal penalties. Additionally, comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities will heavily scrutinize advertising and promotion of any product candidate that obtains approval outside of the United States.

The FDA’s policies may change, and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any marketing approval that we may have obtained, which would negatively affect our business, prospects and ability to achieve or sustain profitability.

Risks Related to Our Reliance on Third Parties

We have relied on, and expect to continue to rely on, third-party manufacturers to produce OPT-302 or any future product candidates. Any failure by a third-party manufacturer to produce acceptable product candidates for us pursuant to our specifications and regulatory standards may delay or impair our ability to initiate or complete our clinical trials, obtain and maintain regulatory approvals or commercialize approved products.

The manufacturing of biologic drugs such as OPT-302 is complex and the process of identifying the qualifying suppliers takes a significant investment of time and money. We do not own or operate manufacturing facilities for the production of clinical or commercial quantities of our product candidates, and we lack the resources and the capabilities to do so. As a result, we currently rely, and expect to rely for the foreseeable future, on third-party manufacturers to supply us with OPT-302 and any future product candidates.

We currently have a sole source relationship with Patheon N.V., a division of Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc., pursuant to which they supply us with OPT-302 drug substance and drug product. If there should be any disruption in our supply arrangement with Patheon, including any adverse events affecting Patheon or Thermo Fisher Scientific, it could have a negative effect on the clinical development of OPT-302 and other operations while we work to identify and qualify an alternate supply source. In addition, we do not have a long-term supply arrangement to purchase anti-VEGF-A therapy for use in combination with OPT-302 in our clinical trials and acquire such drug product on a purchase order basis. Any complications with our existing suppliers of anti-VEGF-

39

A therapies could considerably delay our clinical trials for OPT-302, including our Phase 3 pivotal clinical program of OPT-302 for the treatment of wet AMD, or the regulatory approvals of OPT-302.

Reliance on third-party suppliers and manufacturers entails risks to which we would not be subject if we manufacture product candidates or products ourselves. For example, if we do not maintain our key manufacturing relationships, including with Patheon, we may fail to find replacement manufacturers or develop our own manufacturing capabilities in a timely manner or at all, which could delay or impair our ability to obtain regulatory approval for our products and substantially increase our costs or deplete profit margins, if any. If we do find replacement manufacturers, we may not be able to enter into agreements with them on terms and conditions favorable to us in a timely manner, if at all, and there could be a substantial delay before new facilities could be qualified and registered with or licensed by the FDA and other comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities.

Even if we are able to establish agreements with third-party manufacturers, reliance on third-party manufacturers entails additional risks, including:

• failure of the third party to manufacture product candidates according to our schedule, or at all, including if our third-party contractors give greater priority to the supply of other products over our product candidates or otherwise do not satisfactorily perform according to the terms of the agreements between us and them;

• breach of the manufacturing agreement by the third party because of factors beyond our control (including a failure to manufacture product candidates in accordance with our product specifications);

• the failure of the third-party manufacturer to comply with applicable regulatory requirements and reliance on third-parties for manufacturing process development, regulatory compliance and quality assurance;

• mislabeling of clinical supplies, potentially resulting in the wrong dose amounts being supplied or active drug or placebo not being properly identified;

• clinical supplies not being delivered to clinical sites on time, leading to clinical trial interruptions, or of drug supplies not being distributed to commercial vendors in a timely manner, resulting in lost sales;

• misappropriation of our proprietary information, including our trade secrets and know-how;

• termination or nonrenewal of the agreement by the third party at a time that is costly or inconvenient for us; and

• reliance on the third party for regulatory compliance, quality assurance and safety and pharmacovigilance reporting.

The FDA and other comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities require manufacturers to register manufacturing facilities. The FDA and other comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities also inspect these facilities to confirm compliance with cGMP. Contract manufacturers may face manufacturing or quality control problems causing drug substance production and shipment delays or a situation where the contractor may not be able to maintain compliance with the applicable cGMP requirements. We may have little to no control regarding the occurrence of third-party manufacturer incidents. Failure by our third-party manufacturers and suppliers to pass such inspections and otherwise satisfactorily complete the FDA approval regimen with respect to our product candidate may result in regulatory actions such as the issuance of FDA Form 483 notices of observations, warning letters or injunctions or the loss of operating licenses. In addition, our third-party manufacturers and suppliers are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of waste products, and failure to comply with such laws and regulations could result in significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties for such third parties. Any failure to comply with cGMP requirements or other FDA or comparable non-U.S. regulatory requirements could negatively impact our clinical research activities and our ability to develop OPT-302 or any future product candidates and market our products following approval.

If OPT-302 or any future product candidates are approved by the FDA or other comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities for commercial sale, we may need to manufacture such product candidate in larger quantities. We intend to use third-party manufacturers for commercial quantities of OPT-302 to the extent we

40

advance this product candidate and other product candidates. Our manufacturers may not be able to successfully increase the manufacturing capacity for any of our product candidates in a timely or efficient manner, or at all. If we are unable to successfully increase the manufacturing capacity for a product candidate, the regulatory approval or commercial launch of that product candidate may be delayed or there may be a shortage in the supply of the product candidate.

In addition, the operations of our third-party manufacturers may be subject to earthquakes, power shortages, telecommunications failures, failures or breaches of information technology systems, water shortages, floods, hurricanes, typhoons, fires, extreme weather conditions, medical epidemics, such as the recent COVID-19 pandemic, and other natural or man-made disasters or business interruptions. Damage or extended periods of interruption to our facilities due to fire, natural disaster, power loss, communications failure, unauthorized entry or other events could cause us to cease or delay development of some or all of our product candidates. Our ability to obtain clinical supplies of our product candidates could be disrupted if the operations of these suppliers are affected by a man-made or natural disaster or other business interruption.

Our current and anticipated future dependence upon others for the manufacture of our product candidates may negatively affect our future profit margins and our ability to develop our product candidates and commercialize any products that receive regulatory approval on a timely basis.

In some cases, the technical skills or technology required to manufacture our product candidates may be unique or proprietary to the original manufacturer, we may have difficulty transferring such skills or technology to another third party and a feasible alternative many not exist. These factors would increase our reliance on such manufacturer or require us to obtain a license from such manufacturer in order to have another third party manufacture our product candidates. If we are required to change manufacturers for any reason, we will be required to verify that the new manufacturer maintains facilities and procedures that comply with quality standards and with all applicable regulations and guidelines and the manufacturer may be required to obtain applicable licenses or approvals. The delays associated with the verification of a new manufacturer, if we are able to identify an alternative source, could negatively affect our ability to develop product candidates in a timely manner or within budget.

The manufacture of biologic products is complex and we are subject to many manufacturing risks, any of which could substantially increase our costs and limit supply of our products.

The manufacture of biologic products is complex and requires significant expertise and capital investment, including the development of advanced manufacturing techniques and process controls. Manufacturers of biologic products often encounter difficulties in production, particularly in scaling up and validating initial production and ensuring the avoidance of contamination. These problems include difficulties with production costs and yields, quality control, including stability of the product, quality assurance testing, operator error and shortages of qualified personnel, as well as compliance with strictly enforced federal, state and non-U.S. regulations. We cannot assure you that any stability or other issues relating to the manufacture of OPT-302 will not occur in the future.

The process of manufacturing OPT-302 is complex, highly regulated and subject to several risks, including:

• the process of manufacturing biologics is susceptible to product loss due to contamination, equipment failure, improper installation or operation of equipment, vendor or operator error and improper storage conditions. Even minor deviations from normal manufacturing processes could result in reduced production yields, product defects and other supply disruptions. If microbial, viral or other contaminations are discovered in our product candidates or in the manufacturing facilities in which our product candidates are made, the manufacturing facilities may need to be closed for an extended period of time to investigate and eliminate the contamination;

• the manufacturing facilities in which our products are made could be negatively affected by equipment failures, labor and raw material shortages, financial difficulties of our contract manufacturers, natural disasters, power failures, local political unrest and numerous other factors; and

• any adverse developments affecting manufacturing operations for our product candidates may result in shipment delays, inventory shortages, lot failures, and for any approved products, product withdrawals, or recalls or other interruptions in the supply of our products. We may also have to record inventory

41

write-offs and incur other charges and expenses for products that fail to meet specifications, undertake costly remediation efforts or seek costlier manufacturing alternatives.

To date, OPT-302 has been manufactured by a single third-party manufacturer, Patheon, solely for preclinical studies and Phase 1, 2 and 3 trials Any such failure will require us to seek alternative manufacturing sources, which may result in considerable additional expense and delays in our planned clinical trials. We have limited process development capabilities and have access only to external manufacturing capabilities. We do not have and we do not currently plan to acquire or develop the facilities or capabilities to manufacture bulk drug substance or filled drug product for use in human clinical trials or commercialization. Any delay or interruption in the supply of clinical trial materials, including as a result of breach by us or Patheon of our agreement with Patheon, or our inability to agree to the terms of supply or related services in any statement of work, could delay the completion of clinical trials, increase the costs associated with maintaining clinical trial programs and, depending upon the period of delay, require us to commence new clinical trials at additional expense or terminate clinical trials completely.

Changes in methods of product candidate manufacturing or formulation may result in additional costs or delay.

As product candidates proceed through nonclinical studies to late-stage clinical trials towards potential approval and commercialization, it is common that various aspects of the development program, such as manufacturing methods and formulation, are altered along the way in an effort to optimize processes and results. Such changes carry the risk that they will not achieve these intended objectives. Any of these changes could cause OPT-302 or any future product candidate to perform differently and affect the results of planned clinical trials or other future clinical trials conducted with the altered materials. Such changes may also require additional testing, FDA notification or FDA approval. This could delay completion of clinical trials, require the conduct of bridging clinical trials or the repetition of one or more clinical trials, increase clinical trial costs, delay approval of OPT-302 or any future product candidate or jeopardize our ability to commence sales and generate revenue.

We rely on third parties to conduct our clinical trials and some aspects of our research and development activities, and those third parties may not perform satisfactorily, including failing to meet deadlines for the completion of such trials, research or testing.

We currently rely on, and expect to continue to rely on, third parties, such as CROs, clinical data management organizations, medical institutions, consultants and clinical investigators, to conduct our clinical trials and certain aspects of our research and development activities. Any of these third parties may terminate their engagements with us at any time. If we need to enter into alternative arrangements, it would delay our product development activities and such alternative arrangements may not be available on terms acceptable to us.

Our reliance on these third parties for research and development activities will reduce our control over these activities, but will not relieve us of our responsibilities. For example, we will remain responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the general investigational plan and clinical trial protocols. Moreover, the FDA requires us to comply with standards, commonly referred to as current Good Clinical Practices, for conducting, recording and reporting the results of clinical trials to assure that data and reported results are credible and accurate and that the rights, integrity and confidentiality of trial participants are protected. We are also required to register ongoing clinical trials and post the results of completed clinical trials on a government-sponsored database within certain timeframes. Failure to do so can result in fines, adverse publicity and civil and criminal sanctions.

Furthermore, these third parties may also have relationships with other entities, some of which may be our competitors. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, meet expected deadlines or conduct our clinical trials in accordance with regulatory requirements, standard operating procedures or clinical trial protocols, we will not be able to obtain, or may be delayed in obtaining, marketing approvals for OPT-302 or any future product candidates and will not be able to, or may be delayed in our efforts to, successfully commercialize our product candidates.

We also expect to rely on other third parties to store and distribute drug supplies for our clinical trials. Any performance failure on the part of our distributors could delay clinical development, marketing approval and/or commercialization of OPT-302 or any future product candidates, producing additional losses and depriving us of potential revenue.

42

Disputes under key agreements or conflicts of interest with our scientific advisors or clinical investigators could delay or prevent development or commercialization of our product candidates.

Any agreements we have or may enter into with third parties, such as collaboration, license, formulation supplier, manufacturing, clinical research organization or clinical trial agreements, may give rise to disputes regarding the rights and obligations of the parties. Disagreements could develop over contract interpretation, rights to ownership or use of intellectual property, the scope and direction of research and development, the approach for regulatory approvals or commercialization strategy. We intend to conduct research programs in a range of therapeutic areas, but our pursuit of these opportunities could result in conflicts with the other parties to these agreements that may be developing or selling pharmaceuticals or conducting other activities in these same therapeutic areas. Any disputes or commercial conflicts could lead to the termination of our agreements, delay progress of our product development programs, compromise our ability to renew agreements or obtain future agreements, lead to the loss of intellectual property rights, result in increased financial obligations for us or result in costly litigation.

We work with outside scientific advisors and collaborators at academic and other institutions that assist us in our research and development efforts. Our scientific advisors are not our employees and may have other commitments that limit their availability to us. If a conflict of interest between their work for us and their work for another entity arises, we may lose their services.

We may seek to establish commercial collaborations for our product candidates, and, if we are not able to establish them on commercially reasonable terms, we may have to alter our development and commercialization plans.

Our drug development programs and the potential commercialization of our product candidates will require substantial additional cash to fund expenses. We may decide to collaborate with other pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for the development and potential commercialization of our product candidates.

We face significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators. Whether we reach a definitive agreement for a collaboration will depend, among other things, upon our assessment of the collaborator’s resources and expertise, the terms and conditions of the proposed collaboration and the proposed collaborator’s evaluation of a number of factors. Those factors may include the design or results of clinical trials, the likelihood of approval by the FDA or comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities, the potential market for the product candidate, the costs and complexities of manufacturing and delivering such product candidate to patients, the potential of competing products and the existence of uncertainty with respect to our ownership of technology, which can exist if there is a challenge to such ownership without regard to the merits of the challenge and industry and market conditions generally. The collaborators may also consider alternative product candidates or technologies for similar indications that may be available to collaborate on and whether such a collaboration could be more attractive than the one with us for our product candidate.

Collaborations are complex and time-consuming to negotiate and document. In addition, there have been a significant number of business combinations among large pharmaceutical companies that have resulted in a reduced number of potential future collaborators.

We may not be able to negotiate collaborations on a timely basis, on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to do so, we may have to curtail the development of the product candidate for which we are seeking to collaborate, reduce or delay its development program or one or more of our other development programs, delay its potential commercialization or reduce the scope of any sales or marketing activities or increase our expenditures and undertake development or commercialization activities at our own expense. If we elect to increase our expenditures to fund development or commercialization activities on our own, we may need to obtain additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. If we do not have sufficient funds, we may not be able to further develop our product candidates or bring them to market and generate product revenue.

43

Risks Related to Employee Matters and Managing Our Growth

We must attract and retain highly skilled employees in order to succeed. If we are not able to retain our current senior management team and our scientific advisors or continue to attract and retain qualified scientific, technical and business personnel, our business will suffer.

We may not be able to attract or retain qualified personnel and consultants due to the intense competition for such individuals in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries.  In particular, we are in the process of hiring employees, including senior employees, in the United States as we continue clinical development of OPT-302 and prepare for potential commercialization.  The hiring environment in the United States for such candidates is extremely competitive.  Many of the other pharmaceutical companies that we compete against for qualified personnel have greater financial and other resources, different risk profiles and a longer history in the industry than we do. They also may provide more diverse opportunities and better chances for career advancement. Some of these characteristics may be more appealing to high-quality candidates than what we have to offer. If we are not able to attract and retain necessary personnel and consultants to accomplish our business objectives, we may experience constraints that will significantly impede the achievement of our development and commercial objectives, our ability to raise additional capital and our ability to implement our business strategy.

Our industry has experienced a high rate of turnover of management personnel in recent years. We are highly dependent on the development, regulatory, commercialization and business development expertise of the members of our executive team, as well as other key employees and consultants. If we lose one or more of our executive officers or other key employees or consultants, our ability to implement our business strategy successfully could be seriously harmed. Any of our executive officers or other key employees or consultants may terminate their employment at any time with three months’ notice, subject to certain exceptions, and replacing such individuals may be difficult and time-consuming because of the limited number of individuals in our industry with the necessary breadth of skills and experience. Competition to hire and retain employees and consultants from this limited pool is intense, and we may be unable to hire, train, retain or motivate such individuals. Additionally, we do not currently maintain “key person” life insurance on the lives of our executives or any of our employees. This lack of insurance means that we may not receive adequate compensation for the loss of the services of these individuals. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain high-quality personnel, the rate and success with which we can discover and develop product candidates and our business will be limited.

Our employees, contractors, vendors, principal investigators, consultants and future partners may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements and insider trading.

We are exposed to the risk of fraud or other misconduct by our employees, contractors, vendors, principal investigators, consultants or future partners. Misconduct by these parties could include failures to comply with FDA or comparable non-U.S. authority regulations, to provide accurate information to the FDA or comparable non-U.S. regulators, to comply with U.S. federal and state and non-U.S. healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations, to report financial information or data timely, completely or accurately, or to disclose unauthorized activities to us. In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, misconduct, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Third-party misconduct could also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation. Although we have adopted a Code of Conduct, it is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us resulting from this misconduct and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions. If we or our future partners market products in a manner that violates fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws, or if we or our future partners violate government price reporting laws, we or our future partners may be subject to administrative civil and/or criminal penalties, among other sanctions.

Most states also have statutes or regulations similar to these federal laws, which may apply to items such as pharmaceutical products and services reimbursed by private insurers. We and/or our future partners may be subject to administrative, civil and criminal sanctions for violations of any of these federal and state laws. Pharmaceutical

44

and other healthcare companies have been prosecuted under these laws for a variety of promotional and marketing activities, such as: providing free trips, free goods, sham consulting fees and grants and other monetary benefits to prescribers; reporting to pricing services inflated average wholesale prices that were then used by federal programs to set reimbursement rates; engaging in off-label promotion; and submitting inflated best price information to the Medicaid Rebate Program to reduce liability for Medicaid rebates. Ensuring that our internal operations and future business arrangements with third parties comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices do not comply with current or future statutes, regulations, agency guidance or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations.

We may encounter difficulties in managing our growth, which could negatively impact our operations.

As we advance our clinical development programs for product candidates, seek regulatory approval in the United States and elsewhere and increase the number of ongoing product development programs, we anticipate that we will need to increase our product development, scientific and administrative headcount. In particular, as we progress our Phase 3 clinical trials for OPT-302 in combination with anti-VEGF-A therapy for the treatment of wet AMD, we will require additional key staff for clinical development operations as well as additional key financial and administrative personnel. We will also need to establish commercial capabilities in order to commercialize any product candidates that may be approved. Such an evolution may impact our strategic focus and our deployment and allocation of resources.

Our ability to manage our operations and growth effectively depends upon the continual improvement of our procedures, reporting systems and operational, financial and management controls. We currently have no experience as a company in or infrastructure for sales, marketing and distribution, and our operations are currently limited to clinical development activities and as our operations expand, we likely will need to manage additional relationships with such third parties. We may not be able to implement administrative and operational improvements in an efficient or timely manner and may discover deficiencies in existing systems and controls. If we do not meet these challenges, we may be unable to execute our business strategies and may be forced to expend more resources than anticipated addressing these issues.

We may acquire additional technology and complementary businesses in the future. Acquisitions involve many risks, any of which could materially harm our business, including the diversion of management’s attention from core business concerns, failure to effectively exploit acquired technologies, failure to successfully integrate the acquired business or realize expected synergies or the loss of key employees from either our business or the acquired businesses.

If OPT-302 or any future product candidate is approved, we intend either to establish a sales and organization with technical expertise and supporting distribution capabilities to commercialize OPT-302 or any future product candidate or to outsource such functions to one or more third parties. Either of these options would be expensive and time-consuming. Some or all of these costs may be incurred in advance of any approval of OPT-302 or any future product candidate. In addition, we may not be able to hire a sales force that is sufficient in size or has adequate expertise in the medical markets that we intend to target.

If we are unable to successfully manage our growth and the increased complexity of our operations, our business, financial position, results of operations and prospects may be harmed.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

Our success depends upon our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for our products and technologies.

Our success will depend in significant part on our current or future licensors’, licensees’ or collaborators’ ability to establish and maintain adequate protection of our owned and licensed intellectual property covering the product candidates we plan to develop, and the ability to develop these product candidates and commercialize the products resulting therefrom, without infringing the intellectual property rights of others. In addition to taking other steps to protect our intellectual property, we hold issued patents, we have applied for patents, and we intend to continue to apply for, patents with claims covering our technologies, processes and product candidates when and where we deem it appropriate to do so. We have filed patent applications both in the United States and in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions to obtain patent rights to inventions we have developed, with claims directed to compositions of matter, methods of use and other technologies relating to our programs. There can be no assurance

45

that any of these patent applications will issue as patents or, for those applications that do mature into patents, that the claims of the patents will exclude others from making, using or selling our product candidates or products that compete with or are similar to our product candidates. In countries where we have not sought and do not seek patent protection, third parties may be able to manufacture and sell our product candidates without our permission, and we may not be able to stop them from doing so.

With respect to patent rights, we do not know whether any of the pending patent applications for any of our product candidates will result in the issuance of patents that effectively protect our technologies, processes and product candidates, or if any of our issued patents or our current or future licensors’, licensees’ or collaborators’ issued patents will effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive technologies, processes and products. Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing or in some cases not at all, until they are issued as a patent. Therefore, we cannot be certain that we or our current or future licensors, licensees or collaborators were the first to make the inventions claimed in our owned or licensed patents or pending patent applications, or that we or our current or future licensors, licensees or collaborators were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions. For a description of our patent portfolio, see “Item 4B Business Overview” of this annual report.

Any changes we make to OPT-302 or any future product candidates to cause them to have what we view as more advantageous properties may not be covered by our existing patents and patent applications, and we may be required to file new applications and/or seek other forms of protection for any such altered product candidates. The patent landscape surrounding the technology underlying our product candidates is potentially crowded, and there can be no assurance that we would be able to secure patent protection that would adequately cover an alternative to OPT-302 or any future product candidates.

The patent prosecution process is expensive and time-consuming, and we and our current or future licensors, licensees or collaborators may not be able to prepare, file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible that we or our current or future licensors, licensees or collaborators will fail to identify patentable aspects of inventions made in the course of development and commercialization activities before it is too late to obtain patent protection for them. Moreover, in some circumstances, we may not have the right to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications, or to maintain or enforce the patents, covering technology that we license from or license to third parties and may be reliant on our current or future licensors, licensees or collaborators to perform these activities, which means that these patent applications may not be prosecuted, and these patents enforced, in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business. If our current or future licensors, licensees or collaborators fail to establish, maintain, protect or enforce such patents and other intellectual property rights, such rights may be reduced or eliminated. If our current or future licensors, licensees or collaborators are not fully cooperative or disagree with us as to the prosecution, maintenance or enforcement of any patent rights, such patent rights could be compromised.

Similar to the patent rights of other biotechnology companies, the scope, validity and enforceability of our owned and licensed patent rights generally are highly uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions. The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, and our patents may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. In recent years, these areas have been the subject of much litigation in the industry. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our and our current or future licensors’, licensees’ or collaborators’ patent rights are highly uncertain. Our and our current or future licensors’, licensees’ or collaborators’ pending and future patent applications may not result in patents being issued that protect our technology or product candidates, or products resulting therefrom, in whole or in part, or that effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive technologies and products. The patent examination process may require us or our current or future licensors, licensees or collaborators to narrow the scope of the claims of pending and future patent applications, which would limit the scope of patent protection that is obtained, if any. Our and our current or future licensors’, licensees’ or collaborators’ patent applications cannot be enforced against third parties practicing the technology that is currently claimed in such applications unless and until a patent issues from such applications, and then only to the extent the claims that issue are broad enough to cover the technology being practiced by those third parties.

Furthermore, given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after the resulting products are commercialized. As a result, our owned and in-licensed patents may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours. We expect to seek extensions of patent terms for our issued patents, where available. This includes in the United States under the Hatch-Waxman Act,

46

which permits a patent term extension of up to five years beyond the original expiration date of the patent as compensation for regulatory delays. However, such a patent term extension cannot lengthen the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the product’s approval date. Only one patent applicable to each regulatory review period may be extended and only those claims covering the approved drug, a method for using it, or a method for manufacturing it may be extended, with extended rights limited to the approved product, its approved uses and/or its manufacture. During the period of patent term extension, the claims of a patent are not enforceable for their full scope, but are instead limited to the scope of the approved product. In addition, the applicable authorities, including the FDA in the United States, and any comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities, may not agree with our assessment of whether such extensions are available, and may refuse to grant extensions to our patents, or may grant more limited extensions than we request. In addition, we may not be granted an extension because of, for example, failing to apply within applicable deadlines, failing to apply prior to the expiration of relevant patents or otherwise failing to satisfy applicable requirements. If this occurs, any period during which we have the right to exclusively market our product will be shorter than we would otherwise expect, and our competitors may obtain approval of and launch products earlier than might otherwise be the case.

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.

The legal protection afforded to inventors and owners of intellectual property in countries outside of the United States may not be as protective or effective as that in the United States and we may, therefore, be unable to acquire and enforce intellectual property rights outside the United States to the same extent as in the United States. Whether filed in the United States or abroad, our patent applications may be challenged or may fail to result in issued patents.

In addition, our existing patents and any future patents we obtain may not be sufficiently broad to prevent others from practicing our technologies or from developing or commercializing competing products. Furthermore, others may independently develop or commercialize similar or alternative technologies or drugs, or design around our patents. Our patents may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented or narrowed, or fail to provide us with any competitive advantages. In many non-U.S. countries, patent applications and/or issued patents, or parts thereof, must be translated into the native language. If our patent applications or issued patents are translated incorrectly, they may not adequately cover our technologies; in some countries, it may not be possible to rectify an incorrect translation, which may result in patent protection that does not adequately cover our technologies in those countries.

Filing, prosecuting, enforcing and defending patents on product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States may be less extensive than those in the United States. In addition, the laws of some non-U.S. countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and certain state laws in the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with OPT-302 or any future product candidates and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in non-U.S. jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biopharmaceuticals. This could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or the marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights, generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in non-U.S. jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly, could place our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us or our collaborator. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful.

The requirements for patentability differ and certain countries have heightened requirements for patentability, requiring more disclosure in the patent application. In addition, certain countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties. In those countries, we may have limited remedies if patents are infringed or if we are compelled to grant a license to a third party, which could

47

materially diminish the value of those patents. This could limit our potential revenue opportunities. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, the patent owner may have limited remedies, which could materially diminish the value of such patent. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we own or license.

Changes in patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect OPT-302 and any future product candidates.

As is the case with other biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property rights, particularly patents. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the biopharmaceutical industry involves technological and legal complexity, and obtaining and enforcing biopharmaceutical patents is costly, time-consuming and inherently uncertain. The U.S. Supreme Court in recent years has issued rulings either narrowing the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakening the rights of patent owners in certain situations or ruling that certain subject matter is not eligible for patent protection. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents, once obtained. Depending on decisions by Congress, the federal courts, the USPTO and equivalent bodies in non-U.S. jurisdictions, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce existing patents and patents we may obtain in the future.

Patent reform laws, such as the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, as well as changes in how patent laws are interpreted, could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents. The Leahy-Smith Act made a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law. These include provisions that affect the filing and prosecution strategies associated with patent applications, including a change from a “first-to-invent” to a “first-inventor-to-file” patent system, and a change allowing third-party submission of prior art to the USPTO during patent prosecution and additional procedures to attack the validity of a patent by USPTO-administered post-grant proceedings, including post-grant review, inter partes review and derivation proceedings. The USPTO has developed regulations and procedures to govern administration of the Leahy-Smith Act, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the Leahy-Smith Act and, in particular, the “first-inventor-to-file” provisions, became effective in 2013. The Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation may increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be unable to obtain intellectual property rights or technology necessary to develop and commercialize OPT-302 and any future product candidates.

The patent landscape around our programs is complex, and there may be one or more third-party patents and patent applications containing subject matter that might be relevant to OPT-302. Depending on what claims may ultimately issue from these patent applications, and how courts construe the issued patent claims, as well as depending on the ultimate formulation and method of use of OPT-302 or any future product candidates, we may need to obtain a license to practice the technology claimed in such patents. There can be no assurance that such licenses will be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. If a third party does not offer us a necessary license or offers a license only on terms that are unattractive or unacceptable to us, we might be unable to develop and commercialize one or more of our product candidates, which would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Moreover, even if we obtain licenses to such intellectual property, but subsequently fail to meet our obligations under the relevant license agreements, or such license agreements are terminated for any other reasons, we may lose our rights to the technologies licensed under those agreements.

The licensing or acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is an area in which many companies operate that have interests that are in conflict with ours, and several more established companies may pursue strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive or necessary. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, capital resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. We also may be unable to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights on terms that would allow us to make an appropriate return on our investment, or at all. If we are unable to successfully obtain rights to required third-party intellectual property rights or maintain the existing intellectual property rights we have, we may have to abandon development of the relevant

48

program or product candidate, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may become involved in lawsuits or other proceedings to protect or enforce our intellectual property, which could be expensive, time-consuming and unsuccessful and have a negative effect on the success of our business.

Third parties may infringe our patents or misappropriate or otherwise violate our intellectual property rights. In the future, we may initiate legal proceedings to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets or to determine the validity or scope of intellectual property rights we own or control. Also, third parties may initiate legal proceedings against us to challenge the validity or scope of intellectual property rights we own, control or to which we have rights. For example, generic or biosimilar drug manufacturers or other competitors or third parties may challenge the scope, validity or enforceability of our patents, requiring us to engage in complex, lengthy and costly litigation or other proceedings. These proceedings can be expensive and time-consuming and many of our adversaries in these proceedings may have the ability to dedicate substantially greater resources to prosecuting these legal actions than we can. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating intellectual property rights we own, control or have rights to, particularly in countries where the laws may not protect those rights as fully as in the United States. Litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of management resources, which could harm our business and financial results. In addition, if we initiated legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering a product candidate, the defendant could counterclaim that such patent is invalid or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendants usually assert counterclaims alleging invalidity or unenforceability. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness or non-enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the USPTO, or made a misleading statement, during prosecution. In an infringement or declaratory judgment proceeding, a court may decide that a patent owned by or licensed to us is invalid or unenforceable, or may refuse to stop the other party from using the subject matter alleged to be infringing on the grounds that our patents do not cover that subject matter. An adverse result in any litigation proceeding could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated, narrowed, held unenforceable or interpreted in such a manner that would not preclude third parties from entering the market with competing products.

Third-party pre-issuance submission of prior art to the USPTO, or opposition, derivation, revocation, reexamination, inter partes review or interference proceedings, or other pre-issuance or post-grant proceedings or other patent office proceedings or litigation in the United States or other jurisdictions provoked by third parties or brought by us, may be necessary to determine the inventorship, priority, patentability or validity of inventions with respect to our patents or patent applications. An unfavorable outcome could leave our technology or product candidates without patent protection, allow third parties to commercialize our technology or product candidates and compete directly with us, without payment to us, or could require us to obtain license rights from the prevailing party in order to be able to manufacture or commercialize our product candidates without infringing third-party patent rights. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party in such a case does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Even if we obtain a license, it may be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us. In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications is threatened, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license, develop or commercialize current or future product candidates. Even if we successfully defend such litigation or proceeding, we may incur substantial costs and our defense may distract our management and other employees.

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. In addition, many non-U.S. jurisdictions have rules of discovery that are different than those in the United States and that may make defending or enforcing our patents extremely difficult. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could negatively affect the price of the ADSs and our ordinary shares.

49

Third parties may initiate legal proceedings against us alleging that we infringe their intellectual property rights, the outcome of which would be uncertain and could harm our business.

Our commercial success depends upon our ability to develop, manufacture, market and sell OPT-302 and any future product candidates that we may develop and use our proprietary technologies without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property and proprietary rights of third parties. The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are characterized by extensive litigation regarding patents and other intellectual property rights. Third parties may initiate legal proceedings against us alleging that we infringe their intellectual property rights or we may initiate legal proceedings against third parties to challenge the validity or scope of intellectual property rights controlled by third parties, including in oppositions, interferences, revocations, reexaminations, inter partes review or derivation proceedings before the USPTO or its counterparts in other jurisdictions. These proceedings can be expensive and time-consuming and many of our adversaries in these proceedings may have the ability to dedicate substantially greater resources to prosecuting these legal actions than we can.

We could be found liable for monetary damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees, if we are found to have willfully infringed a patent of a third party. A finding of infringement could prevent us from commercializing OPT-302 or any future product candidates or force us to cease some of our business operations, which could materially harm our business.

We may not be aware of all third-party intellectual property rights potentially relating to OPT-302 or any future product candidates and technologies. We are not aware of any facts that would lead us to conclude that the valid and enforceable claims of any third-party patents would reasonably be interpreted to cover our product candidates. As to pending third-party applications, we cannot predict with any certainty which claims will issue, if any, or the scope of such issued claims. Even if we believe third-party intellectual property claims are without merit, there is no assurance that a court would find in our favor on questions of infringement, validity, enforceability or priority. A court of competent jurisdiction could hold that these third-party patents are valid, enforceable and infringed, which could materially and negatively affect our ability to commercialize any product candidates we may develop and any other product candidates or technologies covered by the asserted third-party patents. In order to successfully challenge the validity of any such U.S. patent in federal court, we would need to overcome a presumption of validity. As this burden is a high one requiring us to present clear and convincing evidence as to the invalidity of any such U.S. patent claim, there is no assurance that a court of competent jurisdiction would invalidate the claims of any such U.S. patent. If any such third-party patents (including those that may issue from such applications) were successfully asserted against us or other commercialization partners and we were unable to successfully challenge the validity or enforceability of any such asserted patents, then we and other commercialization partners may be prevented from commercializing our product candidates, or may be required to pay significant damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees if we are found to willfully infringe the asserted patents, or obtain a license to such patents, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, it could be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors and other third parties access to the same technologies licensed to us, and it could require us to make substantial licensing and royalty payments. Any of the foregoing would harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

Although we have reviewed certain third-party patents and patent filings that we believe may be relevant to our therapeutic candidates or products, we have not conducted a freedom-to-operate search or analysis for any of our therapeutic candidates or products, and we may not be aware of patents or pending or future patent applications that, if issued, would block us from commercializing our therapeutic candidates or products. Thus, we cannot guarantee that our therapeutic candidates or products, or our commercialization thereof, do not and will not infringe any third party’s intellectual property.

We may be subject to claims by third parties asserting misappropriation of intellectual property, or claiming ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.

Although we seek to ensure that our employees do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these employees have used or disclosed confidential information or intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such employee’s former employer, or that third parties have an interest in our patents as an inventor or co-inventor. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in prosecuting or defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or the services of personnel or sustain other damages. Such intellectual property rights could be awarded to a third party, and we

50

could be required to obtain a license from such third party to commercialize our technology or products. Such a license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Even if we successfully prosecute or defend against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and distract management.

In addition, while it is our policy to require our employees and contractors who may be involved in the conception or development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who, in fact, conceives or develops intellectual property that we regard as our own. The assignment of intellectual property rights may not be self-executing, or the assignment agreements may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims that they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property. Such claims could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Our inability to protect our confidential information and trade secrets would harm our business and competitive position.

In addition to seeking patents for some of our technology and product candidates, we also rely substantially on trade secrets, including unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary materials and information, to maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect these trade secrets, in part, by entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to them, such as our employees, corporate collaborators, outside scientific collaborators, contract manufacturers, consultants, advisors and other third parties. We also enter into confidentiality and invention or patent assignment agreements with our employees and consultants. However, these steps may be inadequate, we may fail to enter into agreements with all such parties or any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our trade secrets and there may be no adequate remedy available for such breach of an agreement. We cannot assure you that our trade secrets will not be disclosed or that we can meaningfully protect our trade secrets. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts both within and outside the United States may be less willing, or unwilling, to protect trade secrets. If a competitor lawfully obtained or independently developed any technology or information that we protect as trade secret, we would have no right to prevent such competitor from using that technology or information to compete with us, which could harm our competitive position.

Intellectual property rights do not necessarily address all potential threats.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations and may not adequately protect our business or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. For example:

• others may be able to make products that are similar to OPT-302 and any future product candidates we may develop or utilize similar technology but that are not covered by the claims of the patents that we exclusively license or may own in the future;

• we, our licensors or our future collaborators, might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by the issued patents and pending patent applications that we exclusively license or may own in the future;

• we, our licensors or our future collaborators, might not have been the first to file patent applications covering certain of our or their inventions;

• others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies without infringing our owned or exclusively licensed intellectual property rights;

• it is possible that our pending patent applications or those that we may file in the future, including those that we have licensed, will not result in issued patents;

• issued patents to which we hold rights may be held invalid or unenforceable, including as a result of legal challenges by our competitors;

51

• our competitors might conduct research and development activities in countries where we do not have patent rights and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in major commercial markets in which we do not have sufficient patent rights to stop such sales;

• we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable;

• the patents of others may be asserted against our product candidates and technologies in a manner that harms our business; and

• we may choose not to file a patent application in order to maintain certain trade secrets or know-how, and a third party may subsequently file a patent covering such trade secrets or know-how.

Should any of these events occur, they could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If our trademarks and trade names are not maintained and adequately protected, we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest, and our business may be negatively affected.

Failure to obtain trademark registrations in the future, could limit our ability to protect and enforce our trademarks and impede our marketing efforts in the countries in which we operate. We may not be able to protect our rights to trademarks and trade names which we may need to build name recognition with potential partners or customers in our markets of interest. As a means to enforce any future trademark rights and prevent infringement, we may be required to file trademark claims against third parties or initiate trademark opposition proceedings. This can be expensive and time consuming and can strain the financial resources of a company of our size, and we may not be successful in enforcing our trademark rights. In addition, our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented, declared generic or determined to be infringing on other marks.

Future trademark applications in the United States and in other non-U.S. jurisdictions where we may file may not be allowed or may subsequently be opposed. Even if these applications result in registration of trademarks, third parties may challenge our use or registration of these trademarks in the future. Over the long term, if we are unable to establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, then we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be negatively affected.

Our product candidates may face competition sooner than anticipated from biosimilar products.

Even if we are successful in achieving regulatory approval to commercialize a product candidate faster than our competitors, our product candidates may face competition from biosimilar products. In the United States, our product candidates are regulated by the FDA. The Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009, or BPCIA, created an abbreviated pathway for the approval of biosimilar and interchangeable biologic products. The abbreviated regulatory pathway establishes legal authority for the FDA to review and approve biosimilar biologics, including the possible designation of a biosimilar as “interchangeable” based on its similarity to an existing brand product. Under the BPCIA, an application for a biosimilar product cannot be approved by the FDA until 12 years after the original branded product was approved under a BLA. The law is complex and is still being interpreted and implemented by the FDA. As a result, its ultimate impact, implementation, and meaning are subject to uncertainty. While it is uncertain when such processes intended to implement BPCIA may be fully adopted by the FDA, any such processes could have a material adverse effect on the future commercial prospects for our product candidates.

There is a risk that any exclusivity we may be afforded if any of our product candidates are approved as a biologic product under a BLA could be shortened due to congressional action or otherwise, or that the FDA will not consider our product candidates to be reference products for competing products, potentially creating the opportunity for generic or biosimilar competition sooner than anticipated. Moreover, the extent to which a biosimilar product, once approved, will be substituted for any one of our reference products in a way that is similar to traditional generic substitution for non-biologic products is not yet clear, and will depend on a number of marketplace and regulatory factors that are still developing. In addition, a competitor could decide to forego the biosimilar approval path and submit a full BLA after completing its own preclinical studies and clinical trials. In such cases, any exclusivity to which we may be eligible under the BPCIA would not prevent the competitor from marketing its product as soon as it is approved.

52

In Europe, the European Commission has granted marketing authorizations for several biosimilar products pursuant to a set of general and product class-specific guidelines for biosimilar approvals issued over the past few years. In Europe, a competitor may reference data supporting approval of an innovative biological product, but will not be able to market it until 10 years after the time of approval of the innovative product. This 10-year marketing exclusivity period may be extended to 11 years if, during the first eight of those 10 years, the marketing authorization holder obtains an approval for one or more new therapeutic indications that bring significant clinical benefits compared with existing therapies. In addition, companies may be developing biosimilar products in other countries that could compete with our products, if approved.

If competitors are able to obtain marketing approval for biosimilars referencing our product candidates, if approved, such products may become subject to competition from such biosimilars, with the attendant competitive pressure and potential adverse consequences. Such competitive products may be able to immediately compete with us in each indication for which our product candidates may have received approval.

Risks Related to Ownership of the ADSs

An active and liquid market for our securities may fail to develop, which could harm the market price of the ADSs.

Although our ADSs are listed in the United States on Nasdaq, an active trading market for the ADSs may never develop, or if developed, this market may not be sustained.  We cannot predict the effect of this dual listing on the value of the ordinary shares and ADSs. However, the dual listing of the ordinary shares and ADSs may dilute the liquidity of these securities in one or both markets and may adversely affect the development of an active trading market for the ADSs.

The trading price and volume of the ADSs may be volatile, and ADSs holders could incur substantial losses.

The price and trading volumes of our ordinary shares and ADSs may be significantly affected by events such as announcements regarding scientific and clinical results concerning product candidates currently being developed by us, our collaboration partners or our main competitors, changes in market conditions related to our sector of activity, announcements of new contracts, technological innovations and collaborations by us or our main competitors, developments concerning intellectual property rights, as well as the development, regulatory approval and commercialization of new products by us or our main competitors and changes in our financial results.

In addition, equity markets may be subject to considerable price and trading volume fluctuations, and often, these movements do not reflect the operational and financial performance of the listed companies concerned. In particular, biotechnology companies’ share prices have been highly volatile in the past and may continue to be highly volatile in the future. As we operate in a single industry, we are especially vulnerable to these factors to the extent that they affect our industry. Fluctuations in the stock market as well as the macroeconomic environment could significantly affect the price of the ADSs. As a result of this volatility, investors may not be able to sell their ADSs at or above the price originally paid for the security. The market price and trading volume for the ADSs may be influenced by many factors, including:

• actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition and operating results;

• actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors;

• competition from existing products or new products that may emerge;

• announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, divestitures, spin-offs, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, collaborations, capital commitments or changes in business strategy;

• adverse results of delays in our or any of our competitors’ preclinical studies or clinical trials;

• adverse regulatory decisions, including failure to receive regulatory approval for any of our product candidates;

• the termination of a strategic alliance or the inability to establish additional strategic alliances;

53

• failure to meet or exceed financial estimates and projections of the investment community or that we provide to the public;

• issuance of new or updated research or reports by securities analysts;

• fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;

• ADS price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of the ADSs;

• price and volume fluctuations in trading of our ordinary shares on the ASX;

• short selling or other market manipulation activities;

• fluctuations of exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the Australian dollar;

• additions or departures of key management or scientific personnel;

• disruptions in our supply or manufacturing arrangements;

• disputes or other developments related to proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters and our ability to obtain patent and other intellectual property protection for our technologies;

• changes to coverage policies or reimbursement levels by commercial third-party payors and government payors and any announcements relating to coverage policies or reimbursement levels;

• litigation involving our company;

• announcement or expectation of additional debt or equity financing efforts;

• natural disasters or other calamities or disease outbreaks, such as the COVID-19 pandemic;

• sales of the ADSs by us, our affiliates or our other shareholders; and

• general economic and market conditions.

These and other market and industry factors may cause the market price and demand for the ADSs to fluctuate, regardless of our actual operating performance, which may limit or prevent investors from readily selling their ADSs and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of the trading market for the ADSs.

We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our securities and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of the ADSs.

We have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares since February 2005 and do not currently intend to do so for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to invest our future earnings, if any, to fund our operations and growth. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your ADSs for the foreseeable future and the success of an investment in the ADSs will depend upon any future appreciation in its value. Consequently, investors may need to sell all or part of their holdings of the ADSs after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment. There is no guarantee that the ADSs will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which our shareholders have purchased them. Investors seeking cash dividends should consider not purchasing the ADSs.

While we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future, if such a dividend is declared, the depositary for the ADSs has agreed to pay to you the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on our ordinary shares or other deposited securities after deducting its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of our ordinary shares your ADSs represent. However, in accordance with the limitations set forth in the deposit agreement, it may be unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to holders of ADSs. We have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of the ADSs, ordinary shares, rights or anything else to holders of the ADSs. This means

54

that you may not receive the distributions we make on our ordinary shares or any value from them if it is unlawful or impractical to make them available to you. These restrictions may negatively impact the value of your ADSs. In addition, exchange rate fluctuations may affect the amount of Australian dollars that we are able to distribute, and the amount in U.S. dollars that our shareholders receive upon the payment of cash dividends or other distributions we declare and pay in Australian dollars, if any. These factors could harm the value of the ADSs, and, in turn, the U.S. dollar proceeds that holders receive from the sale of the ADSs.

Future sales of ordinary shares or ADSs by existing holders could depress the market price of the ordinary shares or ADSs.

We had a total of 351,003,541 ordinary shares outstanding as of June 30, 2021, including the 7,493,568 ordinary shares underlying ADSs that were issued upon the exercise of pre-funded warrants in March and June 2021. As of the date of this annual report, the exercise of all outstanding options exercisable for ordinary shares would enable the subscription of new ordinary shares representing approximately 3.25% of the diluted share capital.  The ordinary shares subject to subscription under outstanding options exercisable for ordinary shares will become eligible for sale in the public market in the future, subject to certain legal and contractual limitations. Sales of a large number of the ordinary shares in the public market could depress the market price of the ADSs. If these additional ordinary shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of the ordinary shares and ADSs could decline substantially, which could impair our ability to raise additional capital through the issuance of ordinary shares, ADSs or other securities in the future.

The dual listing of our ordinary shares and the ADSs may negatively impact the liquidity and value of the ADSs.

Our ADSs are listed on Nasdaq and our ordinary shares are listed on the ASX. We cannot predict the effect of this dual listing on the value of our ordinary shares and ADSs. However, the dual listing of our ordinary shares and ADSs may dilute the liquidity of these securities in one or both markets and may negatively impact the development of an active trading market for the ADSs in the United States. The price of the ADSs could also be negatively impacted by trading in our ordinary shares on the ASX.

We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a company with ADSs that are publicly traded in the United States, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a company whose ADSs are publicly traded in the United States, we have incurred and will continue to incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and related rules implemented by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and Nasdaq have imposed various requirements on public companies listed in the United States including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives, and we will need to add additional personnel and build our internal compliance infrastructure. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult and expensive for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as our senior management. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company listed in the United States, we could be subject to delisting of the ADSs, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

U.S. investors may have difficulty enforcing civil liabilities against our company, our directors or members of senior management and the experts named in this annual report.

Certain members of our senior management and board of directors named in this annual report are non-residents of the United States, and a substantial portion of the assets of such persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be impracticable to serve process on such persons in the United States or to enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts against them based on civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States. Even if you are successful in bringing such an action, there is doubt as to whether Australian courts would enforce certain civil liabilities under U.S. securities laws in original actions or judgments of U.S. courts based upon these civil liability provisions. In addition, awards of punitive damages in actions brought in the United States or elsewhere may be unenforceable in Australia or elsewhere outside the United States. An award for monetary damages under U.S. securities laws would be considered punitive if it does not seek to compensate the

55

claimant for loss or damage suffered and is intended to punish the defendant. The enforceability of any judgment in Australia will depend on the particular facts of the case as well as the laws and treaties in effect at the time. The United States and Australia do not currently have a treaty or statute providing for recognition and enforcement of the judgments of the other country (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters.

As a result, our public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests through actions against us, our management or our directors than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction in the United States. In addition, as a company incorporated in Australia, the provisions of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), or the Corporations Act, regulate the circumstances in which shareholder derivative actions may be commenced which may be different, and in many ways less permissive, than for companies incorporated in the United States.

Australian takeover laws may discourage takeover offers being made for us or may discourage the acquisition of a significant position in our ordinary shares or ADSs.

We are incorporated in Australia and are subject to the takeover laws of Australia. Among other things, we are subject to the Corporations Act. Subject to a range of exceptions, the Corporations Act prohibits the acquisition of a direct or indirect interest in our issued voting shares if the acquisition of that interest will lead to a person’s voting power in us increasing to more than 20%, or increasing from a starting point that is above 20% and below 90%. Australian takeover laws may discourage takeover offers being made for us or may discourage the acquisition of a significant position in our ordinary shares. This may have the ancillary effect of entrenching our board of directors and may deprive or limit our shareholders’ opportunity to sell their ordinary shares and may further restrict the ability of our shareholders to obtain a premium from such transactions. See Exhibit 2.3 “Description of Securities” as well as our Constitution.

Our Constitution and Australian laws and regulations applicable to us may adversely affect our ability to take actions that could be beneficial to our shareholders.

As an Australian company we are subject to different corporate requirements than a corporation organized under the laws of the United States. Our Constitution, as well as the Corporations Act, sets forth various rights and obligations that apply to us as an Australian company and which may not apply to a U.S. corporation. These requirements may operate differently than those of many U.S. companies. You should carefully review the summary of these matters set forth under Exhibit 2.3 “Description of Securities” as well as our Constitution, which is included as an exhibit to this annual report, prior to investing in our securities.

Your right as a holder of ADSs to participate in any future preferential subscription rights offering or to elect to receive dividends in ordinary shares may be limited, which may cause dilution to your holdings.

The deposit agreement provides that the depositary will not make rights available to you unless the distribution to ADS holders of both the rights and any related securities are either registered under the Securities Act or exempted from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. If we offer holders of our ordinary shares the option to receive dividends in either cash or shares, under the deposit agreement the depositary may require satisfactory assurances from us that extending the offer to holders of ADSs does not require registration of any securities under the Securities Act before making the option available to holders of ADSs. We are under no obligation to file a registration statement with respect to any such rights or securities or to endeavor to cause such a registration statement to be declared effective. Moreover, we may not be able to establish an exemption from registration under the Securities Act. Accordingly, ADS holders may be unable to participate in our rights offerings or to elect to receive dividends in shares and may experience dilution in their holdings. In addition, if the depositary is unable to sell rights that are not exercised or not distributed or if the sale is not lawful or reasonably practicable, it will allow the rights to lapse, in which case you will receive no value for these rights.

You may not be able to exercise your right to vote the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs.

Holders of ADSs may exercise voting rights with respect to the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs only in accordance with the provisions of the deposit agreement. The deposit agreement provides that, upon receipt of notice of any meeting of holders of our ordinary shares, the depositary will fix a record date for the determination of ADS holders who shall be entitled to give instructions for the exercise of voting rights. Upon timely receipt of notice from us, if we so request, the depositary shall distribute to the holders as of the record date (i) the notice of

56

the meeting or solicitation of consent or proxy sent by us and (ii) a statement as to the manner in which instructions may be given by the holders.

You may instruct the depositary to vote the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. Otherwise, you will not be able to exercise your right to vote, unless you withdraw the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs you hold. However, you may not know about the meeting far enough in advance to withdraw those ordinary shares. If we ask for your instructions, the depositary, upon timely notice from us, will notify you of the upcoming vote and arrange to deliver our voting materials to you and will try to vote ordinary shares as you instruct. We cannot guarantee you that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote your ordinary shares or to withdraw your ordinary shares so that you can vote them yourself. If we do not ask for your instructions, you can still send voting instructions to the depository and the depository may try to carry out those instructions, but it is not required to do so.

Under our Constitution, any resolution to be considered at a meeting of the shareholders shall be decided on a show of hands unless a poll is demanded in accordance with the terms of our Constitution. A poll may be demanded before a vote is taken, or, in the case of a vote taken on a show of hands, immediately before or immediately after, the declaration of the result of the show of hands. Under voting by a show of hands, multiple “yes” votes by ADS holders will only count as one “yes” vote and will be negated by a single “no” vote, unless a poll is demanded.

You may be subject to limitations on the transfer of your ADSs and the withdrawal of the underlying ordinary shares.

Your ADSs are transferable on the books of the depositary. However, the depositary may close its books at any time or from time to time when it deems expedient in connection with the performance of its duties. The depositary may refuse to deliver, transfer or register transfers of your ADSs generally when our books or the books of the depositary are closed, or at any time if we or the depositary think it is advisable to do so because of any requirement of law, government or governmental body, or under any provision of the deposit agreement, or for any other reason subject to your right to surrender your ADSs and receive the underlying ordinary shares. Temporary delays in the surrendering of your ADSs and receipt of the underlying ordinary shares may arise because the depositary has closed its transfer books or we have closed our transfer books, the transfer of ordinary shares is blocked to permit voting at a shareholders’ meeting or we are paying a dividend on our ordinary shares. In addition, you may not be able to surrender your ADSs and receive the underlying ordinary shares when you owe money for fees, taxes and similar charges and when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to ADSs or to the withdrawal of ordinary shares or other deposited securities. See “Item 12D —Description of American Depositary Shares.”

Holders of ADSs are not treated as holders of our ordinary shares.

Holders of ADSs are not treated as holders of our ordinary shares, unless they surrender the ADSs to receive the ordinary shares underlying their ADSs in accordance with the deposit agreement and applicable laws and regulations. The depositary is the holder of the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs. Holders of ADSs therefore do not have any rights as holders of our ordinary shares, other than the rights that they have pursuant to the deposit agreement. See “Item 12D —Description of American Depositary Shares.”

ADS holders may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to claims arising under the deposit agreement, which could result in less favorable outcomes to the plaintiff(s) in any such action.

The deposit agreement governing the ADSs provides that holders and beneficial owners of ADSs, including those holders and owners who acquired ADSs in secondary transactions, irrevocably waive the right to a trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to the deposit agreement or the ADSs, including in respect of claims under federal securities laws, against us or the depositary to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. If this jury trial waiver provision is prohibited by applicable law, an action could nevertheless proceed under the terms of the deposit agreement with a jury trial. To our knowledge, the enforceability of a jury trial waiver under the federal securities laws has not been finally adjudicated by a federal court. However, we believe that a jury trial waiver provision is generally enforceable under the laws of the State of New York, which govern the deposit agreement, by a court of the State of New York or a federal court, which have non-exclusive jurisdiction over matters arising under the deposit agreement, applying such law. In determining whether to enforce a jury trial waiver provision, New York courts and federal courts will consider whether the visibility of the jury trial waiver provision within the agreement is sufficiently prominent such that a party has knowingly waived any right

57

to trial by jury. We believe that this is the case with respect to the deposit agreement and the ADSs. In addition, New York courts will not enforce a jury trial waiver provision in order to bar a viable setoff or counterclaim sounding in fraud or one which is based upon a creditor’s negligence in failing to liquidate collateral upon a guarantor’s demand, or in the case of an intentional tort claim (as opposed to a contract dispute), none of which we believe are applicable in the case of the deposit agreement or the ADSs.

No condition, stipulation or provision of the deposit agreement or ADSs serves as a waiver by any holder or beneficial owner of ADSs or by us or the depositary of compliance with any provision of the federal securities laws. If you or any other holder or beneficial owner of ADSs brings a claim against us or the depositary in connection with such matters, you or such other holder or beneficial owner may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to such claims, which may have the effect of limiting and discouraging lawsuits against us and/or the depositary. If a lawsuit is brought against us and/or the depositary under the deposit agreement, it may be heard only by a judge or justice of the applicable trial court, which would be conducted according to different civil procedures and may result in different outcomes than a trial by jury would have had, including results that could be less favorable to the plaintiff(s) in any such action, depending on, among other things, the nature of the claims, the judge or justice hearing such claims, and the venue of the hearing.

As the jury trial waiver relates to claims arising out of or relating to the ADSs or the deposit agreement, we believe that the waiver would likely continue to apply to ADS holders or beneficial owners who withdraw the ordinary shares from the ADS facility with respect to claims arising before the cancellation of the ADSs and the withdrawal of the ordinary shares, and the waiver would likely not apply to ADS holders or beneficial owners who subsequently withdraw the ordinary shares represented by ADSs from the ADS facility with respect to claims arising after the withdrawal. However, to our knowledge, there has been no case law on the applicability of the jury trial waiver to ADS holders or beneficial owners who withdraw the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs from the ADS facility.

We currently report our financial results under IFRS, which differs in certain significant respect from U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP.

Currently we report our financial statements under IFRS. There have been and there may in the future be certain significant differences between IFRS and U.S. GAAP, including differences related to revenue recognition, intangible assets, share-based compensation expense, income tax and earnings per share. As a result, our financial information and reported earnings for historical or future periods could be significantly different if they were prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In addition, we do not intend to provide a reconciliation between IFRS and U.S. GAAP unless it is required under applicable law. As a result, you may not be able to meaningfully compare our financial statements under IFRS with those companies that prepare financial statements under U.S. GAAP.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from a number of rules under the U.S. securities laws and are permitted to file less information with the SEC than a U.S. company.

We are a foreign private issuer, as defined in the SEC’s rules and regulations and, consequently, we are not subject to all of the disclosure requirements applicable to public companies organized within the United States. For example, we are exempt from certain rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, that regulate disclosure obligations and procedural requirements related to the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations applicable to a security registered under the Exchange Act, including the U.S. proxy rules under Section 14 of the Exchange Act. In addition, our senior management and directors are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and related rules with respect to their purchases and sales of our securities. Moreover, while we currently make annual and semi-annual filings with respect to our listing on the ASX and expect to file financial reports on an annual and semi-annual basis, we will not be required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. public companies and will not be required to file quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or current reports on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act. In addition, foreign private issuers are not required to file their annual report on Form 20-F until four months after the end of each fiscal year. Accordingly, there may be less publicly available information concerning our company than there would be if we were not a foreign private issuer.

58

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to adopt certain home country practices in relation to corporate governance matters that differ significantly from Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards and these practices may afford less protection to shareholders than they would enjoy if we complied fully with Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards.

As a foreign private issuer listed on Nasdaq, we will be subject to their corporate governance listing standards. However, Nasdaq rules permit foreign private issuers to follow the corporate governance practices of its home country. Some corporate governance practices in Australia may differ from Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards. For example, we could include non-independent directors as members of our Remuneration and Nomination committees, and our independent directors may not necessarily hold regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent members of the board of directors are present. Currently, we follow home country practice to the maximum extent possible. Therefore, our shareholders may be afforded less protection than they otherwise would have under corporate governance listing standards applicable to U.S. domestic issuers. For an overview of our corporate governance practices, see “Item 16G—Corporate Governance.”

We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional cost and expense.

While we currently qualify as a foreign private issuer, the determination of foreign private issuer status is made annually on the last business day of an issuer’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter and, accordingly, our next determination will be made on December 31, 2021. In the future, we would lose our foreign private issuer status if we to fail to meet the requirements necessary to maintain our foreign private issuer status as of the relevant determination date. For example, if 50% or more of our securities are held by U.S. residents and more than 50% of our senior management or directors are residents or citizens of the United States, we could lose our foreign private issuer status.

The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws as a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly more than costs we incur as a foreign private issuer. If we are not a foreign private issuer, we will be required to file periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms with the SEC, which are more detailed and extensive in certain respects than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. We would be required under current SEC rules to prepare our financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP rather than IFRS, and modify certain of our policies to comply with corporate governance practices required of U.S. domestic issuers. Such conversion of our financial statements to U.S. GAAP would involve significant time and cost. In addition, we may lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements on U.S. stock exchanges that are available to foreign private issuers such as the ones described above and exemptions from procedural requirements related to the solicitation of proxies.

We are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act and will be able to avail ourselves of reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, which could make our ordinary shares ADSs less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act.  For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

We cannot predict if investors will find the ordinary shares or ADSs less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find the ordinary shares or ADSs less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for the ordinary shares or ADSs and the price of the ordinary shares or ADSs may be more volatile. We may take advantage of these exemptions until such time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest to occur of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than US$1.07 billion in annual revenue; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we qualify as a “large accelerated filer”; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than US$1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (iv)June 30, 2026.

59

As a result of being a U.S. public company, we are subject to additional regulatory compliance requirements, including Section 404, and if we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud.

Pursuant to Section 404, our management will be required to assess and attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in connection with issuing our consolidated financial statements as of and for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2022. Section 404 also requires an attestation report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm beginning with our annual report following the date on which we are no longer an “emerging growth company”, which may be up to five fiscal years from the initial public offering of our ADSs.

The cost of complying with Section 404 will significantly increase and management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could adversely affect our results. We may need to hire more employees in the future or engage outside consultants to comply with these requirements, which will further increase expenses. If we fail to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in the required timeframe, we may be subject to sanctions or investigations by regulatory authorities, including the SEC and Nasdaq. Furthermore, if we are unable to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, and the market price of our ordinary shares and ADSs could decline. Failure to implement or maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could also restrict our future access to the capital markets and subject each of us, our directors and our officers to both significant monetary and criminal liability. In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expense and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business, financial position, results and prospects may be adversely affected.

It is likely that we will be classified as a passive foreign investment company, which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences for U.S. holders.

In general, a non-U.S. company will be considered a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any taxable year in which (1) 75% or more of its gross income consists of passive income or (2) 50% or more of the average quarterly value of its assets is attributable to assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. For purposes of these tests, passive income generally includes dividends, interest, gains from the sale or exchange of investment property and certain rents and royalties. In addition, for purposes of the above calculations, a non-U.S. corporation that directly or indirectly owns at least 25% by value of the shares of another corporation is treated as if it held its proportionate share of the assets and received directly its proportionate share of the income of such other corporation.

There can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC in any past, current or future taxable year, and based on the nature and composition of our income, assets, activities and market capitalization, it is likely that we will be a PFIC for our taxable year ended June 30, 2021 and in future taxable years.  However, our PFIC status is based on an annual determination and may change from year to year.  Our status as a PFIC will depend on the composition of our income and the composition and value of our assets, which may be volatile, from time to time.  Our status may also depend, in part, on how quickly we utilize the cash we raise in any offering of our securities. Our U.S. counsel expresses no opinion regarding our conclusions or our expectations regarding our PFIC status.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. holder (as defined below in the section titled “Item 10E – Taxation”) holds ADSs, the U.S. holder may be subject to adverse tax consequences regardless of whether we continue to qualify as a PFIC, including ineligibility for any preferred tax rates on capital gains or on actual or deemed dividends, interest charges on certain taxes treated as deferred, and additional reporting requirements. We will continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such U.S. holder in all succeeding years during which the U.S. holder owns the ADSs, regardless of whether we continue to meet the PFIC test described above, unless the U.S holder makes a valid and timely qualified electing fund (QEF) or mark-to-market election, or makes a deemed

60

sale election once we cease to be a PFIC; however, we do not currently intend to provide the information necessary for a U.S holder to make a QEF election. For further discussion of the PFIC rules and the adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences in the event we are classified as a PFIC, see “Item 10E—Taxation.”

If a United States person is treated as owning at least 10% of our ordinary shares, such holder may be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences.

If a U.S. holder is treated as owning, (directly, indirectly or constructively,) at least 10% of the value or voting power of our ordinary shares or ADSs, such U.S. holder may be treated, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as a “United States shareholder” with respect to each “controlled foreign corporation” in our group, if any. Because our group includes a U.S subsidiary (Opthea US Inc.), certain of our current and future non-U.S. subsidiaries will be treated as controlled corporations, regardless of whether we are treated as a controlled foreign corporation. A United States shareholder of a controlled foreign corporation may be required to annually report and include in its U.S. taxable income its pro rata share of “Subpart F income,” “global intangible low-taxed income” and investments in U.S. property by controlled foreign corporations, regardless of whether we make any distributions. An individual that is a United States shareholder with respect to a controlled foreign corporation generally would not be allowed certain tax deductions or foreign tax credits that would be allowed to a United States shareholder that is a U.S. corporation. We cannot provide any assurances that we will furnish to any United States shareholder information that may be necessary to comply with the reporting and payment obligations described above.  Failure to comply with such obligations may subject a United States shareholder to significant monetary penalties and stall the beginning of the statute of limitations period for relevant U.S. federal income tax returns. U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of these rules to their investment in the ADSs.

Future changes to tax laws could materially adversely affect our company and reduce net returns to our shareholders.

Our tax treatment is subject to the enactment of, or changes in, tax laws, regulations and treaties, or the interpretation thereof, tax policy initiatives and reforms under consideration and the practices of tax authorities in jurisdictions in which we operate, including those related to the Organization for Economic Co-Operation and Development’s Base Erosion and Profit Shifting Project, the European Commission’s state aid investigations and other initiatives. Such changes may include (but are not limited to) the taxation of operating income, investment income, dividends received or (in the specific context of withholding tax) dividends paid. We are unable to predict what tax reform may be proposed or enacted in the future or what effect such changes would have on our business, but such changes, to the extent they are brought into tax legislation, regulations, policies or practices, could affect our financial position and overall or effective tax rates in the future in countries where we have operations, reduce post-tax returns to our shareholders, and increase the complexity, burden and cost of tax compliance.

Tax authorities may disagree with our position and conclusions regarding certain tax positions, resulting in unanticipated costs, taxes or non-realization of expected benefits.

A tax authority may disagree with tax positions that we have taken, which could result in increased tax liabilities. For example, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or another tax authority could challenge our allocation of income by tax jurisdiction and the amounts paid between our affiliated companies pursuant to our intercompany arrangement and transfer pricing policies, including amounts paid with respect to our intellectual property development. Similarly, a tax authority could assert that we are subject to tax in a jurisdiction where we believe we have not established a taxable connection, often referred to as a “permanent establishment” under international tax treaties, and such an assertion, if successful, could increase our expected tax liability in one or more jurisdictions.  A tax authority may take the position that material income tax liabilities, interest and penalties are payable by us, in which case, we expect that we might contest such assessment.  Contesting such an assessment may be lengthy and costly and if we were unsuccessful in disputing the assessment, the implications could increase our anticipated effective tax rate, where applicable.

General Risk Factors

We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert management’s attention.

The market price of the ordinary shares or ADSs may be volatile and, in the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial

61

costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of the ADSs and their trading volume could decline.

The trading market for the ADSs depends in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. As a public listed company in Australia since 1985, our equity securities are currently subject to coverage by a number of analysts. If fewer securities or industry analysts cover our company, the trading price for the ADSs could be negatively impacted. If one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our equity securities or publishes incorrect or unfavorable research about our business, the price of the ADSs would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, or downgrades our securities, demand for the ADSs could decrease, which could cause the price of the ADSs or their trading volume to decline.

We depend on our information technology systems and those of our third-party collaborators, service providers, contractors or consultants. Our internal computer systems, or those of our third-party collaborators, service providers, contractors or consultants, may fail or suffer security breaches, disruptions, or incidents, which could result in a material disruption of our development programs or loss of data or compromise the privacy, security, integrity or confidentiality of sensitive information related to our business and could harm our reputation, business, financial condition or results of operations.

In the ordinary course of our business, we collect, store and transmit large amounts of confidential information, including intellectual property, proprietary business information and personal information. Our internal technology systems and infrastructure, and those of our current or future third-party collaborators, service providers, contractors and consultants are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access or use resulting from malware, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures, denial-of-service attacks, cyber-attacks or cyber-intrusions over the Internet, hacking, phishing and other social engineering attacks, persons inside our organizations (including employees or contractors), loss or theft, or persons with access to systems inside our organization. Attacks on information technology systems are increasing in their frequency, levels of persistence, sophistication and intensity, and they are being conducted by increasingly sophisticated and organized non-U.S. governments, groups and individuals with a wide range of motives and expertise. For example, in June 2020, a coordinated cyber security attack targeted Australian government entities and companies. In addition to extracting or accessing sensitive information, such attacks could include the deployment of harmful malware, ransomware, denial-of-service attacks, social engineering and other means to affect service reliability and threaten the security, confidentiality, integrity and availability of information. The prevalent use of mobile devices that access sensitive information also increases the risk of data security incidents which could lead to such sensitive information (which may include confidential information, other intellectual property or personal information) being subject to unauthorized access or otherwise compromised. While to our knowledge we have not experienced any material system failure, accident or security breach to date, if such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations or the operations of third-party collaborators, service providers, contractors and consultants, it could result in a material disruption of our development programs and significant reputational, financial, legal, regulatory, business or operational harm. The costs to us to mitigate, investigate and respond to potential security incidents, breaches, disruptions, network security problems, bugs, viruses, worms, malicious software programs and security vulnerabilities could be significant, and while we have implemented security measures to protect our data security and information technology systems, our efforts to address these problems may not be successful, and these problems could result in unexpected interruptions, delays, cessation of service and other harm to our business and our competitive position.

For example, the loss of clinical trial data from completed, ongoing or planned clinical trials for our product candidates could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. To the extent that any real or perceived security breach affects our systems (or those of our third-party collaborators, service providers, contractors or consultants), or results in the loss of or accidental, unlawful or unauthorized access to, use of, release of, or other processing of personal information or damage to our data or applications or other data or applications relating to our technology or product candidates, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liabilities and the further development of our product candidates could be delayed. Such a breach may require notification to governmental agencies, the media or individuals pursuant to various non-U.S. domestic (federal and state) privacy and security laws, if applicable, including HIPAA, as amended by HITECH, and its implementing rules and regulations, as well as regulations promulgated by the Federal Trade Commission and state breach notification laws. In addition,

62

our liability insurance may not be sufficient in type or amount to cover us against all losses and claims related to security breaches, cyberattacks and other related incidents.

Any failure or perceived failure by us or any third-party collaborators, service providers, contractors or consultants to comply with our privacy, confidentiality, data security or similar obligations, or any data security incidents or other security breaches that result in the accidental, unlawful or unauthorized access to, use of, release of, processing of, or transfer of sensitive information, including personal information, may result in negative publicity, harm to our reputation, governmental investigations, enforcement actions, regulatory fines, litigation or public statements against us, could cause third parties to lose trust in us or could result in claims by third parties, including those that assert that we have breached our privacy, confidentiality, data security or similar obligations, any of which could harm our reputation, business, financial condition or results of operations.

To the extent we maintain individually identifiable health information, we could be subject to fines and penalties (including civil and criminal) under HIPAA for any failure by us or our business associates to comply with HIPAA’s requirements. Moreover, data security incidents and other security breaches can be difficult to detect, and any delay in identifying them may lead to increased harm. While we have implemented data security measures intended to protect our information, data, information technology systems, applications and infrastructure, there can be no assurance that such measures will successfully prevent service interruptions or data security incidents.

Our insurance policies are expensive and only protect us from some business risks, leaving us exposed to significant uninsured liabilities.

We do not carry insurance for all categories of risk that our business may encounter. We believe that we maintain insurance customary for businesses of our size and type, including clinical trial liability insurance. However, there are types of losses we may incur that cannot be insured against or that we believe are not economically reasonable to insure. Moreover, any loss incurred could exceed policy limits and policy payments made to us may not be made on a timely basis. Such losses could negatively affect our business prospects, results of operations, cash flows and financial condition. We do not know if our current levels of coverage are adequate or if we will be able to obtain insurance with adequate levels of coverage in the future, if at all. Any significant uninsured liability may require us to pay substantial amounts, which could negatively impact our financial position and results of operations.

If we fail to implement and maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may be unable to accurately report our results of operations, meet our reporting obligations or prevent fraud, and investor confidence in our company and the market price of the ADSs may be negatively impacted.

Section 404(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, requires that our management assess and report annually on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and identify any material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting. While we have not identified any material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting as of June 30, 2021, and have remediated prior material weaknesses, if in the future, we fail to maintain effective internal controls, as such standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to ensure that we can conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404(a).

The presence of material weaknesses could result in financial statement errors which, in turn, could lead to errors in our financial reports or delays in our financial reporting, which could require us to restate our operating results or result in our auditors issuing a qualified audit report. In order to establish and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, we will need to expend significant resources and provide significant management oversight. Developing, implementing and testing changes to our internal controls may require specific compliance training of our directors and employees, entail substantial costs in order to modify our existing accounting systems, take a significant period of time to complete and divert management’s attention from other business concerns. These changes may not, however, be effective in establishing and maintaining adequate internal controls.

If either we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting or our independent auditors are unwilling or unable to provide us with an unqualified report on the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting as required by Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, investors may lose confidence in our operating results, the price of the ADSs could decline and we may be subject to litigation or regulatory enforcement actions. In addition, if we are unable to meet the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we may not be able to remain listed on Nasdaq.

63

Item 4. Information on the Company

4A. History and Development of Opthea Limited

We were incorporated under the laws of Australia in 1984 under the name Circadian Technologies Limited. In 1985, we completed an initial public offering of our ordinary shares and the listing of our ordinary shares on the Australian Securities Exchange, or the ASX. In December 2015, we changed the name of our company to Opthea Limited. Our headquarters and registered offices are located at Suite 0403, Level 4, 650 Chapel Street, South Yarra, VIC 3141, Australia. Our telephone number is +61 3 9826 0399. Our agent for service of process in the United States is Corporation Service Company, located at 1180 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 210, New York, NY 10036. Our website address is www.opthea.com. The reference to our website is an inactive textual reference only and information contained in, or that can be assessed through, our website is not part of this annual report. The SEC maintains a website (www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants, such as us, that file electronically with the SEC.

4B. Business Overview

We are a clinical stage biopharmaceutical company developing a novel therapy for the treatment of highly prevalent and progressive retinal diseases. We are developing our Phase 3-ready product candidate, OPT-302, a biologic designed to inhibit VEGF-C and VEGF-D, to complement VEGF-A inhibitors for the treatment of ophthalmic diseases. Anti-VEGF-A therapies represent the standard of care for wet age-related macular degeneration, or AMD, and other retinal diseases; however, there remains a significant unmet medical need as many patients do not adequately respond to these treatments. As the only biologic inhibitor of VEGF-C and VEGF-D in clinical development for ophthalmology, OPT-302 differs from standard of care therapies and when administered in combination with a VEGF-A inhibitor, is designed to achieve broader inhibition of the vascular endothelial growth factor, or VEGF, family and target a mechanism of clinical resistance to improve visual acuity. Our lead indication for OPT-302 combination therapy is wet AMD, a chronic, progressive disease and the leading cause of vision loss for individuals over the age of 50. In a 366-patient Phase 2b clinical trial for the treatment of wet AMD, 2.0 mg OPT-302, in combination with a standard of care anti-VEGF-A therapy, ranibizumab (Lucentis), met the primary endpoint of a statistically significant superior mean gain in visual acuity over ranibizumab monotherapy at week 24. We intend to initiate two pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials in treatment-naive patients with wet AMD to evaluate the efficacy and safety of OPT-302 in combination with anti-VEGF-A therapies compared to anti-VEGF-A monotherapy in the first half of 2021. We expect to report topline data from these Phase 3 clinical trials in 2023. In addition to our clinical trials in wet AMD, we have observed evidence of improved clinical outcomes in a Phase 1b/2a clinical trial of OPT-302 in combination with another standard of care anti-VEGF-A therapy, aflibercept (Eylea), in patients with treatment-refractory diabetic macular edema, or DME. We retain worldwide rights to develop and commercialize OPT-302 for the treatment of wet AMD and DME and believe that the novel treatment mechanism of OPT-302 has the potential to provide therapeutic benefit for other progressive eye diseases.

Wet AMD is a rapidly progressing disease with loss of central vision developing over a period of weeks to months in which abnormal new blood vessels form in the back of the eye in a process called choroidal neovascularization, or CNV. These newly formed vessels are highly permeable, leaking exudate leading to fluid accumulation and retinal lesion formation. This, in turn, adversely affects sensory cells in the retina and if left untreated, results in rapid loss of visual acuity.

Wet AMD affects approximately one million people in the United States and 2.5 million people in Europe. The standard of care for wet AMD and other ocular neovascular diseases is the administration of monotherapies that primarily inhibit VEGF-A. These therapeutic agents, which include ranibizumab and aflibercept, prevent VEGF-A molecules from binding to, and activating, VEGF receptors and thereby inhibit the formation and permeability of blood vessels. As the risk of developing wet AMD increases with age, it is predicted that the overall aging of the population will result in a significant increase in the number of wet AMD cases, both in the United States and worldwide. Many wet AMD patients also experience suboptimal clinical responses despite receiving one or both of the leading standard of care treatments ranibizumab and aflibercept, which had combined annual worldwide sales of over US$11.9 billion in 2019. In addition, nearly half of wet AMD patients are treated with off-label bevacizumab as a lower cost alternative anti-VEGF-A therapy. As a result, we believe there is a significant and expanding market opportunity for novel therapies that can improve vision in patients with wet AMD, which has the potential to lead to sales greater than the combined annual sales of ranibizumab and aflibercept.

64

Despite the widespread use and commercial success of VEGF-A inhibitors, at least 45% of wet AMD patients treated with a VEGF-A inhibitor experience some degree of suboptimal clinical response, with a majority of patients failing to achieve 20/40 vision after 12 months of treatment, providing further opportunity for visual acuity improvement. Furthermore, many patients have persistent retinal fluid and insufficient gains in visual acuity to resume routine daily activities such as driving and reading following regular treatment with a VEGF-A inhibitor. In addition, improvements in visual acuity following regular administration of VEGF-A monotherapy are often not sustained with long-term use.

OPT-302 is designed to address a deficiency in the treatment paradigm for wet AMD and other retinal diseases, such as DME, by targeting alternate members of the VEGF family, namely VEGF-C and VEGF-D, which are not targeted by current standard of care therapies. VEGF-C and VEGF-D function in parallel with VEGF-A to drive neovascularization and vascular leakage, which are key hallmarks of both wet AMD and DME. In addition, treatment with VEGF-A inhibitors leads to upregulation of VEGF-C and VEGF-D to compensate for VEGF-A inhibition, which may represent an important mechanism of clinical resistance to anti-VEGF-A monotherapy. We are developing OPT-302 to be used in combination with standard of care anti-VEGF-A monotherapies to achieve broader inhibition of the VEGF family, with the goal of improving overall efficacy and demonstrating superior vision gains over that which can be achieved by inhibiting VEGF-A alone.

In our completed Phase 2b wet AMD clinical trial, 2.0 mg OPT-302 in combination with ranibizumab demonstrated a statistically significant superior mean gain in visual acuity at week 24 compared to patients treated with ranibizumab with a sham injection, which we refer to as ranibizumab monotherapy. The trial was an international, multi-center, double-masked trial in 366 treatment-naive patients with wet AMD. Patients were randomized into three groups and received intravitreal injections every four weeks of either 0.5 mg or 2.0 mg OPT-302 in combination with 0.5 mg ranibizumab or 0.5 mg ranibizumab monotherapy. Treatments were administered by intravitreal injections once every four weeks for 20 weeks (six treatments in total). The primary endpoint was the mean change at week 24 in best corrected visual acuity, or BCVA, from baseline on the Early Treatment of Diabetic Retinopathy Study, or ETDRS, standardized eye chart, which we refer to as visual acuity. Patients treated with 2.0 mg OPT-302 combination therapy demonstrated a statistically significant improvement in visual acuity compared to patients treated with ranibizumab monotherapy. In the patients that received 2.0 mg OPT-302 combination therapy, visual acuity improved at week 24 from baseline by a mean of +14.2 letters compared to +10.8 letters for those treated with ranibizumab monotherapy, a statistically significant benefit of +3.4 letters. Patients that received 2.0 mg OPT-302 combination therapy also demonstrated improvements in retinal anatomy which were consistent with the visual acuity gains observed in the trial, including reductions in retinal fluid and lesion size by week 24. In a pre-specified subgroup analysis, greater activity of OPT-302 was observed in lesion types that are considered more difficult to treat with anti-VEGF-A therapy. Our clinical experience to date, which includes administration of over 1,800 doses of OPT-302 to 399 patients with retinal disease, indicates that OPT-302 intravitreal injections are well tolerated, with the incidence of treatment-emergent adverse events, or TEAEs, comparable to anti-VEGF-A monotherapy in our clinical trials.

In August 2020, we successfully completed End-of-Phase 2 meetings with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA), and a Scientific Advice meeting with the European Medicines Agency (EMA). The regulatory engagement provided us with guidance on our Phase 3 clinical program for OPT-302 in wet AMD and associated manufacturing processes that we believe will support the submission of a Biologics License Application in the U.S. and Marketing Authorization Application in Europe. Further regulatory milestones were achieved during the year, firstly with our successful application to the FDA for an initial Pediatric Study Plan (iPSP) waiver, which was received in March 2021. The receipt of the waiver means that we will not have to conduct an additional study of OPT-302 in the pediatric population for use of OPT-302 in this U.S. population. Furthermore, in July 2021, the FDA granted Fast Track designation for OPT-302 in combination with anti-VEGF-A therapy for the treatment of patients with wet AMD. We believe the FDA’s Fast Track designation acknowledges the significant unmet medical need in the management of wet AMD, and the potential role that OPT-302 may have in addressing it. The FDA’s Fast Track Designation for OPT-302 offers benefits to expedite the Phase 3 clinical program and subsequent potential approval process, including more frequent communication and meetings with the FDA, and a Rolling Review of completed sections of its BLA.

We initiated two concurrent pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials for the treatment of wet AMD in March 2021. These double-masked, sham-controlled Phase 3 clinical trials enroll treatment-naive patients and assess the efficacy and safety of 2.0 mg of OPT-302 in combination with ranibizumab (Lucentis) (referred to as the ShORe trial) or aflibercept (Eylea) (referred to as the COAST trial), compared to ranibizumab or aflibercept monotherapy in each respective trial. In addition, to understand the durability of OPT-302 treatment effect with less frequent dosing, each trial will compare the clinical efficacy of OPT-302 administered in combination with the applicable

65

VEGF-A inhibitor on an every four-week and every eight-week dosing regimen. For consistency, the ShORe and COAST Phase 3 trials build upon and maintain key features of our Phase 2b clinical trial of OPT-302 combination therapy for the treatment of wet AMD, while evaluating the administration of OPT-302 combination therapy over a longer treatment period and in a greater number of patients. The primary endpoint of both trials will be the mean change in visual acuity from baseline at week 52. Patients will continue to be dosed until week 96 to further assess long-term safety at week 100. Since the first patients were treated in our Phase 3 pivotal program in March 2021, we have continued to activate additional clinical trial sites and recruit patients in the U.S. In August 2021, the first sites opened enrollment in Canada, and in October 2021 the first sites opened enrollment in Europe and Asia Pacific. In total, we expect to enroll approximately 990 patients into each trial, with patients recruited from more than 20 countries worldwide, and to report top‑line data in the second half of calendar year 2023. If the results at the completion of the primary efficacy phase at week 52 of the Phase 3 clinical trials are favorable, we intend to submit Biologics License and Marketing Authorization Applications with the FDA and EMA respectively.

In addition to our pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials, we plan to develop a co-formulation of OPT-302 with an approved and/or biosimilar anti-VEGF-A therapy designed to achieve VEGF-A, VEGF-C and VEGF-D inhibition following the administration of a single intravitreal injection of the co-formulated product. OPT-302 is currently administered as a combination therapy consisting of a sequential injection of OPT-302 following intravitreal administration of a VEGF-A inhibitor. We believe that a co-formulated OPT-302 and VEGF-A inhibitor product could provide flexibility of treatment options for physicians and reduce the frequency and number of injections for patients. We intend to file an investigative new drug application, or IND, for the co-formulated product in a Phase 1 clinical trial for the treatment of wet AMD.

We are also investigating the therapeutic potential of OPT-302 for DME. DME is a progressive eye disease and a complication of diabetic retinopathy, or DR, a condition caused by chronically elevated glucose levels in diabetics that damages the retina. DME can cause blurred vision, severe vision loss and blindness. Wet AMD and DME share a similar underlying pathophysiology, including retinal neovascularization and increased vascular permeability, and as a result, VEGF-A inhibitors are also considered the standard of care treatment for DME. Based on its mechanism of action and clinical results to date, we believe that OPT-302 also has the potential to deliver therapeutic benefit in DME patients. In our Phase 1b/2a clinical trial of OPT-302 in combination with aflibercept in patients with treatment-refractory DME, we observed evidence of improved clinical outcomes following OPT-302 combination therapy in this indication.

We also believe that our novel treatment mechanism has the potential to provide therapeutic benefit for other progressive retinal diseases beyond wet AMD and DME. We may further investigate the efficacy of OPT-302 to improve clinical outcomes in patients with polypoidal choroidal vasculopathy, or PCV, a form of wet AMD that is highly prevalent in Asian populations and less responsive to anti-VEGF-A therapy than other wet AMD subtypes. Beyond wet AMD and DME, we may explore applications of OPT-302 in other retinal diseases in which a VEGF-C or VEGF-D inhibitor could have therapeutic potential, such as retinal vein occlusion, or RVO.

Our Company

We are a public company listed on the Australian Securities Exchange and Nasdaq. We have assembled a team of experts with deep scientific, clinical and business expertise in biotechnology and specifically in neovascular disease. Megan Baldwin, Ph.D., our Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director, has over 20 years of research and development and biopharmaceutical industry experience on neovascularization and therapeutic strategies in ophthalmic indications and cancer. Prior to joining our company, she was a postdoctoral research fellow and an associate market planning manager at Genentech, where she conducted angiogenesis research before joining the anti-angiogenic therapy commercial group. Karen Adams, our Vice President Finance and Company Secretary, was previously the Chief Financial Officer of the Victor Smorgon Group. She has over 20 years’ experience of financial management in board-level positions for private and listed companies in Australia, UK, the US and Ireland. We believe that the breadth of experience and successful track record of our senior management, combined with our established relationships with leaders in the industry and medical community, provide us with unique insights into biologic drug development for the treatment of neovascular disease.

66

Our Strategy

Our goal is to become a leader in developing and commercializing therapeutics for the treatment of retinal diseases. The key elements of our strategy are to:

• Advance OPT-302 through two concurrent Phase 3 trials for the treatment of wet AMD.  Based on the positive results of our Phase 2b trial in wet AMD, we initiated two concurrent pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials in treatment-naive patients with wet AMD to evaluate the efficacy and safety of OPT-302 in combination with anti-VEGF-A therapy in March 2021. We expect to report top-line results in 2023. If these results are favorable, we plan to file for marketing approval for OPT-302 for the treatment of wet AMD in the United States, European Union and other territories.

• Optimize OPT-302 administration and develop a co-formulation to reduce injection burden for patients and provide treatment flexibility.  Currently, OPT-302 is administered as an injection following intravitreal administration of a VEGF-A inhibitor. We plan to investigate the efficacy and durability of less frequent administration of OPT-302 in clinical trials based on OPT-302’s pharmacokinetic profile, structural similarity to aflibercept and potential for improved and prolonged clinical efficacy over time. In addition, we plan to develop a co-formulation of OPT-302 with an approved and/or biosimilar anti-VEGF-A therapy to provide flexibility of treatment options for physicians and to reduce the frequency and number of injections for patients.

• Expand clinical development of OPT-302 in wet AMD, DME and other retinal diseases.  Due to similarities in the underlying pathophysiology, we anticipate that OPT-302 in combination with VEGF-A inhibitors may provide therapeutic benefit to patients with other neovascular ophthalmic diseases, such as DME. We reported positive data from a Phase 1b/2a trial of OPT-302 in combination with aflibercept for the treatment of DME, and we plan to continue further development in this indication. We also continue to explore the potential benefit of OPT-302 in PCV and other ocular diseases, such as RVO and DR, in which there is a strong scientific and clinical rationale.

• Maximize the commercial potential of OPT-302.  We retain worldwide rights for the development and commercialization of OPT-302. If OPT-302 receives marketing approval in the United States and European Union for wet AMD or any other retinal indications we are pursuing, we intend to establish our own commercial organization in these key territories. We may also enter into collaborations where we believe there is an opportunity to accelerate the development and commercialization of OPT-302 in select territories.

67

Our Pipeline

The following table summarizes the stage of clinical development and status of our product candidate, OPT-302.

VEGFs in Ocular Diseases

Multiple ophthalmic diseases and conditions, including wet AMD and DME, involve aberrant blood vessel formation and growth, as well as vascular permeability and resulting leakage that contributes to disease progression. In wet AMD, lesions consist of newly formed blood vessels that are typically fragile and leak, leading to the accumulation of fluid in the retinal tissue at the back of the eye. As shown in the figure below, if left untreated, this fluid can cause retinal swelling that disrupts the local architecture and function of sensory cells and neurons in the eye, resulting in vision loss. In patients with DME, high blood glucose levels drive physiological changes resulting in vascular permeability that also result in fluid accumulation, or edema, in the macula, the central region of the retina, and loss of visual acuity.

68

Neovascularization and Vascular Permeability are Key Hallmarks of a Number of Retinal Diseases, Leading to Lesion Formation, Edema and Distortion of the Retina Photoreceptor Layer Causing Loss of Vision

Neovascularization and vascular permeability associated with retinal disease progression are driven by a family of related growth factors known as VEGFs. Members of the VEGF family, including VEGF-A, VEGF-C and VEGF-D, exert their activity by binding and activating VEGF receptors referred to as VEGFR-1, VEGFR-2, and VEGFR-3. Receptor activation triggers signaling pathways that lead to the development of new blood vessels, a process known as angiogenesis, as well as vascular permeability.

69

Members of the VEGF Family of Growth Factors Have Overlapping but Distinct Specificities for VEGFRs

* Lymphangiogenesis refers to the proliferation of lymphatic vessels from pre-existing lymphatic vessels.

VEGF-A

VEGF-A is the most well-characterized member of the VEGF family of growth factors and was the first to be targeted for therapeutic intervention. VEGF-A is a potent growth factor and its relevance in ophthalmic neovascularization has been well-established. Overexpression of VEGF-A in animal models has shown VEGF-A to be a causal factor in the development of neovascularization and vascular permeability, which are key hallmarks in the progression of wet AMD. In wet AMD patients, VEGF-A levels are shown to be elevated in the aqueous humor fluid of the eye. VEGF-A binds to VEGFR-1, which acts to regulate VEGF-A activity, and VEGFR-2, which is a key driver of neovascularization and vascular permeability. Several inhibitors of VEGF-A have been approved to treat a number of neovascular ocular diseases. The two leading ocular VEGF-A inhibitors by revenue, ranibizumab and aflibercept, had combined annual worldwide sales of over US$11.9 billion in 2019.

VEGF-C and VEGF-D

VEGF-C and VEGF-D contribute to the development and persistence of neovascular diseases, as evidenced by their elevated levels in multiple pathological conditions. Both VEGF-C and VEGF-D can stimulate neovascularization and VEGF-C can induce permeability by binding to VEGFR-2, independent of VEGF-A activity. Additionally, VEGF-C and VEGF-D bind to VEGFR-3, a receptor that is not activated by VEGF-A, which confers biological activities to both VEGF-C and VEGF-D that are distinct from those of VEGF-A. Activation of VEGFR-3 can stimulate vascular proliferation and modulate vascular permeability, vascular leakage and edema formation. The receptor binding profiles and the distinct biological activities of VEGF-C and VEGF-D suggest that inhibiting VEGF-C and VEGF-D may have therapeutic potential in ocular diseases by acting independently of, and in tandem with, the activity of VEGF-A inhibitors.

Resistance to VEGF-A Therapies May be Driven by VEGF-C and VEGF-D

Standard of care treatments for wet AMD and DME inhibit VEGF-A activation of its receptors that are typically expressed on vascular endothelium. This can lead to inhibition of blood vessel growth and leakage which can stabilize disease and improve clinical outcomes, including visual acuity, in patients with retinal eye conditions. However, not all patients fully respond to VEGF-A inhibition. A substantial proportion of patients with wet AMD and DME have further opportunity for visual acuity gain and/or a need for resolution of persistent retinal fluid

70

following anti-VEGF-A treatment. Furthermore, gains in visual acuity are often not sustained over the long term, even when anti-VEGF-A therapies are administered regularly. This resistance may occur as anti-VEGF-A monotherapies do not fully address the multifactorial pathogenesis of wet AMD and DME, including having no activity to block VEGF-C and VEGF-D.

VEGF-C and VEGF-D are implicated in the development of resistance to clinical use of anti-VEGF-A therapies. Levels of VEGF-C and/or VEGF-D have been observed to be upregulated in response to anti-VEGF-A therapies, most notably in patients with wet AMD. In a study conducted by third-party researchers in wet AMD patients, a 66% increase in the level of VEGF-C in the aqueous humor fluid in eyes was observed following two monthly doses of the VEGF-A inhibitor, bevacizumab (Avastin). This is illustrated in the figure below.

VEGF-C Levels are Increased in Aqueous Fluid of the Eye in Wet AMD Patients Treated with Monthly Intravitreal Bevacizumab

Study conducted by Cabral et al. (2018)

Upregulation of VEGF-C and VEGF-D can continue to drive signaling through VEGFR-2, even in the presence of a VEGF-A inhibitor, as well as signal through VEGFR-3, both of which may contribute to ongoing angiogenesis and vascular permeability associated with persistent wet AMD. VEGF-C and VEGF-D mediated activation of VEGFR-2 and VEGFR-3, as well as their compensatory elevation following VEGF-A inhibition, may contribute to sub-optimal clinical response to anti-VEGF-A monotherapy. We believe OPT-302 in combination with a VEGF-A inhibitor can address a key mechanism of clinical sub-responsiveness to standard of care treatments for serious retinal eye diseases by broad blockade of the VEGF family of growth factors which is not achieved by anti-VEGF-A monotherapies.

OPT-302

We are developing our Phase 3-ready product candidate, OPT-302, a biologic designed to inhibit VEGF-C and VEGF-D, to complement existing VEGF-A inhibitors, for the treatment of ophthalmic diseases, including wet AMD and DME. Anti-VEGF-A therapies represent the standard of care for wet AMD and other retinal diseases. However, there remains a significant unmet need as many patients do not adequately respond to these treatments. As the only biologic inhibitor of VEGF-C and VEGF-D in clinical development for ophthalmology, OPT-302 differs from standard of care VEGF-A inhibitors, and in combination with a VEGF-A inhibitor, is designed to address the sub-optimal clinical responses of anti-VEGF-A monotherapies by achieving broader inhibition of the VEGF family to improve visual acuity over standard of care anti-VEGF-A monotherapies.

In 2019, we completed a 366-patient Phase 2b clinical trial of OPT-302 in combination with ranibizumab for the treatment of wet AMD, which met the primary endpoint of a statistically significant superior mean gain in visual acuity over ranibizumab monotherapy at week 24. We initiated two pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials in treatment-naive patients with wet AMD to evaluate the efficacy and safety of OPT-302 in combination with anti-VEGF-A therapy compared to a standard of care monotherapy in March, 2021. We initiated these two pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials in treatment-naive patients with wet AMD to evaluate the efficacy and safety of OPT-302 in combination with anti-VEGF-A therapy compared to anti-VEGF-A monotherapy. We expect to report topline data from these Phase 3 clinical trials in 2023. In addition, in our Phase 1b/2a clinical trial of OPT-302 in

71

combination with aflibercept for the treatment of persistent DME, we observed evidence of clinical activity and improvements in visual acuity outcomes compared to aflibercept monotherapy. OPT-302 was observed to be well tolerated across Phase 1 and Phase 2 clinical studies in two disease indications following intravitreal administration of over 1,800 doses of OPT-302 to 399 patients either as monotherapy or in combination with standard of care VEGF-A inhibitors.

OPT-302 Mechanism of Action

We have designed OPT-302 to function as a ligand trap, capable of binding and sequestering VEGF-C and VEGF-D, thereby preventing these growth factors from activating VEGFR-2 and VEGFR-3. OPT-302 is comprised of the first three extracellular domains of human VEGFR-3, fused to the Fc domain, or the constant fragment of human immunoglobulin G₁, or IgG₁, as illustrated in the figure below. VEGF-C and VEGF-D function independent of, but in parallel with, VEGF-A to drive neovascularization and vascular leakage, key hallmarks of both wet AMD and DME. In addition, treatment with VEGF-A inhibitors leads to upregulation of VEGF-C and VEGF-D to compensate for VEGF-A inhibition, which may represent an important mechanism of clinical resistance to VEGF-A monotherapy.

Structure of OPT-302

Ligand trap therapeutics that include the receptor-binding domains for other ligands have been approved for a number of indications. One such agent is aflibercept, marketed as Eylea, a ligand trap consisting of extracellular domains of VEGFR-1 and VEGFR-2, which primarily mediates its activity by binding and inhibiting VEGF-A. Aflibercept has marketing approval for the treatment of wet AMD, DME, macular edema secondary to RVO and DR. In rabbits, OPT-302 has been shown to have a comparable ocular biodistribution and intravitreal pharmacokinetic profile as aflibercept, with low systemic exposure.

Wet AMD

AMD is a chronic, progressive disease of the macula, a part of the retina containing the greatest concentration of light-sensing cells responsible for detailed, high visual acuity and central vision. The development of AMD is strongly associated with age, affecting up to 40% of individuals over the age of 75. There are two forms of AMD, dry AMD and wet AMD. Dry AMD is the most common form, representing approximately 85% to 90% of all AMD cases. However, dry AMD can develop into wet AMD, and wet AMD accounts for 90% of the severe vision loss associated with the disease.

Wet AMD is a rapidly progressing disease with loss of central vision developing over a period of weeks to months, and is the leading cause of vision loss for individuals over the age of 50. The most common symptoms of wet AMD are loss of central vision, distortion of objects or blurred vision. Peripheral vision usually remains intact. The disease typically affects patients initially in one eye, with a high likelihood of it occurring in the second eye over time. If left untreated, wet AMD can lead to rapid loss of visual acuity and blindness, adversely impacting the patient’s ability to conduct daily activities, such as driving and reading.

Wet AMD occurs when new blood vessels in the choroid, or the vascular layer in the eye just under the retina, intrude into the retinal layers and leak fluid. The formation of these new blood vessels is referred to as CNV. These newly formed vessels are highly permeable, which can lead to fluid accumulation and adversely affect sensory cells in the retina.

72

Wet AMD can be classified as occult or classic, based on the neovascular pattern within lesions. In occult lesions, all of the blood vessels are below the retinal pigment epithelium, or RPE, and the areas on angiograms have a stippled appearance. Classic lesions, by contrast, appear as well-demarcated areas on angiograms due to neovascular blood vessels being located above the RPE. Classic lesions are further subdivided into predominantly classic if 50% or more of the blood vessels are above the RPE, and minimally classic, if greater than 0% and less than 50% of the blood vessels are above the RPE. Classic-containing lesions tend to be the most responsive to anti-VEGF-A therapies.

Classifications of Wet AMD Based on Neovascular Lesion Pattern

There is a further sub-type of wet AMD lesion referred to as retinal angiomatous proliferation, or RAP. RAP lesions are a type of CNV in which neovascularization in the retina protrudes into the sub-retinal space and connects to the choroidal circulation. Between 10% and 21% of wet AMD patients have RAP lesions which are more commonly found in older Caucasian patients. Although there are no therapies specifically approved to treat RAP lesions, patients are typically treated with VEGF-A inhibitors.

PCV is a further sub-type of wet AMD. PCV is an abnormality of inner choroidal vessels that causes dilations in the blood vessels in the retina that resemble polyps, known as polypoidal protrusions. PCV typically does not respond well to VEGF-A inhibitor therapies and many patients are diagnosed with PCV only after they fail to respond to these therapies. There is a high prevalence of PCV in Asian countries, with between 23% and 54% of patients with presumed cases of wet AMD in Japan having PCV. Prevalence rates of between 4% and 10% have been reported in Caucasian patients with presumed cases of wet AMD.

Current Treatments for Wet AMD and Their Limitations

There are four VEGF-A inhibitors approved by the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, for the treatment of wet AMD, all of which are administered by regular intravitreal injections as monotherapy. These VEGF-A inhibitors include: the VEGF-A specific antibody ranibizumab, the antibody fragment brolucizumab (Beovu) and the VEGFR-based ligand trap aflibercept. The VEGF-A antibody, bevacizumab, an FDA approved therapy for colorectal and other cancers, is also used off-label by many physicians to treat wet AMD, comprising approximately 46% of anti-VEGF-A injections administered globally. In addition, pegaptanib sodium (Macugen) is an aptamer or antibody-like RNA construct that inhibits VEGF-A but is now infrequently administered following the approval of biologic VEGF-A inhibitors. Recent clinical development has focused on maintaining vision gains with a VEGF-A inhibitor whilst reducing the number of injections.

VEGF-A inhibitors stabilize loss vision in over 90% of wet AMD patients. However, the effectiveness of these therapies in many patients is limited. Improvements of ≥15 letters of visual acuity typically occur in less than 40% of treated patients. In addition, despite regular treatment with a VEGF-A inhibitor, many patients have insufficient gains in visual acuity to resume routine daily activities such as driving and reading. Chronic vision loss can also occur despite ongoing treatment with an anti-VEGF-A inhibitor. Retrospective and prospective analyses of patients treated with VEGF-A inhibitor therapies for five years have found that, after initial gains in visual function following one year of treatment, many patients then had a gradual decline in visual acuity in subsequent years, resulting in the eventual reversal of the majority of gains. In addition, in clinical settings, up to two-thirds of patients treated with VEGF-A inhibitor therapies continue to have retinal fluid following treatment and approximately 25% experience further vision loss 12 months following treatment. Treatment options are limited for patients who do not respond adequately or experience visual decline despite ongoing therapy with

73

standard of care VEGF-A inhibitors, and typically involve switching treatment from one anti-VEGF-A monotherapy to another with minimal additional visual benefit achieved.

Market Opportunity for the Treatment of Wet AMD

Wet AMD affects approximately 1 million people in the United States and 2.5 million in Europe. As the risk of developing wet AMD increases with age, it is predicted that the overall aging of the population will result in a significant increase in the number of wet AMD cases, both in the United States and worldwide. Many wet AMD patients also experience suboptimal clinical responses despite receiving one or both of the leading standard of care treatments ranibizumab and aflibercept, which had combined annual worldwide sales of over US$11.9 billion in 2019. In addition, nearly half of wet AMD patients are treated with off-label bevacizumab as a lower cost alternative anti-VEGF-A therapy. As a result, we believe there is a significant and expanding market opportunity for novel therapies that can improve vision in patients with wet AMD, which has the potential to lead to sales greater than the combined annual sales of ranibizumab and aflibercept.

We believe that OPT-302, used in combination with standard of care VEGF-A inhibitors, can address the significant unmet need for wet AMD patients by providing improved outcomes over that which can be achieved by inhibiting VEGF-A alone.

Phase 1/2a Clinical Trial Results in Wet AMD

In 2017, we completed a Phase 1/2a clinical trial of OPT-302 in wet AMD patients under an investigational new drug, or IND, application accepted by the FDA in 2015. The trial was divided into two parts. Part 1 was a Phase 1 first-in-human 20-patient dose-escalation study in which OPT-302 was administered at three escalating doses (0.3 mg, 1.0 mg or 2.0 mg), either in combination with 0.5 mg ranibizumab or alone as a 2.0 mg monotherapy, once every four weeks for a total of three doses, with a follow-up visit at week 12. Part 2 was a Phase 2a 31-patient dose-expansion trial in which 2.0 mg OPT-302 was administered in combination with ranibizumab or as a monotherapy once every four weeks for a total of three doses, with a follow-up visit at week 12. Of the 51 patients dosed, 49% were treatment naive and 51% were previously treated with anti-VEGF-A therapy. The previously-treated patients had received an average of 17 prior treatments, equating to prior treatment over an average of 1.3 years, of an intravitreal VEGF-A inhibitor prior to enrolling in the trial. The Phase 1/2a trial was conducted at 14 trial sites in the United States.

OPT-302 was well tolerated up to the highest dose tested both in combination with ranibizumab and as a monotherapy. No dose-limiting toxicities, or DLTs, were observed and the maximum tolerated dose, or MTD, was not reached. There were no treatment-related serious adverse events, or SAEs. The most common TEAEs were conjunctival hemorrhage, eye pain and corneal inflammation mainly related to the intravitreal injection procedure. TEAEs did not lead to permanent discontinuation of the study for any patient. The pharmacokinetic profile of OPT-302 was similar in the absence or presence of ranibizumab, and there was no evidence of OPT-302 immunogenicity in this clinical trial.

Although the focus of this trial was safety, we also observed preliminary signals of clinical benefit. Improvements in visual acuity were observed in treatment-naive patients as well as patients previously treated with anti-VEGF-A therapy, as measured by the number of letters that could be read on a standard eye chart following OPT-302 monotherapy and OPT-302 combination therapy. As illustrated in the figure below, after 12 weeks, in patients across all dose groups, the mean change in visual acuity from baseline increased by +10.8 letters in treatment-naive patients and +4.9 letters in previously treated patients who received OPT-302 combination therapy.

74

Mean Change in Visual Acuity from Baseline to Week 12 in Treatment-Naive and Previously-Treated Wet AMD Patients Administered OPT-302 in Combination with Ranibizumab

In addition, improvements in visual acuity following treatment with OPT-302 combination therapy were consistent with anatomical outcomes, such as reductions in intraretinal and subretinal fluid. Retinal thickness, which is assessed by spectral domain optical coherence tomography, or SD-OCT, using a standard criterion called central subfield thickness, or CST, was also reduced following OPT-302 combination therapy.

Phase 2b Clinical Trial Results in Wet AMD

Based on the positive results of the Phase 1/2a trial, we completed an international, multi-center, double-masked Phase 2b clinical trial of OPT-302 in combination with ranibizumab in a total of 366 treatment-naive patients in August 2019. As illustrated in the figure below, patients were randomized into three groups to receive either 0.5 mg or 2.0 mg OPT-302 with 0.5 mg ranibizumab or ranibizumab monotherapy, which included a sham injection. A sham intravitreal injection involves pressing a syringe hub against the surface of the eye to mimic an intravitreal injection so that the patient remains masked to the treatment group to which they have been randomized. Administration was by intravitreal injection once every four weeks for 20 weeks (six treatments in total). The primary endpoint of the clinical trial was the mean change in BCVA from baseline on the ETDRS standardized eye chart at week 24. Secondary outcome measures included the proportion of patients gaining ³15 letters in BCVA, changes in retinal thickness, change in intraretinal and subretinal fluid and proportion of patients losing ³15 letters in BCVA.

Design of the Phase 2b Clinical Trial of OPT-302 with Ranibizumab in Wet AMD

As illustrated in the figure below, 366 treatment-naive patients were randomized 1:1:1 to each of the three treatment groups. We used data from the 362 patients who had a baseline assessment of their visual acuity and completed at least one post-dose visit as the modified intent to treat population, or mITT, in all analyses. Key inclusion criteria for patients in the trial included CNV classified as either occult, minimally classic or predominantly classic, and BCVA on the ETDRS standardized eye chart of ≥25 and ≥60 letters. The Phase 2b trial was conducted at 109 trial sites in the United States, Europe, Israel and the United Kingdom.

75

Patient Distribution in the Phase 2b Clinical Trial in Wet AMD

Q4W refers to administration every four weeks. IVT refers to administration by intravitreal injection.

In presentations of statistical results in this annual report, a p-value is a measure of statistical significance of the observed results, or the probability that the observed results were achieved purely by chance. By convention, a p-value of 0.05 or lower is commonly considered statistically significant. The FDA and comparable non-U.S. regulatory authorities utilize the reported statistical measures when evaluating the results of a clinical trial, including statistical significance as measured by p-value, to evaluate the reported evidence of a drug product’s safety and efficacy.

Improvements in Visual Acuity

The Phase 2b clinical trial met the primary endpoint, demonstrating a statistically significant superior mean gain in visual acuity at week 24 compared to baseline in the 2.0 mg OPT-302 combination therapy group compared to the ranibizumab monotherapy group. The figure below illustrates patients in the 2.0 mg OPT-302 combination therapy group had a mean visual acuity improvement of +14.22 letters relative to baseline, compared to +10.84 letters for those treated with ranibizumab monotherapy at week 24 (p=0.0107). This represents a statistically significant benefit of +3.4 letters and a greater than 30% relative improvement in vision outcomes in the OPT-302 combination group compared to ranibizumab monotherapy. Evidence of improved visual acuity was observed beginning as early as week 8 and continued throughout the course of the trial to week 24. Mean visual acuity in the lower dose 0.5 mg OPT-302 combination therapy group was not significantly different from the ranibizumab monotherapy group. However, evidence of a dose response was observed between the 2.0 mg and 0.5 mg OPT-302 combination therapy groups on several anatomical outcomes, such as retinal thickness and the proportion of patients with intraretinal and subretinal fluid at week 24.

76

Mean Change in Visual Acuity from Baseline to Week 24 in Treatment-Naive Wet AMD Patients Administered Ranibizumab Monotherapy or OPT-302 Combination Therapy

Error bars shown in all figures represent the SEM, or the standard error of the mean.

Secondary outcome measurements from the trial were also supportive of the primary endpoint. As illustrated in the figure below, we observed a greater proportion of patients gaining ≥15, ≥10 and ≥5 letters in the 2.0 mg OPT-302 combination therapy group compared to the ranibizumab monotherapy group. In addition, the proportion of patients losing ≥15, ≥10 and ≥5 letters was lower in the 2.0 mg OPT-302 combination therapy group compared to the ranibizumab monotherapy group. The Phase 2b trial was not designed for statistical significance on secondary and exploratory endpoints and was not powered to detect statistically significant differences in secondary outcome measurements.

77

Greater Proportion of Patients Gaining, and Fewer Patients Losing, ≥15, ≥10 and ≥5 Letters with OPT-302 Combination Therapy Compared to Ranibizumab Monotherapy

Reductions in Retinal Thickness and Fluid

In addition to the statistically significant improvement in visual acuity, treatment with OPT-302 combination therapy led to greater reductions in retinal thickness. The reductions in retinal thickness in patients is consistent with less fluid accumulation in the retina and reduced disease severity as increased fluid accumulation in the retina is associated with the loss of visual acuity in wet AMD patients. The figure below depicts the greater mean reduction in retinal thickness in the OPT-302 combination therapy group compared to the ranibizumab monotherapy group at week 24.

78

Greater Reduction in Retinal Thickness from Baseline to Week 24 following OPT-302 Combination Therapy Compared to Ranibizumab Monotherapy

Fewer patients in the OPT-302 combination therapy group had subretinal fluid and intraretinal fluid present compared to the ranibizumab monotherapy group. The presence of subretinal fluid is a hallmark of wet AMD and its resolution is referred to as “drying” of the retina while intraretinal fluid is a prognostic biomarker for poor visual acuity and sub-optimal response to anti-VEGF-A therapies. As illustrated in the figure below, there were approximately 10% fewer patients with subretinal fluid and 5% fewer patients with intraretinal fluid following administration of OPT-302 combination therapy compared to ranibizumab monotherapy.

Fewer Patients with Subretinal and Intraretinal Fluid Present at Week 24 Following OPT-302 Combination Therapy Compared to Ranibizumab Monotherapy

Greater improvements in anatomical indicators of disease severity, including on exploratory endpoints of mean reduction in total lesion area and CNV area, were observed in the OPT-302 combination therapy group compared to ranibizumab monotherapy. As illustrated in the figure below, the patients treated with OPT-302 combination therapy had an approximately 39% further reduction in both total lesion area and CNV area compared to ranibizumab monotherapy.

79

Greater Reduction in Total Lesion Area and CNV Area from Baseline to Week 24 following OPT-302 Combination Therapy Compared to Ranibizumab Monotherapy

Improved Therapeutic Outcomes in Wet AMD Lesion Subtypes

A number of pre-specified subgroup and exploratory analyses were incorporated into the Phase 2b trial design in order to identify those wet AMD patients who may respond best to OPT-302. The Phase 2b trial randomized patients with a broad range of lesion morphologies including occult, minimally classic and predominantly classic lesions. In addition, the Phase 2b trial investigated efficacy in post-hoc analyses in other wet AMD subtypes, including PCV and RAP. This trial was not designed for statistical significance on these subgroup and exploratory analyses and was not powered to detect statistically significant differences in related measurements.

Patients enrolled in our Phase 2b trial consisted of 44% occult, 43% minimally classic and 13% predominantly classic lesion types, which is similar to the distribution reported in treatment-naive wet AMD patients. Predominantly classic patients typically respond well to VEGF-A inhibitor therapy and an additive benefit of OPT-302 combination therapy could not be discerned in this small patient group of only 15 patients per treatment arm. The majority of patients randomized in the Phase 2b trial had occult or minimally classic lesions. These patients did not respond as well to ranibizumab monotherapy as those with predominantly classic lesions. Patients with occult and minimally classic lesions treated with OPT-302 combination therapy experienced improvement in visual acuity beginning at week 8 and persisting through week 24 compared to ranibizumab monotherapy. The figure below illustrates the mean change in visual acuity over 24 weeks in each of the lesion classifications treated with OPT-302 combination therapy compared to ranibizumab monotherapy.

80

Mean Change in Visual Acuity from Baseline to Week 24 in Wet AMD Lesion Types Following OPT-302 Combination Therapy Compared to Ranibizumab Monotherapy

In a post-hoc analysis, in the occult lesion subgroup, the mean visual acuity gain from baseline to week 24 in the OPT-302 combination therapy group was +16.2 letters (n=53), compared to +10.2 letters in the ranibizumab monotherapy group (n=51), a benefit of +6.0 letters. In addition, in the minimally classic subgroup, the mean visual acuity gain from baseline to week 24 in the OPT-302 combination therapy group was +13.7 letters (n=53), compared to +11.1 letters in the ranibizumab monotherapy group (n=53), a benefit of +2.7 letters.

Gains in Visual Acuity from Baseline to Week 24 in Patients with Occult and Minimally Classic Lesions Following OPT-302 Combination Therapy Compared to Ranibizumab Monotherapy

In particular, in the occult lesion subgroup, we observed a greater proportion of patients gaining ≥15 and ≥10 letters in the OPT-302 combination therapy group compared to the ranibizumab monotherapy group (approximately 22% and 19% over ranibizumab monotherapy, respectively). In the minimally classic subgroup, we observed a greater proportion of patients (approximately 10% over ranibizumab monotherapy) gaining ≥10 letters in the OPT-302 combination therapy group compared to the ranibizumab monotherapy group.

In patients with occult lesions, treatment with OPT-302 combination therapy also led to a greater mean reduction in retinal thickness of -134.6 µm from baseline compared to -103.5 µm for ranibizumab monotherapy. OPT-302 combination therapy did not have greater clinical benefit in the reduction of retinal thickness in minimally classic lesions, compared to the ranibizumab monotherapy group.

81

In patients with occult lesions, approximately 13% and 12% fewer patients in the OPT-302 combination group had subretinal fluid and intraretinal fluid, respectively, as compared to ranibizumab monotherapy at week 24. In patients with minimally classic lesions, approximately 2% fewer patients treated with OPT-302 combination therapy had subretinal fluid and intraretinal fluid compared to patients treated with ranibizumab monotherapy at week 24.

As shown in the figures below, by week 24, patients with occult and minimally classic lesions also had greater reductions in both wet AMD total lesion area and CNV area following OPT-302 combination therapy compared to patients receiving ranibizumab monotherapy.

Greater Reduction in Total Lesion Area from Baseline to Week 24 in Patients with Occult and Minimally Classic Lesions Following OPT-302 Combination Therapy Compared to Ranibizumab Monotherapy

Greater Reduction in CNV Area from Baseline to Week 24 in Patients with Occult and Minimally Classic Lesions Following OPT-302 Combination Therapy Compared to Ranibizumab Monotherapy

OPT-302 combination therapy improved visual acuity to the greatest extent in occult lesions compared to minimally classic or predominantly classic lesions, in each case compared to ranibizumab monotherapy. While these results were generated in treatment-naive wet AMD patients, classification of lesions following treatment

82

with either OPT-302 combination therapy or ranibizumab monotherapy suggests that virtually all lesions shifted toward an occult morphology. This suggests that OPT-302 combination therapy also has the potential to provide benefit to patients who have been previously treated with anti-VEGF-A monotherapy, given the predominantly occult morphology of their lesions following treatment.

RAP and PCV Lesion Subtypes

In our Phase 2b clinical trial, over 85% of patients enrolled did not have RAP lesions detected at randomization and these patients responded better to OPT-302 than patients with RAP lesions. In patients without RAP lesions, the mean visual acuity gain from baseline to week 24 was +15.0 letters (n=103) with OPT-302 combination therapy, compared to +10.6 letters for those treated with ranibizumab monotherapy (n=102), a benefit of +4.4 letters.

Mean Change in Visual Acuity from Baseline to Week 24 in Patients Without RAP Lesions Following OPT-302 Combination Therapy Compared to Ranibizumab Monotherapy

In patients without RAP lesions who had occult or minimally classic lesions, representing the majority of wet AMD patients, the mean visual acuity gain from baseline to week 24 was +16.1 letters with OPT-302 combination therapy (n=88) compared to +10.3 letters for those treated with ranibizumab monotherapy (n=87), a benefit of +5.7 letters. This represents the patient population for which the primary analysis of the primary endpoint of the planned Phase 3 trials of OPT-302 combination therapy for the treatment of wet AMD will be first conducted, followed by analysis of the total patient population and the every-eight week dosing groups.

83

Mean Change in Visual Acuity from Baseline to Week 24 in the combined group of RAP Absent Occult and Minimally Classic Lesions Following OPT-302 Combination Therapy Compared to Ranibizumab Monotherapy

Patients with RAP absent occult lesions demonstrated a mean visual acuity gain at week 24 of +16.8 letters with OPT-302 combination therapy (n=49) compared to +10.2 letters for those treated with ranibizumab monotherapy (n=47), a gain of +6.5 letters. Patients with RAP absent minimally classic lesions demonstrated a mean visual acuity gain at week 24 of +14.9 letters with OPT-302 combination therapy (n=39) compared to +10.0 letters for those treated with ranibizumab monotherapy (n=40), a gain of +4.7 letters.

Mean Change in Visual Acuity from Baseline to Week 24 in RAP Absent Occult and Minimally Classic Lesions Following OPT-302 Combination Therapy Compared to Ranibizumab Monotherapy

Improved Therapeutic Outcomes of OPT-302 in PCV Lesions

In patients with PCV lesions, the mean visual acuity gain from baseline to week 24 in the OPT-302 combination therapy group was +13.5 letters (n=22), compared to +6.9 letters in the ranibizumab monotherapy group (n=20). This equates to a benefit of +6.7 letters and is almost a two-fold improvement in visual acuity gain

84

observed from baseline following OPT-302 combination therapy. Ranibizumab monotherapy was not observed to be as effective in patients with PCV compared to other wet AMD subtypes.

Safety and Tolerability

OPT-302 was well tolerated in this Phase 2b trial with a very low incidence of ocular inflammation and no safety issues identified with addition of OPT-302 to ranibizumab intravitreal therapy. The incidence of ocular TEAEs was similar in OPT-302 combination groups compared to the ranibizumab monotherapy group. TEAEs were considered potentially treatment related in approximately 15% of patients. The most common treatment-related TEAEs were eye pain, vitreous floaters, eye irritation and raised intraocular pressure. One patient discontinued from the trial due to a TEAE, which was not considered treatment related. Three patients treated with OPT-302 combination therapy had potentially treatment-related SAEs: one case each of vitritis, endophthalmitis and myocardial infarction.

Pivotal Phase 3 Clinical Trials in Wet AMD

We initiated two concurrent pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials for the treatment of wet AMD in March 2021. These double-masked, sham-controlled Phase 3 clinical trials enroll treatment-naive patients and assess the efficacy and safety of 2.0 mg of OPT-302 in combination with anti-VEGF-A therapy for treatment-naive patients with wet AMD compared to a standard of care anti-VEGF-A monotherapy. In addition, to understand the durability of OPT-302 treatment effect with less frequent dosing, each trial compares the clinical efficacy of OPT-302 administered in combination with the applicable VEGF-A inhibitor on an every 4-week and every 8-week dosing regimen. The primary endpoint of both trials will be the mean change in visual acuity from baseline at week 52. Patients will continue to be dosed until week 96 to further assess long-term safety at week 100. We expect to report topline data in 2023. If the results at the completion of the primary efficacy phase at week 52 of the Phase 3 clinical trials are favorable, we intend to file for marketing approval for OPT-302 for the treatment of wet AMD in the United States, European Union and certain other territories. The Company has activated clinical trial sites, initiated patient recruitment, received regulatory and ethics committee approval to do so, from multiple countries around the world, including the U.S. and several countries in Europe and the Asia Pacific region. As planned, sites will continue to be activated during the course of the patient recruitment periods for each Phase 3 clinical trial.

Study of OPT-302 in Combination with Ranibizumab (ShORe) Phase 3 Trial

In the Study of OPT-302 in combination with Ranibizumab, or ShORe, Phase 3 trial, treatment-naive patients with wet AMD will be randomized to one of three treatment groups. Patients randomized to the standard dosing arm will receive standard of care 0.5 mg ranibizumab every four weeks in combination with 2.0 mg OPT-302 on a standard every four weeks dosing regimen. In the extended dosing arm, 0.5 mg ranibizumab will be administered every four weeks to week 52, in combination with 2.0 mg OPT-302 administered every four weeks for three total doses over 12 weeks, followed by OPT-302 dosing every eight weeks to week 52, with a sham injection administered at visits where OPT-302 is not administered. Patients randomized to the control arm will receive 0.5 mg ranibizumab administered in combination with sham intravitreal injections administered every four weeks to week 52. The primary and secondary efficacy outcomes will be determined at the end of the efficacy phase at week 52. Each patient will then continue to be treated for an additional year in the safety phase to reach week 100 to evaluate safety and tolerability over a total two-year period.

85

Combination of OPT-302 with Aflibercept STudy (COAST) Phase 3 Trial

In the Combination OPT-302 with Aflibercept STudy, or COAST, Phase 3 trial, treatment-naive wet AMD patients will be randomized to one of three treatment groups. Patients randomized to the standard dosing arm will receive 2.0 mg aflibercept administered every four weeks for three total doses over 12 weeks, followed by aflibercept dosing every eight weeks to week 52, in combination with 2.0 mg OPT-302 administered every four weeks to week 52. In the extended dosing arm, 2.0 mg aflibercept in combination with 2.0 mg OPT-302 will be administered every four weeks for three total doses over 12 weeks, followed by dosing every eight weeks to week 52, with a sham injection administered at visits where OPT-302 and aflibercept are not administered. Patients randomized to the control arm, will receive 2.0 mg aflibercept administered every four weeks for three total doses over 12 weeks, followed by dosing every eight weeks to week 52, in combination with sham intravitreal injections administered every four weeks to week 52. Similar to the ShORe trial, the primary and secondary efficacy outcomes of the COAST trial will be assessed at the end of the efficacy phase at week 52. Each patient will then continue to be treated for an additional year in the safety phase to reach week 100 to evaluate the safety and tolerability over a total two-year period.

For consistency, the ShORe and COAST Phase 3 trials build upon and maintain key features of our Phase 2b clinical trial of OPT-302 combination therapy for the treatment of wet AMD, while evaluating the administration of OPT-302 combination therapy over a longer treatment period and in a greater number of patients. In addition, the results of our Phase 2b clinical trial has informed the design of the Phase 3 trials. Analysis of the Phase 2b trial demonstrated that OPT-302 combination therapy increased visual acuity by a further +5.7 letters over ranibizumab monotherapy in wet AMD patients with minimally classic and occult lesions, representing the majority of wet AMD patients. Based on these positive data, primary analysis of the primary endpoint of the Phase 3 trials will be first conducted in patients with minimally classic and occult lesions administered OPT-302 every four weeks, followed by analysis on the total patient population and the every-eight week dosing groups.

Development of Co-Formulation

OPT-302 is currently administered as a combination therapy consisting of a sequential injection of OPT-302 following intravitreal administration of a VEGF-A inhibitor. We plan to develop a co-formulation of OPT-302 with an approved and/or biosimilar anti-VEGF-A therapy to achieve VEGF-A, VEGF-C and VEGF-D inhibition following the administration of a single intravitreal injection of the co-formulated product. We believe that a co-formulated OPT-302 and VEGF-A inhibitor product could provide flexibility of treatment options for physicians and reduce the frequency and number of injections for patients.

We are currently assessing opportunities with multiple third parties to in-license and/or generate a biosimilar anti-VEGF-A therapy, which we intend to co-formulate with OPT-302 and advance through non-clinical studies, including IND-enabling safety and tolerability studies. We intend to file an IND for the co-formulated product in in a Phase 1 clinical trial for the treatment of wet AMD.

Diabetic Macular Edema

Diabetic macular edema is a complication of DR, a disease affecting the blood vessels of the retina in diabetics. Chronically elevated blood glucose levels, or hyperglycemia, causes damage to the small blood vessels or capillaries in the retina in patients with diabetes. The consequent chronic decrease in oxygen supply to retinal cells results in tissue damage that is referred to as DR. Approximately one-third of patients with DR or up to 10% of diabetics develop DME, which is characterized by accumulation of fluid and retinal thickening within the macula and is responsible for most of the central visual loss experienced in the diabetic population. Central-

86

involved DME is diagnosed when swelling or edema occurs from fluid leaking into the central fovea region of the macula.

Current Treatments for DME and Their Limitations

VEGF-A inhibitor therapy is the first-line standard of care therapy for DME. Both ranibizumab and aflibercept are approved for the treatment of DME, and similarly to wet AMD, many patients receive bevacizumab as an off-label, lower cost alternative VEGF-A inhibitor therapy. Many patients with central-involved DME require near-monthly administration of intravitreal VEGF-A inhibitors during the first 12 months of treatment, with fewer injections needed in subsequent years to maintain clinical benefit. VEGF-A inhibitors have largely replaced the use of laser photocoagulation as a treatment for DME.

The anti-inflammatory corticosteroid therapies dexamethasone (Ozurdex) and fluocinolone acetonide (Illuvian) are also approved for use in central-involved DME. These agents, however, are rarely used as first-line therapy due to inferior visual acuity outcomes compared to anti-VEGF-A therapy. Patients with persistent DME and who are insufficiently responsive to anti-VEGF-A therapy have shown some treatment benefit with intravitreal corticosteroids. However, as intravitreal corticosteroids are associated with high rates of ocular adverse events including cataract progression and intraocular pressure elevation, switching to corticosteroids from an anti-VEGF-A therapy with a sub-optimal response needs to be carefully considered.

Despite the widespread use of treatments targeting VEGF-A in the management of DME, there is still a significant unmet need as many patients demonstrate a sub-optimal response, remain treatment refractory or require frequent injections for persistent leakage in the macula. Up to two-thirds of patients with central-involved DME treated with VEGF-A inhibitors do not show reductions in the fluid or clinically meaningful improvement in visual acuity. In addition, approximately 25% of DME patients treated with VEGF-A inhibitors continue to have macula thickening and swelling following treatment. This resistance may occur as treatment selective anti-VEGF-A monotherapies do not fully address all of the factors involved in the pathogenesis of DME. As such, combination therapies targeting alternative factors and pathways have the potential for improved clinical outcomes in DME patients.

Market Opportunity for the Treatment of DME

It is estimated that between 1.3 million and 2.0 million people worldwide, including 14% of Type 1 diabetics and 6% of Type 2 diabetics, have DME . The risk of developing DME increases with time. According to the Wisconsin Epidemiologic Study of Diabetic Retinopathy, after 10 years of follow-up, 20% of patients with Type 1 diabetes and 25% of those with Type 2 diabetes will have developed DME. Ranibizumab and aflibercept, two VEGF-A inhibitors approved for the treatment of DME, generated combined annual worldwide sales of over US$11.9 billion in 2019. Approximately 22% of these sales are attributable to the treatment of DME.

Potential for OPT-302 in DME

We believe that as a potent inhibitor of VEGF-C and VEGF-D, OPT-302 has the potential to provide significant therapeutic benefit to patients affected by DME. Although the underlying causes of wet AMD and DME differ, members of the VEGF family play a role in the progression of both diseases. VEGF-C and VEGF-D and their receptors are specifically implicated in the progression of diabetes. For example, patients with diabetes have higher levels of VEGF-C and VEGF-A and increased expression of both VEGFR-2 and VEGFR-3 in the retina compared to non-diabetics. The VEGF-A inhibitors ranibizumab and aflibercept, originally approved for treatment of wet AMD patients, have also been approved for treatment of DME patients. Similar to wet AMD, bevacizumab is also frequently used off-label as a treatment for DME.

In our completed Phase 1b dose escalation clinical trial in patients with persistent DME, we observed what we believe to be promising evidence of a dose response of OPT-302 in combination with aflibercept, including further improvements in visual acuity despite patients’ having been previously treated with anti-VEGF-A therapy. In our completed Phase 2a clinical trial, we observed improved visual acuity outcomes and evidence of a reduction in retinal thickness in treatment-refractory DME patients following OPT-302 combination therapy.

Phase 1b Clinical Trial of OPT-302 in DME

In 2018, we completed a Phase 1b dose-escalation clinical trial of OPT-302 in combination with aflibercept in nine patients with persistent DME that were previously treated with anti-VEGF-A therapies. Patients were

87

administered three escalating doses (0.3 mg, 1.0 mg or 2.0 mg) of OPT-302 in combination with 2.0 mg aflibercept by intravitreal injections once every four weeks for a total of three doses. The primary analysis was conducted at week 12, four weeks after the final dose.

Across all nine patients in the Phase 1b trial, a mean gain in visual acuity of +7.7 letters from baseline to week 12 was observed across all dose groups, with a clear dose response of improved visual acuity with increasing doses of OPT-302. There was a corresponding mean decrease in retinal thickness at week 12 of -71 µm from baseline and six of nine (67%) patients had a ≥50% reduction in excess foveal thickness.

Dose-dependent Increases in Visual Acuity and Reduction in Retinal Thickness at Week 12 Following Treatment with OPT-302 in Combination with Aflibercept

Five of the nine patients in the Phase 1b trial had bilateral, persistent treatment-refractory DME. In these patients, study eyes received OPT-302 in combination with aflibercept, and fellow eyes received standard of care anti-VEGF-A monotherapy. In these bilateral disease patients, the mean change in visual acuity from baseline to week 12 was +10.0 letters in the study eye and +2.6 letters in the fellow eye. The corresponding reduction in retinal thickness from baseline to week 12 was -80 µm for OPT-302 combination treated study eyes, compared to -6 µm in fellow eyes that received anti-VEGF-A monotherapy.

88

In Patients with Bilateral DME, OPT-302 Combination Therapy Improved Visual Acuity and Reduced Retinal Thickness Compared to Fellow Eyes Treated with Anti-VEGF-A Monotherapy

* Patients with bilateral disease and persistent DME in the fellow eye receiving anti-VEGF-A (ranibizumab or aflibercept) monotherapy. Prior anti-VEGF-A therapy in Fellow Eyes BL to Week 12 (5 patients): 3x Aflibercept, 3x Ranibizumab, 1x Ranibizumab, 4x Ranibizumab, 3x Aflibercept.

OPT-302 in combination with aflibercept was well tolerated at all dose levels, with no DLTs and the MTD was not reached. There were no treatment-related clinically significant changes in intraocular pressure, electrocardiograms or vital signs. The most common AEs were related to the intravitreal injection procedure.

Phase 2a Clinical Trial of OPT-302 in DME

Based on the positive results of our Phase 1b trial, we reported outcomes from a Phase 2a trial in persistent DME patients refractory to anti-VEGF-A therapy in June 2020. Similar to the Phase 1b trial, this proof-of-concept trial was designed to investigate the ability of OPT-302 to improve outcomes in persistent DME patients. The primary endpoints were clinical response rate in visual acuity as well as safety and tolerability.

Clinical Trial Design

This Phase 2a trial was a randomized, double-masked, dose expansion trial that enrolled patients diagnosed with persistent center-involved DME despite regular administration of prior anti-VEGF-A monotherapy. These patients are considered to be a difficult-to-treat patient population since they have received prior anti-VEGF-A therapy and experienced a suboptimal clinical response. In our trial, these patients were defined as having visual acuity between 20/40 and 20/320 Snellen equivalent, or ≤73 and ≥24 BCVA letters on the ETDRS standardized eye chart, and retinal thickness of ≥320 µm on SD-OCT. In this Phase 2a trial, the mean number of prior intravitreal anti-VEGF-A injections was eight in each of the treatment groups, reflecting that the patients recruited into this trial were heavily pre-treated, with a mean of 39 days since the immediate prior injection to the start of the trial.

The Phase 2a trial was conducted at 53 trial sites in the United States, Israel, Australia and Latvia. Of the 144 patients randomized in the trial, 115 patients conformed sufficiently with the trial protocol and were included in our analyses of clinical efficacy. Patients were randomized 2:1 to receive either 2.0 mg OPT-302 in combination with 2.0 mg aflibercept or a sham injection and 2.0 mg aflibercept. Patients received intravitreal injections once every four weeks for a total of three doses. The primary analysis was conducted at week 12, four weeks after the final dose.

89

Design of the Phase 2a Clinical Trial of OPT-302 in Combination with Aflibercept in Persistent Diabetic Macular Edema

PRN refers to pro re nata, or treatment on an as needed basis.

Improvements in Visual Acuity

The primary efficacy endpoint of the trial was the clinical response rate, defined as the proportion of patients receiving OPT-302 combination therapy that achieved a ≥5 letter gain in visual acuity at week 12 compared to baseline. Our predefined measure of success was a response rate of greater than or equal to 38%, based on historical observations that show limited ability to achieve a ≥5 letter improvement in DME patients on long-term anti-VEGF-A monotherapy. As an exploratory trial, this Phase 2a was not powered to detect statistical significance of OPT-302 combination therapy compared to aflibercept monotherapy.

We observed that 52.8% of patients treated with OPT-302 combination therapy achieved a ≥5 letter improvement in visual acuity at week 12 compared to baseline, meeting the pre-specified primary efficacy endpoint for this trial.

The mean change in visual acuity at week 12 compared to baseline was +5.9 letters in patients receiving OPT-302 combination therapy and +6.1 letters in the aflibercept monotherapy group. In the OPT-302 combination therapy group, the percentage of patients with visual acuity gains of ≥10 and ≥15 letters was higher, and the percentage of patients who lost ≥5 letters was lower than that in the aflibercept monotherapy group. These measures of visual function are shown in the figure below.

Measures of Visual Acuity at Week 12 Following OPT-302 Combination Therapy and Aflibercept Monotherapy

Patients treated with OPT-302 combination therapy also had decreased retinal thickness compared to aflibercept monotherapy, as shown in the figure below.

90

Greater Reduction in Retinal Thickness from Baseline to Week 12 following OPT-302 Combination Therapy Compared to Aflibercept Monotherapy

Prior Treatment History in Persistent DME Patients

Prior studies have shown that DME patients with mild visual acuity loss of 20/40 or better at baseline, show similar outcomes to any of the VEGF-A therapies: ranibizumab, aflibercept and bevacizumab. However, in patients with poorer baseline vision of 20/50 or worse, aflibercept has better outcomes compared to ranibizumab and bevacizumab over the first 12 months of treatment. It has also been shown that DME patients who experience inadequate responses to ranibizumab have achieved further anatomical and functional improvements upon switching to aflibercept.

Due to the challenge of enrolling a large group of patients with identical prior treatment histories, we designed our Phase 2a trial to accelerate enrollment by randomizing patients with variable prior treatment histories. This strategy allowed us to more broadly understand the prior treatment history in persistent DME patients, which will inform the design of our future trials in DME.

In order to explore the importance of differences in prior treatment history, we collected detailed anti-VEGF-A treatment histories for patients enrolled in our Phase 2a DME trial. Patients randomized into our Phase 2a trial had variable prior treatment histories which included infrequent or irregular dosing and/or therapy with aflibercept, ranibizumab and bevacizumab. Approximately one third of patients had a prior treatment history of having received only aflibercept, or aflibercept for their three anti-VEGF-A treatments immediately before trial enrollment. Approximately 11% of patients had a prior treatment history of having received only ranibizumab, or ranibizumab for their three anti-VEGF-A treatments immediately before trial enrolment, whereas approximately 44% of patients had received only bevacizumab prior to trial enrollment. Patients with a prior treatment history of bevacizumab were required to receive at least one injection of either aflibercept or ranibizumab immediately prior to randomization into the trial. Post-hoc analyses of the results from our Phase 2a trial suggest that some patients may have benefitted from the increased efficacy of aflibercept and/or from the switch to aflibercept therapy as administered in our trial on an every four-week dosing cycle. In the subset of patients who had only received aflibercept, or received aflibercept for their three anti-VEGF-A treatments immediately before trial enrollment, referred to as treatment history of prior aflibercept, the mean improvement in visual acuity observed for the aflibercept monotherapy group was +3.4 letters (n=13), compared to a mean improvement of +7.4 letters for those patients with more variable prior treatment history who received aflibercept monotherapy (n=27) following randomization into the trial. This suggests that the majority of patients enrolled in the trial had not achieved a maximal response to all anti-VEGF-A therapies prior to enrolling in the trial.

Due to the observed increase in treatment benefit for patients with a variable treatment history who then received aflibercept every four weeks in the trial, the subset of patients with a treatment history of prior aflibercept

91

may represent the most stringent and least variable patient population in which to test the ability of OPT-302 to provide additional benefit. In this more homogeneous patient population, as shown in the figure below, patients administered OPT-302 combination therapy demonstrated a mean improvement in visual acuity of +6.6 letters (n=22) from baseline to week 12, compared to +3.4 letters (n=13) in the aflibercept monotherapy group.

Greater Gains in Visual Acuity following OPT-302 Combination Therapy in Patients with a Treatment History of Prior Aflibercept

In addition, 27.3% of patients gained ≥10 letters and 9.1% gained ≥15 letters of visual acuity from baseline to week 12 following OPT-302 combination therapy. There were no patients with a treatment history of prior aflibercept that gained ≥10 letters of visual acuity in the aflibercept monotherapy group. Furthermore, the proportion of patients who lost ≥1 letters was 9.1% in the OPT-302 combination therapy group and 23.1% in the aflibercept monotherapy group. We believe that these results, as shown in the figures below, strongly support the potential of OPT-302 to improve the visual acuity in patients with persistent DME despite prior treatment with anti-VEGF-A monotherapy.

Proportion of Patients with a Treatment History of Prior Aflibercept Who Gained and Lost Visual Acuity from Baseline to Week 12

In this subgroup of patients with a treatment history of prior aflibercept, anatomical changes were consistent with functional visual acuity outcomes. As shown in the figure below, a greater mean reduction in retinal thickness was observed in the OPT-302 combination therapy group compared to the aflibercept monotherapy group at week

92

12. In particular, 22.7% of patients in the OPT-302 combination therapy group experienced at least a 300 µm reduction in retinal thickness at week 12, compared to 7.7% of patients in the aflibercept monotherapy group.

Greater Mean Reduction in Retinal Thickness following OPT-302 Combination Therapy in Patients with a Treatment History of Prior Aflibercept

Safety and Tolerability

OPT-302 combination therapy was well tolerated. There was one potentially treatment-related SAE of cerebrovascular accident, or stroke, resulting in one patient discontinuing treatment and withdrawing from the trial. The most common TEAEs were conjunctival hemorrhage and increased intraocular pressure and were mainly related to the intravitreal injection procedure. TEAEs did not lead to discontinuation of the trial for any patient. The incidence of intra-ocular inflammation was low, occurring in one patient for each treatment group, and the observed events were manageable and able to be resolved.

We now have extensive global clinical dosing experience demonstrating a favorable tolerability profile following repeated intravitreal administration of OPT-302 in 399 patients, with over 1,800 doses of OPT-302 administered across three international clinical studies in two disease indications and in combination with the two leading standard of care anti-VEGF-A therapies, ranibizumab and aflibercept. In particular, across our clinical trials, the incidence of intra-ocular inflammation was similar across all treatment groups.

Retinal Vein Occlusion

Based on the positive clinical data from our clinical trials of OPT-302 in wet AMD and DME, we intend to prioritize future development in these two indications while exploring potential opportunities to develop OPT-302 in other ophthalmic indications such as RVO, DR and other diseases involving aberrant CNV.

RVO is a sight-threatening visual disorder resulting from blockage of one of the veins carrying blood out of the retina. This blocked vein can leak blood and fluid resulting in swelling that can cause macular edema. Persistent, inadequately-treated macular edema associated with RVO can blur vision, cause significant loss in visual acuity and eventually lead to blindness. Macular edema is the most common cause of vision loss in people who suffer from RVO.

Similar to wet AMD and DME, the first-line standard of care to treat macular edema associated with RVO is intravitreal anti-VEGF-A monotherapy. VEGF-A inhibitors however, are only effective in significantly improving vision in approximately 30% to 40% of patients with macular edema associated with RVO above sham control. The prevalence of RVO in people over the age of 50 has been reported to be 0.7%, or approximately 1.8 million people in the United States and Europe. Over 500,000 individuals in the United States and Europe have macular

93

edema associated with RVO. We believe that OPT-302 has the potential to bring therapeutic benefit to patients suffering from macular edema secondary to RVO.

Competition

The biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, and the ophthalmic disease subsector, are characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, evolving understanding of disease etiology, intense competition and a strong emphasis on intellectual property. While we believe that OPT-302 and our knowledge and experience provide us with certain competitive advantages, we face substantial potential competition from many different sources, including large and specialty pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, academic research institutions and governmental agencies and public and private research institutions. Many of our current or potential competitors, either alone or with their collaboration partners, have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, pre-clinical studies, conducting clinical trials and marketing approved products than we do. Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs. Accordingly, our competitors may be more successful than we may be in developing, commercializing and achieving widespread market acceptance. In addition, our competitors’ products may be more effective or more effectively marketed and sold than any treatment we or our development partners may commercialize and may render our product candidates obsolete or noncompetitive before we can recover the expenses related to developing and commercializing our product candidates.

We are developing OPT-302 for the treatment of wet AMD and additional retinal disease indications, such as DME and RVO, together with certain combination agents. Companies that have products that may compete with OPT-302 include Roche Group, Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Novartis AG, which have marketed anti-VEGF-A therapies including ranibizumab (Lucentis) and aflibercept (Eylea), each a standard of care treatment for wet AMD, and brolucizumab (Beovu), as well as Ocugen, Inc., Ocular Therapeutix, EyePoint Pharmaceuticals, Kodiak Sciences Inc. and Graybug Vision, Inc., which have product candidates in development for the treatment of wet AMD and DME. We are also aware of other companies that are working on therapies for the whole eye, including Santen, Inc. and Ocular Therapeutix, Inc. In addition, bevacizumab (Avastin), marketed by Genentech, Inc., is used off-label to treat wet AMD.

It is possible that our competitors will succeed in developing technologies that are more effective than our product candidates or that would render our technology obsolete or noncompetitive, or will succeed in developing biosimilar or interchangeable products for our product candidates. We anticipate that we will continue to face increasing competition in the future as new companies enter our market and scientific developments surrounding biosimilars and other retinal therapies continue to accelerate, particularly once ranibizumab and aflibercept approach loss of exclusivity. We cannot predict to what extent the entry of biosimilars or other competing products will impact potential future sales of our products or our product candidates.

With respect to our current and potential future product candidates, we believe that our ability to compete effectively and develop products that can be manufactured cost-effectively and marketed successfully will depend on our ability to:

• advance the development of OPT-302 and any other product candidates;

• license additional technology;

• complete clinical trials which position our products for regulatory and commercial success;

• maintain a proprietary position in our products;

• obtain required government and other public and private approvals on a timely basis;

• attract and retain key personnel;

94

• commercialize effectively;

• obtain reimbursement for our products in approved indications;

• establish efficient manufacturing processes and supply chain;

• comply with applicable laws, regulations and regulatory requirements and restrictions with respect to our business, including the commercialization of our products, including with respect to any changed or increased regulatory restrictions; and

• enter into additional collaborations to advance the development and commercialization of our product candidates.

Our Commercial License Arrangement with Selexis SA

In October 2013, we entered into a commercial license agreement, or the Selexis Agreement, with Selexis SA, or Selexis, under which Selexis granted us a non-exclusive, worldwide, sublicensable license under certain patents, know-how and other intellectual property controlled by Selexis to use certain cell lines, deliverables and materials provide by Selexis to manufacture OPT-302 and related products and to use, sale and otherwise exploit such products.

We paid Selexis a nominal upfront payment upon entering into the Selexis Agreement. We are also required to make certain payments under the Selexis Agreement totaling approximately US$1.3 million upon the achievement of certain development and commercial milestones. We are also obligated to pay a low single-digit running royalty on worldwide net sales of the licensed products. Our royalty obligations will continue, on a product-by-product and country-by-country basis, until the expiration of the relevant patents, but will not extend beyond October 2024 in any event. After the expiration of the royalty term, our license will continue and become full paid, perpetual and irrevocable.

The Selexis Agreement will expire on the date of expiration of the last-to-expire of the license patents. Either party may terminate the Selexis Agreement for the other party’s uncured material breach or bankruptcy. We may also terminate the Selexis Agreement at any time upon prior notice to Selexis.

Intellectual Property

As of June 30, 2021, we have rights to over 21 issued U.S. patents, over four U.S. patent applications, over 71 issued non-U.S. patents and over five pending non-U.S. applications. All of our current issued patents and patent applications are projected to expire between April 2022 and November 2034.

With respect to soluble forms of VEGFR-3, we own and have licensed rights to patent families including issued patents in the United States, Europe, Canada and Australia, which are expected to expire between 2022 and 2031. These patents cover composition of matter and/or method of use claims, including claims directed at the treatment of eye diseases associated with abnormal blood vessel growth, such as wet AMD.

With respect to OPT-302, we own a patent family with two issued U.S. patents, an issued European patent validated in 38 countries and over eight issued non-U.S. patents granted in jurisdictions such as Japan, Australia, South Africa, Mexico, Malaysia, New Zealand, Colombia, Singapore and Russia. Patent applications are pending in the United States and in over eight other non-U.S. jurisdictions, including Europe, China, Brazil, South Korea and India. The two issued U.S. patents have claims covering the composition of matter of OPT-302 and its use and/or nucleic acids, vectors, and host cells for producing it. These issued patents and pending patent applications, if issued, are expected to expire in 2034, without taking into account any patent term extension.

The actual protection afforded by a patent, which can vary from country to country, depends on the type of patent, the scope of its coverage as determined by the patent office or courts in the country, and the availability of legal remedies in the country. The information in the above list is based on our current assessment of patents that we own or control or have exclusively licensed. The information is subject to revision, for example, in the event of changes in the law or legal rulings affecting our patents or if we become aware of new information. Significant legal issues remain unresolved as to the extent and scope of available patent protection for biotechnology products and processes in the United States and other important markets outside the United States. We expect that litigation

95

will likely be necessary to determine the term, validity, enforceability and/or scope of certain of our patents and other proprietary rights. An adverse decision or ruling with respect to one or more of our patents could result in the loss of patent protection for a product and, in turn, the introduction of competitor products or follow-on biologics to the market earlier than anticipated.

Patents expire, on a country by country basis, at various times depending on various factors, including the filing date of the corresponding patent application(s), the availability of patent term adjustment, patent term extension and supplemental protection certificates and requirements for terminal disclaimers. In most countries, including the United States, the patent term is 20 years from the earliest claimed filing date of a non-provisional patent application or its foreign equivalent in the applicable country. In the United States, a patent’s term may, in certain cases, be lengthened by patent term adjustment, which compensates a patentee for administrative delays by the USPTO in examining and granting a patent, or may be shortened if a patent is terminally disclaimed over a commonly owned patent or a patent naming a common inventor and having an earlier expiration date. In the United States, a patent may also be eligible for limited patent term extension under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, or Hatch-Waxman Amendments. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments permit a patent extension term of up to five years as compensation for patent term lost during the FDA regulatory review process. A patent term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval, only one patent applicable to each regulatory review period may be extended and only those claims covering the approved drug, a method for using it, or a method for manufacturing it may be extended, with extended rights limited to the approved product, its approved uses, and/or its manufacture.

Although we believe our owned and licensed patents and patent applications provide us with a competitive advantage, the patent positions of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies can be uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions. We may not be able to develop patentable products or processes or obtain patents from pending patent applications. In the event of patent issuance, the patents may not be sufficient to protect the proprietary technology owned by or licensed to us or our partners. Our current patents, or patents that issue on pending applications, may be challenged, invalidated, infringed or circumvented. In addition, changes to patent laws in the United States or in other countries may limit our ability to defend or enforce our patents, or may apply retroactively to affect the term and/or scope of our patents. Our patents have been and may in the future be challenged by third parties in post-issuance administrative proceedings or in litigation as invalid, not infringed or unenforceable under U.S. or foreign laws, or they may be infringed by third parties. As a result, we are or may be from time to time involved in the defense and enforcement of our patent or other intellectual property rights in a court of law and administrative tribunals, such as in USPTO inter partes review or reexamination proceedings, foreign opposition proceedings or related legal and administrative proceedings in the United States and elsewhere. The costs of defending our patents or enforcing our proprietary rights in post-issuance administrative proceedings or litigation may be substantial and the outcome can be uncertain. An adverse outcome may allow third parties to use our proprietary technologies without a license from us.

Furthermore, we rely upon trade secrets and know-how and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect our proprietary information, in part, by using confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with its commercial partners, collaborators, employees and consultants. These agreements are designed to protect our proprietary information and, in the case of the invention assignment agreements, to grant it ownership of technologies that are developed through a relationship with a third party. These agreements may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. In addition, our trade secrets may otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors. To the extent that our commercial partners, collaborators, employees and consultants use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in related or resulting know-how and inventions.

Our commercial success will also depend in part on not infringing upon the proprietary rights of third parties. It is uncertain whether the issuance of any third-party patent would require us to alter its development or commercial strategies for our product candidates or processes, or to obtain licenses or cease certain activities. Our breach of any license agreements or failure to obtain a license to proprietary rights that it may require to develop or commercialize its future products may have an adverse impact on us. If third parties prepare and file patent applications in the United States that also claim technology to which we have rights, we may have to participate in interference or derivation proceedings in the USPTO to determine priority of invention.

As of June 30, 2021, we or our subsidiaries have registered and own “Opthea” as a trademark in nine jurisdictions, including the United States and Europe. Other than the registered trademark listed above, we currently rely on our unregistered trademarks, trade names and service marks, as well as our domain names and logos, as appropriate, to market our brands and to build and maintain brand recognition.

96

Government Regulation

The FDA and other regulatory authorities at federal, state, and local levels, as well as in non-U.S. countries, extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, quality control, import, export, safety, effectiveness, labeling, packaging, storage, distribution, record keeping, approval, advertising, promotion, marketing, post-approval monitoring, and post-approval reporting of biologics such as those we are developing. We, along with third-party contractors, will be required to navigate the various nonclinical, clinical and commercial approval requirements of the governing regulatory agencies of the countries in which we wish to conduct studies or seek approval or licensure of OPT-302 or any future product candidate.

U.S. Biological Product Development

In the United States, the FDA regulates biologics under both the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and the Public Health Service Act and their implementing regulations. Both drugs and biologics also are subject to other federal, state and local statutes and regulations. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals and the subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state and local statutes and regulations requires the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with the applicable U.S. requirements at any time during the product development process, approval process or post-market may subject an applicant to administrative or judicial sanctions. These sanctions could include, among other actions, the FDA’s refusal to approve pending applications, withdrawal of an approval, license revocation, a clinical hold, untitled or warning letters, product recalls or market withdrawals, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, refusals of government contracts, restitution, disgorgement and civil or criminal penalties. Any agency or judicial enforcement action could have a material adverse effect on us.

Our product candidates and any future biological product candidates we develop must be approved by the FDA through a biologics license application, or BLA, process before they may be legally marketed in the United States. The BLA is a request for approval to market the biologic for one or more specified indications and must contain proof of safety, purity and potency. The FDA review and approval process generally involves the following:

• completion of preclinical laboratory tests and animal studies performed in accordance with the FDA’s current Good Laboratory Practices regulations;

• submission to the FDA of an IND, which must become effective before clinical trials may begin and must be updated annually or when significant changes are made;

• approval by an institutional review board, or IRB, or ethics committee at each clinical site before the trial is commenced;

• performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials to establish the safety, purity and potency of the proposed biologic product candidate for its intended purpose;

• preparation of and submission to the FDA of a BLA after completion of all pivotal clinical trials that includes substantial evidence of safety, purity and potency from results of nonclinical testing and clinical trials; satisfactory completion of an FDA advisory committee review, if applicable;

• a determination by the FDA within 60 days of its receipt of a BLA to file the application for review;

• satisfactory completion of an FDA pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the proposed product is produced to assess compliance with current good manufacturing practices, or cGMP, and to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the biological product’s continued safety, purity and potency, and of selected clinical investigation sites to assess compliance with GCP; and

• FDA review and approval, or licensure, of the BLA to permit commercial marketing of the product for particular indications for use in the United States.

97

Nonclinical Studies and IND

Preclinical studies include laboratory evaluation of product chemistry and formulation, as well as in vitro and animal studies to assess the potential for adverse events and in some cases to establish a rationale for therapeutic use. The conduct of preclinical studies is subject to federal regulations and requirements, including GLP regulations for safety/toxicology studies.

Prior to beginning the first clinical trial with a product candidate in the United States, we must submit an IND to the FDA. An IND is a request for authorization from the FDA to administer an investigational new drug product to humans. The central focus of an IND submission is on the general investigational plan and the protocol(s) for clinical studies. The IND also includes results of animal and in vitro studies assessing the toxicology, PK, pharmacology, and PD characteristics of the product candidate; chemistry, manufacturing, and controls information; and any available human data or literature to support the use of the investigational product. An IND must become effective before human clinical trials may begin. The IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless the FDA, within the 30-day time period, raises safety concerns or questions about the proposed clinical trial. In such a case, the IND may be placed on clinical hold until the IND sponsor and the FDA resolve the outstanding concerns or questions. Submission of an IND therefore may or may not result in FDA authorization to begin a clinical trial.

Clinical Trials

Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational product to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators in accordance with GCP, which include the requirement that all research subjects provide their informed consent for their participation in any clinical study. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the study, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. A separate submission to the existing IND must be made for each successive clinical trial conducted during product development and for any subsequent protocol amendments. For new indications, a separate new IND may be required. Furthermore, an independent IRB for each site proposing to conduct the clinical trial must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial and its informed consent form before the clinical trial begins at that site and must monitor the study until completed. Regulatory authorities, the IRB or the sponsor may suspend a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk or that the trial is unlikely to meet its stated objectives. Some studies also include oversight by an independent group of qualified experts organized by the clinical study sponsor, known as a data safety monitoring board, which provides authorization for whether or not a study may move forward at designated check points based on access to certain data from the study and may halt the clinical trial if it determines that there is an unacceptable safety risk for subjects or other grounds, such as no demonstration of efficacy. There are also requirements governing the reporting of ongoing clinical studies and clinical study results to public registries. For purposes of BLA approval, human clinical trials are typically conducted in three sequential phases that may overlap.

A sponsor who wishes to conduct a clinical trial outside of the United States may, but need not, obtain FDA authorization to conduct the clinical trial under an IND. If a foreign clinical trial is not conducted under an IND, the sponsor may submit data from the clinical trial to the FDA in support of a BLA. The FDA will accept a well-designed and well-conducted foreign clinical study not conducted under an IND if the study was conducted in accordance with GCP requirements, and the FDA is able to validate the data through an onsite inspection if deemed necessary.

• Phase 1 — The investigational product is initially introduced into healthy human subjects or patients with the target disease or condition. These studies are designed to test the safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism, distribution and elimination of the investigational product in humans, the side effects associated with increasing doses, and, if possible, to gain early evidence on effectiveness.

• Phase 2 — The investigational product is administered to a limited patient population with a specified disease or condition to evaluate the preliminary efficacy, optimal dosages and dosing schedule and to identify possible adverse side effects and safety risks. Multiple Phase 2 clinical trials may be conducted to obtain information prior to beginning larger and more expensive Phase 3 clinical trials.

• Phase 3 — The investigational product is administered to an expanded patient population to further evaluate dosage, to provide statistically significant evidence of clinical efficacy and to further test for safety, generally at multiple geographically dispersed clinical trial sites. These clinical trials are intended

98

to establish the overall risk/benefit ratio of the investigational product and to provide an adequate basis for product approval and product labeling.

In some cases, the FDA may require, or companies may voluntarily pursue, additional clinical trials after a product is approved to gain more information about the product. These so-called Phase 4 studies may be made a condition to approval of the BLA. Concurrent with clinical trials, companies may complete additional animal studies and develop additional information about the biological characteristics of the product candidate and must finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product candidate and, among other things, must develop methods for testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the final product, or for biologics, the safety, purity and potency. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the product candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

BLA Submission, Review and Approval

Assuming successful completion of the clinical trials, the results of product development, nonclinical studies and clinical trials are submitted to the FDA as part of a BLA requesting approval to market the product for one or more indications. The BLA must include all relevant data available from pertinent preclinical and clinical studies, including negative or ambiguous results as well as positive findings, together with detailed information relating to the product’s chemistry, manufacturing, controls, and proposed labeling, among other things. The submission of a BLA requires payment of a substantial application user fee to FDA, unless a waiver or exemption applies.

Once a BLA has been submitted, the FDA’s goal is to review standard applications within ten months after it accepts the application for filing (a 60-day process), or, if the application qualifies for priority review, six months after the FDA accepts the application for filing. In both standard and priority reviews, the review process can be significantly extended by FDA requests for additional information or clarification. The FDA reviews a BLA to determine, among other things, whether a product is safe, pure and potent and the facility in which it is manufactured, processed, packed, or held meets standards designed to assure the product’s continued safety, purity and potency. The FDA may convene an advisory committee to provide clinical insight on application review questions. Before approving a BLA, the FDA will typically inspect the facility or facilities where the product is manufactured. The FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving a BLA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP. If the FDA determines that the application, manufacturing process or manufacturing facilities are not acceptable, it will outline the deficiencies in the submission and often will request additional testing or information. Notwithstanding the submission of any requested additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval.

After the FDA evaluates a BLA and conducts inspections of manufacturing facilities where the investigational product and/or its drug substance will be produced, the FDA may issue an approval letter or a Complete Response letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the product with specific prescribing information for specific indications. A Complete Response letter will describe all of the deficiencies that the FDA has identified in the BLA, except that where the FDA determines that the data supporting the application are inadequate to support approval, the FDA may issue the Complete Response letter without first conducting required inspections, testing submitted product lots, and/or reviewing proposed labeling. In issuing the Complete Response letter, the FDA may recommend actions that the applicant might take to place the BLA in condition for approval, including requests for additional information or clarification. The FDA may delay or refuse approval of a BLA if applicable regulatory criteria are not satisfied, require additional testing or information and/or require post-marketing testing and surveillance to monitor safety or efficacy of a product.

If regulatory approval of a product is granted, such approval will be granted for particular indications and may entail limitations on the indicated uses for which such product may be marketed. For example, the FDA may approve the BLA with a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, to ensure the benefits of the product outweigh its risks. A REMS is a safety strategy to manage a known or potential serious risk associated with a product and to enable patients to have continued access to such medicines by managing their safe use, and could include medication guides, physician communication plans, or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. The FDA also may condition approval on, among other things, changes to proposed labeling or the development of adequate controls and specifications.

99

Once approved, the FDA may withdraw the product approval if compliance with pre- and post-marketing requirements is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the marketplace. The FDA may require one or more Phase 4 post-market studies and surveillance to further assess and monitor the product’s safety and effectiveness after commercialization, and may limit further marketing of the product based on the results of these post-marketing studies.

Expedited Development and Review Programs

Any marketing application for a biologic submitted to the FDA for approval may be eligible for FDA programs intended to expedite the FDA review and approval process, such as priority review, fast track designation, breakthrough therapy and accelerated approval.

A product is eligible for priority review if it has the potential to provide safe and effective therapy where no satisfactory alternative therapy exists or to provide a significant improvement in the treatment, diagnosis or prevention of a serious disease or condition compared to marketed products. For products containing new molecular entities, priority review designation means the FDA’s goal is to take action on the marketing application within six months of the 60-day filing date (compared with ten months under standard review).  In July 2021, OPT-302 was granted Fast Track Designation by the FDA for the treatment of wet AMD.

In addition, a sponsor can request designation of a product candidate as a “breakthrough therapy.” A breakthrough therapy is defined as a drug or biologic that is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs or biologics, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug or biologic may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. Drugs or biologics designated as breakthrough therapies are also eligible for accelerated approval. The FDA must take certain actions, such as holding timely meetings and providing advice, intended to expedite the development and review of an application for approval of a breakthrough therapy. The benefits of breakthrough therapy designation include the same benefits as fast track designation, plus intensive guidance from the FDA to ensure an efficient drug development program.

Additionally, products studied for their safety and effectiveness in treating serious or life-threatening diseases or conditions may receive accelerated approval upon a determination that the product has an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit, or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity, or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments. As a condition of accelerated approval, the FDA will generally require the sponsor to perform adequate and well-controlled post-marketing clinical studies to verify and describe the anticipated effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit. In addition, the FDA currently requires as a condition for accelerated approval pre-approval of promotional materials, which could adversely impact the timing of the commercial launch of the product.

Even if a product qualifies for one or more of these programs, the FDA may later decide that the product no longer meets the conditions for qualification or decide that the time period for FDA review and approval will not be shortened. Furthermore, priority review, fast track designation, breakthrough therapy designation, and accelerated approval do not change the standards for approval but may expedite the development or approval process.

Orphan Drug Designation

Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan designation to a drug or biologic intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or 200,000 or more individuals in the United States for which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making available in the United States a drug or biologic for this type of disease or condition will be recovered from sales in the United States for that drug or biologic. Orphan designation must be requested before submitting a BLA. After the FDA grants orphan designation, the generic identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. The orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in, or automatically shorten the duration of, the regulatory review or approval process.

If a product that has orphan designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval for the disease for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to orphan exclusivity, which means that the FDA may not

100

approve any other applications, including a full BLA, to market the same product for the same indication for seven years, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan drug exclusivity. Orphan exclusivity does not prevent FDA from approving a different drug or biologic for the same disease or condition, or the same drug or biologic for a different disease or condition. Among the other benefits of orphan drug designation are tax credits for certain research and a waiver of the BLA application fee. A designated orphan product may not receive orphan exclusivity if it is approved for a use that is broader than the indication for which it received orphan designation. In addition, exclusive marketing rights in the United States may be lost if the FDA later determines that the request for designation was materially defective or if the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient quantities of the product to meet the needs of patients with the rare disease or condition.

Post-Approval Requirements

Any products manufactured or distributed by us pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to pervasive and continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to quality control and quality assurance, record-keeping, reporting of adverse experiences, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, and advertising and promotion of the product. After approval, most changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications or other labeling claims, are subject to prior FDA review and approval. There also are continuing user fee requirements, under which FDA assesses an annual program fee for each product identified in an approved BLA. Biologic manufacturers and their subcontractors are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with cGMP, which impose certain procedural and documentation requirements upon us and our third-party manufacturers. Changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated, and, depending on the significance of the change, may require prior FDA approval before being implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMP and impose reporting requirements upon us and any third-party manufacturers that we may decide to use. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain compliance with cGMP and other aspects of regulatory compliance.

The FDA may withdraw approval if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including AEs of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information; imposition of post-market studies or clinical studies to assess new safety risks; or imposition of distribution restrictions or other restrictions under a REMS program. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

• restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of a product, mandated modification of promotional materials or issuance of corrective information, issuance by FDA or other regulatory authorities of safety alerts, Dear Healthcare Provider letters, press releases or other communications containing warnings or other safety information about the product, or complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;

• fines, warning or untitled letters or holds on post-approval clinical studies;

• refusal of the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications, or suspension or revocation of existing product approvals;

• product seizure or detention, or refusal of the FDA to permit the import or export of products; or

• injunctions, consent decrees or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

The FDA closely regulates the marketing, labeling, advertising and promotion of biologics. A company can make only those claims relating to safety and efficacy, purity and potency that are approved by the FDA and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses. Failure to comply with these requirements can result in, among other things, adverse publicity, warning letters, corrective advertising and potential civil and criminal penalties. Physicians may prescribe legally available products for uses that are not described in the product’s labeling and that differ from those tested by us and approved by the FDA. The FDA does not regulate the behavior

101

of physicians in their choice of treatments. The FDA does, however, restrict manufacturer’s communications on the subject of off-label use of their products.

Biosimilars and Reference Product Exclusivity

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, or Affordable Care Act signed into law in 2010, includes a subtitle called the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009, which created an abbreviated approval pathway for biological products that are biosimilar to or interchangeable with an FDA-approved reference biological product. To date, a number of biosimilars have been licensed under the BPCIA, and numerous biosimilars have been approved in Europe. The FDA has issued several guidance documents outlining its approach to the review and approval of biosimilars.

Biosimilarity, which requires that there be no clinically meaningful differences between the biological product and the reference product in terms of safety, purity, and potency, can be shown through analytical studies, animal studies, and a clinical study or studies. Interchangeability requires that a product is biosimilar to the reference product and the product must demonstrate that it can be expected to produce the same clinical results as the reference product in any given patient and, for products that are administered multiple times to an individual, the biologic and the reference biologic may be alternated or switched after one has been previously administered without increasing safety risks or risks of diminished efficacy relative to exclusive use of the reference biologic. Complexities associated with the larger, and often more complex, structures of biological products, as well as the processes by which such products are manufactured, pose significant hurdles to implementation of the abbreviated approval pathway that are still being worked out by the FDA.

Under the BPCIA, an application for a biosimilar product may not be submitted to the FDA until four years following the date that the reference product was first licensed by the FDA. In addition, the approval of a biosimilar product may not be made effective by the FDA until 12 years from the date on which the reference product was first licensed. During this 12-year period of exclusivity, another company may still market a competing version of the reference product if the FDA approves a full BLA for the competing product containing that applicant’s own preclinical data and data from adequate and well-controlled clinical trials to demonstrate the safety, purity and potency of its product. The BPCIA also created certain exclusivity periods for biosimilars approved as interchangeable products. At this juncture, it is unclear whether products deemed “interchangeable” by the FDA will, in fact, be readily substituted by pharmacies, which are governed by state pharmacy law.

The BPCIA is complex and continues to be interpreted and implemented by the FDA. In addition, government proposals have sought to reduce the 12-year reference product exclusivity period. Other aspects of the BPCIA, some of which may impact the BPCIA exclusivity provisions, have also been the subject of recent litigation. As a result, the ultimate impact, implementation, and impact of the BPCIA is subject to significant uncertainty.

Other U.S. Healthcare Laws and Compliance Requirements

In the United States, our current and future operations are subject to regulation by various federal, state and local authorities in addition to the FDA, including but not limited to, the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, or CMS other divisions of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS (such as the Office of Inspector General, Office for Civil Rights and the Health Resources and Service Administration), the U.S. Department of Justice, or DOJ, and individual U.S. Attorney offices within the DOJ, and state and local governments. For example, our clinical research, sales, marketing and scientific/educational grant programs may have to comply with the anti-fraud and abuse provisions of the Social Security Act, the false claims laws, transparency and price reporting laws, the privacy and security provisions of the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, or HIPAA and similar state laws, each as amended, as applicable. Our business operations and current and future arrangements with investigators, healthcare professionals, consultants, third-party payors and customers may be subject to healthcare laws, regulations and enforcement by the federal government and by authorities in the states and foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct our business. Such laws include, without limitation, state and federal anti-kickback, fraud and abuse, false claims, privacy and security, price reporting, and transparency laws. Some of our pre-commercial activities are subject to some of these laws.

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, any person or entity, from knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving any remuneration, directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce or in return for purchasing, leasing, ordering or arranging for the purchase, lease or order of any item or service reimbursable, in whole or in part, under Medicare, Medicaid or other federal healthcare programs. The term remuneration has been interpreted broadly to include anything of value. The Anti-Kickback

102

Statute has been interpreted to apply to arrangements between therapeutic product manufacturers on one hand and prescribers, purchasers, and formulary managers on the other. There are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting some common activities from prosecution. The exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly and practices that involve remuneration that may be alleged to be intended to induce prescribing, purchasing or recommending may be subject to scrutiny if they do not qualify for an exception or safe harbor. Failure to meet all of the requirements of a particular applicable statutory exception or regulatory safe harbor does not make the conduct per se illegal under the Anti-Kickback Statute. Instead, the legality of the arrangement will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis based on a cumulative review of all of its facts and circumstances. Our practices may not in all cases meet all of the criteria for protection under a statutory exception or regulatory safe harbor.

Additionally, the intent standard under the Anti-Kickback Statute was amended by the Affordable Care Act to a stricter standard such that a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. Further, courts have found that if “one purpose” of remuneration is to induce referrals, the federal Anti-Kickback statute is violated. Violations of the Anti-Kickback Statute can result in significant civil and criminal fines and penalties for each violation, imprisonment, and exclusion from federal healthcare programs. In addition, the Affordable Care Act codified case law that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal False Claims Act, or the FCA, as discussed below.

The federal false claims laws, including the FCA, which can be enforced by private citizens through civil qui tam actions, and civil monetary penalty laws, prohibit any person or entity from, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment to, or approval by, the federal government, including federal healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, knowingly making, using, or causing to be made or used a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim to the federal government, or knowingly making a false statement to improperly avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government. A claim includes “any request or demand” for money or property presented to the U.S. government. Pharmaceutical and other healthcare companies have been, and continue to be, prosecuted under these laws, among other things, for allegedly providing free product to customers with the expectation that the customers would bill federal programs for the product and for causing false claims to be submitted because of the companies’ marketing of the product for unapproved, off-label, and thus generally non-reimbursable, uses.

HIPAA created additional federal criminal statutes that prohibit, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud or to obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations or promises, any money or property owned by, or under the control or custody of, any healthcare benefit program, including private third-party payors, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a healthcare offense, and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up by trick, scheme or device, a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Like the Anti-Kickback Statute, the Affordable Care Act amended the intent standard for certain healthcare fraud statutes under HIPAA such that a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. When an entity is determined to have violated the FCA, the government may impose civil fines and penalties for each false claim, plus treble damages, and exclude the entity from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs.

We may be subject to data privacy and security regulations by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business. HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and its implementing regulations, imposes requirements on certain covered healthcare providers, health plans, and healthcare clearinghouses as well as their respective business associates and their covered subcontractors relating to the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information. Among other things, HITECH makes HIPAA’s privacy and security standards directly applicable to business associates, which are independent contractors or agents of covered entities that create, maintain, transmit, receive or obtain protected health information in connection with providing a service on behalf of a covered entity. HITECH also created four new tiers of civil monetary penalties, amended HIPAA to make civil and criminal penalties directly applicable to business associates, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce HIPAA and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. In addition, many state laws govern the privacy and security of health information in specified circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways, are often not pre-empted by HIPAA, and may have a more prohibitive effect than HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

103

Additionally, the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act, or the Sunshine Act, within the Affordable Care Act, and its implementing regulations, require that certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biological and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain exceptions) report annually to CMS information related to certain payments or other transfers of value made or distributed to physicians (defined to include (doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors)and teaching hospitals, or to entities or individuals at the request of, or designated on behalf of, the physicians and teaching hospitals and to report annually certain ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Failure to report accurately could result in penalties. Effective January 1, 2022, covered manufacturers will be required to report payments and other transfers of value made in the previous year to certain non-physician providers, including physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical nurse specialists, anesthesiologist assistants, certified registered nurse anesthetists and certified nurse midwives

Many states have similar statutes or regulations to the above federal laws that may be broader in scope and may apply regardless of payor. We may also be subject to state laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government, and/or state laws that require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers, drug pricing or marketing expenditures. Certain state and local laws also require the registration of pharmaceutical sales representatives. We may be subject to state and foreign laws governing the privacy and security of health information, some of which may be more stringent than those in the United States (such as the GDPR, which was adopted by the EU and subsequently became effective in May 2018). These laws may differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, further complicating compliance efforts.

In order to distribute products commercially, we must comply with state laws that require the registration of manufacturers and wholesale distributors of drug and biological products in a state, including, in certain states, manufacturers and distributors who ship products into the state even if such manufacturers or distributors have no place of business within the state. Some states also impose requirements on manufacturers and distributors to establish the pedigree of product in the chain of distribution, including some states that require manufacturers and others to adopt new technology capable of tracking and tracing product as it moves through the distribution chain. Several states have enacted legislation requiring pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies to establish marketing compliance programs, file periodic reports with the state, make periodic public disclosures on sales, marketing, pricing, clinical trials and other activities, and/or register their sales representatives, as well as to prohibit pharmacies and other healthcare entities from providing certain physician prescribing data to pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for use in sales and marketing, and to prohibit certain other sales and marketing practices. All of our activities are potentially subject to federal and state consumer protection and unfair competition laws. Additionally, to the extent that we have business operations in foreign countries or sell any of our products in foreign countries and jurisdictions, including Canada or the EU, we may be subject to additional regulation.

Ensuring business arrangements with third parties comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations is a costly endeavor. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the federal and state healthcare laws described above or any other current or future governmental regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including without limitation, significant civil, criminal and/or administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, imprisonment, exclusion from participation in government programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, injunctions, private “qui tam” actions brought by individual whistleblowers in the name of the government, or refusal to allow us to enter into government contracts, contractual damages, reputational harm, administrative burdens, diminished profits and future earnings, additional reporting obligations and oversight if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or other agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect its ability to operate our business and results of operations. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. The shifting compliance environment and the need to build and maintain robust and expandable systems to comply with multiple jurisdictions with different compliance or reporting requirements increases the possibility that a healthcare company may run afoul of one or more of the requirements.

Coverage, Pricing and Reimbursement in the U.S.

Significant uncertainty exists as to the coverage and reimbursement status of any product candidates for which we may obtain regulatory approval. In the United States and in foreign markets, sales of any products for which

104

we receive regulatory approval for commercial sale will depend, in part, on the extent to which third-party payors provide coverage and establish adequate reimbursement levels for such products. In the United States, third-party payors include federal and state healthcare programs, private managed care providers, health insurers and other organizations. Third-party payors decide which medications they will pay for and establish reimbursement levels. Adequate coverage and reimbursement from governmental healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid in the United States, and commercial payors are critical to new product acceptance.

Our ability to commercialize any products successfully also will depend in part on the extent to which coverage and reimbursement for these products and related treatments will be available from third-party payors, which decide which therapeutics they will pay for and establish reimbursement levels. In the United States, the principal decisions about reimbursement for new medicines are typically made by CMS, an agency within HHS. CMS decides whether and to what extent our products will be covered and reimbursed under Medicare and private payors tend to follow CMS to a substantial degree. Coverage and reimbursement by a third-party payor may depend upon a number of factors, including the third-party payor’s determination that use of a therapeutic is:

• a covered benefit under its health plan;

• safe, effective and medically necessary;

• appropriate for the specific patient;

• cost-effective; and

• neither experimental nor investigational.

We cannot be sure that coverage or reimbursement will be available for any product that we commercialize and, if coverage and reimbursement are available, what the level of reimbursement will be. Coverage may also be more limited than the purposes for which the product is approved by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Reimbursement may impact the demand for, or the price of, any product for which we obtain regulatory approval.

We may develop products that, once approved, may be administered by a physician. For products administered under the supervision of a physician, obtaining coverage and adequate reimbursement may be particularly difficult because of the higher prices often associated with such drugs. Additionally, separate reimbursement for the product itself or the treatment or procedure in which the product is used may not be available, which may impact physician utilization.

Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the price, examining the medical necessity, and reviewing the cost-effectiveness of medical products, therapies and services, in addition to questioning their safety and efficacy. Obtaining reimbursement for our products may be particularly difficult because of the higher prices often associated with branded drugs and drugs administered under the supervision of a physician. We may need to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies in order to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of our products, in addition to the costs required to obtain FDA approvals. Our product candidates may not be considered medically necessary or cost-effective. Obtaining coverage and reimbursement approval of a product from a government or other third-party payor is a time-consuming and costly process that could require us to provide to each payor supporting scientific, clinical and cost-effectiveness data for the use of our product on a payor-by-payor basis, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be obtained. A payor’s decision to provide coverage for a product does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. Further, one payor’s determination to provide coverage for a product does not assure that other payors will also provide coverage for the product. Adequate third-party reimbursement may not be available to enable us to maintain price levels sufficient to realize an appropriate return on its investment in product development. If reimbursement is not available or is available only at limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize any product candidate that we successfully develop.

The marketability of any product candidates for which we receive regulatory approval for commercial sale may suffer if the government and third-party payors fail to provide adequate coverage and reimbursement. In addition, emphasis on managed care, the increasing influence of health maintenance organizations, and additional legislative changes in the United States has increased, and we expect will continue to increase, the pressure on healthcare pricing. The downward pressure on the rise in healthcare costs in general, particularly prescription

105

medicines, medical devices and surgical procedures and other treatments, has become very intense. Coverage policies and third-party reimbursement rates may change at any time. Even if favorable coverage and reimbursement status is attained for one or more products for which we receive regulatory approval, less favorable coverage policies and reimbursement rates may be implemented in the future.

U.S. Healthcare Reform

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been, and continue to be, several legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay marketing approval of product candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities, and affect the ability to profitably sell product candidates for which marketing approval is obtained. Among policy makers and payors in the United States and elsewhere, there is significant interest in promoting changes in healthcare systems with the stated goals of containing healthcare costs, improving quality and/or expanding access. In the United States, the pharmaceutical industry has been a particular focus of these efforts and has been significantly affected by major legislative initiatives.

For example, the Affordable Care Act has substantially changed healthcare financing and delivery by both governmental and private insurers. Among the Affordable Care Act provisions of importance to the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, in addition to those otherwise described above, are the following:

• an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports certain specified branded prescription drugs and biologic agents apportioned among these entities according to their market share in some government healthcare programs;

• an increase in the statutory minimum rebates a manufacturer must pay under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program to 23% and 13% of the average manufacturer price for most branded and generic drugs, respectively, and capped the total rebate amount for innovator drugs at 100% of the Average Manufacturer Price;

• a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer 50% (increased to 70% pursuant to the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, or BBA, effective as of January 2019) point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable branded drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturers’ outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D;

• extension of manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability to covered drugs dispensed to individuals who are enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations;

• expansion of eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs by, among other things, allowing states to offer Medicaid coverage to additional individuals and by adding new mandatory eligibility categories for individuals with income at or below 133% of the federal poverty level, thereby potentially increasing manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability;

• expansion of the entities eligible for discounts under the 340B Drug Discount Program;

• a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research;

• expansion of healthcare fraud and abuse laws, including the FCA and the Anti-Kickback Statute, new government investigative powers, and enhanced penalties for noncompliance;

• a new methodology by which rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program are calculated for drugs that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted, or injected;

• requirements to report certain financial arrangements with certain healthcare providers and teaching hospitals;

• a requirement to annually report certain information regarding drug samples that manufacturers and distributors provide to physicians;

106

• establishment of a Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation at CMS to test innovative payment and service delivery models to lower Medicare and Medicaid spending; and

• a licensure framework for follow on biologic products.

Since its enactment, there have been executive, legal and political challenges to certain aspects of the Affordable Care Act. By way of example, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or TCJA, included a provision that repealed, effective January 1, 2019, the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the Affordable Care Act on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year that is commonly referred to as the “individual mandate.” On June 17, 2021 the U.S. Supreme Court dismissed a challenge on procedural grounds that argued the Affordable Care Act is unconstitutional in its entirety because the “individual mandate” was repealed by Congress. Thus, the Affordable Care Act will remain in effect in its current form. It is possible that the Affordable Care Act will be subject to judicial or Congressional challenges in the future. It is unclear how any such challenges and the healthcare reform measures of the Biden administration will impact the Affordable Care Act.

Further legislation or regulation could be passed that could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the Affordable Care Act was enacted. For example, in August 2011, President Obama signed into law the Budget Control Act of 2011, which, among other things, included aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect beginning on April 1, 2013 and will stay in effect through 2030 unless additional Congressional action is taken. These Medicare sequester reductions have been suspended from May 1, 2020 through December 31, 2021 due to the COVID-19 pandemic. In January 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers, including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

Additionally, there has been increasing legislative and enforcement interest in the United States with respect to specialty drug pricing practices. Specifically, there have been several recent U.S. Congressional inquiries and proposed federal legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to drug pricing, reduce the cost of prescription drugs under Medicare, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drugs. At the federal level, the Trump administration used several means to propose or implement drug pricing reform, including through federal budget proposals, executive orders and policy initiatives. For example, on July 24, 2020 and September 13, 2020, the Trump administration announced several executive orders related to prescription drug pricing that seek to implement several of the administration’s proposals. As a result, the FDA released a final rule on September 24, 2020, effective November 30, 2020, providing guidance for states to build and submit importation plans for drugs from Canada. Further, on November 20, 2020, HHS finalized a regulation removing safe harbor protection for price reductions from pharmaceutical manufacturers to plan sponsors under Medicare Part D, either directly or through pharmacy benefit managers, unless the price reduction is required by law. The implementation of the rule has been delayed by the Biden administration from January 1, 2022 to January 1, 2023 in response to ongoing litigation. The rule also creates a new safe harbor for price reductions reflected at the point-of-sale, as well as a new safe harbor for certain fixed fee arrangements between pharmacy benefit managers and manufacturers, the implementation of which have also been delayed until January 1, 2023. On November 20, 2020, CMS issued an interim final rule implementing the Trump administration’s Most Favored Nation executive order to tie Medicare Part B payments for certain physician-administered drugs to the lowest price paid in other economically advanced countries. As a result of litigation challenging the Most Favored Nation model, on August 10, 2021, CMS published a proposed rule that seeks to rescind the Most Favored Nation Model interim final rule. Further, in July 2021, the Biden administration released an executive order, “Promoting Competition in the American Economy,” with multiple provisions aimed at prescription drugs. In response to Biden’s executive order, on September 9, 2021, HHS released a Comprehensive Plan for Addressing High Drug Prices that outlines principles for drug pricing reform and sets out a variety of potential legislative policies that Congress could pursue as well as potential administrative actions HHS can take to advance these principles. No legislation or administrative actions have been finalized to implement these principles. In addition, Congress is considering drug pricing as part of the budget reconciliation process. Individual states in the United States have also become increasingly active in passing legislation and implementing regulations designed to control biopharmaceutical product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. Legally mandated price controls on payment amounts by third-party payors or other restrictions on coverage or access could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

107

In addition, regional healthcare authorities and individual hospitals are increasingly using bidding procedures to determine what pharmaceutical products and which suppliers will be included in their prescription drug and other healthcare programs. This could reduce the ultimate demand for our product candidates that we successfully commercialize or put pressure on our product pricing.

We expect that these and other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and lower reimbursement, and in additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved product. It is possible that additional governmental action is taken in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare and other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability, or commercialize our products. Such reforms could have an adverse effect on anticipated revenue from product candidates that we may successfully develop and for which we may obtain regulatory approval and may affect our overall financial condition and ability to develop product candidates.

European Union Product Approval Process

Non-Clinical Studies and Clinical Trials

Similar to the United States, the various phases of non-clinical research in the EU are subject to significant regulatory controls.

Non-clinical studies are performed to demonstrate the health or environmental safety of new chemical or biological substances. In particular, non-clinical studies, both in vitro and in vivo, must be planned, performed, monitored, recorded, reported and archived in accordance with the GLP principles, as set forth in Directive 2004/10/EC, which define a set of rules and criteria for a quality system for the organizational process and the conditions for non-clinical studies. These GLP standards reflect the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development requirements.

The Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC, the Directive 2005/28/EC on Good Clinical Practice, or GCP, and the related national implementing provisions of the individual EU member states currently govern the system for the approval of clinical trials in the EU.

Clinical trials of medicinal products in the EU must be conducted in accordance with EU and national regulations of EU members states and the International Conference on Harmonization, or ICH, guidelines on GCP, as well as the applicable regulatory requirements and the ethical principles that have their origin in the Declaration of Helsinki. If the sponsor of the clinical trial is not established within the EU, it must appoint an EU entity to act as its legal representative. The sponsor must take out a clinical trial insurance policy, and increasingly in EU member states, the sponsor is liable to provide “no fault” compensation to any study subject injured in the clinical trial.

Under the applicable regulatory system, an applicant must obtain prior approval from the competent national authority of the EU member states in which the clinical trial is to be conducted. Furthermore, the applicant may only start a clinical trial at a specific study site after the competent ethics committee has issued a related favorable opinion. The application for authorization of a clinical trial must be accompanied by, among other documents, a copy of the trial protocol and an investigational medicinal product dossier containing information about the manufacture and quality of the medicinal product under investigation as prescribed by Directive 2001/20/EC, Directive 2005/28/EC, where relevant the related implementing national provisions of the individual EU member states, and further detailed in applicable guidance documents. Any substantial changes to the trial protocol or to other information submitted with the clinical trial application must be notified to and approved by the relevant competent national authorities and ethics committees. Medicinal products used in clinical trials must be manufactured in accordance with good manufacturing practice (GMP).

In April 2014, the new Clinical Trials Regulation, (EU) No 536/2014 (Clinical Trials Regulation) was adopted. The Regulation is anticipated to enter into force on January 31, 2022. The Clinical Trials Regulation will be directly applicable in all the EU member states, repealing the current Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC. Conduct of all clinical trials performed in the EU will continue to be bound by currently applicable provisions until the new Clinical Trials Regulation becomes applicable. The extent to which on-going clinical trials will be governed by the Clinical Trials Regulation will depend on the duration of the individual clinical trial. If a clinical

108

trial continues for more than three years from the day on which the Clinical Trials Regulation becomes applicable the Clinical Trials Regulation will at that time begin to apply to the clinical trial.

The new Clinical Trials Regulation aims to simplify and streamline the approval of clinical trials in the EU. The main characteristics of the regulation include: a streamlined application procedure via a single entry point, the "EU portal"; a single set of documents to be prepared and submitted for the application as well as simplified reporting procedures for clinical trial sponsors; and a harmonized procedure for the assessment of applications for clinical trials, which is divided in two parts. Part I is assessed first by a single “reference” member state whose conclusions are then assessed by the competent authorities of all EU member states in which an application for authorization of a clinical trial has been submitted “concerned” member states. Part II is assessed separately by each concerned EU member state. Strict deadlines have been established for the assessment of clinical trial applications. The role of the relevant ethics committees in the assessment procedure will continue to be governed by the national law of the concerned EU member state. However, overall related timelines will be defined by the Clinical Trials Regulation.

Marketing Authorizations

To obtain a marketing authorization, or MA, for a product in the EU, an applicant must submit an Marketing Authorization Application, or MAA, either under a centralized procedure administered by the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, or one of the procedures administered by competent authorities in the EU member states (decentralized procedure, national procedure or mutual recognition procedure). An MA may be granted only to an applicant established in the EU.

The centralized procedure provides for the grant of a single MA by the European Commission that is valid for all EU member states. Pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 726/2004, the centralized procedure is compulsory for specific products, including for (i) medicinal products derived from biotechnological processes, (ii) products designated as orphan medicinal products, (iii) advanced therapy medicinal products (ATMPs), and (iv) products with a new active substance indicated for the treatment of HIV/AIDS, cancer, neurodegenerative diseases, diabetes, auto-immune and other immune dysfunctions and viral diseases. For products with a new active substance indicated for the treatment of other diseases and products that are highly innovative or for which a centralized process is in the interest of patients, the centralized procedure may be optional on the related approval of the EMA.

Under the centralized procedure, the EMA’s Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use (CHMP) is responsible for conducting the assessment of a product. The CHMP is also responsible for several post-authorization and maintenance activities, such as the assessment of modifications or extensions to an existing MA.

Under the centralized procedure in the EU, the maximum timeframe for the evaluation of an MAA is 210 days, excluding clock stops when additional information or written or oral explanation is to be provided by the applicant in response to questions of the CHMP. Accelerated assessment may be granted by the CHMP in exceptional cases, when a medicinal product targeting an unmet medical need is expected to be of major interest from the point of view of public health and in particular from the viewpoint of therapeutic innovation. If the CHMP accepts a request for accelerated assessment, the time limit of 210 days will be reduced to 150 days (not including clock stops). The CHMP can, however, revert to the standard time limit for the centralized procedure if it considers that it is no longer appropriate to conduct an accelerated assessment.

Unlike the centralized authorization procedure, the decentralized MA procedure requires a separate application to, and leads to separate approval by, the competent authorities of each EU member state in which the product is to be marketed. This application is identical to the application that would be submitted to the EMA for authorization through the centralized procedure. The reference EU member state prepares a draft assessment and drafts of the related materials within 120 days after receipt of a valid application. The resulting assessment report is submitted to the concerned EU member states who, within 90 days of receipt, must decide whether to approve the assessment report and related materials. If a concerned EU member state cannot approve the assessment report and related materials due to concerns relating to a potential serious risk to public health, disputed elements may be referred to the Heads of Medicines Agencies’ Coordination Group for Mutual Recognition and Decentralised Procedures – Human (CMDh) for review. The subsequent decision of the European Commission is binding on all EU member states.

The mutual recognition procedure allows companies that have a medicinal product already authorized in one EU member state to apply for this authorization to be recognized by the competent authorities in other EU member

109

states. Like the decentralized procedure, the mutual recognition procedure is based on the acceptance by the competent authorities of the EU member states of the MA of a medicinal product by the competent authorities of other EU member states. The holder of a national MA may submit an application to the competent authority of an EU member state requesting that this authority recognize the MA delivered by the competent authority of another EU member state.

In principle, an MA has an initial validity of five years. The MA may be renewed after five years on the basis of a re-evaluation of the risk-benefit balance by the EMA or by the competent authority of the EU member state in which the original MA was granted. To support the application, the MA holder must provide the EMA or the competent authority with a consolidated version of the eCTD (Common Technical Document) providing up-to-date data concerning the quality, safety and efficacy of the product, including all variations introduced since the MA was granted, at least nine months before the MA ceases to be valid. The European Commission or the competent authorities of the EU member states may decide on justified grounds relating to pharmacovigilance, to proceed with one further five-year renewal period for the MA. Once subsequently definitively renewed, the MA shall be valid for an unlimited period. Any authorization which is not followed by the actual placing of the medicinal product on the EU market (in case of centralized procedure) or on the market of the authorizing EU member state within three years after authorization ceases to be valid (the so-called sunset clause).

Innovative products that target an unmet medical need and are expected to be of major public health interest may be eligible for a number of expedited development and review programs, such as the Priority Medicines, or PRIME, scheme, which provides incentives similar to the breakthrough therapy designation in the U.S. PRIME is a voluntary scheme aimed at enhancing the EMA’s support for the development of medicinal products that target unmet medical needs. It permits increased interaction and early dialogue with companies developing promising medicinal products, to optimize their product development plans and speed up their evaluation to help the product reach patients earlier than normal. Product developers that benefit from PRIME designation are potentially eligible for accelerated assessment of their MAA although this is not guaranteed. Benefits accrue to sponsors of product candidates with PRIME designation, including but not limited to, early and proactive regulatory dialogue with the EMA, frequent discussions on clinical trial designs and other development program elements, and potentially accelerated MAA assessment once a dossier has been submitted.  

In the EU, a “conditional” MA may be granted in cases where all the required safety and efficacy data are not yet available. The conditional MA is subject to conditions to be fulfilled for generating the missing data or ensuring increased safety measures. It is valid for one year and must be renewed annually until all related conditions have been fulfilled. Once any pending studies are provided, the conditional MA can be converted into a traditional MA. However, if the conditions are not fulfilled within the timeframe set by the EMA, the MA will cease to be renewed.

An MA may also be granted “under exceptional circumstances” where the applicant can show that it is unable to provide comprehensive data on efficacy and safety under normal conditions of use even after the product has been authorized and subject to specific procedures being introduced. These circumstances may arise in particular when the intended indications are very rare and, in the state of scientific knowledge at that time, it is not possible to provide comprehensive information, or when generating data may be contrary to generally accepted ethical principles. Like a conditional MA, an MA granted in exceptional circumstances is reserved to medicinal products intended to be authorized for treatment of rare diseases or unmet medical needs for which the applicable does not hold a complete data set that is required for the grant of a standard MA. However, unlike the conditional MA, an applicant for authorization in exceptional circumstances is not subsequently required to provide the missing data. Although the MA “under exceptional circumstances” is granted definitively, the risk-benefit balance of the medicinal product is reviewed annually, and the MA is withdrawn in case the risk-benefit ratio is no longer favorable.

In addition to an MA, various other requirements apply to the manufacturing and placing on the EU market of medicinal products. Manufacture of medicinal products in the EU requires a manufacturing authorization, and import of medicinal products into the EU requires a manufacturing authorization allowing for import. The manufacturing authorization holder must comply with various requirements set out in the applicable EU laws, regulations and guidance. These requirements include compliance with EU GMP standards when manufacturing medicinal products and APIs, including the manufacture of APIs outside of the EU with the intention to import the APIs into the Union. Similarly, the distribution of medicinal products within the EU is subject to compliance with the applicable EU laws, regulations and guidelines, including the requirement to hold appropriate authorizations for distribution granted by the competent authorities of the EU member states. MA holders and/or manufacturing and import authorization, or MIA holders and/or distribution authorization holders may be subject

110

to civil, criminal or administrative sanctions, including suspension of manufacturing authorization, in case of non-compliance with the EU or EU member states’ requirements applicable to the manufacturing of medicinal products.

Data and Market Exclusivity

The EU provides opportunities for data and market exclusivity related to MAs. Upon receiving an MA, innovative medicinal products are generally entitled to receive eight years of data exclusivity and 10 years of market exclusivity. Data exclusivity, if granted, prevents regulatory authorities in the EU from referencing the innovator’s data to assess a generic application or biosimilar application for eight years from the date of authorization of the innovative product, after which a generic or biosimilar MAA can be submitted, and the innovator’s data may be referenced. The market exclusivity period prevents a successful generic or biosimilar applicant from commercializing its product in the EU until 10 years have elapsed from the initial MA of the reference product in the EU. The overall ten-year period may, occasionally, be extended for a further year to a maximum of 11 years if, during the first eight years of those ten years, the MA holder obtains an authorization for one or more new therapeutic indications which, during the scientific evaluation prior to their authorization, are held to bring a significant clinical benefit in comparison with existing therapies. However, there is no guarantee that a product will be considered by the EU’s regulatory authorities to be a new chemical/biological entity, and products may not qualify for data exclusivity.

Orphan Medicinal Products

Regulation (EC) No. 141/2000, as implemented by Regulation (EC) No. 847/2000 provides that a medicinal product can be designated as an orphan medicinal product by the European Commission if its sponsor can establish that (1) the product is intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of a life-threatening or chronically debilitating condition; (2) either (a) such condition affects no more than five in ten thousand persons in the EU when the application is made, or (b) the product, without the benefits derived from orphan status, would not generate sufficient return in the EU; and (3) there exists no satisfactory method of diagnosis, prevention or treatment of the condition in question that has been authorized in the EU or, if such method exists, the product will be of significant benefit to those affected by that condition.

In the EU, an application for designation as an orphan product can be made any time prior to the filing of the MAA. Orphan medicinal product designation entitles an applicant to incentives such fee reductions or fee waivers, protocol assistance, and access to the centralized MA procedure. Upon grant of an MA, orphan medicinal products are entitled to a ten-year period of exclusivity for the approved therapeutic indication, which means that the EMA cannot accept another MAA, or grant an MA, or accept an application to extend an MA for a similar product for the same indication for a period of ten years. The period of exclusivity is extended by two years for orphan medicinal products that have also complied with an agreed PIP. No extension to any supplementary protection certificate can be granted on the basis of paediatric studies for orphan indications. Orphan medicinal product designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process.

The period of exclusivity may, however, be reduced to six years if, at the end of the fifth year, it is established that the product no longer meets the criteria on the basis of which it received orphan medicinal product destination, including where it can be demonstrated on the basis of available evidence that the original orphan medicinal product is sufficiently profitable not to justify maintenance of market exclusivity or where the prevalence of the condition has increased above the threshold. Additionally, an MA may be granted to a similar medicinal product with the same orphan indication during the 10 year period if: (i) if the applicant consents to a second original orphan medicinal product application, (ii) if the manufacturer of the original orphan medicinal product is unable to supply sufficient quantities; or (iii) if the second applicant can establish that its product, although similar, is

111

safer, more effective or otherwise clinically superior to the original orphan medicinal product. A company may voluntarily remove a product from the register of orphan products.

Post-Approval Requirements

Where an MA is granted in relation to a medicinal product in the EU, the holder of the MA is required to comply with a range of regulatory requirements applicable to the manufacturing, marketing, promotion and sale of medicinal products.

Similar to the United States, both MA holders and manufacturers of medicinal products are subject to comprehensive regulatory oversight by the EMA, the European Commission and/or the competent regulatory authorities of the individual EU member states. The holder of an MA must establish and maintain a pharmacovigilance system and appoint an individual qualified person for pharmacovigilance who is responsible for oversight of that system. Key obligations include expedited reporting of suspected serious adverse reactions and submission of periodic safety update reports, or PSURs.

All new MAAs must include a risk management plan, or RMP, describing the risk management system that the company will put in place and documenting measures to prevent or minimize the risks associated with the product. The regulatory authorities may also impose specific obligations as a condition of the MA. Such risk-minimization measures or post-authorization obligations may include additional safety monitoring, more frequent submission of PSURs, or the conduct of additional clinical trials or post-authorization safety studies.  

Coverage, Pricing and Reimbursement outside the United States

Outside the U.S., pharmaceutical companies, products and distributors are also generally subject to extensive governmental price controls and other market regulations. We believe the increasing emphasis on cost-containment initiatives in EEA and other countries has and will continue to put pressure on the pricing and usage of our products. In many countries, the prices of medical products are subject to varying price control mechanisms as part of national health systems that fund a large part of the cost of those products to consumers. Some countries operate positive and negative list systems under which products may only be marketed once a reimbursement price has been agreed. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval, some of these countries may require the completion of comparative trials that compare the cost effectiveness of a particular product candidate to currently available therapies. Other countries allow companies to fix their own prices for medical products, but monitor and control company profits. Additional price controls in foreign countries or other changes in pricing regulation could restrict the amount that we are able to charge for our products. Accordingly, in markets outside the U.S., the reimbursement for our products may be reduced compared with the U.S. and may be insufficient to generate commercially reasonable revenue and profits.

Moreover, increasing efforts by governmental and third-party payors abroad, as in the U.S., to control healthcare costs may cause such organizations to limit both coverage and the level of reimbursement for new products approved and, as a result, they may not cover or provide adequate payment for our products. We expect to experience pricing pressures in connection with the sale of any of our products due to the trend toward managed healthcare, the increasing influence of health maintenance organizations and additional legislative changes.

If we are unable to establish or sustain coverage and adequate reimbursement for any of products from third-party payors, the adoption of those products and sales revenue will be adversely affected, which, in turn, could adversely affect the ability to market or sell those product candidates, if approved.

In various EEA countries, we expect to be subject to continuous cost-cutting measures, such as lower maximum prices, lower or lack of reimbursement coverage and incentives to use cheaper products as an alternative. Health Technology Assessment, or HTA, of medicinal products is becoming an increasingly common part of the pricing and reimbursement procedures in some EEA countries, including countries representing major markets. The HTA process, which is currently governed by the national laws of these countries, is the procedure according to which the assessment of the public health impact, therapeutic impact and the economic and societal impact of use of a given medicinal product in the national healthcare systems of the individual country is conducted. The outcome of HTA regarding specific medicinal products will often influence the pricing and reimbursement status granted to these medicinal products by the competent authorities of individual EEA Member States. On January 31, 2018, the European Commission adopted a proposal for a regulation on health technologies assessment. The proposed regulation is intended to boost cooperation among EEA Member States in assessing health technologies, including new medicinal products, and providing the basis for cooperation at the EEA level

112

for joint clinical assessments in these areas. In June 2021, the European Parliament and Council reached a provisional agreement on the draft regulation. Entry into application of the Regulation could impose stricter and more detailed procedures to be followed by MAHs concerning conduct of HTA in relation to their products which may influence related pricing and reimbursement decisions.

Advertising Regulation

In the EU, the advertising and promotion of medicinal products are subject to both EU and EU member states’ laws governing promotion of medicinal products, interactions with physicians and other healthcare professionals, misleading and comparative advertising and unfair commercial practices. Although general requirements for advertising and promotion of medicinal products are established under EU rules, the details are governed by regulations in individual EU member states and can differ from one country to another. Applicable laws require that promotional materials and advertising in relation to medicinal products comply with the product’s Summary of Product Characteristics, or SmPC, as approved by the competent authorities in connection with an MA, therefore all off-label promotion is prohibited. The SmPC is the document that provides information to physicians concerning the safe and effective use of the product. Promotional activity that does not comply with the SmPC is considered off-label and is prohibited in the EU. Direct-to-consumer advertising of prescription medicinal products is also prohibited in the EU.

If we fail to comply with applicable foreign regulatory requirements, we may be subject to, among other things, fines, suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution.

Rest of the World Regulation

For other countries outside of the EU and the United States, such as countries in Eastern Europe, Latin America or Asia, the requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary from country to country. Additionally, the clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with GCP requirements and the applicable regulatory requirements and the ethical principles that have their origin in the Declaration of Helsinki.

If we fail to comply with applicable foreign regulatory requirements, we may be subject to, among other things, fines, suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution.

The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act

The FCPA prohibits any U.S. individual or business from paying, offering, or authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with accounting provisions requiring us to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations.

Additional Regulation

In addition to the foregoing, state and federal laws regarding environmental protection and hazardous substances, including the Occupational Safety and Health Act, the Resource Conservancy and Recovery Act and the Toxic Substances Control Act, affect our business. These and other laws govern our use, handling and disposal of various biological, chemical and radioactive substances used in, and wastes generated by, our operations. If our operations result in contamination of the environment or expose individuals to hazardous substances, we could be liable for damages and governmental fines. We believe that we are in material compliance with applicable environmental laws and that continued compliance therewith will not have a material adverse effect on our business. We cannot predict, however, how changes in these laws may affect our future operations.

Other Regulations

We are also subject to numerous federal, state and local laws and foreign laws relating to such matters as safe working conditions, manufacturing practices, environmental protection, fire hazard control, and disposal of

113

hazardous or potentially hazardous substances. We may incur significant costs to comply with such laws and regulations now or in the future.

In addition to regulation in the United States and the EEA, a variety of foreign regulations govern clinical trials, commercial sales and distribution of drugs. Pharmaceutical firms who wish to market their medicinal drugs outside the EEA and the United States must submit marketing authorization application to the national authorities of the concerned countries, such as the Pharmaceutical and Medical Device Agency, or PMDA in Japan. The approval process varies from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and the time to approval may be longer or shorter than that required by the FDA or European Commission.

Manufacturing and Supply

We are dependent on specialized third parties, who are subject to cGMP requirements and regulations, for the supply and manufacture of OPT-302 drug substance and drug product. We do not have any internal manufacturing and control capabilities. We source the drug substance for OPT-302 and our clinical trials on a purchase order basis. However, we believe that competitive pricing is achieved because there are a number of potential long-term replacements for our suppliers of drug substance.

In October 2013, we entered into a biopharmaceutical manufacturing agreement, or the Patheon Agreement, with Patheon Biologics Company, Austria Pty Ltd. and Patheon Biologics Company B.V., or collectively Patheon. The Patheon Agreement establishes the general terms and conditions pursuant to which Patheon or its affiliates will manufacture OPT-302 drug product for us in accordance with cGMP requirements. Under the Patheon Agreement, Patheon granted us a perpetual, royalty-free, fully paid-up, non-exclusive, worldwide, transferable and sublicensable license, under all of Patheon’s intellectual property rights embedded in the development and manufacture process to the extent necessary for developing, making, using and selling OPT-302.

The Patheon Agreement will expire on the date that all of the manufacturing services to be performed by Patheon are completed. We may terminate the Patheon Agreement for any reason upon prior written notice. Patheon may terminate the Patheon Agreement upon prior written notice if Patheon has not performed any activities under the Patheon Agreement for certain period of time or if, despite Patheon’s commercially reasonably best efforts, Patheon determines that the services cannot be completed according to specifications approved by us or within a reasonable time after the originally planned timeframe. Either party may terminate the Patheon Agreement for the other party’s uncured material breach or bankruptcy. In addition, the Patheon Agreement will terminate if the parties are unable to reach agreement regarding necessary changes to the services based on the results of individual stage of development work. Upon termination of the Patheon Agreement, we are required to pay Patheon for services properly performed, including non-cancelable costs. Based upon the timing of the termination, we may also be required to pay Patheon certain close out cost for canceled services

Employees

As of June 30, 2021, we had nine full-time employees, four of whom had an M.D. or Ph.D. degree. None of our employees are represented by collective bargaining agreements. We believe that our management maintains good relations with our employees. As of June 30, 2021, all of our employees were based in Australia, with four employees in our research and development department and five employees in our general and administrative department.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are currently not a party to any material legal proceedings.

4C. Organizational Structure

Opthea Limited is the parent company of two wholly-owned subsidiaries for which it holds 100% of the voting power: Vegenics Pty Ltd, incorporated in Australia in January 2006 and Opthea US Inc, incorporated in the United States in May 2021.

114

4D. Property, Plants and Equipment

We occupy approximately 591 square feet of office space in South Yarra, Victoria, Australia under a lease that expires in July 2022. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate to meet our current needs and that suitable additional alternative facilities will be available in the future on commercially reasonable terms to meet our future needs.

4E. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

The following “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this annual report. The following discussion is based on our financial information prepared in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the IASB, which might differ in material respects from accounting principles generally accepted in other jurisdictions, including U.S. GAAP. This discussion includes both historical information and forward-looking information based upon current expectations that involve risk, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from management’s expectations as a result of various factors, including, but not limited to, those discussed in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this annual report.

Overview

We are a clinical stage biopharmaceutical company developing a novel therapy for the treatment of highly prevalent and progressive retinal diseases. We are developing our Phase 3-ready product candidate, OPT-302, a biologic designed to inhibit VEGF-C and VEGF-D, to complement VEGF-A inhibitors for the treatment of ophthalmic diseases. Anti-VEGF-A therapies represent the standard of care for wet age-related macular degeneration, or AMD, and other retinal diseases; however, there remains a significant unmet medical need as many patients do not adequately respond to these treatments. As the only biologic inhibitor of VEGF-C and VEGF-D in clinical development, OPT-302 differs from standard of care therapies and when administered in combination with a VEGF-A inhibitor, is designed to achieve broader inhibition of the vascular endothelial growth factor, or VEGF, family and target a mechanism of clinical resistance to improve visual acuity. Our lead indication for OPT-302 combination therapy is wet AMD, a chronic, progressive disease and the leading cause of vision loss for individuals over the age of 50. In a 366-patient Phase 2b clinical trial for the treatment of wet AMD, 2.0 mg OPT-302, in combination with a standard of care anti-VEGF-A therapy, ranibizumab (Lucentis), met the primary endpoint of a statistically significant superior mean gain in visual acuity over ranibizumab monotherapy at week 24. We initiated two pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials in treatment-naive patients with wet AMD to evaluate the efficacy and safety of OPT-302 in combination with anti-VEGF-A therapies compared to anti-VEGF-A monotherapy in March 2021. We expect to report topline data from these Phase 3 clinical trials in 2023. In addition to our clinical trials in wet AMD, we have observed evidence of improved clinical outcomes in a Phase 1b/2a clinical trial of OPT-302 in combination with another standard of care anti-VEGF-A therapy, aflibercept (Eylea), in patients with treatment-refractory diabetic macular edema, or DME. We retain worldwide rights to develop and commercialize OPT-302 for the treatment of wet AMD and DME and believe that the novel treatment mechanism of OPT-302 has the potential to provide therapeutic benefit for other progressive eye diseases.

We were founded in 1984 and completed our initial public offering and listing of ordinary shares on the Australian Securities Exchange in 1985. In October 2020, we completed a U.S, initial public offering of ADSs on Nasdaq. In April 2007, we acquired intellectual property relating to VEGF receptor 3 and subsequently developed the intellectual property for our lead product candidate, OPT-302. Our development focus on the treatment of retinal diseases began in 2013. Since then, we have devoted substantially all of our efforts to organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital, developing and manufacturing our lead product candidate, OPT-302, conducting research and development activities, including preclinical studies and clinical trials, and providing general and administrative support for these operations. Our operations relating to the development of OPT-302 have been financed primarily through the issuance and sale of new ordinary shares totaling US$234.1 million through June 30, 2021. We have also received an aggregate of US$28.5 million (A$40.5 million) in cash tax incentives for the five fiscal years ended June 30, 2021 under the Research and Development, or R&D, Tax Incentive Scheme for the funding of the development of and clinical trials for OPT-302.

115

We have incurred operating losses since 2013. Our ability to generate product revenue sufficient to achieve profitability will be dependent on the successful development and eventual commercialization of OPT-302 and any future product candidates. Our total comprehensive loss was US$14.8 million, US$11.1 million, and US$44.9 million for the years ended June 30, 2019, 2020 and 2021, respectively. As of June 30, 2021, we had an accumulated loss of US$124.1 million. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses for at least the next several years as we advance OPT-302 through late-stage clinical development, including our planned pivotal Phase 3 trials of OPT-302 in combination with anti-VEGF-A therapy for the treatment of wet AMD, and, if these results are favorable, seek regulatory approval for OPT-302. In addition, we may also pursue development of OPT-302 for the treatment of additional indications, including DME, retinal vein occlusion and other indications in which OPT-302 has the potential to provide therapeutic benefit. In addition, if we obtain marketing approval for OPT-302, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to product manufacturing, marketing, sales and distribution. As a company whose ADSs are publicly traded in the United States, we have incurred and will continue to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company in the United States, including significant additional legal, accounting, investor relations, compliance and other expenses.

As a result, we will need substantial additional funding to support our continuing operations and pursue our growth strategy. Until such time as we can generate significant revenue from product sales, if ever, we expect to finance our operations through the sale of equity, debt financings, or other capital sources, which may include collaborations with other companies or other strategic transactions as well as Australian research and development tax incentives. We may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other agreements or arrangements when needed on favorable terms, or at all. If we fail to raise capital or enter into such agreements as and when needed, we may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development and commercialization of OPT-302.

Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with the development of biopharmaceutical product candidates, we are unable to predict the timing or amount of increased expenses or when or if we will be able to achieve or maintain profitability. Even if we are able to generate product sales, we may never become profitable. If we fail to become profitable or are unable to sustain profitability on a continuing basis, then we may be unable to continue our operations at planned levels and be forced to scale back or discontinue our operations.

As of June 30, 2021, we had cash and cash equivalents of US$118.2 million. We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents as of June 30, 2021 will enable us to fund our operating and research and development expenses through the third calendar quarter of 2023. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could exhaust our available capital resources sooner than we expect. See “—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Impact of COVID-19

We are closely monitoring how the COVID-19 pandemic is affecting our employees, business, preclinical studies and clinical trials. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, all of our employees have transitioned to working remotely and travel has been restricted. Although operations to date have not been materially negatively affected by the COVID-19 pandemic, at this time, there is significant uncertainty relating to the trajectory of the pandemic, including due to emerging variant strains of the virus with varying degrees of vaccine resistance as well as resulting continued quarantine and lockdown measures implemented by governments and authorities.. The impact of related responses and disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic may result in difficulties or delays in initiating, enrolling, conducting or completing our planned clinical trials and the incurrence of unforeseen costs as a result of disruptions in clinical supply or clinical trial delays. The impact of COVID-19 on our future results will largely depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted with confidence, such as the ultimate geographic spread of the disease, the duration of the pandemic, emerging variant strains of COVID-19, travel restrictions and social distancing in Australia, the United States and other countries, business closures or business disruptions, the ultimate impact on financial markets and the global economy and the effectiveness of actions taken in Australia, the United States and other countries to contain and treat the disease.

5A. Operating Results

Components of Our Results of Operations

Revenue

116

Revenue consists of sales-based royalties in connection with the out-licensing of certain intellectual property assets that are unrelated to our core business and the development of OPT-302 and are not currently under development. These licenses are primarily used by third-party licensees for research purposes, and we expect revenue from these out-licensing arrangements to be nominal in future periods. These are variable consideration amounts and are recognized when the sales by our license partners to third parties occur, as the performance obligation to transfer the intellectual property to the license partner is already satisfied.

To date, we have not generated any revenue from sales of approved products. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with product development and regulatory approval, we are unable to predict the amount, timing or whether we will be able to obtain revenue from sales of approved products, and we may never succeed in obtaining regulatory approval for OPT-302 or any other product candidate. If our development efforts for OPT-302 are successful and result in an approved and marketed product, or if we enter into additional collaboration or license agreements with third parties, we may generate revenue in the future from a combination of product sales or payments from such collaboration or license agreements.

Other Income

Other income primarily comprises finance income from interest on bank deposits and funding under a one-time Australian government grant and the Australian Tax Office.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development    Expenses. Research and development expenses comprise the research project costs related to the development programs, including clinical trials, for OPT-302 for the treatment of wet AMD and DME. R&D expenses also include:

• expenses incurred in connection with the clinical development of our product candidates, including under agreements with third parties, such as consultants and contract research organizations, or CROs;

• the cost of manufacturing and purchasing drug products for use in our clinical trials, including under agreements with third parties, such as consultants and contract manufacturing organizations, or CMOs;

• facilities, depreciation and other expenses, which include direct or allocated expenses for rent, maintenance of facilities and insurance;

• costs related to compliance with regulatory requirements; and

• clinical trial insurance.

We expense R&D costs as incurred and have not capitalized any amounts of R&D costs as of June 30, 2021. For the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020, we did not make any advance payments for goods or services to be received in future periods for use in R&D activities however in the year ended June 30, 2021 we made advance payments for R&D activities that will be provided by our CRO.

Our direct R&D expenses are tracked on a program-by-program basis for our product candidate and consist primarily of external costs, such as fees paid to CROs, CMOs, research laboratories and outside consultants in connection with our process development, manufacturing and clinical development activities. We do not allocate employee costs associated with our research efforts, laboratory supplies and facilities, including depreciation and other indirect costs, to specific programs because these costs are deployed across multiple development activities and indications for OPT-302 and, as such, are not separately classified. We use internal resources primarily to conduct our research activities as well as for managing our process development, manufacturing and clinical development activities. These employees work across multiple development programs and, therefore, we do not track these costs by program.

R&D expenses in fiscal years after June 30, 2021 are expected to comprise costs of a similar nature to that recorded to date. Product candidates in later stages of clinical development, such as OPT-302, generally have higher development costs than those in earlier stages of clinical development, primarily due to the increased size and duration of later-stage clinical trials. We expect that our R&D expenses will increase in connection with our planned clinical development, manufacturing and regulatory approval activities in the near term and in the future,

117

including as we continue our pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials of OPT-302 in combination with anti-VEGF-A therapy for the treatment of wet AMD.

At this time, we cannot accurately estimate or know the nature, timing and costs of the efforts that will be necessary to complete the clinical development of OPT-302 and any future product candidates. We may never succeed in achieving regulatory approval for any of our product candidates. The duration, costs and timing of clinical trials and development of our product candidates will depend on a variety of factors, including:

• the scope, rate of progress and expense of our planned clinical trials as well as other R&D activities;

• clinical trial results;

• the terms and timing of regulatory approvals;

• the expense of filing, maintaining, prosecuting, defending and enforcing patent claims and other intellectual property rights;

• the ability to raise necessary additional funds;

• the ability to obtain and maintain third-party insurance coverage and adequate reimbursement;

• the ability to market, commercialize and achieve market acceptance for any products that receive regulatory approval;

• a continued acceptable safety profile of OPT-302 combination therapy following approval in any indication; and

• establishing and maintaining agreements with third-party suppliers and manufacturers for clinical supply and commercial manufacturing of OPT-302, or any other product candidate, if approved.

A change in the outcome of any of these factors with respect to the development of OPT-302 could significantly change the duration, costs and timing associated with clinical trials and development of OPT-302.

Patent Expenses.    Patent expenses comprise the cost of outside patent attorneys to manage and prosecute our patent portfolio.

Intellectual Property Costs.    Intellectual property costs relate to the license and patent assignment costs in respect of our in-license agreements for certain technologies not currently under development and unrelated to our out-licensing arrangements under which we receive sales-based royalties.

Administrative Expenses.    Administrative expenses comprise employee benefit expenses, including share-based payment expenses; investor relations expenses; insurance costs; audit, accountancy and legal fees; other personnel-related expenses; and depreciation expense. We anticipate that our administrative expenses will increase in the future as we increase our headcount to support development of OPT-302 and our continued research activities. We also anticipate that we will incur increased accounting, audit, legal, regulatory, compliance and director and officer insurance costs as well as investor and public relations expenses associated with being a public company in the United States.

Occupancy Expenses.    Occupancy expenses represent the costs relating to our headquarters in Melbourne, Australia, including lease maintenance and incidental costs.

Net Foreign Exchange Gain (Loss)

Net foreign exchange gain (loss) represents the impact of the variance in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the Australian dollar, Euro, British Pound and Canadian dollar on our cash and cash equivalents, financial assets, financial liabilities and foreign currency denominated transactions.

118

Income Tax Benefit

Income tax benefit represents the cash incentive amount receivable under the R&D Tax Incentive Scheme, an Australian Federal Government program under which eligible companies with annual aggregated revenue of less than A$20.0 million can receive cash amounts equal to 43.5% of eligible R&D expenditures from the Australian Taxation Office, or the ATO. The ATO may also make other changes to the eligibility of R&D expenditures, including placing a cap on the amount of non-clinical trial R&D expenses claimed under the scheme.

The R&D Tax Incentive Scheme incentive relates to eligible expenditures incurred in Australia and, under certain circumstances, in other countries in connection with the development of OPT-302. The R&D tax incentive is applied annually to eligible expenditures incurred during the fiscal year following an annual application and subsequent filing of our income tax return subsequent to fiscal year end. We estimate the amount of R&D tax incentive after the completion of a fiscal year based on eligible Australia and overseas expenditures incurred during that year. We expect to continue applying for the R&D tax incentive as we further develop OPT-302. In particular, we intend to apply for the costs expected to be incurred in Australia related to our planned pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials of OPT-302 in combination with anti-VEGF-A therapy for the treatment of wet AMD to be eligible for the R&D tax incentive for future fiscal years once incurred. However, there can be no assurance that the ATO will allow these costs to be eligible for the tax incentive.

Results of Operations for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2019, 2020 and 2021

The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income for the periods presented.

	2021			2020			2019
				Restated			Restated
	US$			US$			US$
	(in thousands)
Revenue		68			59			112
Other income		399			522			598
Operating expenses
Research and development expenses		(25,892	)		(12,064	)		(22,420	)
Patent expenses		(137	)		(282	)		(114	)
Intellectual property costs		(291	)		(74	)		(80	)
Administrative expenses		(13,400	)		(4,703	)		(3,686	)
Occupancy expenses		(18	)		(23	)		(78	)
Net foreign exchange gain (loss)		(11,012	)		(265	)		242
Loss before income tax		(50,283	)		(16,832	)		(25,426	)
Income tax benefit		4,939			5,709			10,474
Loss for the year		(45,344	)		(11,123	)		(14,952	)
Other comprehensive income:
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Fair value gains on investments in financial assets		469			41			182
Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax		469			41			182
Total comprehensive loss for the year		(44,875	)		(11,082	)		(14,770	)

(1) Restatement of 2019 and 2020 is due to the change in presentation currency.

Revenue

Revenue was US$59 thousand for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, compared to US$68 thousand for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. This increase was due to higher sales-based royalties received under our out-licensing arrangements. Revenue for the years ended June 30, 2020 and 2021 consisted of sales-based royalties in connection with the out-licensing of certain intellectual property assets that are unrelated to our core business and the development of OPT-302 and are not currently under development.

Revenue was US$112 thousand for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, compared to US$59 thousand for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020. This decrease was due to lower sales-based royalties received under our out-

119

licensing arrangements. Revenue for the years ended June 30, 2019 and 2020 consisted of sales-based royalties in connection with the out-licensing of certain intellectual property assets that are unrelated to our core business and the development of OPT-302 and are not currently under development.

Other Income

Other income was US$522 thousand for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, compared to US$399 thousand for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. This decrease was primarily due to lower finance income from interest on bank deposits and receipt of a US$27 thousand one-time ATO grant during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 compared to US$42 thousand in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020.

Other income was US$598 thousand for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, compared to US$522 thousand for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020. This decrease was primarily due to lower finance income from interest on bank deposits and receipt of a US$57 thousand one-time Australian government grant from the CSIRO during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, partially offset by receipt of a US$42 thousand one-time ATO grant during the fiscal year ended June 20, 2020.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses were US$12.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, compared to US$25.9 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. This increase was primarily due to costs relating to our Phase 3 clinical trial of OPT-302 in wet AMD that started during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, chemistry manufacturing and controls costs incurred during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 related to manufacturing activities in preparation for our planned Phase 3 clinical trials of OPT-302 in combination with anti-VEGF-A therapy for the treatment of wet AMD.

Research and development expenses were US$22.4 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, compared to US$12.1 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020. This decrease was primarily due to costs related to our Phase 2b clinical trial of OPT-302 in wet AMD completed during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, partially offset by increased chemistry manufacturing and controls costs incurred during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 related to manufacturing activities in preparation for our planned Phase 3 clinical trials of OPT-302 in combination with anti-VEGF-A therapy for the treatment of wet AMD. Our research and development expenses are broken down as set forth in the table below:

	2021		2020		2019
			Restated		Restated
	US$		US$		US$
	(in thousands)
Costs related to the ShORe Phase 3 clinical trial of OPT-302 in wet AMD		9,178		—		—
Costs related to the COAST Phase 3 clinical trial of OPT-302 in wet AMD		7,787		—		—
Costs related to the Phase 2b clinical trial of OPT-302 in wet AMD		—		2,148		14,817
Costs related to the Phase 1b/2a clinical trial of OPT-302 in DME		795		5,390		6,898
Chemistry manufacturing and controls		8,048		3,958		483
Other direct non-clinical expenses		34		568		222
Total research and development expenses		25,892		12,064		22,420

Patent Expenses

Patent expenses were US$282 thousand for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, compared to US$137 thousand for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. This decrease was primarily due to validation work carried out on our European patent application across multiple jurisdictions in 2020.

Patent expenses were US$114 thousand for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, compared to US$282 thousand for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020. This increase was primarily due to validation work carried out on our European patent application across multiple jurisdictions.

120

Intellectual Property Costs

Intellectual property costs were US$74 thousand for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, compared to US$291 thousand for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. This increase related to a royalty milestone payment on initiation of our Phase 3 clinical trials.

Intellectual property costs were US$80 thousand for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, compared to US$74 thousand for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020. This decrease was due to fluctuations in exchange rates.

Intellectual property costs for the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019 consisted of the license and patent assignment costs in respect of our in-license agreements for certain technologies not currently under development and unrelated to our out-licensing arrangements under which we receive sales-based royalties.

Administrative Expenses

Administrative expenses were US$4.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, compared to US$13.4 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. This increase was primarily due to a US$3.1 million increase in share-based payments, a US$0.8 million increase in professional fees and expenses and a US$0.7 million increase in personnel-related expenses, each resulting from increased headcount in supporting administrative functions to aid continued research and development and capital raising activities in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, as well as a US$4.1 million increase in insurance costs.

Administrative expenses were US$3.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, compared to US$4.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020. This increase was primarily due to a US$47 thousand increase in share-based payments, a US$0.9 million increase in professional fees and expenses and a US$0.1 million decrease in personnel-related expenses, each resulting from expansion of supporting administrative functions to aid continued research and development and capital raising activities in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, as well as a US$73 thousand increase in depreciation expense and a US$67 thousand increase in insurance costs.

Occupancy Expenses

Occupancy expenses were US$23 thousand for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, compared to US$18 thousand for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. This decrease was primarily due to translation of Australian dollars to U.S. dollars.

Occupancy expenses were US$78 thousand for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, compared to US$23 thousand for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020. This decrease was primarily due to a reduction in lease rental costs under the lease for our headquarters in Melbourne, Australia of US$55 thousand resulting from the reclassification of lease rental expenses into depreciation of right-of-use assets. This reclassification followed our adoption of accounting treatments required by IFRS 16 “Leases” during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020.

Net Foreign Exchange Loss

Net foreign exchange differences were a loss of US$266 thousand for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, compared to a loss of US$11 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. Exchange differences arising on the translation of monetary items are recognized in the Statement Profit and Loss and other Comprehensive Income, except where deferred in equity as a qualifying cash flow or net investment hedge. After the Company’s US IPO in 2021 where the Company raised US$128 million, the Company entered into an Australian dollar denominated term deposit worth US$100 million (AUD141.9million) maturing on February 3, 2021. The Company simultaneously entered into a foreign currency exchange contract under which the term deposit converted back to US dollars at effectively the same foreign exchange rate as when the term deposit was entered into. As the Group’s functional currency was the Australian dollar (A$) until December 31, 2020, the Group recorded a foreign exchange loss of US$9 million in relation to this transaction.

Net foreign exchange differences were a gain of US$241 thousand for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, compared to a loss of US$265 thousand for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, primarily as a result of net variances of the exchange rate between the Australian dollar and U.S. dollar on U.S. dollar-denominated cash and cash equivalents, financial assets, financial liabilities and foreign currency denominated transactions.

121

Income Tax Benefit

Income tax benefit was US$5.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, compared to US$4.9 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. This decrease was due to lower R&D tax incentive receivable recognized during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021.

Income tax benefit was US$10.4 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, compared to US$5.7 million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020. This decrease was due to lower R&D tax incentive receivable recognized during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020.

5B. Liquidity and Capital Resources

The liquidity and capital resources discussion that follows contains certain estimates as of the date of this annual report of our estimated future sources and uses of liquidity (including estimated future capital resources and capital expenditures) and future financial and operating results. These estimates reflect numerous assumptions made by us with respect to industry performance, general business, economic, regulatory, market and financial conditions and other future events, and matters specific to our businesses, all of which are difficult or impossible to predict and many of which are beyond our control.

Sources and Uses of Liquidity

Our operations relating to the development of OPT-302 have been financed primarily through the issuance and sale of new ordinary shares totaling US$197.8 million in the five years ended June 30, 2021. We have also received an aggregate of US$28.5 million (A$40.5 million) in the five fiscal years ended June 30, 2021 under the R&D Tax Incentive Scheme for the funding of the development and clinical trials of OPT-302.

As of June 30, 2021, we had cash and cash equivalents of US$118.2 million to fund the manufacturing of sufficient clinical grade OPT-302 drug product and complete the regulatory and clinical preparation activities to initiate our planned pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials of OPT-302 in combination with anti-VEGF-A therapy for the treatment of wet AMD. As of June 30, 2021, we had an accumulated loss of US$124.1 million.

Funding Requirements

We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents will enable us to fund our operating and research and development expenses through the third calendar quarter of 2023. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our capital resources sooner than we currently expect.

We expect our expenses to increase in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we continue the research and development of, continue or initiate clinical trials of, and seek marketing approval for, OPT-302 and any future product candidates. In addition, if we obtain marketing approval for OPT-302 or any future product candidates, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution to the extent that such sales, marketing and distribution are not the responsibility of any future collaborators. We have incurred and will continue to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company in the United States. Accordingly, we will need to obtain substantial additional funding in connection with our continuing operations.

Until we can generate a sufficient amount of revenue from the sale of approved products, if ever, we expect to finance our operating activities through our existing liquidity, the net proceeds from the US IPO and future financing activities, including a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a holder of ADSs. Debt financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we raise funds through collaborations, strategic alliances or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, intellectual property, future revenue streams or product candidates. If we are unable to raise additional funds through equity or debt financings when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce

122

or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to develop and market product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves.

Our present and future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including, among other things:

• the initiation, progress, timing, costs and results of our clinical trials for OPT-302, including our pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials of OPT-302 in combination with anti-VEGF-A therapies for the treatment of wet AMD, and any future product candidates we may develop;

• costs associated with expanding our organization, including our management infrastructure;

• the costs involved in filing patent applications and maintaining and enforcing patents or defending against claims of infringement raised by third parties;

• the time and costs involved in obtaining regulatory approval for our product candidates and any delays we may encounter as a result of evolving regulatory requirements or adverse results with respect to any of these product candidates;

• selling and marketing activities undertaken in connection with the commercialization of OPT-302, together with the costs involved in the creation of a sales and marketing organization; and

• the costs of operating as a public listed company in both Australia and the United States.

Conducting clinical trials is a time-consuming, expensive and uncertain process that takes many years to complete, and we may never generate the necessary data or results required to obtain marketing approval and achieve product sales. In addition, OPT-302 or any future product candidate, if approved, may not achieve commercial success. Our commercial revenues, if any, will be derived from sales of OPT-302 and any future product candidate that we do not expect to be commercially available for many years, if at all. Accordingly, we will need to continue to rely on additional financing to achieve our business objectives. Adequate additional financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. For more information as to the risks associated with our future funding needs, see “Item 3D—Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Financial Position and Need for Capital.”

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented:

	2021			2020			2019
				Restated			Restated
	US$			US$			US$
	(in thousands)
Net cash used in operating activities		(45,546	)		(5,689	)		(17,042	)
Net cash provided by investing activities		656			333			240
Net cash provided by financing activities		116,936			33,170			9,069
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		72,046			27,813			(7,733	)

Operating Activities

For the year ended June 30, 2019, net cash used in operating activities was US$17 million, attributable to a net loss of US$15.1 million adjusted for US$10.0 million in non-cash items as well as a net cash outflow from changes in operating assets and liabilities of US$1.1 million, partially offset by a R&D tax incentive of US$9.1 million. Non-cash adjustments of US$10.1 million consisted of US$10.4 million in income tax benefit recognized in profit or loss and US$241 thousand in net exchange differences, partially offset by US$685 thousand in share-based payments and US$24 thousand in depreciation expense.

For the year ended June 30, 2020, net cash used in operating activities was US$5.7 million, attributable to a net loss of US$11.1 million adjusted for US$4.6 million in non-cash items as well as a net cash outflow from changes in operating assets and liabilities of US$71 thousand, partially offset by a R&D tax incentive of US$10.1

123

million. Non-cash adjustments of US$4.6 million consisted of US$5.7 million in income tax benefit recognized in profit or loss offset by US$265 thousand in net exchange differences, US$732 thousand in share-based payments and US$96 thousand in depreciation expense.

For the year ended June 30, 2021, net cash used in operating activities was US$45.5 million, attributable to a net loss of US$45.3 million adjusted for US$6.9 million in non-cash items as well as a net cash outflow from changes in operating assets and liabilities of US$16.2 million, partially offset by a R&D tax incentive of US$5.8 million. Non-cash adjustments of US$10.1 million consisted of US$4.9 million in income tax benefit recognized in profit or loss offset by US$11.0 million in net exchange differences, US$3.9 million in share-based payments and US$107 thousand in depreciation expense.

Investing Activities

For the years ended June 30, 2019, 2020 and 2021, net cash provided by investing activities was US $240 thousand, US$333 thousand and US$656 thousand, respectively, attributable to US$250 thousand, US$336 thousand and US$669 thousand, respectively, in cash received on disposal of our financial asset of shares and options in Antisense Therapeutics Ltd in 2019 and 2020 and Optiscan Imaging Limited in 2021., both ASX-listed companies, offset by cash payments of US$10 thousand, US$3 thousand and US$12 thousand, respectively, for the purchase of computer equipment.

Financing Activities

For the year ended June 30, 2019, net cash provided by financing activities was US$9.1 million from the issuance of new ordinary shares on the exercise of options previously issued in connection with a capital raise.

For the year ended June 30, 2020, net cash provided by financing activities was US$33.2 million, attributable to US$284 thousand received on the exercise of options granted to employees and US$33 million from the issuance of new ordinary shares in a private placement to institutional investors in Australia and the United Kingdom. Net cash provided by financing activities also included US$67 thousand in respect of the payment of lease liabilities

For the year ended June 30, 2021, net cash provided by financing activities was US$117 million, attributable to US$11 million received on the exercise of pre-funded warrants and US$105 million from the US IPO. Net cash provided by financing activities also included US$87 thousand in respect of the payment of lease liabilities.

5C. Research and Development, Patents and Licenses

For a description of the amount spent during each of the last three fiscal years on company-sponsored research and development activities, as well as the components of research and development expenses, see “Item 5A—Operating Results – Results of Operations.”

For a description of our research and development process, see “Item 4B—Business Overview.”

5D. Trend Information

For a discussion of trends, see “Item 4B—Business Overview,” “Item 5A—Operating Results” and “Item 5B—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

5E. Critical Accounting Estimates

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

During the periods presented, we did not, and we do not currently, engage in off-balance sheet financing arrangements as defined under SEC rules, such as relationships with other entities or financial partnerships, which are often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, established for the purpose of facilitating

124

financing transactions that are not required to be reflected on our consolidated statement of financial position. In addition, we do not engage in trading activities involving non-exchange traded contracts.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

We believe that the following accounting policies involve a high degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, these are the policies we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our consolidated financial condition and results of our operations. See note 3 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this annual report for a description of our other significant accounting policies. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported in those financial statements and accompanying notes. Although we believe that the estimates we use are reasonable, due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making those estimates, actual results reported in future periods could differ from those estimates.

Research and Development Costs

The majority of our expenditures is incurred as a result of our clinical trials for OPT-302. During the years ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, we completed a Phase 2b clinical trial of OPT-302 combination therapy for the treatment of wet AMD. During the years ended June 30, 2020 and 2021, we progressed a Phase 1b/2a clinical trial of OPT-302 combination therapy for the treatment of DME. A key measure of our performance is the level of expenditures incurred on the research and development of OPT-302.

• Judgement is required in relation to:

• the classification of expenses in the income statement between research and development costs and operating expenses; and

• whether costs relate to research or development, and consequently if they meet the capitalization criteria under International Accounting Standards, or IAS, 38 “Intangible Assets.”

We have determined that we are still in a research phase, and accordingly, no development costs have been capitalized as of June 30, 2019, 2020 or June 30, 2021.

Functional and Presentation currency

Functional currency

Our functional currency is the currency of the primary economic environment in which we operate. During the current year, our operations have continued to move further towards being US$ denominated and several other factors during the period have also contributed to us changing our functional currency during the year, such as the completion of the U.S. initial public offering (IPO) and the Nasdaq listing in October 2020, opening a US subsidiary in May 2021 for the planned expansion into the US, and expanding our Board of Directors with the appointment of four US based Directors. A significant element in our assessment to change the functional currency resulted from the significant increase in expenses denominated in US dollars relating to advanced clinical trials since the commencement of Phase 3 trials in March 2021. These changes, as well as the fact that our principal source of financing is now the U.S. capital markets and all of our budgeting and planning is conducted solely in dollars led to the Company determining that the U.S. dollar (US$) best represents the currency of the primary economic environment in which we now operate. Accordingly, we have changed our functional currency from the Australian dollar (A$) to the U.S. dollar (US$) effective January 1, 2021.

The change in functional currency has been applied prospectively with effect from January 1, 2021 in accordance with the requirements of the Accounting Standards. To give effect in functional currency, the assets and liabilities of the Group were converted into U.S. dollars at a fixed exchange rate of US$1: A$1.2973.

Presentation Currency

Following the change in functional currency, we have changed our presentation currency from Australian dollars (A$) to US$. The change in presentation currency was made to better reflect our business activities and to

125

enhance access to U.S. capital markets. Prior to the change, we reported our financial statements in Australian dollars (A$).

A change in presentation currency is a change in accounting policy which is accounted for retrospectively, including the restatement of the June 30, 2020 and 2019 Statement of Financial Position. In making this change in presentation currency, we followed the requirements set out in IAS 21 The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates. As required by IAS 21, the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income and the consolidated statement of cash flows for each period have been translated into the presentation currency using the average exchange rates prevailing during each reporting period. All assets and liabilities have been translated using the exchange rates prevailing at the consolidated statement of financial position dates. Shareholders’ equity transactions have been translated using the rates of exchange in effect as of the dates of various capital transactions. All resulting exchange differences arising from the translation are included as a separate component of other comprehensive income. All comparative financial information has been restated to reflect our results as if they had been historically reported in US$ and the effect on the consolidated financial statements resulted in an addition to the foreign currency translation reserve of US$14.3 million at January 1, 2021.

Significant judgment is required in determining the currency of the primary economic environment in which we operate, which requires an evaluation of various indicators related to our underlying transactions, events and conditions as they relate to generating and expending cash.

Share-based Payment Transactions

We provide benefits to our directors and employees (including key management personnel) in the form of share-based payments, whereby employees render services in exchange for ordinary shares or rights over ordinary shares (equity-settled transactions). The cost of these equity-settled transactions with employees is measured by reference to the fair value at the date at which they are granted. Binomial models are used to value the options issued, with key assumptions being the listed price per ordinary share on the grant date, the option exercise price, expected volatility of the underlying ordinary shares based on the historical share price volatility and the risk-free interest rate.

The cost of the equity-settled transactions is recognized, together with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period in which the performance conditions are fulfilled (the vesting period), ending on the date on which the relevant employees become fully entitled to the award (the vesting date). The charge to profit or loss for the period is the cumulative amount less the amounts already charged in previous periods. There is a corresponding credit to equity.

Until an award has vested, any amounts recorded are contingent and will be adjusted if more or fewer awards vest than were originally anticipated to do so.

Income Tax—Research and Development Tax Incentive

The R&D Tax Incentive Scheme is an Australian Federal Government program under which eligible companies with annual aggregated revenue of less than A$20 million can receive cash amounts equal to 43.5% of eligible research and development expenditures from the ATO. The R&D Tax Incentive Scheme incentive relates to eligible expenditures incurred in Australia and, under certain circumstances, overseas on the development of our lead candidate OPT-302. The R&D tax incentive is applied annually to eligible expenditures incurred during our financial year following an annual application and subsequent filing of our income tax return after the financial year end.

We estimate the amount of R&D tax incentive after the completion of the financial year based on eligible Australia and overseas expenditures incurred during that year.

We have presented incentives in respect of the R&D Tax Incentive Scheme within income tax benefit in the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income by analogizing with IAS 12 “Income Taxes.”

126

Judgment is required as to the eligibility for the R&D tax incentive in respect of:

• our ability to make claims and its continued compliance under the scheme;

• research and development and other supporting costs previously approved by Australian tax authorities;

• estimated amounts, timing and geographical location of future costs related to the projects for which applications have been approved to date; and

• assessment of whether expenditure on projects for which approval has been given by Australian tax authorities relate to Australian or overseas expenditure.

For the years ended June 30, 2019, 2020 and 2021, we have recognized an R&D tax incentive receivable of US$10.4 million, US$5.9 million and US$5.0 million, respectively within our consolidated statement of financial position with a corresponding amount recognized within income tax benefit within the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income. The R&D tax incentive receivable as of June 30, 2019, June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021 is based on the legislation as currently enacted as at June 30, 2019, June 30,2020 and June 30,2021 respectively. The R&D tax incentive receivable as of June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019 is based on the legislation as currently enacted as at June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Any proposed changes to the legislation, such as rate changes to the eligibility requirements, may have a retrospective impact if the legislation is passed, currently no such legislative changes have occurred.

Investment tax credits such as the R&D tax incentive are outside of the scope of IAS 12 “Income Taxes” and IAS 20 “Accounting for Government Grants and Disclosure of Government Assistance.” Based on the guidance in IAS 8 “Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors,” companies need to make an accounting policy choice on how to present these incentives, which in practice is done by either analogizing with IAS 12 or with IAS 20. We have determined that the R&D tax incentive should be presented by analogizing to IAS 12 because the nature of the incentive is considered to be more closely aligned to income taxes, based on the following considerations:

• The R&D tax incentive is considered an income tax offset which will be offset against our tax obligation if and when we return to a net tax payable position. In addition, while we are currently eligible to receive cash payments under the Scheme since our consolidated revenue is currently below A$20 million, if and when we generate revenue in excess of A$20 million, the R&D tax incentive will become non-refundable and can only be offset against any future income tax payable by us.

• The ATO, which is the tax authority in Australia, manages the annual claims process as the R&D tax incentive is included in our annual income tax return.

• The ATO is also responsible for making the R&D tax incentive cash payment if a company is eligible for a cash refund under the program, oversees compliance with the requirements of the R&D tax incentive scheme and performs pre-issuance reviews.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

Amendments to Accounting Standards that are Mandatorily Effective for the Current Year

We have adopted all of the new and revised Standards and Interpretations issued by the IASB that are relevant to our operations and effective for the current year.

New and revised Standards and amendments thereof and Interpretations effective for the current year that are relevant to us include:

• International Financial Reporting Standard Definition of Material (Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8) and;

• International Financial Reporting Standard Amendments to Conceptual Framework (IAS 1 and IAS 8).

127

During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, we applied a number of amendments to IFRS and Interpretations issued by the IASB that are effective for an annual period that begins on or after January 1, 2020. Their adoption has not had any material impact on the disclosures or on the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements.

New and Revised International Financial Reporting Standards and Interpretations on Issue But not Yet Effective

The new and revised International Financial Reporting Standards, Interpretations and amendments that have been issued but are not yet effective, are not expected to have a material impact on the amounts recognized or disclosures included in our consolidated financial statements.

Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily the result of fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rate risk.

Interest Rate Risk

As of June 30, 2021, we had cash and cash equivalents of US$118.2 million. We have limited exposure to interest rate risk. Our exposure to market interest rates relates primarily to the short-term deposits. The deposits are held with two of Australia’s largest banks. Our cash and cash equivalents are not locked into long-term deposits at fixed rates so as to mitigate the risk of earning interest below the current floating rate. We do not have any credit facilities bearing variable interest rates.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

As a result of services provided by non-related entities in the United States, Canada, United Kingdom and Europe, part of our financial assets and liabilities and foreign currency denominated transactions are affected by movements in the applicable exchange rate. We do not enter into any hedging transactions. We enter into forward rate foreign exchange rate contracts in respect of the settlement of supplier invoices denominated in U.S. dollars to mitigate the risk of movements in the Australian dollar and U.S dollar exchange rates. As of June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2021, we had US$3.5 million and US$39.8 million, respectively, in net exposure to the Australian dollar and U.S. dollar, primarily in payables and cash. An increase or decrease of the Australian dollar to U.S. dollar exchange rate by 10% would increase our after tax loss by US$2.5 million (2020: US$220 thousand) or decrease our after tax loss by US$3.1 million (2020: US$268 thousand), respectively. As we continue our clinical development activities, we expect to face continued exposure to exchange rate risk from the U.S. dollar. There was minimal or insignificant exposure to the British Pound, Euro and Canadian dollar during the years ended June 30, 2020 and 2021.

Emerging Growth Company Status

As a company with less than US$1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

• exemption from the auditor attestation requirement of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, in the assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting; and

• to the extent that we no longer qualify as a foreign private issuer, (i) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and (ii) exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation, including golden parachute compensation.

We may take advantage of these exemptions until such time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. Accordingly, the information that we provide shareholders and holders of the ADSs may be different than you might obtain from other public companies. We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the

128

earliest to occur of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than US$1.07 billion in annual revenue; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we qualify as a “large accelerated filer”; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than US$1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (iv) June 30, 2026.

Foreign Private Issuer Status

We are also considered a “foreign private issuer” under U.S. securities laws. In our capacity as a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from certain rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, that impose certain disclosure obligations and procedural requirements for proxy solicitations under Section 14 of the Exchange Act. In addition, our senior management, the members of our board of directors and our principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules under the Exchange Act with respect to their purchases and sales of our securities. Moreover, we are not required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. In addition, we are not required to comply with Regulation FD, which restricts the selective disclosure of material information.

We may take advantage of these exemptions until such time as we are no longer a foreign private issuer. We will remain a foreign private issuer until such time that 50% or more of our outstanding voting securities are held by U.S. residents and any of the following three circumstances applies: (i) the majority of the members of board of directors or our senior management are U.S. citizens or residents; (ii) more than 50% of our assets are located in the United States; or (iii) our business is administered principally in the United States.

We have taken advantage of certain reduced reporting and other requirements in this annual report. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different from the information you receive from other public companies.

5.F Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of June 30, 2021:

	Payments Due By Period
	Total		Less than 1 Year		1-3 Years		3-5 Years		More than 5 Years
	US$ (in thousands)
June 30, 2021
Operating lease commitments(1)		14		5		9		—		—
Purchase obligations(2)		28,590		26,363		2,227		—		—
License agreements(3)		134		15		119		—		—
Total		28,738		26,383		2,355		—		—

(1) Amounts represent payments due for low value leases of office equipment not included in our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this annual report.

(2) Amounts consist of purchase obligations of OPT-302 drug product under our manufacturing services agreement with Patheon Biologics Company Australia Pty Ltd. and Patheon Biologics Company B.V.

(3) Amounts represent payments due under in-license agreements with the Schepens Eye Research Institute and the University of Siena for technologies not currently under development and unrelated to our out-licensing arrangements under which we receive sales-based royalties.

129

The commitment amounts in the table above are associated with contracts that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum services to be used, fixed, minimum or variable price provisions, and the approximate timing of the actions under the contracts. The table does not include obligations under agreements that we can cancel without a significant penalty.

We enter into agreements in the normal course of business with contract research organizations for clinical trials and with vendors for other services and products for operating purposes which are cancelable at any time by us. These payments are not included in this table of contractual obligations.

Commercial License Agreement with Selexis SA

In October 2013, we entered into a commercial license agreement, or the Selexis Agreement, with Selexis SA, or Selexis, under which Selexis granted us a non-exclusive, worldwide, sublicensable license under certain patents, know-how and other intellectual property controlled by Selexis to use certain cell lines, deliverables and materials provided by Selexis to manufacture OPT-302 and related products and to use, sell and otherwise exploit such products.

We paid Selexis a nominal upfront payment upon entering into the Selexis Agreement. We are also required to make certain payments under the Selexis Agreement totaling approximately US$1.3 million upon the achievement of certain development and commercial milestones. We are also obligated to pay a low single-digit running royalty on worldwide net sales of the licensed products. Our royalty obligations will continue, on a product-by-product and country-by-country basis, until the expiration of the relevant patents, but will not extend beyond October 2024 in any event. After the expiration of the royalty term, our license will continue and become full paid, perpetual and irrevocable.

The Selexis Agreement will expire on the date of expiration of the last-to-expire of the license patents. Either party may terminate the Selexis Agreement for the other party’s uncured material breach or bankruptcy. We may also terminate the Selexis Agreement at any time upon prior notice to Selexis.

130

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees

6A. Key Management Personnel

The following table sets forth information relating to our directors, senior management and key employees as of June 30, 2021.

Name	Age	Position
Senior Management and Key Employees
Megan Baldwin, Ph.D.	46	Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director
Karen Adams	50	Vice President Finance and Company Secretary
Richard Chadwick, Ph.D.	54	Head of Intellectual Property
Michael Gerometta, Ph.D.	56	Head of Chemistry, Manufacturing and Controls Development
Clare Price	52	Director of Clinical Development
Annette Leahy	46	Director of Clinical Research
Ian Leitch, Ph.D.	57	Director of Clinical Research
Non-Employee Directors
Julia Haller, M.D.	67	Director
Jeremy Levin, D.Phil, MB BChir	67	Chairperson
Lawrence Gozlan	41	Director
Judith Robertson	62	Director
Michael Sistenich	46	Director
Daniel Spiegelman	62	Director

The business addresses for our senior management and board of directors is Opthea Limited, Suite 0403, Level 4, 650 Chapel Street, South Yarra, VIC 3141, Australia.

Senior Management and Key Employees

Megan Baldwin, Ph.D., has served as our Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director since February 2014. Since joining our company in 2008, Dr. Baldwin has held various positions, including Head of Preclinical R&D from February 2009 to November 2012 and Chief Executive Officer of Opthea Pty Ltd., previously a wholly-owned subsidiary, from November 2012 to December 2015. Dr. Baldwin has over 20 years of experience focusing on angiogenesis and therapeutic strategies for ophthalmic and cancer indications. Prior to joining our company, Dr. Baldwin was employed at Genentech, Inc. (now a subsidiary of the Roche Group), a leader in the field of angiogenesis-based therapies for cancer and other diseases. Dr. Baldwin earned a Bachelor of Science Honours and Ph.D. in Medicine from the University of Melbourne. We believe that Dr. Baldwin’s business expertise and her daily insight into corporate matters as our Chief Executive Officer qualify her to serve on our board of directors.

Karen Adams, has served as our Vice President Finance since May 2021 and as our Secretary since June 2021. Prior to joining Opthea, Karen was the Chief Financial Officer of the Victor Smorgon Group, an investment management company, from December 2018 to May 2021. From February 2014 to August 2018, she served as the Director of Finance of Nexvet Biopharma Pty Ltd, a veterinary biologic therapeutics company. Karen holds a Graduate Degree in Business from Swinburne University and is a member of the Australian Society of Chartered Accountant, Graduate of Australian Institute of Company Directors and a Fellow of the Institute of Company Secretaries.

Richard Chadwick, Ph.D., has served as our Head of Intellectual Property since February 2008. From April 2003 to December 2007, Dr. Chadwick was a patent attorney at FB Rice & Co., a private law firm. Prior to FB Rice & Co., Dr. Chadwick was a patent attorney at Wynne-Jones, Laine & James, a private law firm, and also worked as an in-house attorney at Dow Corning Limited, a materials science company, and Unilever plc, a consumer goods company. Dr. Chadwick earned a Bachelor of Science in Biochemistry with Microbiology from the University of St. Andrews and a Ph.D. in Biochemistry and Molecular Biology from the University of Manchester.

131

Michael Gerometta, Ph.D., has served as our Head of Chemistry, Manufacturing and Controls Development since December 2008. Dr. Gerometta has over 30 years of experience in the Australian biotechnology industry, working with numerous contract manufacturing organizations overseas and locally in all facets of translational CMC from concept through to Phase 2 studies. Dr. Gerometta earned a Bachelor of Science in Chemistry from the University of Technology, Sydney, and a Ph.D. in Biotechnology from the Queensland University of Technology.

Clare Price has served as our Director of Clinical Development since July 2016. From February 2016 to July 2016, Ms. Price served as the Director of Clinical Development at Commercial Eyes Pty Ltd., a pharmaceutical consulting firm. From January 2007 to January 2016, Ms. Price served in various roles, most recently as the Clinical Programme Director, at Starpharma Holdings Ltd, an Australian biotechnology company. Ms. Price earned a Bachelor of Pharmacy from Bath Spa University.

Annette Leahy has served as one of our Directors of Clinical Research since August 2017. From May 2016 to August 2017, she was the Clinical Trials Manager at Swisse Wellness Pty Ltd., an Australian wellness company. From September 2014 to May 2016, she served in various roles, most recently as Senior Manager, Learning and Development, at Novotech (Australia) Pty Ltd., an Australian clinical research organization. Ms. Leahy earned a Bachelor of Health Information Management from La Trobe University.

Ian Leitch, Ph.D., has served as one of our Directors of Clinical Research since September 2011. From September 2006 to September 2011, Dr. Leitch was a member of the Medical Sciences group at Amgen Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, and had responsibility for the design and management of clinical studies in oncology. From 1998 to 2006, Dr. Leitch was Senior Program Manager for Cardiovascular Research and Clinical Study Director for Ophthalmology at Miravant Medical Technologies Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. He earned a Bachelor of Science with Honours and a Ph.D. from the Department of Pharmacology, Faculty of Medicine, at Monash University and completed part of the doctoral studies at the University of California, Santa Barbara.

Non-Employee Directors

Julia Haller, M.D. has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2021. Since 2007, Dr. Haller has served as Ophthalmologist-in-Chief and Endowed Chair at Wills Eye Hospital in Philadelphia. Dr. Haller is Professor and Chair of the Department of Ophthalmology at the Sidney Kimmel Medical College at Thomas Jefferson University as well as a director of Bristol Myers Squibb, a biopharmaceutical company. She is also a member of the National Academy of Medicine, the President of the Women in Medicine Legacy Foundation, and serves on several prestigious boards including John Hopkins Medical and Surgical Association, the Association of University Professors of Ophthalmology, the College of Physicians of Philadelphia, and the Society of Heed Fellows. Dr. Haller received a Bachelor of Arts from Princeton University and an M.D. from Harvard Medical School. We believe Dr. Haller’s extensive experience as an internationally recognized ophthalmologist and vitreoretinal surgeon qualify her to serve on our board of directors.

Lawrence Gozlan has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2020. Since 2007, Mr. Gozlan has served as the Life Sciences Investment Manager of Jagen Pty Ltd., an international investment organization. Mr. Gozlan has also served as a member of the board of directors of Alterity Therapeutics Ltd., a drug development company, since 2011. Mr. Gozlan earned a Bachelor of Science in Microbiology and Immunology from the University of Melbourne. We believe Mr. Gozlan’s extensive investment experience in biotechnology and life sciences companies qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Jeremy Levin, D.Phil., MB BChir has served as the Chairperson of our board of directors since October 2020. Since March 2015, Dr. Levin has served as the Chief Executive Officer, and since April 2014, as the chairperson of the board of directors, of Ovid Therapeutics Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. From May 2012 to October 2013, Dr. Levin served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd., a publicly held pharmaceutical company. From September 2007 to December 2012, Dr. Levin held several roles at Bristol-Myers Squibb Company, a publicly held pharmaceutical company, ultimately serving as the Senior Vice President of Strategy, Alliances and Transactions. Dr. Levin also served as a member of the executive committee at Bristol-Myers Squibb Company. Dr. Levin earned a Bachelor of Arts in Zoology, Master of Arts in Cell Biology and D.Phil. in Chromatin Structure, all from University of Oxford, and a Bachelor of Medicine, Bachelor of Surgery from the University of Cambridge. We believe Dr. Levin’s extensive experience in the global biotechnology and pharmaceutical industry qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

132

Judith Robertson has served as a member of our board of directors since June 2021. Since 2019, Ms. Robertson has served as a member of the board of directors of Durect Corporation, a biotechnology company. From Dec 2020 to April 2021, Ms. Robertson served as the Chief Commercial Officer of Eleusis Ltd. From Dec 2016 she served as the Chief Commercial Officer of Aerie Pharmaceuticals Inc., a publicly held biotechnology company. Prior to Aerie, Ms. Robertson was Vice President Immunology and Ophthalmology Global Commercial Strategy Leader at Johnson and Johnson, Janssen Pharmaceuticals, and Vice President, Ophthalmology Global Business Franchise Head at Novartis (formerly Alcon).  Ms. Robertson’s prior experience also includes sales and marketing roles at Novartis, Bristol Myers Squibb and Searle USA. Ms. Robertson received Bachelor of Arts from Ryerson University and a Master of Business Administration from Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University. We believe Ms. Robertson’s extensive experience leading and launching commercial organizations and products qualify her to serve on our board of directors.

Michael Sistenich has served as a member of our board of directors since November 2015. Since May 2017, Mr. Sistenich has served as a co-founder and partner of Aurenda Partners Pty Ltd., an investment firm. From August 2016 to February 2017, Mr. Sistenich served as the interim Chief Executive Officer of Nohla Therapeutics, Inc., a cellular therapy company, and has also served as a member of the board of directors of Nohla Therapeutics, Inc. from March 2017 to June 2019. Mr. Sistenich has advised a wide range of global institutions, high net worth individuals and companies on healthcare investments over the past 20 years. He is a healthcare specialist in international investment management and investment banking. Mr. Sistenich earned a Master of Science in Biochemistry from the University of Oxford. We believe Mr. Sistenich’s financial experience and his service on the boards of directors of several biotechnology companies qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Daniel Spiegelman has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2020. Since July 2020, Mr. Spiegelman has served as interim President of Recardia Therapeutics Inc., a pharmaceutical development company. From May 2012 to January 2020, Mr. Spiegelman served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and a member of the board of directors of BioMarin Pharmaceutical Inc., a biotechnology company. From October 2008 to March 2018, Mr. Spiegelman served as a member of the board of directors of Cascadian Therapeutics, Inc., a publicly held biotechnology company that was acquired by Seattle Genetics, Inc. in 2018. From October 2008 to March 2018, Mr. Spiegelman served as a member of the board of directors of Cascadian Therapeutics, Inc., a publicly held biotechnology company that was acquired by Seattle Genetics, Inc. in 2018. From May 2009 to May 2012, Mr. Spiegelman served as a consultant to provide strategic financial management support to a portfolio of public and private life science companies. Mr. Spiegelman has also served as a member of the board of directors of Myriad Genetics, a molecular diagnostic company, since May 2020. Mr. Spiegelman earned a Bachelor of Arts from Stanford University and a Master of Business Administration from the Stanford Graduate School of Business. We believe Mr. Spiegelman’s extensive leadership experience in biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of the members of our board of directors and our senior management.

6B. Compensation

Overview

Our remuneration policy is to align director and senior management objectives with shareholder and business objectives by providing a fixed remuneration component and typically offering long-term incentives based on key performance areas. Our board of directors believes the remuneration policy to be appropriate and effective in its ability to attract and retain the best executives and directors to run and manage the consolidated entity, as well as create goal congruence between directors, executives and shareholders. Our board of directors and the Remuneration Committee are responsible for determining the appropriate remuneration package for our senior management, including our Chief Executive Officer.

Australian executives and directors receive a superannuation guarantee contribution required under Australian law and do not receive any other retirement benefits.

133

Remuneration of Senior Management

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, the aggregate cash remuneration paid to our senior management was US$903,175.

Our senior management receive fixed compensation and performance-linked remuneration. The level of fixed remuneration is set to provide a base level of compensation which is both appropriate to the applicable position and is competitive in the marketplace. The Remuneration Committee accesses external advice independent of senior management if required. Fixed compensation is comprised of base salary and superannuation contribution and is reviewed every 12 months by the Remuneration Committee.

Performance-linked remuneration consists of short-term and long-term incentives. The objective of short-term incentives is to link the achievement of our operational targets with the remuneration received by our senior management charged with meeting those targets. Total potential short-term incentives are set at a level that we believe provides sufficient incentive to our senior management to achieve the operational targets at a cost to us that is reasonable under the circumstances. Short-term incentives may include cash bonuses based on the extent to which specific targets set at the beginning of each fiscal year are met. The targets consist of a number of key performance indicators covering corporate objectives and individual measures of performance. Individual performance indicators are linked to our development plans. Our Remuneration Committee determines, on an annual basis and after consideration of performance against the key performance indicators, the amount, if any, of short-term incentives payable to our senior management. Payments of short-term incentive bonuses are made in the following reporting period.

We also provide long-term incentives through option grants under our Long Term Incentive Plan. The objective of the Long Term Incentive Plan is to reward our management and key employees in a manner that aligns this element of compensation with the creation of shareholder wealth. Long Term Incentive Plan grants are made to senior management and employees who are able to influence the generation of shareholder wealth and have a direct impact on our performance and development. Option vesting conditions are based on continued service to us.

In making remuneration determinations for our senior management, the Remuneration Committee considers operational contributions by our senior management as well as the following performance indicators: revenue, loss before tax, tax benefit, loss after tax, basic loss per ordinary share, net tangible assets per share and changes in prevailing trading prices of our ordinary shares on the ASX.

Remuneration of Non-Employee Directors

Our non-employee directors receive a fixed fee annually, which is reviewed by our board of directors on an annual basis. Mses. Haller and Robertson and Messrs. Sistenich and Gozlan are each entitled to an annual fixed fee of US$50,000/A$65,700. Mr. Spiegelman is entitled to an annual fixed fee of US$70,000 (inclusive of fees for his service as chairperson of the audit and risk committee). Dr. Levin is entitled to an annual fixed fee of US$75,000 (for his service as chairperson of the board of directors). Board members are entitled to an annual fixed fee of US$10,000/A$13,140 for service as Chair of any other committees and US$5,000/A$6,570 for service on any other committee in a non-Chair role. Unless otherwise noted, the fixed fees cover both service on the board of directors and committees of the board of directors. The remuneration of our non-employee directors is reviewed by our board of directors on an annual basis. Non-employee directors are not provided with retirement benefits apart from statutory superannuation, which is only applicable to Australian resident directors. Non-employee directors are reimbursed for costs directly related to conducting business related to their service on our board of directors.

We implemented a non-executive director share and option plan, or the NED Plan, in 2014. Under the NED Plan, present and future non-executive directors may:

• elect to receive ordinary shares or options to purchase ordinary shares in lieu of receiving some or all of their annual fixed fee;

• be awarded ordinary shares or options to purchase ordinary shares in lieu of additional cash remuneration in respect of services provided to the Company which in the opinion of the board of directors are outside the scope of the ordinary duties of the relevant director; and

134

• otherwise be awarded ordinary shares or options to purchase ordinary shares as part of the directors’ remuneration in addition to any existing cash remuneration paid to directors (if any).

The NED Plan is designed to assist us in preserving our cash for use toward advancing the clinical development of our product candidate and provide our non-employee directors an opportunity to demonstrate their commitment and support for us through sacrificing some or all of their cash fees for ordinary shares or options. The NED Plan also provides us with further flexibility in the design of the directors’ remuneration packages and in turn assists us with retaining existing directors and attracting new additional directors with the relevant experience and expertise.

In addition, if a change in control of our company (as defined in the NED Plan) occurs prior to the grant of Dr. Levin’s option upon receipt of shareholder approval, we have agreed to pay Dr. Levin a cash amount equal to the value Dr. Levin would have received had his option been granted prior to the change in control and accelerated in full in connection with the change in control.

For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, the aggregate cash remuneration paid to our non-employee directors was US$275,455, including Nil in cash reimbursements.

Employment Agreements with Senior Management

The key provisions of the employment agreements are set out below for each member of our senior management. None of these employment agreements have termination dates. The base salary under the employment agreements may be increased by the board of directors from time to time, including by 3% for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2021.

Officer	Date of Agreement	Base Salary	Termination without Cause	Benefits upon Termination without Cause
Megan Baldwin, Ph.D. Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director	April 23, 2014	A$453,200 per year	Not less than three months’ notice (if by employee) Not less than twelve months’ notice or payment in lieu of notice period (if by us)	Upon notice of termination by us, any options that have vested or will vest during the notice period will be released; all other options will lapse at the discretion of our board of directors.
Karen Adams Vice President Finance and Company Secretary	June 15, 2021	A$250,000 per year	Not less than three months’ notice (if by employee) Not less than three months’ notice or payment in lieu of notice period (if by us)	Not applicable.

Upon termination of employment, our senior management are entitled to receive their statutory entitlements of accrued annual and long service leave, together with any superannuation benefits.

135

Remuneration of Our Non-Employee Directors and Senior Management During the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2021

Details of the remuneration of our non-employee directors and senior management for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 are set forth below.

			Short- Term Incentive		Post- Employment
	Salary/ Fees(1)		Cash Bonus(2)		Superannuation		Share- Based Payment		Total
Non-Employee Directors
Julia Haller(7)	US$	4,250	US$	—	US$	—	US$	—	US$	4,250
Laurence Gozlan(3)		60,416		—		—		1,252,173		1,312,589
Geoffrey Kempler(4)		21,534		—		2,046		—		23,580
Jeremy Levin		54,032		—		—		1,158,465		1,212,497
Judith Robertson(7)		4,250		—		—		—		4,250
Michael Sistenich		64,344		—		—		—		64,344
Daniel Spiegelman(6)		64,583		—		—		1,487,000		1,551,583
Senior Management
Megan Baldwin, Ph.D.		338,618		147,166		45,666		—		531,450
Michael Tonroe(5)		237,535		71,314		28,889		—		337,738
Karen Adams(8)		31,039		—		2,949		—		33,988

(1) For our non-employee directors, amounts set forth in this column include our reimbursement of expenses incurred in connection with performance of services relating to board service.

(2) Bonuses are paid in the fiscal year following the year in which they were earned.

(3) Lawrence Gozlan was appointed as a non-executive director on July 24, 2020. Mr. Gozlan’s annual director fee is A$65,700.

(4) Mr. Kempler retired from our board of directors effective as of October 12, 2020.

(5) Mr. Tonroe resigned from Opthea effective as of June 24, 2021.

(6) Mr. Spiegelman was appointed as a non-executive director September 10, 2020.

(7) Dr Haller and Ms. Robertson were appointed as non-executive directors June 1, 2021.

(8) Ms. Adams was appointed as Company Secretary June 15, 2021.

Details of options held by our non-employee directors and senior management as of June 30, 2021 are set forth below.

	Number of Options		Grant Date		Exercise Price		Percentage Vested(1)			Last Vesting Date		Expiration Date
Non-Employee Directors
Lawrence Gozlan		2,000,000	10/12/2020		US$	3.24		25	%	10/11/2023		10/11/2024
Julia Haller		—		—		—		—			—		—
Jeremy Levin		3,000,000	01/19/2021			1.56		25	%	01/19/2024		01/18/2025
Geoffrey Kempler(2)		1,500,000	11/29/2018			0.625		100		11/29/2019		11/29/2022
Judith Robertson		—		—		—		—			—		—
Michael Sistenich		1,500,000	11/29/2018			0.625		100		11/29/2019		11/29/2022
Daniel Spiegelman		2,000,000	10/12/2020			2.16		25	%	10/11/2023		10/11/2024
Senior Management
Megan Baldwin, Ph.D.		3,000,000	11/29/2018			0.625		100		11/29/2019		11/29/2022
Karen Adams		—		—		—		—			—		—

(1) No options lapsed or were forfeited during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021.

(2) Mr. Kempler retired from our board of directors effective as of October 12, 2020.

136

6C. Board Practices

Board of Directors

Our board of directors currently consists of seven members, including Dr. Baldwin, our Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director. Directors are elected at our annual general meeting of shareholders. Under our Constitution, at the close of each annual general meeting one-third of the directors, other than the Managing Director, or if their number is not a multiple of three, then the number nearest to but not more than one-third of the directors must retire. In addition, a director, other than the managing director, must retire from office at the conclusion of the third annual general meeting of shareholders after the director was last elected, even if his or her retirement results in more than one-third of all directors retiring from office. A retiring director remains in office until the end of such shareholder meeting and will be eligible for re-election at that meeting.

The membership of our board of directors is directed by the following requirements as set forth in our Constitution and our Board Charter, as applicable:

• there will be a minimum of three directors and a maximum of 10, and our board of directors may determine the number of directors within those limits;

• the majority of our board of directors should be independent;

• our board of directors has the power to appoint any person to be a director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional director (provided that the total number of directors does not exceed the maximum number of directors permitted), and any director so appointed will hold office until the end of the next annual general meeting when he or she may be re-elected; and

• our board of directors should, collectively, have the appropriate level of personal qualities, skills, experience and time commitment to properly fulfill its responsibilities.

Our board of directors has delegated responsibility for the management of our businesses to the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director but remains responsible for overseeing the performance of management. The principal roles and responsibilities of our board of directors include the following:

• review, evaluate, provide input into and approve our business plan;

• monitor senior management’s performance and implementation of strategy, and ensure appropriate resources are available;

• review, evaluate and approve and monitor major resource allocations and capital investments, and acquisitions and divestitures;

• review, evaluate, approve and monitor major resource allocations and capital investments, and acquisitions and divestitures;

• review and monitor our financial and operating results;

• review, evaluate and approve the overall corporate organizational structure, the assignment of senior management responsibilities and plans for senior management development and succession;

• review, evaluate and approve compensation strategy as it relates to our senior management; and

• review and ratify systems of risk management and internal compliance and control, codes of conduct and legal compliance.

Our board of directors has established delegated limits of authority, which define the matters that are delegated to management and those that require board of director approval. Under the Corporations Act, at least two of our directors must be resident Australians. None of our non-employee directors have any service contracts with us that provide for benefits upon termination of employment. Under our Board Charter, the board of directors is required to meet at least six times per year.

137

Board Committees

To assist with the effective discharge of its duties, the board of directors has established an Audit and Risk Committee, a Remuneration Committee and a Nomination Committee. Each committee operates under a charter approved by our board of directors, which sets forth the purposes and responsibilities of the committees as well as qualifications for committee membership, committee structure and operations and committee reporting to the board of directors.

Audit and Risk Committee

The members of our Audit and Risk Committee are Ms. Robertson and Messrs. Sistenich and Spiegelman. Our board of directors has determined that each of Ms. Robertson and Messrs. Sistenich and Spiegelman satisfies the independence requirements under Nasdaq listing standards and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Exchange Act. The chairperson of our Audit and Risk Committee is Mr. Spiegelman. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Spiegelman is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of SEC regulations. Each member of our Audit and Risk Committee can read and understand fundamental financial statements in accordance with applicable requirements. In arriving at these determinations, our board of directors has examined each member’s scope of experience and the nature of his or her employment.

The charter for our Audit and Risk Committee requires the committee to consist of at least three directors, each of whom must be non-employee directors and a majority of which must be independent directors. The chairperson of our Audit and Risk Committee must be an independent director and cannot be the chairperson of our board of directors. The Audit and Risk Committee is required to hold at least one regular meeting per fiscal quarter and must review its charter at least annually.

The role of the Audit and Risk Committee is to advise our board of directors in discharging responsibilities of our board of directors with respect to our financial reporting including accounting standards, internal control integrity and compliance, external audit activities including auditor appointment, independence, terms of engagement and fees and business risk management. Specific responsibilities of our Audit and Risk Committee include:

• reviewing accounting standards and quarterly and annual financial statements prior to referral to the board of directors;

• monitor developments likely to affect financial reporting including legislative pronouncements or disclosure requirements, as they affect both current and future years;

• review any unusual transactions, pending litigation, outstanding claims or contingencies which the management, auditors or legal counsel believe may have a material effect on the financial position or operations and the manner in which these matters are disclosed in financial statements;

• evaluating internal control policies and procedures;

• making recommendations to the board of directors on the appointment, reappointment or replacement of external auditors;

• evaluating the independence and effectiveness of external auditors and preapprove all audit and material non-audit services provided by external auditors;

• reviewing the results of the external audit and assess remedial action taken or proposed in audit reports;

• reviewing all representation letters signed by management to ensure that the information presented is complete and appropriate;

• monitoring risks and establish risk management policies;

• making recommendations to the board of directors regarding proposed changes to our risk management framework; and

138

• reviewing the schedule of insurance annually.

Remuneration Committee

The members of our Remuneration Committee are Ms. Haller and Messrs. Gozlan and Sistenich. The chairperson of our Remuneration Committee is Mr. Sistenich. The objectives of the Remuneration Committee are to link remuneration to the creation of shareholder value, to offer competitive and appropriate remuneration for the business performance delivered and to put into place a remuneration framework that reflects the responsibilities of senior management while being sufficiently competitive to attract and retain high caliber performers. The charter of our Remuneration Committee requires the committee to consist of at least three directors, a majority of whom must be independent. The chairperson of our Remuneration Committee must be an independent director. The Remuneration Committee is required to hold at least one regular meeting each year. Specific responsibilities of our Remuneration Committee include:

• overseeing our remuneration strategy;

• ensuring remuneration policies and practices enable us to attract, motivate and retain a diverse mix of directors and senior management;

• fairly and responsibly remunerating directors and senior management;

• at least annually, reviewing and reporting on diversity of our employee base; and

• seeking information it considers necessary to fulfill its duties, including external advice.

Nomination Committee

The members of our Nomination Committee are Messrs. Gozlan, Sistenich and Spiegelman. The chairperson of our Nomination Committee is Mr. Gozlan. The role of the Nomination Committee is to assist our board of directors by identifying, reviewing and evaluating individuals qualified to become members of our board of directors, reviewing and recommending the nomination of directors and assisting the board of directors with other related tasks. The charter of our Nomination Committee requires the committee to consist of at least three directors, the majority of whom must meet the independence recommendations of the ASX Corporate Governance Council (as well as all applicable laws and regulations) and each of whom must be free of any relationship that, in the opinion of the board of directors, would interfere with his or her exercise of independent judgment. The members of the Nomination Committee will be appointed annually by the board of directors. The Nomination Committee is required to hold at least one regular meeting each year. Specific responsibilities of our Nomination Committee include:

• assisting in identifying, interviewing and recruiting candidates for the board of directors;

• reviewing potential director qualifications;

• preparing a description of the role and capabilities required for a particular role;

• at least annually, presenting to the board of directors a list of individuals recommended for nomination for election to the board of directors at the annual meeting of shareholders;

• planning succession of our directors;

• inducting and coordinating professional development programs for our directors;

• developing and implementing a process for evaluating the performance of the board of directors and its committees;

• managing the succession of our senior management;

139

• reviewing and making recommendations about changes to the charter of the Nomination Committee as required in the Committee’s opinion; and

• annually review its own performance.

Code of Conduct

We have adopted a Code of Conduct applicable to all of our directors, officers and employees. Our Code of Conduct is available on our website at www.opthea.com. We post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or the listing standards of Nasdaq concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the Code of Conduct. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of, this annual report.

6D. Employees

As of June 30, 2021, we had nine full-time employees, four of whom had an M.D. or Ph.D. degree. None of our employees are represented by collective bargaining agreements. We believe that our management maintains good relations with our employees. As of June 30, 2021, all of our employees were based in Australia, with four employees in our research and development department and five employees in our general and administrative department.

6E. Share Ownership

For information regarding the share ownership of our directors and executive officers, see “Item 6B—Compensation” and “Item 7A—Major Shareholders.”

140

Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

7A. Major Shareholders

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of September 1, 2021, for:

• each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our ordinary shares;

• each member of our senior management;

• each of our directors; and

• all of our directors and senior management as a group.

To our knowledge, as of the date of this annual report, 27,793,729 ordinary shares were held by one record holder in the United States, representing approximately 7.92% of our total outstanding shares.  The record holder is The Bank of New York Mellon, the depositary of our ADS program. The number of beneficial owners of our ADSs in the United States is likely to be much larger than the number of record holders of our ordinary shares in the United States.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. In computing the number of ordinary shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we have included ordinary shares that the person has the right to acquire within 60 days of September 1, 2021, including through the exercise of any option, warrant or other right or the conversion of any other security. These ordinary shares, however, are not included in the computation of the percentage ownership of any other person.

The calculations of the percentage of beneficial ownership are based on 351,003,541 ordinary shares (including ordinary shares in the form of ADSs) issued and outstanding as of September 1, 2021.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed below is c/o Opthea Limited, Suite 0403, Level 4, 650 Chapel Street, South Yarra, VIC 3141, Australia.

	Shares Beneficially Owned
Name of Beneficial Owner	Number		Percent
Principal Shareholders
Funds affiliated with Regal Funds Management Pty Ltd.(1)		60,838,646		17.3	%
Funds affiliated with Baker Bros. Advisors L.P.(2)		29,129,273		8.3
Entities affiliated with the Liberman Family(3)		18,359,663		5.2
Entities affiliated with the Victory Capital Management (4)		11,446,032		3.3
Directors, Director Nominees and Senior Management
Megan Baldwin, Ph.D.(5)		6,839,398		1.9
Karen Adams(6)		—		—
Julia Haller(7)		—		—
Lawrence Gozlan(8)		500,000		*
Jeremy Levin, DPhil, MB BChir(9)		750,000		*
Judith Robertson(10)		—		—
Michael Sistenich(11)		2,733,097		*
Daniel Spiegelman(12)		500,000		*
All directors and senior management as a group (eight persons)(13)		11,322,495		3.2	%

* Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

141

(1) Consists of 60,838,646 ordinary shares held by funds affiliated with Regal Funds Management Pty Ltd., referred to together as the Regal Funds. Regal Funds Management Pty Ltd. is the investment manager for each of such funds holding our ordinary shares. Philip King and Craig Collie are the Chief Investment Officer and portfolio manager, respectively, of Regal Funds Management Pty Ltd. and, as such, they may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power with respect to the ordinary shares held by the affiliated funds. Philip King and Craig Collie disclaim beneficial ownership of the ordinary shares held by the Regal Funds except to the extent of their pecuniary interest. The address for Regal Funds Management Pty Ltd. is Level 47, Gateway, 1 Macquarie Place, Sydney, NSW 2000, Australia.

(2) Consists of 29,129,273 ordinary shares held by Baker Bros. Advisors LP is the manager and investment advisor of and has sole voting and dispositive power with respect to the ordinary shares held by Baker Brothers Life Sciences, L.P. Baker Bros. Advisors (GP) LLC is the sole general partner of Baker Bros. Advisors LP. The managing members of Baker Bros. Advisors (GP) LLC are Julian C. Baker and Felix J. Baker and, as such, they may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power with respect to the ordinary shares held by the Baker Brothers Life Sciences, L.P. Julian C. Baker and Felix J. Baker disclaim beneficial ownership of the ordinary shares held by the Baker Brothers Life Sciences, L.P. except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein. The address for Baker Bros. Advisors LP, Baker Bros. Advisors (GP) LLC, Julian C. Baker, Felix J. Baker and the Baker Brothers Life Sciences, L.P. is 860 Washington Street, 3rd Floor, New York, New York 10014.

(3) Consists of 18,359,663 ordinary shares held by entities affiliated with the Liberman Family, including 13,020,540 ordinary shares held by Jagen Pty Ltd., for which Lawrence Gozlan, a member of our board of directors, serves as founder and Chief Investment Officer. Bori Liberman, Helen Liberman, Laini Liberman, Justin Liberman and Nic Liberman share voting and dispositive power with respect to the ordinary shares held by the entities affiliated with the Liberman Family. The address for the entities affiliated with the Liberman Family is Level 1, 26 Beatty Ave, Armadale, VIC 3143, Australia.

(4) Consists of 11,446,032 ordinary shares held by Victory Capital Management. Victory Capital Management a publicly traded company is the investment manager. The directors of VCM are David Brown, Milton Berlinski, Alex Binderow, Lawrence Davanzo, Richard DeMartini, James Hawkes, Karin Hirtler-Garvey, Robert Hurst, and Alan Rappaport. The directors of VCM have shared and equal voting rights with respect to decisions of VCM,. The address for Victory Capital Management. is 15935 La Cantera Parkway, San Antonio, Texas, USA.

(5) Consists of (i) 3,839,398 ordinary shares beneficially owned and (ii) 3,000,000 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 1, 2021.

(6) Ms Adams joined as Company Secretary in June 2021.

(7) Dr Julia Haller joined our board of directors in June 2021.

(8) Mr. Gozlan joined our board of directors in July 2020. Consists of 500,000 ordinary shares that will vest and become issuable upon the exercise of an option within 60 days of September 1, 2021, which option was granted on October 12, 2020.

(9) Dr. Levin joined our board of directors as Chairperson effective as of October 12, 2020. Consists of 750,000 ordinary shares that will vest and become issuable upon the exercise of an option within 60 days of September 1, 2021, which options was granted on January 19, 2021.

(10) Ms Judith Robertson joined our board of directors in June 2021.

(11) Consists of (i) 1,233,0978 ordinary shares directly held by Mr. Sistenich and (ii) 1,500,000 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 1, 2021.

(12) Mr. Spiegelman joined our board of directors in September 2020. Consists of 500,000 ordinary shares that will vest and become issuable upon the exercise of an option within 60 days of September 1, 2021, which option was granted on October 12, 2020.

142

(13) Consists of (i) 5,072,495 ordinary shares beneficially owned and (ii) 6,250,000 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of options that are exercisable within 60 days of September 1, 2021.

7B. Related Party Transactions

Other than compensation arrangements which are described under “Item 6B.—Compensation” or as disclosed below, from July 1, 2020 through the date of this annual report, we did not enter into any transactions or loans with any: (i) enterprises that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, control, are controlled by or are under common control with us; (ii) associates; (iii) individuals owning, directly or indirectly, an interest in our voting power that gives them significant influence over us, and close members of any such individual’s family; (iv) key management personnel and close members of such individuals’ families; or (v) enterprises in which a substantial interest in our voting power is owned, directly or indirectly, by any person described in (iii) or (iv) or over which such person is able to exercise significant influence.

Director and Senior Management Compensation

See “Item 6B—Compensation” for information regarding compensation of our senior management and directors.

Indemnification Agreements

Our Constitution provides that, except to the extent prohibited by law including under the Corporations Act and, to the extent that an officer is not otherwise indemnified by us pursuant to an indemnity, we will indemnify every person who is or has been an officer of the company against any liability (other than legal costs that are unreasonable) incurred by that person as an officer. This includes any liability incurred by that person in their capacity as an officer of our subsidiaries where we requested that person to accept that appointment.

We have entered into Deeds of Indemnity, Insurance and Access, or Indemnity Deeds, with Megan Baldwin, Ph.D., Karen Adams, Lawrence Gozlan, Julia Haller, Jeremy Levin, Judith Robertson, Michael Sistenich and Daniel Spiegelman, each a non-employee director, or executive officer. Under the Indemnity Deeds, we have agreed to indemnify (to the maximum extent permitted under Australian law and our Constitution, subject to certain specified exceptions) each director and executive officer against all liabilities incurred in their capacity as our or our subsidiaries’ director or officer and any and all costs and expenses relating to such a claim or to any notified event incurred by such director or executive officer, including costs and expenses reasonably and necessarily incurred to mitigate any liability for such a claim or any claim which may arise from such a notified event. The Indemnity Deeds provide that the indemnities are unlimited as to amount, continuous and irrevocable.

Separately, we have obtained insurance for our directors and executive officers, as required by the Indemnity Deeds.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Related Person Transaction Policy

We comply with Australian law and the rules and regulations of the ASX regarding approval of transactions with related parties. We have also adopted a related person transaction policy that sets forth our procedures for the identification, review, consideration and approval or ratification of related person transactions, which became effective in connection with the listing of our ADSs on Nasdaq. For purposes of our policy, a related person transaction is a transaction, arrangement or similar contractual relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we and any related person are, were or will be participants and the amount involved in the transaction exceeds US$120,000, with the exception of usual transactions concluded under normal conditions. A related person is any member of our board of directors, our senior management or any beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our ordinary shares, including any of their immediate family members and any entity owned or controlled by such persons.

143

Under the policy, if a transaction has been identified as a related person transaction, including any transaction that was not a related person transaction when originally consummated or any transaction that was not initially identified as a related person transaction prior to consummation, our senior management must present information regarding the related person transaction to the board of directors for review, consideration and approval or ratification. The presentation must include a description of, among other things, the material facts, the interests, direct and indirect, of the related persons, the benefits to us of the transaction and whether the transaction is on terms that are comparable to the terms available to or from, as the case may be, an unrelated third party or to or from employees generally. Under the policy, we will collect information that we deem reasonably necessary from each member of our board of directors and, to the extent feasible, significant shareholder to enable us to identify any existing or potential related-person transactions and to effectuate the terms of the policy.

All of the transactions described above were entered into prior to the adoption of the written policy, but our board of directors evaluated and approved all transactions that were considered to be related party transactions under Australian law and the rules and regulations of the ASX at the time at which they were consummated.

7C. Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

Item 8. Financial Information

8A. Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

Consolidated Financial Statements

See “Item 18—Financial Statements.”

Legal Proceedings

See “Item 4B—Business Overview—Legal Proceedings.”

Dividend Policy

We have not declared or paid any dividends on our ordinary shares since February 2005. We intend to retain any earnings for use in our business and do not currently intend to pay cash dividends on our ordinary shares. Dividends, if any, on our outstanding ordinary shares will be declared by and subject to the discretion of our board of directors, and subject to Australian law.

Any dividend we declare will be paid to the holders of ADSs, subject to the terms of the deposit agreement, to the same extent as holders of our ordinary shares, to the extent permitted by applicable law and regulations, less the fees and expenses payable under the deposit agreement. Any dividend we declare will be distributed by the depositary bank to the holders of the ADSs, subject to the terms of the deposit agreement.

8B. Significant Changes

No significant change, other than as otherwise described in this annual report, has occurred in our operations since the date of our financial statements included in this annual report.

Item 9. The Offer and Listing

9A. Offer and Listing Details

Our ADSs have been listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “OPT” since October 16, 2020. Our ordinary shares are listed on the ASX under the symbol “OPT.”

144

9B. Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.

9C. Markets

See “—Offer and Listing Details.”

9D. Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

9E. Dilution

Not applicable.

9F. Expenses of the Issue

Not applicable.

Item 10. Additional Information

10A. Share Capital

Not applicable.

10B. Constitution

See Exhibit 2.3 “Description of Securities,” which is incorporated herein by reference.

10C. Material Contracts

Our Commercial License Arrangement with Selexis SA

For information on our material contracts, see “Item 4B—Business Overview— Our Commercial License Arrangement with Selexis SA.”

10D. Exchange Controls

The Australian dollar is freely convertible into U.S. dollars. In addition, there are currently no specific rules or limitations regarding the export from Australia of profits, dividends, capital or similar funds belonging to foreign investors, except that certain payments to non-residents must be reported to the Australian Transaction Reports and Analysis Centre (“or AUSTRAC”), which monitors such transaction, and amounts on account of potential Australian tax liabilities may be required to be withheld unless a relevant taxation treaty can be shown to apply.

10E. Taxation

The following summary of the material Australian and U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to an investment in the ADSs or ordinary shares is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this annual report, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This summary does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in the ADSs or ordinary shares, such as the tax consequences under U.S. state, local and other tax laws other than U.S. federal income tax laws and certain Australian tax laws.

145

Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following discussion is a summary of U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to the ownership and disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares by a U.S. holder (as defined below). This summary applies only to U.S. holders that hold such ADSs or ordinary shares as capital assets (generally, property held for investment) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. This summary does not address all U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular U.S. holder and does not represent a detailed discussion of all of the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to a holder of our ordinary shares or ADSs that may be subject to special tax rules including, without limitation:

• banks, financial institutions or insurance companies;

• brokers, dealers or traders in securities, currencies, commodities, or notional principal contracts;

• tax-exempt entities or organizations, including an “individual retirement account” or “Roth IRA” as defined in Section 408 or 408A of the Code (as defined below), respectively;

• real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies or grantor trusts;

• persons that hold ADSs or ordinary shares as part of a “hedging,” “integrated,” “wash sale” or “conversion” transaction or as a position in a “straddle” for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

• S corporations, partnerships, or other entities or arrangements classified as passthrough entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or U.S. holders who hold the ADSs or ordinary shares through such an entity;

• certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

• persons that received ADSs or ordinary shares pursuant to the exercise of any employee share option or otherwise as compensation for the performance of services;

• holders that own or have owned directly, indirectly, or through attribution 10% or more of the voting power or value of our ordinary shares or ADSs; and

• holders that have a “functional currency” other than the U.S. dollar.

Holders of the ADSs or ordinary shares who fall within one of the categories above are advised to consult their tax advisor regarding the specific tax consequences which may apply to their particular situation.

If a partnership (or any other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds the ADSs or ordinary shares, the tax consequences relating to an investment in the ADSs or ordinary shares will depend in part upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Such a partner or partnership should consult its tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax considerations of owning and disposing of the ADSs or ordinary shares in its particular circumstances.

The discussion in this section is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, existing, proposed and temporary U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, and the Convention between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of Australia for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income, signed on August 6, 1982, as amended and currently in force, or the Treaty, in each case as in effect and available on the date hereof. Such authorities are subject to change, which change could apply retroactively, and to differing interpretations, all of which could affect the tax considerations described below. There can be no assurances that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, will not take a position concerning the tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares or that such a position would not be sustained by a court. U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of owning and disposing of ADSs or ordinary shares in their particular circumstances.

146

This summary does not address the estate tax considerations, alternative minimum tax considerations, the potential application of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income, the special tax accounting rules under Section 451(b) of the Code, or any U.S. state, local, or non-U.S. tax considerations applicable to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs or ordinary shares.

For the purposes of this description, a “U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of the ADSs or ordinary shares that is (or is treated as), for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

• an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

• a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state therein or the District of Columbia;

• an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

• a trust, if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of the substantial decisions of such trust, or if such trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

The discussion in this section is based in part upon the representations of the depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the amended and restated deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms.

In general, and taking into account the earlier assumptions, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. holder holding ADSs will be treated as the owner of the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs. Exchanges of ordinary shares for ADSs, and ADSs for ordinary shares, generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax.

ALL HOLDERS AND POTENTIAL HOLDERS OF THE ADSs SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS AS TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES APPLICABLE TO THEM RELATING TO THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF THE ADSs OR ORDINARY SHARES, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY OF U.S. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL TAX LAWS, AUSTRALIAN TAX LAWS AND OTHER NON-U.S. TAX LAWS.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations.    

If we are classified as a PFIC in any taxable year, during which a U.S. holder holds the ADSs or ordinary shares, such U.S. holder will be subject to special rules generally intended to reduce or eliminate any benefits from the deferral of U.S. federal income tax that a U.S. holder could derive from investing in a non-U.S. company that does not distribute all of its earnings on a current basis.

We will be classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes in any taxable year in which, after applying certain look-through rules with respect to the income and assets of our subsidiaries, either: (1) at least 75% of the gross income is “passive income” or (2) at least 50% of the average quarterly value of our total gross assets (which would generally be measured by fair market value of our assets, and for which purpose the total value of our assets may be determined in part by the market value of the ADSs and our ordinary shares, which are subject to change) is attributable to assets that produce “passive income” or are held for the production of “passive income.”

Passive income for this purpose generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents, gains from commodities and securities transactions, the excess of gains over losses from the disposition of assets which produce passive income, and includes amounts derived by reason of the temporary investment of funds raised in offerings of our securities. If a non-U.S. corporation owns directly or indirectly at least 25% by value of the stock of another corporation or the partnership interests in a partnership, the non-U.S. corporation is treated for purposes of the PFIC tests as owning its proportionate share of the assets of the other corporation or partnership and as receiving directly its proportionate share of the other corporation’s or partnership’s income.

147

There can be no assurance that we will not be considered a PFIC in any past, current or future taxable year, and based on the nature and composition of our income, assets, activities and market capitalization, it is likely that we will be a PFIC for our taxable year ended June 30, 2021 and in future taxable years. However, our PFIC status is based on an annual determination and may change from year to year. Our status as a PFIC will depend on the composition of our income and the composition and value of our assets, which may be determined in large part by reference to the market value of the ADSs and our ordinary shares, which may be volatile, from time to time. Our status may also depend, in part, on how quickly we utilize the cash we raise in any offering of our securities. Our U.S. counsel expresses no opinion regarding our conclusions or our expectations regarding our PFIC status.

If we are classified as a PFIC in any year with respect to which a U.S. holder owns the ADSs or ordinary shares, we will continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such U.S. holder in all succeeding years during which the U.S. holder owns the ADSs or ordinary shares, regardless of whether we continue to meet the tests described above unless we cease to be a PFIC and the U.S. holder has made a “deemed sale” election under the PFIC rules. If the “deemed sale” election is made, a U.S. holder will be deemed to have sold the securities the U.S. holder holds at their fair market value as of the date of such deemed sale and any gain from such deemed sale would be subject to the rules described below. After the deemed sale election, so long as we do not become a PFIC in a subsequent taxable year, the U.S. holder’s securities with respect to which such election was made will not be treated as shares in a PFIC and the U.S. holder will not be subject to the rules described below with respect to any “excess distribution” the U.S. holder receives from us or any gain from an actual sale or other disposition of the securities. U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors as to the possibility and consequences of making a deemed sale or other “purging” election if such election becomes available

If we are a PFIC, and you are a U.S. holder that does not make one of the elections described herein, a special tax regime will apply to both (a) any “excess distribution” by us to you (generally, your ratable portion of distributions in any year, other than the taxable year in which your holding period in the shares or ADSs begins, which are greater than 125% of the average annual distribution received by you in the shorter of the three preceding years or the portion of your holding period for the ADSs or ordinary shares that preceded the year of the distribution) and (b) any gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares. Under this regime, any excess distribution and realized gain will be treated as ordinary income and will be subject to tax as if (a) the excess distribution or gain had been realized ratably over your holding period, (b) the amount deemed realized in each year had been subject to tax in each year of that holding period at the highest marginal rate for such year (other than income allocated to the current period or any taxable period before we became a PFIC, which would be subject to tax at the U.S. holder’s regular ordinary income rate for the current year and would not be subject to the interest charge discussed below) and (c) the interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax had been imposed on the taxes deemed to have been payable in those years. In addition, dividend distributions made to you will not qualify for the lower rates of taxation applicable to qualified dividends discussed above under “Distributions.”

Certain elections may alleviate some of the adverse consequences of PFIC status and would result in an alternative treatment of our ordinary shares or ADSs

If a U.S. holder makes a mark-to-market election, with respect to our ordinary shares or ADSs, the U.S. holder generally will recognize as ordinary income any excess of the fair market value of our ordinary shares or ADSs at the end of each taxable year over their adjusted tax basis, and will recognize an ordinary loss in respect of any excess of the adjusted tax basis of our ordinary shares or ADSs over their fair market value at the end of the taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). If a U.S. holder makes the election, the U.S. holder’s tax basis in our ordinary shares or ADSs will be adjusted to reflect these income or loss amounts. Any gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of our ordinary shares or ADSs in a year in which we are a PFIC will be treated as ordinary income and any loss will be treated as an ordinary loss (but only to the extent of the net amount of income previously included as a result of the mark-to-market election). The mark-to-market election is available only if we are a PFIC and our ordinary shares or ADSs are “regularly traded” on a “qualified exchange.” Our ordinary shares or ADSs will be treated as “regularly traded” in any calendar year in which more than a de minimis quantity of our ordinary shares or ADSs are traded on a qualified exchange on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter (subject to the rule that trades that have as one of their principal purposes the meeting of the trading requirement are disregarded). Nasdaq is a qualified exchange for this purpose and, consequently, if the ADSs are regularly traded, the mark-to-market election will be available to a U.S. holder. It should be noted that only the ADSs and not our ordinary shares are listed on Nasdaq. Consequently, our ordinary shares may

148

not be marketable if the ASX (where our ordinary shares are currently listed) does not meet the applicable requirements. U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of the mark-to-market election for ordinary shares that are not represented by ADSs.

However, a mark-to-market election generally cannot be made for equity interests in any lower-tier PFICs that we own, unless shares of such lower-tier PFIC are themselves “marketable.” As a result, even if a U.S. holder validly makes a mark-to-market election with respect to our ordinary shares or ADSs, the U.S. holder may continue to be subject to the PFIC rules (described above) with respect to its indirect interest in any of our investments that are treated as an equity interest in a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes. U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors as to the availability and desirability of a mark-to-market election, as well as the impact of such election on interests in any lower-tier PFICs.

We do not currently intend to provide the information necessary for U.S. holders to make qualified electing fund elections if we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year. U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors to determine whether any of the other elections described above would be available and if so, what the consequences of the alternative treatments would be in their particular circumstances.

If we are determined to be a PFIC, the general tax treatment for U.S. holders described in this section would apply to indirect distributions and gains deemed to be realized by U.S. holders in respect of any of our subsidiaries that also may be determined to be PFICs. U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to our subsidiaries.

If a U.S. holder owns ordinary shares or ADSs during any taxable year in which we are a PFIC, the U.S. holder may be required to file an IRS Form 8621 (Information Return by a Shareholder of a Passive Foreign Investment Company or Qualified Electing Fund) with respect to the company, generally with the U.S. holder’s federal income tax return for that year. You should consult your tax advisor concerning any filing requirements arising from the PFIC rules.

The U.S. federal income tax rules relating to PFICs are complex. Prospective U.S. investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares or ADSs, the consequences to them of an investment in a PFIC, any elections available with respect to ordinary shares and ADSs and the IRS information reporting obligations with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares and ADSs.

Distributions    

We do not expect to make any distributions in respect of the ADSs or ordinary shares. Subject to the discussion under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations” above, the gross amount of any distribution (including any amounts withheld in respect of foreign tax) actually or constructively received by a U.S. holder with respect to the ADSs or ordinary shares will generally be taxable to the U.S. holder as a dividend to the extent of the U.S. holder’s pro rata share of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of earnings and profits will generally be non-taxable to the U.S. holder to the extent of, and will be applied against and reduce (but not below zero), the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ADSs or ordinary shares. Distributions in excess of earnings and profits and such adjusted tax basis will generally be taxable to the U.S. holder as either long-term or short-term capital gain depending upon whether the U.S. holder has held the ADSs or ordinary shares for more than one year as of the time such distribution is received. However, since we do not calculate our earnings and profits under U.S. federal income tax principles, it is expected that any distribution will be reported as a dividend, even if that distribution would otherwise be treated as a non-taxable return of capital or as capital gain under the rules described above.

Non-corporate U.S. holders may qualify for the preferential rates of taxation with respect to dividends on the ADSs or ordinary shares applicable to long-term capital gains (i.e., gains from the sale of capital assets held for more than one year) and “qualified dividend income” (as discussed below) if we are a “qualified foreign corporation” and certain other requirements (discussed below) are met. A non-U.S. corporation generally will be considered to be a qualified foreign corporation (a) if it is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States which the Secretary of Treasury of the United States determines is satisfactory for purposes of this provision and

149

which includes an exchange of information provision, or (b) with respect to any dividend it pays on ADSs or ordinary shares which are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. The ADSs are listed on Nasdaq, which is an established securities market in the United States, and we expect the ADSs to be readily tradable on Nasdaq. However, there can be no assurance that the ADSs will be considered readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States in later years. The Company, which is incorporated under the laws of Australia, believes that it qualifies as a resident of Australia for purposes of, and is eligible for the benefits of, the Treaty, although there can be no assurance in this regard. Further, the IRS has determined that the Treaty is satisfactory for purposes of the qualified dividend rules and that it includes an exchange-of-information program. However, the preferential tax rates available for qualified dividend income do not apply if we are a PFIC in the taxable year in which such dividends are paid or in the preceding taxable year. Therefore, in light of the discussion under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations” above, you should assume that dividends generally will not constitute qualified dividend income eligible for reduced rates of taxation. In addition, the dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to corporate U.S. holders.

A U.S. holder generally may claim the amount of any Australian withholding tax as either a deduction from gross income or a credit against its U.S. federal income tax liability. The foreign tax credit is subject to numerous complex limitations that must be determined and applied on an individual basis. In addition, the creditability of foreign taxes could be affected by actions taken by intermediaries in the chain of ownership between the holders of the ADSs and our company if, as a result of such actions, the holders of the ADSs are not properly treated as beneficial owners of the underlying ordinary shares. Each U.S. holder should consult its own tax advisors regarding the foreign tax credit rules.

In general, the amount of a distribution paid to a U.S. holder in a foreign currency will be the U.S. dollar value of the foreign currency calculated by reference to the spot exchange rate on the day the depositary receives the distribution, in the case of the ADSs, or on the day the distribution is received by the U.S. holder, in the case of ordinary shares, regardless of whether the foreign currency is converted into U.S. dollars at that time. Any foreign currency gain or loss a U.S. holder realizes on a subsequent conversion of foreign currency into U.S. dollars will be U.S. source ordinary income or loss. If dividends received in a foreign currency are converted into U.S. dollars on the day they are received, a U.S. holder should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend.

Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition

A U.S. holder will generally recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes upon the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of the amount realized from such sale or exchange and the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in those securities, determined in U.S. dollars. Subject to the discussion under “—Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations” above, this gain or loss will generally be a capital gain or loss. The adjusted tax basis in the ADSs or ordinary shares generally will be equal to the cost of such ADSs or ordinary shares. Capital gain from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares by a non-corporate U.S. holder is generally eligible for a preferential rate of taxation applicable to capital gains if the non-corporate U.S. holder’s holding period determined at the time of such sale, exchange or other taxable disposition for such securities exceeds one year (i.e., such gain is long-term taxable gain). The deductibility of capital losses for U.S. federal income tax purposes is subject to limitations. Any such gain or loss that a U.S. holder recognizes generally will be treated as U.S. source gain or loss for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

For a cash basis taxpayer, units of foreign currency paid or received are translated into U.S. dollars at the spot rate on the settlement date of the purchase or sale. In that case, no foreign currency exchange gain or loss will result from currency fluctuations between the trade date and the settlement date of such a purchase or sale.

An accrual basis taxpayer, however, may elect the same treatment required of cash basis taxpayers with respect to purchases and sales of our ordinary shares or ADSs that are traded on an established securities market, provided the election is applied consistently from year to year. Such election may not be changed without the consent of the IRS. For an accrual basis taxpayer who does not make such election, units of foreign currency paid or received are translated into U.S. dollars at the spot rate on the trade date of the purchase or sale. Such an accrual basis taxpayer

150

may recognize exchange gain or loss based on currency fluctuations between the trade date and the settlement date. Any foreign currency gain or loss a U.S. holder realizes will be U.S. source ordinary income or loss.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting.  

U.S. holders generally will be subject to information reporting requirements with respect to dividends on the ordinary shares or ADSs and on the proceeds from the sale, exchange or disposition of the ordinary shares or ADSs that are paid within the United States or through U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless the U.S. holder is an “exempt recipient.” In addition, U.S. holders may be subject to backup withholding on such payments, unless the U.S. holder provides a taxpayer identification number and a duly executed IRS Form W-9 or otherwise establishes an exemption. Backup withholding is not an additional tax, and the amount of any backup withholding will be allowed as a credit against a U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Foreign Asset Reporting.    

Certain individual U.S. holders are required to report information relating to an interest in the ordinary shares or ADSs, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for shares held in accounts maintained by U.S. financial institutions) by filing IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets) with their federal income tax return. U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their information reporting obligations, if any, with respect to their ownership and disposition of the ordinary shares or ADSs.

THE DISCUSSION ABOVE IS A SUMMARY OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE ADSs AND IS BASED UPON LAWS AND RELEVANT INTERPRETATIONS THEREOF IN EFFECT AS OF THE DATE OF THIS ANNUAL REPORT, ALL OF WHICH ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE, POSSIBLY WITH RETROACTIVE EFFECT. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR ABOUT THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO IT OF AN INVESTMENT IN THE ADSs IN LIGHT OF THE INVESTOR’S OWN CIRCUMSTANCES.

Material Australian Tax Considerations

In this section, we discuss the material Australian income tax, stamp duty and goods and services tax considerations related to the acquisition, ownership and disposal by the absolute beneficial owners of the ADSs or ordinary shares represented by ADSs. It is based upon existing Australian tax law as of the date of this registration statement, which is subject to change, possibly retrospectively. This discussion does not address all aspects of Australian tax law which may be important to particular investors in light of their individual investment circumstances, such as ADSs or shares held by investors subject to special tax rules (for example, financial institutions, insurance companies or tax exempt organizations). In addition, this summary does not discuss any non-Australian or state tax considerations, other than stamp duty and goods and services tax.

Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the Australian and non-Australian income and other tax considerations of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the ADSs or shares. This summary is based upon the premise that the holder of an ADS is not an Australian tax resident and is not carrying on business in Australia through a permanent establishment (referred to as a “Non-Australian Holder” in this summary). This summary is also based on the assumption that a Non-Australian Holder is “absolutely entitled” to the ordinary shares represented by an ADS (see “—Nature of ADSs for Australian Taxation Purposes” below).

Nature of ADSs for Australian Taxation Purposes

Non-Australian Holders of ADSs should obtain specialist Australian tax advice regarding their rights and obligations under the deposit agreement with the depositary, including whether the deposit arrangement constitutes a “bare trust” resulting in the holders of an ADS being “absolutely entitled” to the underlying shares represented by the ADS for Australian taxation purposes. Apart from certain aspects of the Australian tax legislation (for example, the

151

Australian capital gains tax and withholding tax provisions, which are discussed below), there is no express legislative basis for disregarding “bare trusts” for Australian tax purposes generally.

This summary proceeds on the assumption that the deposit arrangement constitutes a bare trust, which results in holders of ADSs being “absolutely entitled” to the underlying shares. On this basis, holders of ADSs can be treated as the owners of the underlying ordinary shares for Australian capital gains tax purposes. Dividends paid on the underlying ordinary shares will also be treated as dividends derived by the holders of ADSs as the persons presently entitled to those dividends.

Taxation of Dividends

Australia operates a dividend imputation system under which dividends may be declared to be “franked” to the extent they are paid out of company profits that have been subject to income tax. Fully franked dividends are not subject to dividend withholding tax. To the extent that they are unfranked, dividends payable to Non-Australian Holders will be subject to dividend withholding tax except to the extent they are declared to be “conduit foreign income”, or CFI. Dividend withholding tax will be imposed at 30%, unless a shareholder is a resident of a country with which Australia has a double taxation treaty and qualifies for the benefits of the treaty. Under the provisions of the current Double Taxation Convention between Australia and the United States, the Australian tax withheld on unfranked dividends that are not declared to be CFI paid by us to which a resident of the United States is beneficially entitled is limited to 15%.

Under the Double Taxation Convention between Australia and the United States, if a U.S. resident company that is a Non-Australian Holder directly owns a 10% or more voting interests, the Australian tax withheld on unfranked dividends that are not declared to be CFI paid by us to which the company is beneficially entitled is limited to 5%.

Character of ADSs or Shares for Australian Taxation Purposes

The Australian tax treatment of a sale or disposal of the ADSs or underlying shares will depend on whether they are held on revenue or capital account. ADSs may be held on revenue rather than capital account, for example, where they are held by share traders or any profit arises from a profit-making undertaking or scheme entered into by the holder. Non-Australian Holders of ADSs should obtain specialist Australian tax advice regarding the characterization of any gain or loss on a sale or disposal of the ADSs or underlying shares as revenue or capital in nature.

Tax on Sales or other Dispositions of Shares or ADSs—Capital Gains Tax

Non-Australian Holders who are treated as the owners of the underlying shares on the basis that they are absolutely entitled to those shares will not be subject to Australian capital gains tax on the gain made on a sale or other disposal of ordinary shares, provided the shares are not “taxable Australian property.” Taxable Australian property includes “indirect Australian real property interests,” which are interests in a company where:

• the Non-Australian Holders, together with associates, hold 10% or more of our issued shares, at the time of disposal or for a 12 month period during the two years prior to disposal; and

• more than 50% of our assets held directly or indirectly, determined by reference to market value, consists of Australian real property (which includes land and leasehold interests) or Australian mining, quarrying or prospecting rights at the time of disposal.

Australian capital gains tax applies to net capital gains at a taxpayer’s marginal tax rates. Net capital gains are calculated after reduction for capital losses, which may only be offset against capital gains.

If a Non-Australian Holder of ADSs was not absolutely entitled to the underlying shares, and the ADSs were held on capital account, the same principles would apply in determining whether a gain on the sale or disposal of the ADSs would be subject to Australian capital gains tax. That is, a Non-Australian Holder should not be subject to Australian capital gains tax provided the ADSs are not taxable Australian property.

152

The 50% capital gains tax discount is not available to Non-Australian Holders on gains from assets acquired after May 8, 2012 where they were non-Australian residents during the entire holding period. Companies are not entitled to a capital gains tax discount.

Broadly, where there is a disposal of “taxable Australian property,” which includes indirect Australian real property interests, the purchaser will be required to withhold and remit to the Australian Taxation Office, or the ATO, 12.5% of the proceeds from the sale. A transaction is excluded from the withholding requirements in certain circumstances, including where the transaction is an on-market transaction conducted on an approved stock exchange, a securities lending arrangement, or the transaction is conducted using a broker operated crossing system. There may also be an exception to the requirement to withhold where a Non-Australian Holder provides a declaration that their ordinary shares are not “indirect Australian real property interests”. The Non-Australian Holder may be entitled to receive a tax credit for the tax withheld by the purchaser which they may claim in their Australian income tax return.

Tax on Sales or other Dispositions of ADSs—Revenue Account

Non-Australian Holders who hold their ADSs on revenue account may have the gains made on the sale or other disposal of the ADSs included in their assessable income under the ordinary income provisions of the income tax law, if the gains are sourced in Australia. In the case of gains which are ordinary income, there are no express provisions which treat holders of ADSs as the owners of the underlying shares where they are absolutely entitled to those shares under a bare trust.

Non-Australian Holders assessable under these ordinary income provisions in respect of gains made on ADSs held on revenue account would be assessed for such gains at the Australian tax rates for non-Australian residents, which start at a marginal rate of 32.5% for individuals and would be required to file an Australian tax return. Some relief from Australian income tax may be available to a Non-Australian Holder who is resident of a country with which Australia has a double taxation treaty, qualifies for the benefits of the treaty and does not, for example, derive the gain in carrying on business through a permanent establishment in Australia.

To the extent an amount would be included in a Non-Australian Holder’s assessable income under both the capital gains tax provisions and the ordinary income provisions, the capital gain amount may be reduced, so that the holder may not be subject to double Australian tax on any part of the gain.

The statements under “—Tax on Sales or Other Dispositions of Shares—Capital Gains Tax” regarding a purchaser being required to withhold 12.5% tax on the acquisition of certain taxable Australian property are also relevant where the disposal of the ADSs by a Non-Australian Holder is likely to generate gains on revenue account, rather than a capital gain.

Dual Residency

If a holder of ADSs is a resident of both Australia and the United States under those countries’ domestic taxation laws, that holder may be subject to tax as an Australian resident. If, however, the holder is determined to be a U.S. resident for the purposes of the Double Taxation Convention between the United States and Australia and qualifies for the benefit of that treaty, the Australian tax may be subject to limitation by the Double Taxation Convention. Holders should obtain specialist taxation advice in these circumstances.

Stamp Duty

No Australian stamp duty is payable by Australian residents or non-Australian residents on the issue, transfer and/or surrender of the ADSs or ordinary shares, provided that the securities issued, transferred and/or surrendered do not represent 90% or more of our issued shares.

153

Australian Death Duty

Australia does not have estate or death duties. As a general rule, no capital gains tax liability is realized upon the inheritance of a deceased person’s shares. The disposal of inherited shares by beneficiaries may, however, give rise to a capital gains tax liability if the gain falls within the scope of Australia’s jurisdiction to tax.

Goods and Services Tax

No Australian goods and services tax will be payable on the supply of the ADSs or ordinary shares.

THE DISCUSSION ABOVE IS A SUMMARY OF THE AUSTRALIAN TAX CONSEQUENCES OF AN INVESTMENT IN OUR ORDINARY SHARES OR ADSs AND IS BASED UPON LAWS AND RELEVANT INTERPRETATIONS THEREOF IN EFFECT AS OF THE DATE OF THIS ANNUAL REPORT, ALL OF WHICH ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE, POSSIBLY WITH RETROACTIVE EFFECT. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR ABOUT THE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO IT OF AN INVESTMENT IN OUR ORDINARY SHARES OR ADSs IN LIGHT OF THE INVESTOR’S OWN CIRCUMSTANCES.

10F. Dividends and Paying Agents

Not applicable.

10G. Statement by Experts

Not applicable.

10H. Documents on Display

We are subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to foreign private issuers and under those requirements will file reports with the SEC. Those reports may be inspected without charge at the locations described below. As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules under the Exchange Act related to the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we are not required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as United States companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. Nevertheless, we will file with the SEC an Annual Report on Form 20-F containing financial statements that have been examined and reported on, with and opinion expressed by an independent registered public accounting firm.

The SEC maintains a website (www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants, such as us, that file electronically with the SEC. With respect to references made in this annual report to any contract or other document of our company, such references are not necessarily complete and you should refer to the exhibits attached or incorporated by reference to this annual report for copies of the actual contract or document.

We maintain a corporate website at www.opthea.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute a part of this annual report and our website address is included herein as an inactive textual reference only.

10I. Subsidiary Information

Not required.

154

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

For information about our exposure to market risk and how we manage this risk, see “Item 5E—Critical Accounting Estimates— Qualitative and Quantitative Disclosures about Market Risk.”

Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

12A. Debt Securities

Not applicable.

12B. Warrants and Rights

Not applicable.

12C. Other Securities

Not applicable.

12D. American Depositary Shares

The Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary, registers and delivers American Depositary Shares, or ADSs. Each ADS represents eight ordinary shares (or a right to receive eight ordinary shares) deposited with HSBC Bank Australia Limited, as custodian for the depositary in Australia. Each Ads also represents any other securities, cash or other property that may be held by the depositary. The deposited shares together with any other securities, cash or other property held by the depositary are referred to as the deposited securities. The depositary’s office at which the ADSs are administered and its principal executive office are located at 240 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10286.

You may hold ADSs either (A) directly (i) by having an ADR, which is a certificate evidencing a specific number of ADSs, registered in your name, or (ii) by having uncertificated ADSs registered in your name, or (B) indirectly by holding a security entitlement in ADSs through your broker or other financial institution that is a direct or indirect participant in The Depository Trust Company, or DTC. If you hold ADSs directly, you are a registered ADS holder, or an ADS holder. This description assumes you are an ADS holder. If you hold the ADSs indirectly, you must rely on the procedures of your broker or other financial institution to assert the rights of ADS holders described in this section. You should consult with your broker or financial institution to find out what those procedures are.

Registered holders of uncertificated ADSs receive statements from the depositary confirming their holdings.

As an ADS holder, you are not treated as one of our shareholders and you do not have shareholder rights. Australian law governs shareholder rights. The depositary is the holder of the shares underlying your ADSs. As a registered holder of ADSs, you have ADS holder rights. The amended and restated deposit agreement among us, the depositary, ADS holders and all other persons indirectly or beneficially holding ADSs sets out ADS holder rights as well as the rights and obligations of the depositary. New York law governs the deposit agreement and the ADSs.

155

Fees and Expenses

The following table shows the fees and charges that a holder of our ADSs may have to pay, either directly or indirectly. The majority of these costs are set by the depositary bank and are subject to change:

Persons depositing or withdrawing shares or ADS holders must pay:	For:
US$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs)	Issuance of ADSs, including issuances resulting from a distribution of shares or rights or other property Cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the deposit agreement terminates
US$0.05 (or less) per ADS	Any cash distribution to ADS holders
A fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable if securities distributed to you had been shares and the shares had been deposited for issuance of ADSs	Distribution of securities distributed to holders of deposited securities (including rights) that are distributed by the depositary to ADS holders
US$0.05 (or less) per ADS per calendar year	Depositary services
Registration or transfer fees	Transfer and registration of shares on our share register to or from the name of the depositary or its agent when you deposit or withdraw shares
Expenses of the depositary	Cable (including SWIFT) and facsimile transmissions (when expressly provided in the deposit agreement) Converting foreign currency to U.S. dollars
Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or the custodian has to pay on any ADSs or shares underlying ADSs, such as stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes	As necessary
Any charges incurred by the depositary or its agents for servicing the deposited securities	As necessary

The depositary collects its fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The depositary may collect its annual fee for depositary services by deduction from cash distributions or by directly billing investors or by charging the book-entry system accounts of participants acting for them. The depositary may collect any of its fees by deduction from any cash distribution payable (or by selling a portion of securities or other property distributable) to ADS holders that are obligated to pay those fees. The depositary may generally refuse to provide fee-attracting services until its fees for those services are paid.

From time to time, the depositary may make payments to us to reimburse us for costs and expenses generally arising out of establishment and maintenance of the ADS program, waive fees and expenses for services provided to us by the depositary or share revenue from the fees collected from ADS holders. In performing its duties under the deposit agreement, the depositary may use brokers, dealers, foreign currency dealers or other service providers that are owned by or affiliated with the depositary and that may earn or share fees, spreads or commissions.

The depositary may convert currency itself or through any of its affiliates, or the custodian or we may convert currency and pay U.S. dollars to the depositary. Where the depositary converts currency itself or through any of its affiliates, the depositary acts as principal for its own account and not as agent, advisor, broker or fiduciary on behalf of any other person and earns revenue, including, without limitation, transaction spreads, that it will retain for its own account. The revenue is based on, among other things, the difference between the exchange rate assigned to the currency conversion made under the deposit agreement and the rate that the depositary or its affiliate receives when

156

buying or selling foreign currency for its own account. The depositary makes no representation that the exchange rate used or obtained by it or its affiliate in any currency conversion under the deposit agreement will be the most favorable rate that could be obtained at the time or that the method by which that rate will be determined will be the most favorable to ADS holders, subject to the depositary’s obligation to act without negligence or bad faith. The methodology used to determine exchange rates used in currency conversions made by the depositary is available upon request. Where the custodian converts currency, the custodian has no obligation to obtain the most favorable rate that could be obtained at the time or to ensure that the method by which that rate will be determined will be the most favorable to ADS holders, and the depositary makes no representation that the rate is the most favorable rate and will not be liable for any direct or indirect losses associated with the rate. In certain instances, the depositary may receive dividends or other distributions from the United States in U.S. dollars that represent the proceeds of a conversion of foreign currency or translation from foreign currency at a rate that was obtained or determined by us and, in such cases, the depositary will not engage in, or be responsible for, any foreign currency transactions and neither it nor we make any representation that the rate obtained or determined by us is the most favorable rate and neither it nor we will be liable for any direct or indirect losses associated with the rate.

Payment of Taxes

ADS holders are responsible for any taxes or other governmental charges payable on your ADSs or on the deposited securities represented by any of your ADSs. The depositary may refuse to register any transfer of your ADSs or allow you to withdraw the deposited securities represented by your ADSs until those taxes or other charges are paid. It may apply payments owed to you or sell deposited securities represented by your ADSs to pay any taxes owed and you will remain liable for any deficiency. If the depositary sells deposited securities, it will, if appropriate, reduce the number of ADSs to reflect the sale and pay to ADS holders any proceeds, or send to ADS holders any property, remaining after it has paid the taxes. Your obligation to pay taxes and indemnify us and the depository against any tax claims will survive the transfer or surrender of your ADSs, the withdrawal of the deposited ordinary shares as well as the termination of the deposit agreement.

See Exhibit 2.3:”Description of Securities” for additional information on the ADSs.

157

PART II

Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

Not applicable.

Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

E. Use of Proceeds

In October 2020, we closed a U.S. initial public offering of 68,506,400 ordinary shares in the form of American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, each representing eight ordinary shares, at an offering price of US$13.50 per ADS for aggregate gross proceeds to us of approximately US$128.2 million. The net offering proceeds to us, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses, were approximately US$116 million. The offering commenced on October 11, 2020 and did not terminate before all of the securities registered in the registration statement were sold. The effective date of the registration statement–on Form F-1 (File No. 333-249020) for the offering was October 16, 2020.

Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and SVB Leerink LLC acted as joint book-running managers for the offering. Oppenheimer & Co. and Truist Securities acted as lead managers for the offering.

The net proceeds from our offering have been used, and are expected to continue to be used, as described in the final prospectus for the offering filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on October 19, 2020.

None of the net proceeds of our initial public offering were paid directly or indirectly to any director, officer, general partner of ours or to their associates, persons owning ten percent or more of any class of our equity securities, or to any of our affiliates.

Item 15. Controls and Procedures

A. Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the specified time periods and accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our management, with the participation of our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) as of June 30, 2021. Based on such evaluation, our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer have concluded that, as of June 30, 2021, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

B. Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

This annual report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting due to a transition period established by the SEC’s rules for newly public companies.

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Prior to our initial public offering, we were a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources to address our internal control and procedures over financial reporting. In the course of auditing our consolidated financial statements for the year ended June 30, 2020, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified one material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting and other control deficiencies as of June 30, 2020. As defined in the standards established by the U.S. Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, a “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

158

The material weakness identified related to our lack of accounting personnel with appropriate knowledge of SEC Reporting.

As of the date of this annual report, we have taken several remedial measures to address the material weakness. In May 2021, we appointed Ms Adams as our Vice President Finance. Ms Adams is an Australian certified public accountant and has extensive U.S. and SEC reporting knowledge.

As such our management concluded that the material weakness as of June 30, 2020 relating to the lack of sufficient accounting personnel with appropriate knowledge of SEC reporting requirements has been remediated as of June 30, 2021.

C. Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the company’s registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by the SEC’s rules for emerging growth companies.

D. Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have disclosed changes to our internal control over financial reporting during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting above.

Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert

The members of our Audit and Risk Committee are Ms. Judith Robertson and Messrs. Michael Sistenich and Daniel Spiegelman. Our board of directors has determined that each of Ms. Robertson and Messrs. Sistenich and Spiegelman satisfies the independence requirements under Nasdaq listing standards and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Exchange Act. The chairperson of our Audit and Risk Committee is Mr. Spiegelman. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Spiegelman is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of SEC regulations. Each member of our Audit and Risk Committee can read and understand fundamental financial statements in accordance with applicable requirements. In arriving at these determinations, our board of directors has examined each member’s scope of experience and the nature of his or her employment.

Item 16B. Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Conduct applicable to all of our directors, officers and employees. Our Code of Conduct is available on our website at www.opthea.com. We post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or the listing standards of Nasdaq concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the Code of Conduct. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of, this annual report.

Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Fees Paid to Independent Public Accountants

The following table sets forth, for each of the years indicated, the fees billed by Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu.

	Year Ended June 30,
	2021		2020		2019
	(in thousands )
Audit Fees	A$	409	A$	615	A$	85
Audit-Related Fees		—		—		—
Tax Fees		—		—		—
Other Fees		45		—		—
Total	A$	454	A$	615	A$	85

159

“Audit Fees” are the aggregate fees billed for the audit of our annual financial statements. This category also includes services that Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu provides, such as consents and assistance with and review of documents filed with the SEC.

“Audit-Related Fees” are the aggregate fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit, including fees related to our public offering, and are not reported under Audit Fees.

“Tax Fees” are the aggregate fees billed for professional services rendered by Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning related services.

“Other Fees” are any additional amounts billed for products and services provided by Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu.

There were no “Audit-Related Fees,”or “Tax Fees” or “Other Fees” billed or paid during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020 or 2019.

Pre-Approval of Audit and Non-Audit Services

The Audit and Risk Management Committee’s pre-approval is required for all services provided by Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu. These services may include audit services, audit-related services, tax services and permissible non-audit services, and are subject to a specific budget. The Audit and Risk Management Committee uses a combination of two approaches – general pre-approval and specific pre-approval – in considering whether particular services or categories of services are consistent with the SEC’s rules on auditor independence. Under general pre-approval proposed services may be pre-approved without consideration of specific case-by-case services.

Item 16D. Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

Not applicable.

Item 16E. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

Not applicable.

Item 16F. Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

Not applicable.

Item 16G. Corporate Governance

Under Nasdaq Stock Market Rule 5615(a)(3), foreign private issuers, such as our company, are permitted to follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of certain provisions of the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules. In order to rely on this exception, we are required to disclose each Nasdaq Stock Market Rule that we do not follow and describe the home country practice we do follow in lieu thereof. In accordance with this exception, we intend to follow Australian corporate governance practices in lieu of the following Nasdaq corporate governance standards:

• We follow Australian law and corporate governance practices in lieu of the requirement under the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules that a quorum for a meeting of shareholders may not be less than 33 1/3% of the outstanding shares of an issuer’s voting ordinary shares. In compliance with Australian law, our Constitution provides that a quorum is three or more shareholders present at the meeting of shareholders and entitled to vote on a resolution at the meeting and, accordingly, we claim the exemption for foreign private issuers with respect to the Nasdaq quorum requirement.

• We follow Australian law and corporate governance practices in lieu of the requirements under the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules that issuers obtain shareholder approval prior to the issuance of securities in connection with a change of control, certain acquisitions, private placements of securities, or the establishment or amendment of certain stock option, purchase or other equity compensation plans or arrangements. Applicable Australian law prohibits the acquisition of a relevant interest in voting shares of a public company such us,

160

if, because of that transaction, a person’s voting power in the company increases from under 20% to over 20% or increases from a starting point that is above 20% and below 90%. This prohibition is subject to a number of exceptions including where the acquisition is approved by a resolution of shareholders of the company in which the acquisition is made. Due to differences between Australian law and corporate governance practices and the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules, we claim the exemption for foreign private issuers with respect to the Nasdaq shareholder approval requirements.

Item 16H. Mine Safety Disclosure

Not applicable.

Item 16I. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Not applicable.

161

PART III

Item 17. Financial Statements

See “Item 18—Financial Statements.”

Item 18. Financial Statements

The consolidated financial statements and the related notes required by this Item are included in this annual report beginning on page F-1.

Item 19. Exhibits

		Incorporated by Reference
Exhibit Number	Exhibit Description	Form	File No.	Exhibit		Filing Date	Filed Herewith
1.1	Certificate of Registration of Opthea Limited.	F-1	333-249020		3.1	9/24/20
1.2	Constitution of Opthea Limited.	F-1	333-249020		3.1	9/24/20
2.1	Form of Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement.	F-1/A	333-249020		4.1	10/9/20
2.2	Form of American Depositary Receipt evidencing American Depositary Shares.	F-1/A	333-249020		4.1	10/9/20
2.3	Description of Securities.						X
4.1*	Amended and Restated Long Term Incentive Plan Rules.	6-K	001-39621		99.3	9/13/21
4.2*	Non-Executive Directors Share and Option Plan Rules.	F-1	333-249020		10.6	9/24/20
4.3*	Executive Employment Contract, dated April 23, 2014, between the Registrant and Megan Baldwin, Ph.D.	F-1	333-249020		10.7	9/24/20
4.4*	Executive Employment Contract, dated May 3, 2021, between the Registrant and Karen Adams.						X
4.5*	Form of Non-Executive Director Agreement.	F-1/A	333-249020		10.9	10/9/20
4.6#	Commercial License Agreement, dated as of October 28, 2013, between the Registrant and Selexis SA.	F-1	333-249020		10.1	9/24/20
4.7#	Biopharmaceutical Manufacturing Agreement, dated as of October 28, 2013, between the Registrant, Patheon Biologics Company Australia Pty Ltd. and Patheon Biologics Company B.V.	F-1	333-249020		10.2	9/24/20
4.8	Form of Deed of Indemnity, Insurance and Access.	F-1	333-249020		10.3	9/24/20

162

4.9	Lease Agreement, dated November 12, 2019, between the Registrant and The Trust Company (Australia) Limited, as custodian for the Newmark Como Property Trust.	F-1	333-249020	10.4	9/24/20
8.1	List of subsidiaries.					X
12.1	Certification of the Principal Executive Officer pursuant to rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.					X
12.2	Certification of the Principal Finance Officer pursuant to rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.					X
13.1†	Certification of the Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.					X
13.2†	Certification of the Principal Finance Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.					X
15.1	Consent of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu, independent registered public accounting firm.					X
101.	The following financial statements from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended   June 30, 2021 were formatted in Inline XBRL: (i) Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Comprehensive Income, (ii) Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, (iii) Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity, (iv) Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, and (v) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text and including detailed tags.					X
104.	The cover page from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, formatted in Inline XBRL (Included as Exhibit 101.					X

* Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

# Certain confidential portions of this exhibit were omitted by means of marking such portions with brackets (“[***]”) because the identified confidential portions are not material and would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

† The certifications attached as Exhibits 13.1 and 13.2 accompanying this Annual Report on Form 10-K are not deemed filed with the SEC and are not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Opthea Limited under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.

163

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

Opthea Limited
By:	/s/ Megan Baldwin
Name:	Megan Baldwin, Ph.D.
Title:	Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director

Dated: October 28, 2021

164

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	F-2
Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income	F-3
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position	F-4
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity	F-5
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows	F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-7

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Opthea Limited

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Opthea Limited and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2021, and 2020, the related consolidated statements of profit or loss and other comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”).

In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2021, and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2021, and 2020, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Change in Accounting Principle

Without qualifying our opinion on the financial statements, we draw attention to Note 3 to the financial statements, which indicates that the Company has changed its functional and presentation currency from Australian dollar to US dollar. The change in functional currency is as of January 1, 2021. The change in presentation currency is as of June 30, 2021, and this change has been retrospectively applied in the financial statements

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“or PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu

DELOITTE TOUCHE TOHMATSU

October, 28, 2021

Perth, Australia

We have served as the Company’s auditors since 2012.

F-2

OPTHEA LIMITED

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

For the Years ended June 30, 2021, and 2020, and 2019

		2021			2020			2019
					Restated			Restated
	Notes	US$			US$			US$
Revenue	7		68,613			59,061			112,497
Other income	8		398,951			522,082			598,269
Research and development	9		(25,891,851	)		(12,064,008	)		(22,419,712	)
Patent expenses			(137,666	)		(282,042	)		(194,512	)
Intellectual property expenses			(291,235	)		(74,938	)
Administration expenses	10		(13,399,748	)		(4,702,860	)		(3,686,621	)
Occupancy expenses	10		(18,445	)		(23,272	)		(78,115	)
Net foreign exchange gain/(loss)	11		(11,011,961	)		(265,989	)		241,814
Loss before income tax			(50,283,342	)		(16,831,966	)		(25,426,380	)
Income tax benefit	12		4,938,846			5,708,767			10,474,432
Loss for the year			(45,344,496	)		(11,123,199	)		(14,951,948	)
Other comprehensive income
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Fair value gains on investments in financial assets			469,767			41,098			181,687
Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax			469,767			41,098			181,687
Total comprehensive loss for the year			(44,874,729	)		(11,082,101	)		(14,770,261	)
Loss for the year is attributable to:
Owners of the Company			(45,344,496	)		(11,123,199	)		(14,951,948	)
	24		(45,344,496	)		(11,123,199	)		(14,951,948	)
Total comprehensive loss for the year is attributable to:
Owners of the Company			(44,874,729	)		(11,082,101	)		(14,770,261	)
			(44,874,729	)		(11,082,101	)		(14,770,261	)
Loss per share attributable to the owners of the Company:
- Basic and diluted loss per share (cents)	13		(14.15	)		(4.27	)		(6.42	)

The above consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. All amounts presented in respect of prior periods have been restated to reflect the change in presentation currency as set out in the accounting policies included in Note 3.

F-3

OPTHEA LIMITED

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

as of June 30, 2021, and 2020

		June 30,			June 30,			July 1,
		2021			2020			2019
					Restated			Restated
	Notes	US$			US$			US$
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	14		118,193,177			42,650,858			15,121,820
Current tax receivable	12		4,972,898			5,868,152			10,278,082
Receivables	15		565,286			195,573			207,701
Prepayments	16		14,386,155			329,151			298,156
Total current assets			138,117,516			49,043,734			25,905,759
Non-current assets:
Investment in financial assets	17	—				199,417			501,454
Property and equipment, net			23,259			25,568			37,963
Right-of-use assets	18		93,852			167,460		—
Prepayments	19		174,541		—			—
Total non-current assets			291,652			392,445			539,417
Total assets			138,409,168			49,436,179			26,445,176
Liabilities
Current liabilities:
Payables	20		2,501,518			4,053,961			4,179,453
Lease liabilities	18		112,965			99,745		—
Other financial liabilities		—				163,548			17,971
Provisions	21		492,002			440,765			378,168
Total current liabilities			3,106,485			4,758,019			4,575,592
Non-current liabilities:
Lease liabilities	18	—				82,545		—
Provisions	22		16,915			27,643			17,445
Total non-current liabilities			16,915			110,188			17,445
Total liabilities			3,123,400			4,868,207			4,593,037
Net Assets			135,285,768			44,567,972			21,852,139
Equity
Contributed equity	23		234,147,526			113,852,364			80,331,016
Pre-funded warrants	23	—			—			—
Accumulated Loss	24		(124,123,982	)		(78,779,486	)		(67,656,287	)
Reserves	24		25,262,224			9,495,094			9,177,410
Total Equity			135,285,768			44,567,972			21,852,139

The above consolidated statement of financial position should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. All amounts presented in respect of prior periods have been restated to reflect the change in presentation currency as set out in the accounting policies included in Note 3.

.

F-4

OPTHEA LIMITED

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

for the Years ended June 30, 2021, and 2020, and 2019

		Contributed		Pre-funded			Option			Share-based			Fair value of			FX translation			Accumulated			Total
		equity		warrants			reserve			payment reserve			Investment reserve			Reserve			Deficit			Equity
	Notes	US$		US$			US$			US$			US$			US$			US$			US$
Balance at July 1,2018 (Restated)			69,788,130	—				1,473,302			1,816,817			353,604			7,530,571			(52,704,339	)		28,258,085
Fair value gains on investments in financial assets	24	—		—			—			—				181,687		—			—			—
Net loss for the year		—		—			—			—			—			—				(14,951,948	)		(14,951,948	)
Total comprehensive income and expense for the period		—		—			—			—				181,687		—				(14,951,948	)		(14,770,261	)
Issuance of ordinary shares	23		9,069,584	—			—			—			—			—			—				9,069,584
Exercise of options granted under LTIP and NED plan	23		1,473,302	—				(1,473,302	)	—			—			—			—			—
Exchange on conversion	24	—		—			—				(100,457	)		(17,591	)		(1,272,630	)	—				(1,390,678	)
Share-based compensation expense	24	—		—			—				685,409		—			—			—				685,409
Balance at June 30, 2019 (Restated)			80,331,016	—			—				2,401,769			517,700			6,257,941			(67,656,287	)		21,852,139
Fair value gains on investments in    financial assets*	24	—		—			—			—				41,098		—			—				41,098
Net loss for the year		—		—			—			—			—			—				(11,123,199	)		(11,123,199	)
Total Comprehensive income and expense for the period		—		—			—			—				41,098		—				(11,123,199	)		(11,082,101	)
Issuance of ordinary shares	23		33,236,520	—			—			—			—			—			—				33,236,520
Exercise of options granted under LTIP and NED plan	23		284,828	—			—				(284,828	)	—			—			—			—
Exchange on conversion	24	—		—			—				266,451			(7,389	)		(430,336	)	—				(171,274	)
Recognition of share-based payment	24	—		—			—				732,688		—			—			—				732,688
Balance at June 30, 2020 (Restated)			113,852,364	—			—				3,116,080			551,409			5,827,605			(78,779,486	)		44,567,972
Fair value gains on investments in    financial assets*	24	—		—			—			—				469,767		—			—				469,767
Net loss for the year		—		—			—			—			—			—				(45,344,496	)		(45,344,496	)
Total Comprehensive income and expense for the period		—		—			—			—				469,767		—				(45,344,496	)		(44,874,729	)
Issuance of ordinary shares and pre-funded warrants on NASDAQ listing net of issuance cost $10,126,959	23		105,477,591		11,546,029		—			—			—			—			—				117,023,620
Issuance of ordinary shares on exercise of pre-funded warrants net of issuance costs $1,099,412	23		11,546,029		(11,546,029	)	—			—			—			—			—			—
Exercise of options granted under LTIP and NED plan	23		3,271,542	—			—				(3,271,542	)	—			—			—			—
Recognition of share-based payment	24	—		—			—				3,897,638		—			—			—				3,897,638
Exchange on conversion	24	—		—			—				345,474			64,235			14,261,558		—				14,671,267
Balance at June 30, 2021			234,147,526	—			—				4,087,650			1,085,411			20,089,163			(124,123,982	)		135,285,768

The above consolidated statement of change in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. All amounts presented in respect of prior periods have been restated to reflect the change in presentation currency as set out in the accounting policies included in Note 3.

F-5

OPTHEA LIMITED

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

for the Years ended June 30, 2021, and 2020, and 2019

		2021			2020			2019
					Restated			Restated
	Notes	US$			US$			US$
Cashflow from operating activities
Interest received			390,128			496,159			590,548
Royalty and license income received			103,031			96,189			122,631
Grant Income			26,949			41,629			57,235
Payment of lease interest			(5,782	)		(5,147	)	—
Payments to suppliers, employees and for research & development and intellectual property costs (inclusive of GST)			(51,894,593	)		(16,437,147	)		(26,910,026	)
Research and development tax incentive scheme credit received			5,834,100			10,118,697			9,097,525
Net cash flows used in operating activities	29		(45,546,167	)		(5,689,620	)		(17,042,087	)
Cash flow from investing activities:
Purchase of plant and equipment			(12,702	)		(2,531	)		(10,398	)
Proceeds from sale of financial assets	17		669,184			335,746			250,241
Net cash used in investing activities			656,482			333,215			239,843
Cash flows from financing activities:
Payment of lease liabilities			(87,373	)		(66,781	)	—
Net proceeds on issue of shares			105,477,591			32,951,692			9,069,584
Net proceeds on issuance of pre-funded warrants			11,546,029		—			—
Cash received for ordinary shares issued on exercise of options		—				284,828		—
Net cash provided by financing activities			116,936,247			33,169,739			9,069,584
Increase in cash and cash equivalents			72,046,562			27,813,334			(7,732,660	)
Effects of exchange rate changes on the balance of cash held in foreign    currencies			3,495,757			(284,296	)		(1,225,847	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period			42,650,858			15,121,820			24,080,327
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	14		118,193,177			42,650,858			15,121,820

The above consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. All amounts presented in respect of prior periods have been restated to reflect the change in presentation currency as set out in the accounting policies included in Note 3.

F-6

OPTHEA LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 Reporting Entity

Opthea Limited (the Company) is a listed public company incorporated in Australia. The address of its registered office and principal place of business is: Suite 0403, Level 4, 650 Chapel Street, South Yarra, VIC 3141, Australia. These consolidated financial statements comprise the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the Group). The Group’s principal activity is the development of new drugs for the treatment of eye diseases.

Note 2. Basis of Accounting

These financial statements are general purpose financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“or IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (the “IASB”).

The financial statements comprise the consolidated financial statements of the Group. For the purposes of preparing the consolidated financial statements, the Company is a for‑profit entity.

The financial statements were authorized for issue by the directors on October 28, 2021.

Note 3. Summary of Accounting Policies

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared using the significant accounting policies and measurement bases summarized below.

Basis of measurement

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for the investments classified as financial assets, which have been measured at fair value. All amounts are presented in United States dollars unless otherwise stated.

Change in presentation and functional currencies

Functional currency

An entity’s functional currency is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates. During the current year, the Group’s operations have continued to move further towards being US$ denominated and several other factors during the period have also contributed to the Group changing its functional currency during the year, such as the completion of U.S. initial public offering (IPO) and the Nasdaq listing in October 2020, opening a US subsidiary in May 2021 for a planned expansion into the US, and expanding the Board of Directors with the appointment of four US based Directors. A significant element in the Group’s assessment to change the functional currency resulted from the significant increase in expenses denominated in US dollars relating to advanced clinical trials since the commencement of Phase 3 trials in March 2021. These changes, as well as the fact that the Group’s principal source of financing is now the U.S. capital market and all of the Group’s budgeting and planning is conducted solely in dollars led to the Company determining that the U.S. dollar (US$) best represents the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity now operates. Accordingly, the Group changed its functional currency from Australian dollar (A$) to U.S. dollar (US$) effective January 1, 2021.

The change in functional currency has been applied prospectively with effect from January 1, 2021 in accordance with the requirements of the Accounting Standards. To give effect in functional currency, the assets and liabilities of the Group were converted into U.S. dollars at a fixed exchange rate of US$1: A$1.2973.

F-7

OPTHEA LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Presentation Currency

Following the change in functional currency, the Group changed its presentation currency from Australian dollars (A$) to US$. The change in presentation currency was made to better reflect the Group’s business activities and to enhance access to U.S. capital markets. Prior to the change, the Group reported its financial statements in Australian dollars (A$).

A change in presentation currency is a change in accounting policy which is accounted for retrospectively, including the restatement of 2019 Balance Sheet. In making this change in presentation currency, the Group followed the requirements set out in IAS 21 The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates. As required by IAS 21, the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income and the consolidated statement of cash flows for each period have been translated into the presentation currency using the average exchange rates prevailing during each reporting period. All assets and liabilities have been translated using the exchange rates prevailing at the consolidated statement of financial position dates. Shareholders’ equity transactions have been translated using the rates of exchange in effect as of the dates of various capital transactions. All resulting exchange differences arising from the translation are included as a separate component of other comprehensive income. All comparative financial information has been restated to reflect the Group’s results as if they had been historically reported in US$ and the effect on the consolidated financial statements resulted in an addition to the foreign currency translation reserve of US$14.3 million.

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries. Control is achieved when the Company:

• Has power over the investee;

• Is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and

• Has the ability to use its power to affect its returns.

Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Company obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when the Company loses control of the subsidiary.

All intragroup assets and liabilities, equity, income, expenses and cash flows relating to transactions between members of the Group are eliminated in full on consolidation.

Foreign currency translation

i. Functional and presentation currency

As of January 1, 2021 the Group determined that its functional and presentation currency had changed from Australian Dollars to United States Dollars. Therefore, the functional and presentation currency of the Group is the United States dollars (US$). The prior year financial information has been restated to United States dollars.

ii. Transactions and balances

Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded in the functional currency by applying the exchange rates ruling in place at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rate of exchange ruling in place at the reporting date.

Non‑monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate as of the date of the initial transaction. Non‑monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was determined.

Financial assets and liabilities

Recognition and derecognition of financial assets

Purchases and sales of financial assets that require delivery of assets within the time frame generally established by regulation or convention in the marketplace are recognized on the trade date, i.e., the date that the

F-8

OPTHEA LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Group commits to purchase the asset. Financial assets are derecognized when the right to receive cash flows from the financial assets has expired or when the entity transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of the financial assets. If the entity neither retains nor transfers substantially all of the risks and rewards, it derecognizes the asset if it has transferred control of the assets.

When financial assets are recognized initially, they are measured at fair value, plus directly attributable transaction costs.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents in the statement of financial position comprise cash at bank and in hand and short‑term deposits with an original maturity of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

For the purposes of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and cash equivalents as defined above.

Other receivables

Other receivables generally comprise bank interest receivable, other receivables from external parties and Goods and Services Tax (GST) credits receivable and are recognized and carried at original invoice amount less an allowance for any uncollectible amounts. The amounts are usually received within 30 to 60 days of recognition.

The Group measures the loss allowance for receivables at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses (ECL). The ECL on receivables are estimated under the simplified approach as permitted under IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments.” This uses a provision matrix by reference to past experience of the debtor and an analysis of the debtor’s current financial position, adjusted for factors that are specific to the debtors and general economic conditions of the industry in which the debtors operate.

The Group writes off a receivable when there is information indicating that the debtor is in severe financial difficulty and there is no realistic prospect of recovery.

Investments

Investments in financial assets comprise of the Group’s non‑current investments in listed companies.

On initial recognition, the Group may make an irrevocable election (on an instrument‑by‑instrument basis) to designate investments in equity instruments as fair value through other comprehensive income (FVTOCI). Designation at FVTOCI is not permitted if the equity instrument is held for trading.

Investments in equity instruments at FVTOCI are initially measured at fair value plus transaction costs. Subsequently, they are measured at fair value with gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the fair value of investments reserve. The fair values of investments in financial assets that are actively traded in organized financial markets is determined by reference to quoted market bid prices at the close of business on the reporting date. The cumulative gain or loss is not reclassified to profit or loss on disposal of the equity instruments.

Dividends on these investments in equity instruments are recognized in profit or loss in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards.

Finance income

Almost all of the Group’s finance income is earned on short‑term bank deposits, and as such, finance income is recognized when the Group’s right to receive the payment is established.

Payables

Payables are carried at amortized cost and due to their short‑term nature, they are not discounted. They represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of the financial year that are

F-9

OPTHEA LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

unpaid and arise when the Group becomes obliged to make future payments in respect of the purchase of these goods and services.

The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition.

Other financial liabilities

Other financial liabilities in the consolidated statement of financial position represent the year end marked‑to‑market value of forward rate foreign exchange contracts to purchase US dollars (Contracts) which were entered into prior to the change in functional currency which took place on January 1, 2021. These Contracts were used to settle US dollar denominated payables and expired within one year.

The foreign exchange loss on recognition of the Contracts was included in ‘net foreign exchange gain/(loss)’ in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

Plant and equipment

Plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. Depreciation is calculated on a straight‑line basis over their useful economic lives as follows:

• Equipment and furniture – 3 to 10 years; and

• Leasehold improvements – 8 years or the term of the lease if shorter.

The assets’ residual values, useful lives and amortization methods are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each financial year end.

An item of plant and equipment is derecognized upon disposal or when no further economic benefits are expected from its use or disposal.

Leases

The Group assesses at contract inception whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.

The Group applies a single recognition and measurement approach for all leases, except for short‑term leases and leases of low‑value assets. The Group recognizes lease liabilities to make lease payments and right‑of‑use assets representing the right to use the underlying assets.

Right‑of‑use assets

Right‑of‑use assets are recognized at the commencement date of the lease (that is the date the underlying asset is available for use). Right‑of‑use assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses, and adjusted for any remeasurement of lease liabilities. The cost of right‑of‑use assets include the amount of lease liabilities recognized, initial direct costs incurred, and lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received. Right‑of‑use assets are depreciated on a straight‑line basis over the shorter of the lease terms and the estimated useful lives of the assets.

Lease liabilities

Lease liabilities are recognized at the commencement date of the lease at the present value of lease payments to be made over the lease term. The lease payments include fixed payments (including in‑substance fixed payments) less any lease incentives receivable.

In calculating the present value of lease payments, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate at the lease commencement date because the interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable. The incremental borrowing rate is determined using market yields on bonds with similar terms to maturity. After the commencement date, the amount of lease liabilities is increased to reflect the accretion of interest and reduced for the lease payments made. In addition, the carrying amount of lease liabilities is remeasured if there is a

F-10

OPTHEA LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

modification, a change in the lease term, a change in lease payments (e.g., a change to future lease payments resulting from a change in an index or rate).

Leases of low‑value assets

For short‑term leases (lease term of 12 months or less) and leases of low‑value assets (such as photo copiers and telephones), the Group has opted to recognize a lease expense on a straight‑line basis as permitted by IFRS 16. This expense is presented within “administrative expenses” in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

Research and development costs

Research costs are expensed as incurred. An intangible asset arising from the development expenditure on an internal project will only be recognized when the Group can demonstrate the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale, its intention to complete and its ability to use or sell the asset, how the asset will generate future economic benefits, the availability of resources to complete the development and the ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development.

As of June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Group is in the research phase and has not capitalized any development costs to date.

Provisions and employee benefits

i. Wages, salaries, annual leave and sick leave

Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non‑monetary benefits and annual leave expected to be settled within 12 months of the reporting date are recognized in current provisions in respect of employees’ services up to the reporting date. They are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled. Expenses for non‑accumulating sick leave are recognized when the leave is taken and are measured at the rate paid or payable.

ii. Long service leave

The liability for long service leave is recognized in the provision for employee benefits and measured as the present value of expected future payments to be made in respect of services provided by employees up to the reporting date. Consideration is given to expected future wage and salary levels, experience of employee departures, and periods of service. Expected future payments are discounted using market yields at the reporting date on bonds with terms to maturity that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows.

Share‑based payment transactions

The Group provides benefits to directors and employees (including key management personnel) of the Group in the form of share‑based payments, whereby employees render services in exchange for shares or rights over shares (equity‑settled transactions).

The cost of these equity‑settled transactions with employees is measured by reference to the fair value at the date at which they are granted. Binomial models are used to value the options issued.

The cost of the equity‑settled transactions is recognized, together with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period in which the performance conditions are fulfilled (the vesting period), ending on the date on which the relevant employees become fully entitled to the award (the vesting date).

The charge to profit or loss for the period is the cumulative amount less the amounts already charged in previous periods. There is a corresponding credit to equity.

Until an award has vested, any amounts recorded are contingent and will be adjusted if more or fewer awards vest than were originally anticipated to do so.

F-11

OPTHEA LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Contributed equity

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Revenue recognition

License revenue in connection with licensing of the Group’s intellectual property (including patents) to customers is recognized as a right to use the Group’s intellectual property as it exists at the point in time in which the license is granted. This is because the contracts for the license of intellectual property are distinct and do not require, nor does the customer reasonably expect, that the Group will undertake further activities that significantly affect the intellectual property to which the customer has the rights. Although the Group is entitled to sales‑based royalties from the eventual sales of goods and services to third parties using the intellectual property licensed, these royalty arrangements do not in themselves indicate that the customer would reasonably expect the Group to undertake such activities, and no such activities are undertaken or contracted in practice. Accordingly, the promise to provide rights to the Group’s intellectual property is accounted for as a performance obligation satisfied at a point in time.

The following consideration is received in exchange for licenses of intellectual property:

• Up‑front license fees – these are fixed amounts and are recognized at the point in time when the Group transfers the intellectual property to the customer.

• Sales‑based royalties – these are variable consideration amounts promised in exchange for the license of intellectual property and are recognized when the sales to third parties occur given the performance obligation to transfer the intellectual property to the customer is already satisfied.

During the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Group’s only revenue related to sales‑based royalties.

Income tax

Current tax

Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities based on the current period’s taxable income.

The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

Research and development tax incentive

The Research and Development (R&D) Tax Incentive Scheme is an Australian Federal Government program under which eligible companies with annual aggregated revenue of less than A$20 million can receive cash amounts equal to 43.5% of eligible research and development expenditures from the Australian Taxation Office (ATO). The R&D Tax Incentive Scheme incentive relates to eligible expenditure incurred in Australia and, under certain circumstances, overseas on the development of the Group’s lead candidate, OPT‑302. The R&D tax incentive is applied annually to eligible expenditure incurred during the Group’s financial year following annual application to AusIndustry, an Australian governmental agency, and subsequent filing of its Income Tax Return with the ATO after the financial year end.

The Group estimates the amount of R&D tax incentive after the completion of the financial year based on eligible Australia and overseas expenditures incurred during that year.

The Group has presented incentives in respect of the R&D Tax Incentive Scheme within income tax benefit in the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income by analogizing with IAS 12 “Income Taxes”.

F-12

OPTHEA LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Deferred tax

Deferred income tax is provided on all temporary differences at the reporting date between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes.

Deferred income tax liabilities are recognized for all taxable temporary differences except when the deferred income tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and that, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss.

Deferred income tax assets are recognized for all deductible temporary differences, carry forward of unused tax assets (or credits) and unused tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences, and the carry forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilized, except when the deferred income tax asset relating to the deductible temporary differences arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit or taxable profit or loss.

The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred income tax asset to be utilized.

Unrecognized deferred income tax assets are reassessed at each reporting date and are recognized to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profit will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the year when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at balance date.

Income taxes relating to items recognized directly in equity are recognized directly in equity and not in profit or loss.

Tax consolidation legislation

Tax consolidation is a system adopted by the ATO that treats a group of entities as a single entity for tax purposes. Opthea Limited and its 100% owned Australian domiciled subsidiary formed a tax consolidated group effective July 1, 2003. The head entity, Opthea Limited, and its controlled entity, Vegenics Pty Ltd, are current members of the tax consolidated group and account for their own current and deferred tax amounts. Members of the tax consolidated group have adopted the “separate taxpayer within group” method to allocate the current and deferred tax amounts to each entity within the Group. This method requires adjustments for transactions and events occurring within the tax consolidated group that do not give rise to a tax consequence for the Group or that have a different tax consequence at the level of the Group.

Other taxes

Revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities are recognized net of the amount of GST except:

• When the GST incurred on a purchase of goods and services is not recoverable from the taxation authority, in which case the GST is recognized as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense item as applicable; and

• Receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included.

The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to the taxation authority is included as part of receivables or payables in the statement of financial position.

Cash flows are included in the statement of cash flows on a gross basis and the GST component of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities, which is recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is classified as part of operating cash flows.

F-13

OPTHEA LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Commitments and contingencies are disclosed net of the amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority.

Note 4. Critical Accounting Judgements and Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty

In applying the Group’s accounting policies, management continually evaluates judgments, estimates and assumptions based on experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that may have an impact on the Group. All judgments, estimates and assumptions made are believed to be reasonable based on the most current set of circumstances available to management. Actual results may differ from the judgments, estimates and assumptions.

Significant judgments, estimates and assumptions made by management in the preparation of these financial statements are outlined below:

4.1 Critical judgments in applying accounting policies

Research and development costs

The majority of Opthea’s expenditure is incurred as a result of clinical trials for OPT‑302. During the years ended June 30, 2019 2020 and 2021, Opthea progressed Phase 2b wet age‑related macular degeneration (wet AMD) and Phase 1b/2a diabetic macular edema (DME) trials. Phase 3 clinical trials for OPT-302 was initiated during 2021. A key measure of Opthea’s performance is the level of expenditure incurred on the research of OPT‑302.

Judgment is required in relation to:

• The classification of expenses in the income statement between research and development costs and operating expenses; and

• Whether costs relate to R&D, and consequently if they meet the capitalization criteria under AASB 138 “Intangible Assets.”

The directors have determined that the Group is still in a research phase and accordingly, no development costs have been capitalized as of June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

Taxation

Research and development tax incentive

The Research and Development (R&D) Tax Incentive Scheme is an Australian Federal Government program under which eligible companies can receive cash refunds of 43.5% of eligible R&D expenditure. Judgments are required as to the R&D tax incentive refundable offset eligibility in respect of:

• The Group’s ability to make claims and its continued compliance under the scheme;

• R&D and other supporting costs previously approved by Australian tax authorities;

• Estimated amounts, timing and geographical location of future costs related to the projects for which applications have been approved to date; and

• Assessment of whether expenditure on projects for which approval has been given by Australian tax authorities relate to Australian or overseas expenditure.

For the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Group has recognized an R&D tax incentive receivable of US$5.0 million and US$5.9 million respectively within the consolidated statement of financial position, with a corresponding amount recognized within income tax benefit within the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

F-14

OPTHEA LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

The R&D tax incentive receivable as of June 30, 2021 and 2020 is based on the legislation as currently enacted as of June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Any proposed changes to the legislation, such as rate changes to the eligibility requirements, may have a retrospective impact if the legislation is passed, currently no such legislative changes have occurred.

Investment tax credits such as the R&D tax incentive are outside of the scope of IAS 12 “Income Taxes” and IAS 20 “Accounting for Government Grants and Disclosure of Government Assistance.” Based on the guidance in IAS 8 “Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors,” companies need to make an accounting policy choice on how to present these incentives, which in practice is done by either analogizing with IAS 12 or with IAS 20. In the Group’s opinion, the R&D tax incentive should be presented by analogizing to IAS 12 because the nature of the incentive is considered to be more closely aligned to income taxes, based on the following considerations:

• The R&D tax incentive is considered an income tax offset which will be offset against the Group’s tax obligation if and when the Group returns to a net tax payable position. In addition, whilst the Group is currently eligible to receive cash payments under the scheme since its consolidated revenue is currently below A$20 million, if and when the Group generates revenue in excess of A$20 million the R&D tax incentive will become non‑refundable and can only be offset against any future income tax payable by the Group.

• The ATO, which is the tax authority in Australia, manages the annual claims process as the R&D tax incentive is included in the Group’s annual income tax return.

• The ATO is also responsible for making the R&D tax incentive cash payment if a company is eligible for a cash refund under the program, oversees compliance with the requirements of the R&D tax incentive scheme and performs pre‑issuance reviews.

Income tax

The Group’s accounting policy for taxation requires judgments as to the differences between tax and accounting treatments of income and costs recognized in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income. Judgment is also required in assessing whether deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized in the statement of financial position and if accumulated income tax losses can be used to offset potential future tax profits.

Functional currency

Effective January 1, 2021 the Group’s functional and presentation currency changed from Australian dollars to U.S. dollars as disclosed in Note 3.

The Group’s assets, liabilities and equity which were previously denominated in Australian dollars were translated into U.S. dollars on the date the functional currency changed.

Significant judgment is required in determining the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Group operates, which requires an evaluation of various indicators related to the Group’s underlying transactions, events and conditions as they relate to generating and expending cash.

4.2 Key sources of estimation uncertainty

Share‑based payment transactions

The Group measures the cost of equity‑settled transactions with employees by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the date at which they are granted. Fair values are determined internally using Binomial models. The related assumptions are detailed in note 31. The accounting estimates and assumptions relating to equity‑settled share‑based payments have no impact on the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in future reporting periods but may impact expenses and equity. Should one or more of the assumptions and estimates

F-15

OPTHEA LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

used in estimating the fair value of share‑based payments change, this could have a material impact on the amounts recognized in equity and employee‑related expenses.

Note 5. Application of New and Revised Accounting Standards

New and amended Accounting Standards that are effective for the current year

The Group has adopted all of the new and revised Standards and Interpretations issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (the IASB) that are relevant to its operations and effective for the current year.

New and revised Standards and amendments thereof and Interpretations effective for the current year that are relevant to the Group include:

• International Financial Reporting Standard Definition of Material (Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS ‑8)

• International Financial Reporting Standard Amendments to Conceptual Framework (IAS 1 and IAS 8)

In the current year, the Group has applied a number of amendments to International Financial Reporting Standards and Interpretations issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) that are effective for an annual period that begins on or after July 1, 2020. Their adoption has not had any material impact on the disclosures or on the amounts reported in these financial statements.

New and revised International Accounting Standards and Interpretations on issue but not yet effective

At the date of authorization of the financial statements, the Group has not applied the following new and revised International Accounting Standards, Interpretations and amendments that have been issued but are not yet effective:

Standard/amendments	Effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after
IFRS 1, IAS 12– Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction	January 1,2023
IAS 8– Disclosure of Accounting Policies and Definition of Accounting Estimates	January 1,2023
IFRS 10 and IAS 28 – Effective Date of Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28– Effective Date of Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 and Editorial Corrections	January 1,2023                                                                                                                                                                                                    (Editorial correction apply from January 1, 2018)
IAS 1 – Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-Current	January 1,2023
IAS 1– Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-Current – Deferral of Effective Date	January 1,2023
IFRS 16, IFRS 9, IFRS 1 and IAS 41 – Annual Improvements 2018-2020 and Other Amendments	January 1,2023
IFRS 16 Related Rent Concessions beyond 30 June 2021 Amendment to IFRS16	June 1, 2021

The new and revised Accounting Standards, Interpretations and amendments listed above are not expected to have a material impact on the amounts recognized or disclosures included in the Group’s financial statements.

Note 6. Segment Information

The Group operates in one industry and one geographical area, those being the biotechnology and healthcare industry and Australia (as the U.S subsidiary was only incorporated in May 2021 and currently has no transactions or contracts with customers), respectively.

The Group is focused primarily on developing a novel therapy for the treatment of highly prevalent and progressive retinal diseases.

The chief executive officer regularly reviews entity wide information that is compliant with International Financial Reporting Standards. There is only one segment for segment reporting purposes, and the information

F-16

OPTHEA LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

reviewed by the chief executive officer for the purpose of resources allocation and performance assessment is the same as the information presented in the consolidated financial statements.

The Group’s only revenue stream in the current and previous financial year is royalty income generated from licenses granted in respect of the Group’s intellectual property that are unrelated to the Group’s core business and the development of OPT‑302 and that are not under development. These licenses are primarily used by third‑party licensees for research purposes. All of the royalty income of US$68,613 (2020: US$59,061 2019:US$112,497) was generated from customers based outside of Australia. The Group does not have any major customers. All property, plant and equipment are located in Australia.

Note 7. Revenue

	2021		2020		2019
			Restated		Restated
	US$		US$		US$
Revenue		68,613		59,061		112,497
Total Revenue		68,613		59,061		112,497

Note 8. Other Income

	2021		2020		2019
			Restated		Restated
	US$		US$		US$
Finance Income		372,002		480,453		541,034
Grant Income		26,949		41,629		57,235
Total other income		398,951		522,082		598,269

Note 9. Research and Development Expenses

	2021		2020		2019
			Restated		Restated
	US$		US$		US$
Research project costs		25,891,851		12,064,008		22,419,712
Total research and development expenses		25,891,851		12,064,008		22,419,712

(1) The research project costs relate to the research programs in respect to the treatment of eye diseases by OPT‑302.

F-17

OPTHEA LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Note 10. Expenses

	2021		2020		2019
			Restated		Restated
	US$		US$		US$
(a) Administrative expenses
Employee benefits expenses:
Salaries and fees		1,794,840		1,424,237		1,441,522
Cash bonuses		479,501		193,588		295,626
Superannuation		188,543		141,019		155,218
Share-based payments expense		3,897,638		732,688		685,409
Total employee benefits expense		6,360,522		2,491,532		2,577,775
Other expenses:
Insurance		4,419,433		335,786		269,060
Investor relations costs		285,071		254,212		293,313
Audit and accounting		647,549		221,410		98,553
Travel expenses		1,459		44,521		59,994
Payroll tax		18,766		134,845		62,237
Legal fees		83,605		372,431		16,025
Advisory fees		393,843		416,082	—
Consultancy costs		367,070	—		—
Other expenses		714,328		334,262		286,057
Total other expenses		6,931,124		2,113,549		1,085,239
Depreciation of:
Equipment and furniture		15,012		14,581		14,194
Leasehold improvements	—			344		9,413
Right-of-use assets		91,656		81,611	—
Total depreciation expense		106,668		96,536		23,607
Loss on disposal of non-current assets		1,434		1,243	—
Total administrative expenses		13,399,748		4,702,860		3,686,621
(b) Occupancy expenses
Short term and low value lease expenses	—			1,539		56,582
Lease incidental costs		18,445		21,733		21,533
Total occupancy expense		18,445		23,272		78,115

Note 11. Net Foreign Exchange (Loss)/Gain

	2021			2020			2019
				Restated			Restated
	US$			US$			US$
Net foreign exchange (loss)/gain		(11,011,961	)		(265,989	)		241,814
Total net foreign exchange (loss)/gain		(11,011,961	)		(265,989	)		241,814

Exchange differences arising on the translation of monetary items are recognized in the Statement Profit and Loss and other Comprehensive Income, except where deferred in equity as a qualifying cash flow or net investment hedge. After the Company’s US IPO where the Company raised US$128 million, the Company entered into an Australian dollar denominated term deposit worth US$100 million (AUD141.9million) maturing on February 3, 2021. The Company simultaneously entered into a foreign currency exchange contract under which the term deposit converted back to US dollars at effectively the same foreign exchange rate as when the term

F-18

OPTHEA LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

deposit was entered into. As the Group’s functional currency was the Australian dollar (A$) until December 31, 2020, the Group recorded a foreign exchange loss of US$9milion in relation to this transaction.

Note 12. Income Taxes

	2021		2020		2019
			Restated		Restated
	US$		US$		US$
(a) Income tax benefit
The major components of income tax benefit are:
Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income
Current tax
Current income tax credit		4,938,846		5,708,767		10,474,432
		4,938,846		5,708,767		10,474,432
Deferred tax
In respect of the current year		—		—		—
Total income tax benefit recognized in the Statement of Comprehensive Income		4,938,846		5,708,767		10,474,432
(b) Current tax receivable	June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020
	US$		US$
Research and Development Tax Incentive Credit receivable		4,972,898		5,868,152

(c) Numerical reconciliation between aggregate income tax benefit recognized in the Statement of Profit of Loss and Other Comprehensive Income and benefit calculated per the statutory income tax rate

A reconciliation between income tax benefit and the product of accounting loss before income tax multiplied by the Group’s applicable income tax rate is as follows:

	2021			2020			2019
				Restated			Restated
	US$			US$			US$
Accounting loss before tax		(50,283,342	)		(16,831,966	)		(25,426,380	)
At the Company's statutory income tax rate of 30% (2020:27.5%, 2019:27.5%)		15,085,003			4,628,791			6,992,255
R&D tax incentive on eligible expenses		4,938,846			5,708,767			10,474,432
Non-deductible R&D expenditure		(3,420,951	)		(3,624,766	)		—
Other non-deductible expenses - share-based payment expense		(1,169,291	)		(201,489	)		—
Amount of temporary differences and carried forward tax losses not recognized		(10,494,761	)		(802,536	)		(6,992,255	)
		4,938,846			5,708,767			10,474,432

F-19

OPTHEA LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

(d) Recognized deferred tax assets and liabilities in statement of financial position	June 30,2021			June 30, 2020
Deferred income tax at June 30 relates to the following:
Deferred tax liabilities:
Interest and royalty income receivable (future assessable income)		(2,344,514	)		(70,925	)
		(2,344,514	)		(70,925	)
Deferred tax assets related to temporary differences:
Recognition of tax losses		1,508,764			—
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		205,458			303,383
Employee provisions		152,675			128,812
Other miscellaneous items		477,617			430,839
		2,344,514			863,034
Less: temporary differences not recognized		—			(792,109	)
Net deferred tax recognized in the statement of financial position		—			—

(e) Unrecognized temporary differences

Temporary differences with respect to deferred tax assets associated with intellectual property and other miscellaneous items which have a low probability of realization are unrecognized. These amounted to nil at year end (2020: US$792,109).

(f) Carry forward unrecognized tax losses

The Group had income tax losses of US$20,846,641 and capital losses of US$672,934 at year end (2020: income tax losses of US$14,378,726 and capital losses of US$672,934) for which no deferred tax asset is recognized on the consolidated statement of financial position as they are currently not considered probable of realization. These tax losses are available indefinitely for offset against future assessable income subject to continuing to meet relevant statutory tests.

(g) Franking credit balance

Franking credits are a type of tax credit in Australia that is available to the Group’s shareholder to reduce double taxation on any dividends paid by the Group. The franking account balance at the end of the financial year at 30% (2020: 30%) is A$227,371 (2020: A$227,371), which represents the amount of franking credits available for the subsequent financial year. Franking credits are not recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position.

F-20

OPTHEA LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Note 13. Earnings per Share

	2021			2020			2019
				Restated			Restated
	US$			US$			US$
The following reflects the income used in the basic and diluted earnings per share computations:
(a) Earnings used in calculating earnings per share
Net loss attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent		(45,344,496	)		(11,123,199	)		(14,951,948	)
(b) Weighted average number of shares
Weighted average number of ordinary shares on issue for basic earnings per share		320,432,814			260,795,745			232,795,371
Effect of dilution:
Share options	—			—			—
Weighted average number of ordinary shares adjusted for the effect of dilution		320,432,814			260,795,745			232,795,371
Loss per share (basic and diluted in cents)		(14.15	)		(4.27	)		(6.42	)

There have been no transactions involving ordinary shares or potential ordinary shares that would significantly change the number of ordinary shares or potential ordinary shares outstanding between the reporting date and the date of completion of this financial report.

Diluted earnings per share is calculated as net loss divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares and dilutive potential ordinary shares. Options granted under the Long Term Incentive (LTIP) and Non‑Executive Director Share and Option (NED Plan) plans would generally be included in the calculation due to the conditions of the issuance being satisfied. As the Group is in a loss position, the options are anti‑dilutive and, accordingly, the basic loss per share is the same as the diluted loss per share.

A total number of 16,644,000 options outstanding June 30, 2021 were anti‑dilutive and were therefore excluded from the weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of diluted earnings per share. These options related to the following option plans

We have not declared or paid any dividends on our ordinary shared. We intend to retain any earnings for use in our business and do not currently intend to pay cash dividends on our ordinary shares.  Dividends, if any, on our outstanding ordianry shares will be declared by and subject to the discretion of our board of directors, and subject to Australian law.

	2021		2020		2019
NED Plan		10,000,000		6,000,000		6,000,000
LTIP		6,644,000		12,044,000		12,969,000
		16,644,000		18,044,000		18,969,000

As of June 30, 2021, 11,394,000 outstanding options were exercisable as of that date (2020: 18,044,000).

Note 14. Current Assets – Cash and Cash Equivalents

	June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020
			Restated
	US$		US$
Cash at bank and in hand		15,538,510		2,077,089
Short-term deposits		102,654,667		40,573,769
Total cash and cash equivalents		118,193,177		42,650,858

F-21

OPTHEA LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Cash at bank earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents represent fair value.

Short term‑deposits are with two major Australian banks and are made for varying periods of between 30 and 90 days, depending on the immediate cash requirements of the Group, and earn interest at a fixed rate for the respective short‑term deposit periods. At year end, the average rate was 0.24% (2020: 1.01%).

.

Note 15. Current Assets - Receivables

	June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020
			Restated
	US$		US$
Interest receivable		37,905		56,032
GST receivable1		136,239		105,124
Other receivable1		391,142		34,417
Total current receivables		565,286		195,573

1 The GST and other receivables are non‑interest bearing. There were no receivables with a material expected credit loss recorded during the financial year (2020: nil).

Note 16. Current Assets - Prepayments

	June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020
			Restated
	US$		US$
R&D Contract Research Organization		12,551,398		—
Insurance		1,820,059		320,521
Other prepayments		14,698		8,630
Total current prepayments		14,386,155		329,151

The R&D Contract Research Organization prepayment consists of prepayments on the Phase 3 clinical trial for OPT‑302 in order to secure sites across the world and start patient recruitment. These prepayments covered the initial startup of the Phase 3 clinical trials and are expected to be consumed within the next 12 months. The Insurance amount relates to specific Phase 3 Clinical trial insurance in place for various sites around the world covering periods to 2024. The non‑current portion of the prepayments are recorded as non‑current assets. Refer Note 19.

Note 17. Non-Current Assets – Investments in Financial Assets

	June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020
			Restated
	US$		US$
Listed Australian shares - at fair value1		—		199,417
		—		199,417

F-22

OPTHEA LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Details of listed Australian shares

Listed Investments	Ownership interest			Fair value at June 302		Exchange on translation			Disposal in the financial year3			Financial value gain/(loss) recognized in OCI4			Opening fair value
2021
Non-current investments:
Optiscan Imaging Limited		—			—		—			(669,184	)		469,767			199,417
Total listed investments				—		—				(669,184	)		469,767			199,417
2020 (Restated)
Non-current investments:
Antisense Therapeutics Ltd					—		(2,469	)		(335,746	)		174,196			164,019
Optiscan Imaging Limited		1.73	%		199,417		(4,920	)		—			(133,098	)		337,435
Total listed investments					199,417		(7,389	)		(335,746	)		41,098			501,454

1 These financial assets are investments in equity instruments and are not held for trading, they are held for medium to long‑term strategic purposes. Accordingly, the Group has elected to designate these investments in equity instruments as at FVTOCI as recognizing short‑term fluctuations in these investments’ fair value in profit or loss would not be consistent with the Group’s strategy of holding these investments for long‑term purposes and realizing their performance potential in the long run.

2 The fair value represents the share (bid) price at year end and does not include any capital gains tax or selling costs that may be applicable on the disposal of these investments. These non‑current investments in listed shares consist of investments in ordinary shares, and therefore have no fixed maturity date or coupon rate.

3 During the year ended June 30, 2021, the Group’s investment in Optiscan Imaging Limited (OIL) was sold for net proceeds of US$669,184. The increase in fair value during the year of US$469,767 was recognized in other comprehensive income. The fair value of the investment in OIL at the disposal date was US$669,184. The Group disposed of the investment in line with its Treasury and Investment Policy.

During the year ended June 30, 2020, the Group disposed of its remaining investment in Antisense    Therapeutics Ltd (ANP) for net proceeds of US$335,746. The increase in fair value during the year of US$174,196 was recognized in other comprehensive income. In accordance with the Group’s accounting policy, the gain remains within the fair value of investments reserve. The fair value of the investment in ANP at the disposal date was US$335,746. The Group disposed of the investment in line with its Treasury and Investments Policy.

4 A fair value increase of US$469,767 (2020: US$41,098) in the carrying value of investments has been made through other comprehensive income in the year due to a net increase in their market value in the year.

F-23

OPTHEA LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Note 18. Right-of-Use Assets

Right‑of‑use asset

The Group has a three‑year lease contract for its head office premises in Melbourne, Australia which commenced on July 15, 2019. The agreement does not contain any extension options. The carrying amount of the lease at June 30, 2021 and 2020 is as follows:

	June 30, 2021			June 30, 2020
				Restated
	US$			US$
Right-of-Use Asset Cost
Opening balance as of July 1		251,189			—
Additions		—			251,189
Exchange on translations		30,365			—
		281,554			251,189
Right-of-Use-Asset Depreciation
Opening balance as of July 1		(83,729	)		—
Charge to the period		(91,656	)		(81,611	)
Exchange on translation		(12,317	)		(2,118	)
		(187,702	)		(83,729	)
Net carrying amount of June 30		93,852			167,460

Lease liabilities

Lease liabilities are as indicated below. At the commencement date of the lease of its office premises, the Group recognizes lease liabilities measured at the present value of lease payments to be made over the lease term ending on July 14, 2022, using an incremental borrowing rate of 3%.

	June 30, 2021			June 30, 2020
				Restated
	US$			US$
Carrying amount at July 1		182,290			—
New lease		—			251,189
Payments		(69,325	)		(68,899	)
Carrying amount at June 30		112,965			182,290
Maturity analysis:
Year 1		124,495			105,026
Year 2		—			87,827
		124,495			192,853
Less: unearned interest		(11,530	)		(10,563	)
		112,965			182,290
Analyzed into:
Current portion		112,965			99,745
Non-current portion		—			82,545
		112,965			182,290

	2021		2020(1)
			Restated
	US$		US$
Amounts recognized in profit or loss:
Depreciation expense on right-of-use asset		91,656		81,611
Lease finance costs		5,782		5,148
Expense relating to leases of low value assets		7,042		6,497
		104,480		93,256

F-24

OPTHEA LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

(1) The adoption of IFRS 16 :Leases which became applicable on July 1, 2019 was reflected in the 2020 year, no expenditure in relation to right-of-use-assets was recognized in the 2019 year.

The Group did not have any short‑term leases during the years ended June 30, 2021 and 2020. The above amounts are recorded in administrative expenses.

Note 19. Non-Current Assets - Prepayments

	June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020
			Restated
	US$		US$
Insurance		174,541		—
Total non-current prepayments		174,541		—

The non‑current prepayment amount relates to specific Phase 3 Clinical trial insurance in place for various sites around the world covering periods to 2024.

Note 20. Current Liabilities – Payables

	June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020
			Restated
	US$		US$
Accounts Payable (unsecured)1		2,417,719		4,014,818
Payroll related tax liability		83,799		39,143
Total current payables		2,501,518		4,053,961

1 Accounts Payable are non‑interest bearing and are normally settled on 30 day terms.

Note 21. Current Liabilities - Provisions

	June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020
			Restated
	US$		US$
Annual leave		289,043		277,469
Long service leave		202,959		163,296
Total current provisions		492,002		440,765

Note 22. Non-Current Liabilities - Provisions

	June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020
			Restated
	US$		US$
Long service leave		16,915		27,643
Total non-current provisions		16,915		27,643

F-25

OPTHEA LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Note 23. Contributed Equity

	June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020		July 1, 2019
			Restated		Restated
	US$		US$		US$
(a) Ordinary shares
Issued and fully paid at June 30		234,147,526		113,852,364		80,331,016
Movement in ordinary shares:
Opening balance		113,852,364		80,331,016		69,788,130
Issue of shares on exercise of quoted options		—		—		9,069,584
Issue of shares		—		33,236,520		—
Issue of shares on exercise of options granted under the LTIP		—		284,828		—
Issue of shares on Nasdaq listing net of issuance cost $10,126,959		105,477,591		—		—
Issue of shares on exercise of pre-funded warrants net of issuance cost $1,099,412		11,546,029		—		—
Transfer from option reserve		3,271,542		—		1,473,302
		234,147,526		113,852,364		80,331,016
Ordinary shares on issue:	No:		No:		No:
Opening balance		269,157,769		249,414,839		202,637,888
Issue of shares on exercise of quoted options		—		—		46,776,951
Issue of shares		—		19,742,930		—
Issue of shares on exercise of options granted under the LTIP		5,845,804		—		—
Issues of shares on Nasdaq listing		68,506,400		—		—
Issue of share on exercise of pre-funded warrants		7,493,568		—		—
		351,003,541		269,157,769		249,414,839

Fully paid ordinary shares have no par value, carry one vote per share and carry the right to dividends.

Issued capital at June 30, 2021 amounted to US$234,147,526 (351,003,541 fully paid ordinary shares) net of share issue costs and tax. During the year ended June 30, 2021 the Company issued 68,506,400 ordinary shares on Nasdaq listing for net proceeds of US$105,477,591 as well as issued 7,493,568 pre‑funded warrants for net proceeds of US$11,546,029.

At June 30, 2021, the company had 6,750,000 Non‑Executive Director options that remain unexercised with expiry of November 2022 for 1,500,000 options, October 2023 for 3,000,000 options and January 2024 for 2,250,000 options.

Options granted to directors and employees

The company has two share‑based payment schemes, the Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) and Non‑Executive Director Share and Option Plan. Options to subscribe for the Company’s shares have been granted under these plans to certain employees and directors. The company granted 7,000,000 options over ordinary shares under these plans during the year ended June 30, 2021 (note 31). These options had a weighted average fair value at their grant date of US$1.03 per option. During June 30, 2021 8,400,000 options granted under the LTIP and

F-26

OPTHEA LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

NED Plan were exercised for US$3,271,542. No options were granted under the Plans during the year ended June 30, 2020.

	June 30, 2021			June 30, 2020		July 1, 2019
				Restated		Restated
	US$			US$		US$
(b) Pre-funded warrants
Movement in pre-funded warrants:
Opening balance		—			—		—
Issue of pre-funded warrants in a US initial public offering		12,645,441			—		—
Cost of issue of pre-funded warrants		(1,099,412	)		—		—
Issue of shares on exercise of pre-funded warrants		(11,546,029	)		—		—
		—			—		—
Pre-funded warrants on issue:	No:			No:		No:
Opening balance		—			—		—
Issue of pre-funded warrants in a US Initial public offering		7,493,600			—		—
Exercise of pre-funded warrants		(7,493,568	)		—		—
Forfeiture on exercise		(32	)		—		—
		—			—		—

The Company issued 7,493,600 pre‑funded warrants for US$11,546,029 net of issue costs in respect of the US initial public offering. The pre‑funded warrants were unquoted, having no voting or dividend rights and are exercisable to ADS’s at an exercise price of US$0.00001 per pre‑funded warrant on a one for one basis with no expiry date. During the year all pre‑funded warrants that were issued October 20, 2020 were exercised via two trenches, 4,147,136 warrants in March 2021 and 3,346,432 warrants in June 2021 converted to ADS’s.

(c) Capital management

The Group is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements. When managing share capital, management’s objective is to ensure the entity continues as a going concern as well as to provide benefits to shareholders and for other stakeholders. In order to maintain or achieve an appropriate capital structure, the Company may issue new shares or reduce its share capital, subject to the provisions of the Company’s constitution. The Group only commits to significant R&D expenditure when this is fully funded either by existing funds or further equity raises.

F-27

OPTHEA LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Note 24. Accumulated Losses and Reserves

	June 30, 2021			June 30, 2020			July 1, 2019
				Restated			Restated
	US$			US$			US$
(a) Movements in accumulated losses were as follows:
Balance of July 1		(78,779,486	)		(67,656,287	)		(52,704,339	)
Net loss for the period		(45,344,496	)		(11,123,199	)		(14,951,948	)
Balance of June 30		(124,123,982	)		(78,779,486	)		(67,656,287	)
(b) Reserves
Fair value of Investments reserve (i)		1,085,411			551,409			517,700
Share-based payments reserve (ii)		4,087,650			3,116,080			2,401,769
Foreign translation reserve (iii)		20,089,163			5,827,605			6,257,941
Total reserves		25,262,224			9,495,094			9,177,410
(i) Movement in fair value of investments reserve:
Opening balance		551,409			517,700			353,604
Fair value on gains on investments in financial assets		469,767			41,098			181,687
Exchange on translation		64,235			(7,389	)		(17,591	)
Closing balance		1,085,411			551,409			517,700
(ii) Movement in share-based payments reserve:
Opening balance		3,116,080			2,401,769			1,816,817
Share-based payments expense		3,897,638			732,688			685,409
Exercise of options		(3,271,542	)		(284,828	)		—
Exchange on translation		345,474			266,451			(100,457	)
Closing balance		4,087,650			3,116,080			2,401,769
(iii) Movement in foreign translation reserve:
Opening balance		5,827,605			6,257,941			7,530,571
(Gains)/loss on translation		14,261,558			(430,336	)		(1,272,630	)
Closing balance		20,089,163			5,827,605			6,257,941
(iv) Movement in option reserve
Opening balance		—			—			1,473,302
Transfer to contributed equity		—			—			(1,473,302	)
Closing balance		—			—			—

(c) Nature and purpose of reserves

Fair value of investments reserve

This reserve records fair value changes on listed investments.

Share‑based payment reserve

This reserve is used to record the value of equity benefits provided to executives and employees as part of their remuneration.

Foreign currency translation reserve

The reserve records the value of foreign currency movements on translation of financial statements from A$ to US$

Option reserve

On 25 November 2014 the company issued options to purchase 49,726,672 ordinary shares with an exercise price of $0.19 expiring on 25 November 2018. The fair value of the options at their issue date of $1,473,302 was recognized in the option reserve. The same amount, US$1,473,302, was transferred to contributed equity on 25

F-28

OPTHEA LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

November 2018 following the exercise and expiry of all quoted options. The balance on the option reserve at 30 June 2021, 2020 and 2019 was nil.

Note 25. Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies

The Group’s principal financial assets comprise cash, receivables, short‑term deposits and investments in listed shares.

The Group manages its exposure to key financial risks, including interest rate and currency risk in accordance with the Group’s financial risk management practices. The objective is to support the delivery of the Group’s financial targets whilst protecting future financial security.

The Group’s other various financial assets and liabilities, such as receivables and payables, arise directly from its operations. The main risks arising from the Group’s financial assets and liabilities are interest rate risk, foreign currency risk, equity securities price risk and liquidity risk.

The Group uses different methods to measure and manage different types of risks to which it is exposed. These include monitoring levels of exposure to interest rate and foreign exchange risk and assessments of market forecasts for interest rates and foreign exchange rates. Liquidity risk is monitored through future rolling cash flow forecasts. The board reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these risks as summarized below.

Risk exposures and responses

The Group has investigated the main financial risk areas which could impact on its financial assets and determined the impact on post tax (losses) or profits for a range of sensitivities. These can be seen in the post tax (loss)/profit impact for each risk area.

For each risk area, the equity impact relates solely to reserve movements and excludes movements in accumulated losses as the impact of these can be seen within the post tax (loss)/profit impact.

(i) Interest rate risk

The Group’s exposure to market interest rates relates primarily to the short‑term deposits. The deposits are held with two of Australia’s largest banks.

The objective of managing interest rate risk is to minimize the Group’s exposure to fluctuations in interest rates that might impact its interest income and cash flow. To manage interest rate risk, the Group invests the majority of its cash in short‑term deposits for varying periods of between 30 days and 90 days, depending on the short and long‑term cash requirements of the Group which is determined based on the Group’s cash flow forecast. This consideration also takes into account the costs associated with recalling a term deposit should early access to cash and cash equivalents be required. Cash is not locked into long‑term deposits at fixed rates so as to mitigate the risk of earning interest below the current floating rate.

The Group does not have any borrowings (2020: nil). The following sensitivity analysis (an annual effect) is based on the interest rate risk exposures at June 30, 2021 and 2020.

At June 30, 2021, if interest rates moved, with all variables held constant, post tax (loss)/profit and equity would have been affected as illustrated in the following table:

	Post tax (loss)/profit impact
	2021			2020			2019
				Restated			Restated
	US$			US$			US$
Judgments of reasonably possible movements
+0.50% (50 basis points) (2020:+0.50%)		359,442			137,676			50,490
-0.50% (50 basis points) (2020:-0.50%)		(359,442	)		(137,676	)		(50,490	)

F-29

OPTHEA LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

The post tax figures include an offset for unrecognized tax losses (bringing the tax effect to nil) for the year ended June 30, 2021 (2020: nil ,2019: nil).

Significant assumptions used in the interest rate sensitivity analysis include:

• The reasonably possible movement of 0.5% was calculated by taking the interest rates as of balance date, moving these by plus and minus 0.5% and then re‑calculating the interest on term deposits with the ‘new‑interest‑rate’.

• The net exposure at balance date is representative of what the Group was and is expecting to be exposed to in the next twelve months from balance date.

(ii) Price risk

The Group’s investment in listed shares is exposed to equity securities price risk and as such their fair values are exposed to fluctuations as a result of changes in market prices.

Equity price risk is the risk that the fair value of equities will decrease as a result of share price movements. The Group’s equity investments are publicly traded on the ASX and are designated and accounted for as investments in financial assets.

The investments in listed shares are not held for short‑term trading. Their values are reviewed regularly by management and the board. The strategy for realizing any part of these investments is determined based on the liquidity of the respective stocks, potential off‑market acquirers and likely developments in their values based on publicly available information.

At June 30, 2021 and 2020, had the share price moved with all other variables held constant, post tax (loss)/profit and equity would have been affected as illustrated in the table below:

	2021				2020						2019
					Restated						Restated
	US$				US$						US$
Judgments of reasonably possible movements	Impact of loss		Impact on equity		Impact of loss			Impact on equity			Impact of loss			Impact on equity
Change in variables
10% increase in listed share price		—		—		13,450			13,450			35,102			35,102
10% decrease in listed share price		—		—		(13,450	)		(13,450	)		(35,102	)		(35,102	)

(iii) Foreign currency risk

As a result of services provided by non‑related entities in the United States, Canada, United Kingdom and Europe, part of the Group’s monetary assets and liabilities are affected by movements in the exchange rate.

The Group does not enter into any hedging transactions.

F-30

OPTHEA LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

At the reporting date, the Group has the following exposure to foreign currencies. The functional currency of the Group changed during the year ended June 30, 2021. Accordingly, the 2021 table illustrates the Group’s exposure to Australian dollars and the 2020 table illustrates the Group’s exposure to US dollars:

	Consolidated
2021	AUD			EURO			GBP			CAD
Financial assets
Cash		35,646,457			—			—			—
Receivables		5,513,541			—			—			—
Financial liabilities
Payables		(1,276,164	)		(41,872	)					(1,290	)
Other financial liabilities		—			—			—			—
Net exposure		39,883,834			(41,872	)		—			(1,290	)
	Consolidated
2020	USD			EURO			GBP			CAD
Financial assets
Cash		42,417			—			—			—
Receivables		25,821			—			—			—
Financial liabilities
Payables		(3,355,050	)		(10,238	)		(23,481	)		—
Other financial liabilities		(163,547	)		—			—			—
Net exposure		(3,450,359	)		(10,238	)		(23,481	)		—

The following sensitivity is based on the foreign currency risk exposures in existence at June 30, 2021 and 2020.

At June 30, 2021 and 2020, had the United States dollar (2020: Australian dollar) moved with all other variables held constant, post tax (loss) profit and equity would have been affected as illustrated in the table below:

	Post tax (loss)/profit impact
	2021			2020			2019
				Restated			Restated
	US$			US$			US$
Judgments of reasonably possible movements
Consolidated
AUD/USD +10% (2020:+10%)		(2,538,062	)		219,569			200,257
AUD/USD -10% (2020:-10%)		3,102,076			(268,361	)		(244,759	)

The reasonably possible movements at June 30, 2021 are higher than at June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2019 due mainly to the higher net exposure to the Australian dollar due to significant cash at bank deposits. There was minimum or insignificant exposure to the GBP, Euro and CAD during the current financial year.

Significant assumptions used in the foreign currency exposure sensitivity analysis include:

(iv) The reasonably possible movement of 10% was calculated by taking the currency spot rates as of balance date, moving these by 10% and then re‑converting the currencies into US with the ‘new‑spot‑rate’. This methodology reflects the translation methodology undertaken by the Group.

(v) The net exposure at balance date is representative of what the Group was and is expecting to be exposed to in the next twelve months from balance date.

(vi) Management believes the balance date risk exposures are representative of the risk exposure inherent in the financial instruments.

(iv) Credit risk

Credit risk is associated with those financial assets of the Group which comprise cash and cash equivalents, receivables and listed investments. The Group’s exposure to credit risk arises from default of the counter party, with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying amount of these investments. Credit risk is considered minimal as the Group transacts with reputable recognized Australian banks.

F-31

OPTHEA LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

(v) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk arises from the financial liabilities of the Group and the Group’s subsequent ability to meet their obligations to repay their financial liabilities as and when they fall due. The Group has minimal liquidity risk because of the high balances of cash and cash equivalents; however, the Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate reserves and by monitoring forecast and actual cash flows and by matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities. The financial liabilities of the Group relate to trade payables that are all expected to be paid within 12 months.

The Group’s objective is to maintain an appropriate cash asset balance to fund its operations.

(vi) Fair value

The Group has investments in listed equities which are calculated using the quoted prices in an active market and are considered level 1 fair value measurements. The Group does not have any derivative investments where the fair value is estimated using inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices). The Group also does not hold any financial instruments where fair value measurement uses observable inputs that require significant adjustments based on observable inputs to estimate its value.

Shortly after the Company’s US IPO where the Company raised USD 128 million, the Company entered into an Australian dollar denominated term deposit worth USD 100 million (AUD 141.9 million), maturing on 3 February 2021. The Company simultaneously entered into a foreign currency exchange contract under which the term deposit would be converted back to US dollars at effectively the same foreign exchange rate as when the term deposit was entered into. The financial liability represents the marked to market value of this foreign currency exchange contract held at 31 December 2020. Subsequent to 31 December 2020, upon maturity and settlement of the term deposit and foreign exchange contract on 3 February 2021, the Australian dollar denominated term deposit was converted back to US dollars for a value of USD 100 million plus interest earned of AUD 116 thousand.

Details of the fair value of the investment in financial assets are disclosed in note 17 of the financial statements. The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities in the consolidated statement of financial position at June 30, 2021 and 2020 is the same as their carrying amounts.

The methods for estimating fair value are also outlined in the relevant notes to the financial statements.

Note 26. Related Party Disclosures

(a) Subsidiaries

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Opthea Limited and its subsidiaries in the following table:

	Parent entity % equity interest
	2021		2020		2019
	%		%		%
Vegenics Pty Ltd1		100		100		100
Opthea US Inc2		100		—		—

(1) Opthea Limited is the ultimate parent entity. Vegenics Pty Ltd is incorporated in Australia and has the same financial year as Opthea Limited.

(2) Opthea Limited is the ultimate parent entity. Opthea US Inc was incorporated in the United States in May 2021 and has the same financial year as Opthea Limited.

F-32

OPTHEA LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

(b) Transactions with related parties

Balances and transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, a related party of the Company, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in this note.

Note 27. Commitments

(i) Lease commitments – Group as lessee

Lease commitments are in respect of low value leases which have not been recognized in the Statement of Financial Position. These leases are expensed on a straight‑line basis over the term of the lease.

	2021		2020		2019
			Restated		Restated
	US$		US$		US$
Within one year		5,304		4,497		4,936
After one year but not more than five years		8,398		11,619		—
		13,702		16,116		4,936

(ii) Research projects and license commitments

The Group has entered into research and development contracts and intellectual property license agreements with various third parties in respect of services for the Phase 3 DME clinical trial and the clinical grade manufacture of OPT‑302. Expenditure commitments relating to these and intellectual property license agreements are payable as follows:

	2021		2020		2019
			Restated		Restated
	US$		US$		US$
Within one year		26,377,778		7,660,325		5,460,972
After one year but not more than five years		2,347,060		293,815		60,000
After more than five years		—		75,000		90,000
		28,724,838		8,029,140		5,610,972

Currently, the biggest Research contract has a 60 day termination clause and all commitments have been limited to a six month commitment.

Note 28. Contingencies

The Group is party to various research agreements with respect to which a commitment to pay is contingent on the achievement of research milestones. Assuming all milestones are achieved within the time‑frames stipulated in the contracts, those which could become payable in less than one year total US$nil (2020: US$263,241) and those which could become payable in more than one year total US$11,548,205 (2020: US$11,518,745).

Under these license/collaboration agreements, payments are to be made only if certain research and clinical development milestones are achieved and royalties may become payable on any eventual sales of products developed under these agreements.

The group had a bank guarantee outstanding at June 30, 2021 in respect of a rental deposit for its office premises of US$43,000 (2020: US$39,391).

F-33

OPTHEA LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Note 29 Cash Flow Statement Reconciliation

		2021				2020			2019
						Restated			Restated
	US$				US$				US$
(a) Reconciliation to cash at the end of the year
Cash at bank and in hand (note 14)			118,193,177				42,650,858			15,121,820
			118,193,177				42,650,858			15,121,820
(b) Reconciliation of net loss after tax to net cash flows from operations
Net loss for the year			(45,344,496	)			(11,123,199	)		(14,951,948	)
Adjustments for:
Income tax benefit recognized in profit or loss			(4,938,846	)			(5,708,767	)		(10,474,432	)
Depreciation of non-current assets			15,012				14,926			23,607
Depreciation of right-of-use assets			91,656				81,611			0
Share-based payments			3,897,638				732,688			685,409
Net exchange differences			11,011,961				265,989			(241,814	)
Changes in:
Payables			(1,552,443	)			(125,492	)		(1,209,513	)
Receivables			(369,712	)			12,127			83,936
Prepayments			(14,231,546	)			(30,994	)		(81,681	)
Provisions			40,510				72,794			26,823
Net cash flows used in operating activities before tax			(51,380,266	)			(15,808,317	)		(26,139,613	)
R&D tax incentive received			5,834,099				10,118,697			9,097,526
Net cash flows used in operating activities			(45,546,167	)			(5,689,620	)		(17,042,087	)

	2021			2020			2019
				Restated			Restated
	US$			US$				US$
(c) Reconciliation of borrowings arising from financing activities
Balance at July 1		167,460			—				—
Non-cash addition1		—			251,189				—
Payment of lease liabilities		(87,373	)		(66,781	)			—
Exchange on translation		13,765			(16,948	)			—
Balance at June 30		93,852			167,460				—

1 Non‑cash addition represents the new lease on the Company’s office premises in Melbourne, Australia that commenced on July 15, 2019.

Note 30. Key Management Personnel

(a) Compensation of Key Management Personnel

	2021		2020		2019
			Restated		Restated
	US$		US$		US$
Short-term employee benefits		1,099,081		680,954		715,027
Post-employment benefits		79,550		64,632		67,928
Share-based payments expense		3,897,638		420,751		532,952
		5,076,269		1,166,337		1,315,907

F-34

OPTHEA LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

(b) Other transactions and balances with director and key management personnel and their related parties

There were no director and key management personnel related party transactions during the current or prior financial year.

Note 31. Share-Based Payments

(a)Recognized share-based payment expenses

The expense recognized for share‑based payments during the year is shown in the table below:

	2021		2020		2019
			Restated		Restated
	US$		US$		US$
Expense arising from equity-settled share-based payment    transactions:
Director and employee services received		3,897,638		732,688		685,409
		3,897,638		732,688		685,409

(b)Non‑executive director and employee share option plans

During the 2015 financial year, the Group introduced an ownership‑based compensation scheme for non‑executive directors, executives and senior employees, the Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) and Non‑Executive Directors Share and Option Plan (NED Plan). In accordance with the terms of the plans, as approved by shareholders at the 2014 annual general meeting, eligible non‑executive directors, executives and senior employees with the Group may be granted options to purchase ordinary shares.

Each employee share option converts into one ordinary share of Opthea Limited on exercise. No amounts are paid or payable by the recipient on receipt of the option. The options carry neither rights to dividends nor voting rights and are not transferable. Options may be exercised at any time from the date of vesting to the date of their expiry. The number of options granted is subject to approval by the board and rewards executives and senior employees to the extent of the Group’s and the individual’s achievement judged against both qualitative and quantitative criteria as determined by the board on a case by case basis.

The vesting condition of options granted under the LTIP and NED Plan is continuous service.

Options/Rights services	Grant date	Grant date fair value US$		Exercise price US$	Expiry date	Vesting date
LTIP - director FY2016	March 7,2016		0.14	0.36	March 7, 2021	June 30, 2016
LTIP - director FY2019	November 29, 2018	0.15		0.625	November 29, 2022	November 29, 2019
LTIP - employees FY2016	March 31, 2016	0.18		0.37	January 1, 2022	January 1, 2017
LTIP - employees FY2018	August 23, 2017		0.26	0.92	January 1, 2023	June 30, 2018
LTIP - employees FY2019	April 3, 2019		0.18	0.608	April 3, 2023	April 3, 2021
NED Plan FY2016	March 7,2016		0.14	0.36	March 7, 2021	June 30, 2016
NED Plan FY2019	November 29, 2018		0.15	0.625	November 29, 2022	November 29, 2019
NED Plan FY2021	October 12, 2020		1.05	3.24	October 11, 2024	October 12, 2020
NED Plan FY2021	October 12, 2020		1.05	3.24	October 11, 2024	October 12, 2021
NED Plan FY2021	October 12, 2020		1.05	3.24	October 11, 2024	October 12, 2022
NED Plan FY2021	October 12, 2020		1.05	3.24	October 11, 2024	October 12, 2023
NED Plan FY2021	October 12, 2020		1.24	2.16	October 11, 2024	October 12, 2020
NED Plan FY2021	October 12, 2020		1.24	2.16	October 11, 2024	October 12, 2021
NED Plan FY2021	October 12, 2020		1.24	2.16	October 11, 2024	October 12, 2022
NED Plan FY2021	October 12, 2020		1.24	2.16	October 11, 2024	October 12, 2023
NED Plan FY2021	January 19, 2021		0.88	1.56	January 18, 2025	January 19, 2021
NED Plan FY2021	January 19, 2021		0.88	1.56	January 18, 2025	January 19, 2022
NED Plan FY2021	January 19, 2021		0.88	1.56	January 18, 2025	January 19, 2023
NED Plan FY2021	January 19, 2021		0.88	1.56	January 18, 2025	January 19, 2024

F-35

OPTHEA LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

There has been no alteration of the terms and conditions of the above share‑based payment arrangements since the grant date.

(c)Fair value of share options granted

Where relevant, the expected life used in the model has been adjusted based on management’s best estimate for the effects of non‑transferability, exercise restrictions (including the probability of meeting market conditions attached to the option), and behavioral considerations. Expected volatility is based on the historical share price volatility over the past 4 or 5 years

Options/Rights services	Grant date share price US$	Exercise price US$		Fair value per option US$	Expected volatility			Option life	Dividend yield			Risk free interest rate			Model used
LTIP - director FY2016	0.28		0.36	0.14		65	%	5 years		0	%		2.09	%	Binomial
LTIP - director FY2019	0.42		0.63	0.15		58	%	4 years		0	%		2.04	%	Binomial
LTIP - employees FY2016	0.54	0.37		0.18		65	%	5 years		0	%		2.09	%	Binomial
LTIP - employees FY2018	0.34		0.92	0.26		66	%	5 years		0	%		2.09	%	Binomial
LTIP - employees FY2019	0.48		0.61	0.18		57	%	4 years		0	%		2.04	%	Binomial
NED Plan FY2016	0.28		0.36	0.14		65	%	5 years		0	%		2.09	%	Binomial
NED Plan FY2019	0.42		0.63	0.15		58	%	4 years		0	%		2.04	%	Binomial
NED Plan FY2021	2.19		2.16	1.24		77.25	%	4 years		0	%		0.25	%	Binomial
NED Play FY2021	2.19		3.24	1.05		77.25	%	4 years		0	%		0.25	%	Binomial
NED Plan FY2021	1.56		1.56	0.88		77.01	%	4 years		0	%		0.25	%	Binomial

(d)Movements in share options during the year

The following reconciles the share options outstanding at the beginning and end of the year:

	2021					2020					2019
	Number of options and rights			Weighted average exercise price US$		Number of options and rights			Weighted average exercise price US$		Number of options and rights		Weighted average exercise price US$
Balance at beginning of year		18,044,000			0.50		18,919,000			0.50		10,075,000		0.39
Granted during the year:
To employees and directors under the LTIP and    NED Plan		7,000,000		2.21			—			—		8,844,000		0.62
Exercised during the year		(8,400,000	)		0.36		(875,000	)	0.37			—		—
Expired during the year		—			—		—			—		—		—
Balance at end of the year		16,644,000			1.28		18,044,000			0.50		18,919,000		0.50
Exercisable at end of year		11,394,000			0.86		18,044,000			0.50		9,905,000		0.37

The share options outstanding at the end of the year had a weighted average exercise price of US $0.86 (2020: US$0.50, 2019: US$0.37) and a weighted average remaining contractual life of 628 days (2020: 626 days, 2019: 716 days).

F-36

OPTHEA LIMITED

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Continued

Note 32. Events After the Balance Sheet Date

No matters or circumstances have arisen since the end of the reporting period, which significantly affected, or may significantly affect, the operations of the Group, the results of those operations, or the state of affairs of the Group in future financial years.

F-37

EX-2.3

Exhibit 2.3

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES  

The following description of the ordinary shares of Opthea Limited (the “Ordinary Shares”) is only a summary. We encourage you to read our constitution, which is incorporated by reference as an exhibit to our Annual Report on Form 20-F (our “Constitution”). The “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our” refer to Opthea Limited and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Subject to any restrictions on the issue of securities in our Constitution, the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the “Corporations Act”) and the Australian Securities Exchange (the “ASX”) Listing Rules and any other applicable law, we may from time to time issue shares and grant options on any terms, with the rights and restrictions and for the consideration that our board of directors determine. The rights and restrictions attaching to ordinary shares are derived through a combination of our Constitution, the common law applicable in Australia, the ASX Listing Rules, the Corporations Act and other applicable law.

American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) representing eight ordinary shares of Opthea (the “shares”) are listed and traded on The Nasdaq Stock Market and, in connection with this listing (but not for trading), the shares are registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act. This exhibit contains a description of the rights of (i) the holders of shares and (ii) ADS holders. Shares underlying the ADSs are held by The Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary, and holders of ADSs are not be treated as holders of the shares.

Our Constitution

Our Constitution is similar in nature to the bylaws of a U.S. corporation. It does not provide for or prescribe any specific objectives or purposes of our company. Our Constitution is subject to the terms of the Corporations

Act. It may be amended or repealed and replaced by special resolution of shareholders, which is a resolution passed by at least 75% of the votes cast by shareholders (in person or by proxy) entitled to vote on the resolution.

Under Australian law, a company has the legal capacity and powers of an individual both within and outside Australia. The material provisions of our Constitution are summarized below. This summary is not intended to be complete nor to constitute a definitive statement of the rights and liabilities of our shareholders, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the complete text of our Constitution, a copy of which is on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Interested Directors

A director or that director’s alternate who has a material personal interest in a matter that is being considered at a directors’ meeting must not be present while the matter is being considered at the meeting or vote in respect of that matter according to our Constitution unless permitted to do so by the Corporations Act, in which case such director may (i) be counted in determining whether or not a quorum is present at any meeting of directors considering that contract or arrangement or proposed contract or arrangement; (ii) sign or countersign any document relating to that contract or arrangement or proposed contract or arrangement; and (iii) vote in respect of, or in respect of any matter arising out of, the contract or arrangement or proposed contract or arrangement.

Unless a relevant exception applies, the Corporations Act requires our directors to provide disclosure of any material personal interest, and prohibits directors from voting on matters in which they have a material personal interest and from being present at the meeting while the matter is being considered, unless directors who do not have a material personal interest in the relevant matter have passed a resolution that identifies the director, the nature and extent of the director’s interest in the matter and its relation to our affairs and states that those directors are satisfied that the interest should not disqualify the director from voting or being present. In addition, the Corporations Act and the ASX Listing Rules may require shareholder approval of any provision of related party benefits to our directors, unless a relevant exception applies.

Directors’ Compensation

Our non-employee directors are paid remuneration for their services as directors. Subject to the ASX Listing Rules, non-employee directors as a whole may be paid or provided remuneration for their services a total amount or value not to exceed $500,000 per annum. Subject to the ASX Listing Rules, the aggregate, capped sum for non-employee directors’ remuneration is to be divided among the directors in such proportion as the directors themselves agree and in accordance with our Constitution. The capped sum remuneration for non-employee directors may not be increased except at a general meeting of shareholders and the particulars of the proposed increase are required to have been provided to shareholders in the notice convening the meeting. In addition, our board of directors may fix the remuneration of each executive director, which may comprise salary or commission on or participation in our profits (or comprising a combination of each) as our directors determine.

Fees payable to our non-employee directors must be by way of a fixed sum and not by way of a commission on or a percentage of profits or operating revenue. Remuneration paid to our executive directors must also not include a commission or percentage of operating revenue.

Pursuant to our Constitution, any director who performs extra services or makes any special exertions, whether in going or residing abroad or otherwise for any of the purposes of the Company, that director may be paid an additional sum for those services and exertions.

In addition to other remuneration provided in our Constitution, all of our directors are entitled to be paid by us for all travelling and other expenses properly incurred by the directors in attending general meetings, board meetings, committee meetings or otherwise in connection with our business.

In addition, in accordance with our Constitution, a director may be paid a retirement benefit as determined by our board of directors subject to the requirements of the Corporations Act.

Borrowing Powers Exercisable by Directors

Pursuant to our Constitution, the management and control of our business affairs are vested in our board of directors. Our board of directors has the power to raise or borrow money or obtain other financial accommodation for the purposes of the Company, and may grant security for the repayment of that sum or sums or the payment, performance or fulfilment of any debts, liabilities, contracts or obligations incurred or undertaken by the Company in any manner and upon any terms and conditions as our board of directors deems appropriate.

Retirement of Directors

Pursuant to our Constitution, one-third of our directors, other than the managing director, must retire from office at every annual general meeting. If the number of directors is not a multiple of three, then the number nearest, to but not exceeding, one-third must retire from office. The directors who retire in this manner are required to be the directors or director longest in office since last being elected. A director, other than the managing director, must retire from office at the conclusion of the third annual general meeting after which the director was elected. A retiring director remains in office until the end of the meeting and will be eligible for re-election at the meeting.

Shares

Type and Class of Securities (Item 9.A.5 of Form 20-F)

Our outstanding share capital consists of only one class of ordinary shares. Ordinary shares are of no par value. The number of shares that have been issued as of the last day of the financial year ended June 30, 2021 is given in Note 23 ‘Contributed Equity’ in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of the Form 20-F for the financial year ended June 30, 2021 (the “Form 20-F”). Opthea Limited’s shares are uncertificated.

Preemptive Rights (Item 9.A.3 of Form 20-F)

Ordinary shareholders do not have preemptive rights.

Limitations or Qualifications (Item 9.A.6 of Form 20-F)

Not applicable.  See “Rights of the Shares” below which describes how directors may issue preference shares.

Other Rights (Item 9.A.7 of Form 20-F)

Not applicable.

Rights of the Shares (Item 10.B.3 of Form 20-F)

The rights attaching to our ordinary shares are detailed in our Constitution. Our Constitution provides that, subject to the Corporations Act, the ASX Listing Rules and our Constitution, our directors may issue shares with preferential, deferred or special rights, privileges or conditions or with any restrictions, whether in relation to dividends, voting, return of share capital, or otherwise as our board of directors may determine. Subject to the Corporations Act, the ASX Listing Rules and our Constitution, we may issue further shares on such terms and conditions as our board of directors resolve. We may only issue preference shares if the rights attaching to the preference shares relating to repayment of capital, participation in surplus assets and profits, cumulative and non-cumulative dividends, voting and priority of payment of capital and dividends in respect of other shares (including ordinary shares) are set out in our constitution or otherwise approved by special resolution passed at a general meeting.

Dividend Rights

Under the Corporations Act, a company must not pay a dividend unless (a) the company’s assets exceed its liabilities immediately before the dividend is declared and the excess is sufficient for the payment of the dividend; (b) the payment of the dividend is fair and reasonable to the company’s shareholders as a whole; and (c) the payment of the dividend does not materially prejudice the company’s ability to pay its creditors. Subject to this requirement, our board of directors may from time to time determine to pay and declare dividends to shareholders. All dividends unclaimed for one year after the time for payment has passed may be invested or otherwise made use of by our board of directors for our benefit until claimed or until dealt with under any law relating to unclaimed moneys.

Voting Rights

Under our Constitution, and subject to any voting exclusions imposed under the ASX Listing Rules (which typically exclude parties from voting on resolutions in which they have an interest), the rights and restrictions attaching to a class of shares, each shareholder has one vote on a show of hands at a meeting of the shareholders unless a poll is demanded or required under the Constitution or the Corporations Act (including any modifications or amendments). On a poll vote, each shareholder shall have one vote for each fully paid share and a fractional vote for each share held by that shareholder that is not fully paid, such fraction being equivalent to the proportion of the amount that has been paid to such date on that share. Shareholders may vote in person or by proxy, attorney or representative. Under Australian law, shareholders of a public company are generally not permitted to approve corporate matters by written consent. Our Constitution does not provide for cumulative voting.

Under Australian law, an ordinary resolution is passed if a majority of the votes cast on the resolution (in person or by proxy) by members entitled to vote on the resolution are in favor of the resolution. Under Australian law, a special resolution is passed if at least 75% of the votes cast on the resolution (in person or by proxy) are in favor of the resolution.

ADS holders may not directly vote at a meeting of the shareholders but may instruct the depositary to vote the number of deposited ordinary shares their ADSs represent.

Right to Share in Our Profits

Pursuant to our Constitution, our shareholders are entitled to participate in our profits only by payment of dividends. Our board of directors may from time to time determine to pay dividends to the shareholders. However, any such dividend may only be payable in accordance with the requirements set out in the Corporations Act described above.

Rights to Share in the Surplus in the Event of Winding Up

Our Constitution provides for the right of shareholders to participate in a surplus in the event of our winding up, subject to the rights attaching to a class of shares.

No Redemption Provision for Ordinary Shares

There are no redemption provisions in our Constitution in relation to ordinary shares. Under our Constitution, shares may be issued and allotted, which are liable to be redeemed. Under the Corporations Act, redeemable preference shares may only be redeemed if those preference shares are fully paid-up and payment in satisfaction of redemption is out of profits or the proceeds of a new issue of shares made for the purposes of the redemption.

Variation or Cancellation of Share Rights

Subject to the Corporations Act, the ASX Listing Rules and the terms of issue of shares of that class, the rights and privileges attached to shares in a class of shares may only be varied or cancelled by a special resolution, together with either:

• a special resolution passed at a meeting of members holding shares in the class; or

• the written consent of members with at least 75% of the shares in the class.

Directors May Make Calls

Our Constitution provides that subject to compliance with the Corporations Act and the terms on which partly paid shares are issued, directors may make calls on the holders of the shares for any money unpaid on them.

General Meetings of Shareholders

General meetings of shareholders may be called by our board of directors. Except as permitted under the Corporations Act, shareholders may not convene a meeting. The Corporations Act requires the directors to call and arrange to hold a general meeting on the request of shareholders with at least 5% of the votes that may be cast at a general meeting. Notice of the proposed meeting of our shareholders is required at least 28 days prior to such meeting under the Corporations Act.  

Requirements to Change the Rights of Holders of Ordinary Shares (Item 10.B.4 of Form 20-F)

See “Rights of the Shares—Variation and Cancellation of Share Rights” above.

Limitations on the Rights to Own Shares (Item 10.B.6 of Form 20-F)

Our Constitution does not impose specific limitations on the rights of non-residents to own securities. However, acquisitions and proposed acquisitions of securities in Australian companies may be subject to review and approval by the Australian Federal Treasurer under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975 (Cth), or the FATA, which generally applies to acquisitions or proposed acquisitions: 

• by a foreign person (as defined in the FATA) or associated foreign persons that would result in such persons having an interest in 20% or more of the issued shares of, or control of 20% or more of the voting power in, an Australian company; and

• by non-associated foreign persons that would result in such foreign persons having an aggregate interest in 40% or more of the issued shares of, or control of 40% or more of the voting power in, an Australian company, where the Australian company is valued above the monetary threshold prescribed by FATA.

However, no such review or approval under the FATA is required if the foreign acquirer is a U.S. entity or an entity from certain other free-tread agreement countries and the value of the Australian target is less than A$1,216 million for foreign acquirers from all other countries (and assuming we are not considered a sensitive business.)

The Australian Federal Treasurer may prevent a proposed acquisition in the above categories or impose conditions on such acquisition if the Treasurer is satisfied that the acquisition would be contrary to the national interest. If a foreign person acquires shares or an interest in shares in an Australian company in contravention of the FATA, the Australian Federal Treasurer may make a range of orders including an order the divestiture of such person’s shares or interest in shares in that Australian company.

Provisions Affecting Any Change of Control (Item 10.B.7 of Form 20-F)

Takeovers of listed Australian public companies, including us, are regulated by the Corporations Act, which prohibits the acquisition of a “relevant interest” in issued voting shares in a listed company if the acquisition will lead to that person’s or someone else’s voting power in our company increasing from 20% or below to more than 20% or increasing from a starting point that is above 20% and below 90%, which we refer to as the Takeovers Prohibition, subject to a range of exceptions.

Generally, a person will have a relevant interest in securities if the person:

• is the holder of the securities (other than if the person holds those securities as a bare trustee);

• has power to exercise, or control the exercise of, a right to vote attached to the securities; or

• has the power to dispose of, or control the exercise of a power to dispose of, the securities.

If, at a particular time,

• a person has a relevant interest in issued securities; and

• the person (whether before or after acquiring the relevant interest) has:

• entered or enters into an agreement with another person with respect to the securities;

• given or gives another person an enforceable right, or has been or is given an enforceable right by another person, in relation to the securities (whether the right is enforceable presently or in the future and whether or not on the fulfillment of a condition); or

• granted or grants an option to, or has been or is granted an option by, another person with respect to the securities; and

• the other person would have a relevant interest in the securities if the agreement were performed, the right   enforced or the option exercised, then the other person is taken to have a relevant interest in the relevant securities.

There are a number of exceptions to the Takeover Prohibition. In general terms, some of the more significant exceptions include:

when the acquisition results from the acceptance of an offer under a formal takeover bid;

• when the acquisition is conducted on market by or on behalf of the bidder during the bid period for a full takeover bid that is unconditional or only conditional on certain ‘prescribed’ matters set out in the Corporations Act;

• when the acquisition has been previously approved by our shareholders by resolution passed at general meeting;

• an acquisition by a person if, throughout the six months before the acquisition, that person or any other person has had voting power in our company of at least 19% and, as a result of the acquisition, none of the relevant persons would have voting power in our company more than three percentage points higher than they had six months before the acquisition;

• when the acquisition results from the issue of securities under a rights issue;

• when the acquisition results from the issue of securities under a dividend reinvestment scheme or bonus share plan;

• when the acquisition results from the issue of securities under certain underwriting arrangements;

• when the acquisition results from the issue of securities through a will or through operation of law;

• an acquisition that arises through the acquisition of a relevant interest in another listed company which is listed on a prescribed financial market or a financial market approved by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”);

• an acquisition arising from an auction of forfeited shares conducted on-market; or

• an acquisition arising through a compromise, arrangement, liquidation or buy-back.

Breaches of the takeovers provisions of the Corporations Act are criminal offenses. ASIC and the Australian

Takeover Panel have a wide range of powers relating to breaches of takeover provisions, including the ability to make orders, canceling contracts, freezing transfers of, and rights attached to, securities and forcing a party to dispose of securities. There are certain defenses to breaches of the Takeover Prohibition provided in the Corporations Act.

Ownership Threshold (Item 10.B.8 of Form 20-F)

There are no specific provisions in our Constitution that require a shareholder to disclose ownership above a certain threshold. The Corporations Act, however, requires a shareholder to notify us and the ASX once it, together with its associates, acquires a 5% interest in our ordinary shares, at which point the shareholder is considered to be a “substantial” shareholder. Further, once a shareholder owns (alone or together with associates) a 5% interest in us, such shareholder must notify us and the ASX of any increase or decrease of 1% or more in its holding of our ordinary shares, and must also notify us and the ASX on its ceasing to be a “substantial” shareholder.

Differences Between the Law of Different Jurisdictions (Item 10.B.9 of Form 20-F)

See “Rights of the Shares” above. The Australian law applicable to our Constitution is not significantly different than a U.S. company’s charter documents except we do not have a limit on our authorized share capital, the concept of par value is not recognized under Australian law.

Changes in Capital (Item 10.B.10 of Form 20-F)

Subject to our Constitution, the Corporations Act, the ASX Listing Rules and any other applicable law, we may at any time issue shares and give any person a call or option over any shares on any terms, with preferential, deferred or other special rights, privileges or conditions or with restrictions and for the consideration and other terms that the directors determine. We may only issue preference shares if the rights attaching to the preference shares relating to repayment of capital, participation in surplus assets and profits, cumulative and non-cumulative dividends, voting and priority of payment of capital and dividends in respect of other shares (including ordinary shares) are set out in our Constitution or otherwise approved by special resolution passed at a general meeting of shareholders.

Subject to the requirements of our Constitution, the Corporations Act, the ASX Listing Rules and any other applicable law, including relevant shareholder approvals, we may consolidate or divide our share capital into a larger or smaller number by resolution, reduce our share capital in any manner (provided that the reduction is fair  and reasonable to our shareholders as a whole, does not materially prejudice our ability to pay creditors and obtains the necessary shareholder approval) or buy back our ordinary shares whether under an equal access buy-back or on a selective basis.

American Depositary Shares (Items 12.D.1 and 12.D.2 of Form 20-F)

The Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary, registers and delivers American Depositary Shares, or ADSs. Each ADS represents eight ordinary shares (or a right to receive eight ordinary shares) deposited with HSBC Bank Australia Limited, as custodian for the depositary in Australia. Each ADS also represent any other securities, cash or other property that may be held by the depositary. The deposited shares together with any other securities, cash or other property held by the depositary are referred to as the deposited securities. The depositary’s office at which the ADSs are administered and its principal executive office are located at 240 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10286.

You may hold ADSs either (A) directly (i) by having an ADR, which is a certificate evidencing a specific number of ADSs, registered in your name, or (ii) by having uncertificated ADSs registered in your name, or (B) indirectly by holding a security entitlement in ADSs through your broker or other financial institution that is a direct or indirect participant in The Depository Trust Company, or DTC. If you hold ADSs directly, you are a registered ADS holder, or an ADS holder. This description assumes you are an ADS holder. If you hold the ADSs indirectly, you must rely on the procedures of your broker or other financial institution to assert the rights of ADS holders described in this section. You should consult with your broker or financial institution to find out what those procedures are.

Registered holders of uncertificated ADSs receive statements from the depositary confirming their holdings.

As an ADS holder, you are not treated as one of our shareholders and you do not have shareholder rights. Australian law governs shareholder rights. The depositary is the holder of the shares underlying your ADSs. As a registered holder of ADSs, you have ADS holder rights. The amended and restated deposit agreement among us, the depositary, ADS holders and all other persons indirectly or beneficially holding ADSs sets out ADS holder rights as well as the rights and obligations of the depositary. New York law governs the deposit agreement and the ADSs.

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the deposit agreement. For more complete information, you should read the entire deposit agreement and the form of ADR, which are Exhibits 2.1 and 2.2, respectively, to our Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Dividends and Other Distributions

How do you receive dividends and other distributions on the shares?

The depositary has agreed to pay or distribute to ADS holders the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on shares or other deposited securities, upon payment or deduction of its fees and expenses. You receive these distributions in proportion to the number of shares your ADSs represent.

Cash. We do not expect to declare or pay any cash dividends or cash distributions on our ordinary shares for the foreseeable future. The depositary will convert any cash dividend or other cash distribution we pay on the shares into U.S. dollars, if it can do so on a reasonable basis and can transfer the U.S. dollars to the United States. If that is not possible or if any government approval is needed and cannot be obtained, the deposit agreement allows the depositary to distribute the foreign currency only to those ADS holders to whom it is possible to do so. It will hold the foreign currency it cannot convert for the account of the ADS holders who have not been paid. It will not invest the foreign currency and it will not be liable for any interest.

Before making a distribution, any withholding taxes, or other governmental charges that must be paid will be deducted. See “Item 10E—Material United States Federal Income and Australian Tax Considerations” in our Annual Report on Form 20-F. The depositary will distribute only whole U.S. dollars and cents and will round fractional cents to the nearest whole cent. If the exchange rates fluctuate during a time when the depositary cannot convert the foreign currency, you may lose some of the value of the distribution.

Shares. The depositary may distribute additional ADSs representing any shares we distribute as a dividend or free distribution. The depositary will only distribute whole ADSs. It will sell shares which would require it to deliver a fraction of an ADS (or ADSs representing those shares) and distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it does with cash. If the depositary does not distribute additional ADSs, the outstanding ADSs will also represent the new shares. The depositary may sell a portion of the distributed shares (or ADSs representing those shares) sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in connection with that distribution.

Rights to purchase additional shares. If we offer holders of our securities any rights to subscribe for additional shares or any other rights, the depositary may (i) exercise those rights on behalf of ADS holders, (ii) distribute those rights to ADS holders or (iii) sell those rights and distribute the net proceeds to ADS holders, in each case after deduction or upon payment of its fees and expenses. To the extent the depositary does not do any of those things, it will allow the rights to lapse unexercised. In that case, you will receive no value for them. The depositary will exercise or distribute rights only if we ask it to and provide satisfactory assurances to the depositary that it is legal to do so. If the depositary will exercise rights, it will purchase the securities to which the rights relate and distribute

those securities or, in the case of shares, new ADSs representing the new shares, to subscribing ADS holders, but only if ADS holders have paid the exercise price to the depositary. U.S. securities laws may restrict the ability of the depositary to distribute rights or ADSs or other securities issued on exercise of rights to all or certain ADS holders, and the securities distributed may be subject to restrictions on transfer.

Other Distributions. The depositary will send to ADS holders anything else we distribute on deposited securities by any means it thinks is legal, fair and practical. If it cannot make the distribution in that way, the depositary has a choice. It may decide to sell what we distributed and distribute the net proceeds, in the same way as it does with cash. Or, it may decide to hold what we distributed, in which case ADSs will also represent the newly distributed property. However, the depositary is not required to distribute any securities (other than ADSs) to ADS holders unless it receives satisfactory evidence from us that it is legal to make that distribution. The depositary may sell a portion of the distributed securities or property sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in connection with that distribution. U.S. securities laws may restrict the ability of the depositary to distribute securities to all or certain ADS holders, and the securities distributed may be subject to restrictions on transfer.

The depositary is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any ADS holders. We have no obligation to register ADSs, shares, rights or other securities under the Securities Act. We also have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of ADSs, shares, rights or anything else to ADS holders. This means that you may not receive the distributions we make on our shares or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical for us to make them available to you.

Deposit, Withdrawal and Cancellation

How are ADSs issued?

The depositary delivers ADSs if you or your broker deposits shares or evidence of rights to receive shares with the custodian. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary registers the appropriate number of ADSs in the names you request and delivers the ADSs to or upon the order of the person or persons that made the deposit.

How can ADS holders withdraw the deposited securities?

You may surrender your ADSs to the depositary for the purpose of withdrawal. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will deliver the shares and any other deposited securities underlying the ADSs to the ADS holder or a person the ADS holder designates at the office of the custodian. Or, at your request, risk and expense, the depositary will deliver the deposited securities at its office, if feasible. However, the depositary is not required to accept surrender of ADSs to the extent it would require delivery of a fraction of a deposited share or other security. The depositary may charge you a fee and its expenses for instructing the custodian regarding delivery of deposited securities.

How do ADS holders interchange between certificated ADSs and uncertificated ADSs?

You may surrender your ADR to the depositary for the purpose of exchanging your ADR for uncertificated ADSs. The depositary will cancel that ADR and will send to the ADS holder a statement confirming that the ADS holder is the registered holder of uncertificated ADSs. Upon receipt by the depositary of a proper instruction from a registered holder of uncertificated ADSs requesting the exchange of uncertificated ADSs for certificated ADSs, the depositary will execute and deliver to the ADS holder an ADR evidencing those ADSs.

Voting Rights

How do you vote?

ADS holders may instruct the depositary how to vote the number of deposited shares their ADSs represent. If we request the depositary to solicit your voting instructions (and we are not required to do so), the depositary will notify you of a shareholders’ meeting and send or make voting materials available to you. Those materials will describe the matters to be voted on and explain how ADS holders may instruct the depositary how to vote. For instructions to be

valid, they must reach the depositary by a date set by the depositary. The depositary will try, as far as practical, subject to the laws of the Commonwealth of Australia and the provisions of our articles of association or similar documents, to vote or to have its agents vote the shares or other deposited securities as instructed by ADS holders. If we do not request the depositary to solicit your voting instructions, you can still send voting instructions, and, in that case, the depositary may try to vote as you instruct, but it is not required to do so. In any event, the depositary will not exercise any discretion in voting deposited securities and it will only vote or attempt to vote as instructed.

We cannot assure you that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote your shares. In addition, the depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for the manner of carrying out voting instructions. This means that you may not be able to exercise voting rights and there may be nothing you can do if your shares are not voted as you requested.

In order to give you a reasonable opportunity to instruct the depositary as to the exercise of voting rights relating to Deposited Securities, if we request the Depositary to act, we agree to give the depositary notice of any such meeting and details concerning the matters to be voted upon at least 30 days in advance of the meeting date.

Except by instructing the depositary as described above, you will not be able to exercise voting rights unless you surrender your ADSs and withdraw the shares. However, you may not know about the meeting enough in advance to withdraw the shares.

Tender and Exchange Offers; Redemption, Replacement or Cancellation of Deposited Securities

The depositary will not tender deposited securities in any voluntary tender or exchange offer unless instructed to do so by an ADS holder surrendering ADSs and subject to any conditions or procedures the depositary may establish.

If deposited securities are redeemed for cash in a transaction that is mandatory for the depositary as a holder of deposited securities, the depositary will call for surrender of a corresponding number of ADSs and distribute the net redemption money to the holders of called ADSs upon surrender of those ADSs.

If there is any change in the deposited securities such as a sub-division, combination or other reclassification, or any merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reorganization affecting the issuer of deposited securities in which the depositary receives new securities in exchange for or in lieu of the old deposited securities, the depositary will hold those replacement securities as deposited securities under the deposit agreement. However, if the depositary decides it would not be lawful and practical to hold the replacement securities because those securities could not be distributed to ADS holders or for any other reason, the depositary may instead sell the replacement securities and distribute the net proceeds upon surrender of the ADSs.

If there is a replacement of the deposited securities and the depositary will continue to hold the replacement securities, the depositary may distribute new ADSs representing the new deposited securities or ask you to surrender your outstanding ADRs in exchange for new ADRs identifying the new deposited securities.

If there are no deposited securities underlying ADSs, including if the deposited securities are cancelled, or if the deposited securities underlying ADSs have become apparently worthless, the depositary may call for surrender of those ADSs or cancel those ADSs upon notice to the ADS holders.

Amendment and Termination

How may the deposit agreement be amended?

We may agree with the depositary to amend the deposit agreement and the ADRs without your consent for any reason. If an amendment adds or increases fees or charges, except for taxes and other governmental charges or expenses of the depositary for registration fees, facsimile costs, delivery charges or similar items, or prejudices a substantial right of ADS holders, it will not become effective for outstanding ADSs until 30 days after the depositary notifies ADS holders of the amendment. At the time an amendment becomes effective, you are considered, by continuing to hold your ADSs, to agree to the amendment and to be bound by the ADRs and the deposit agreement as amended.

How may the deposit agreement be terminated?

The depositary will initiate termination of the deposit agreement if we instruct it to do so. The depositary may initiate termination of the deposit agreement if

• 60 days have passed since the depositary told us it wants to resign but a successor depositary has not been appointed and accepted its appointment;

• we delist the ADSs from an exchange in the United States on which they were listed and do not list the ADSs on another exchange in the United States or make arrangements for trading of ADSs on the U.S. over-the-counter market;

• we delist our shares from an exchange outside the United States on which they were listed and do not list the shares on another exchange outside the United States;

• the depositary has reason to believe the ADSs have become, or will become, ineligible for registration on Form F-6 under the Securities Act;

• we appear to be insolvent or enter insolvency proceedings;

• all or substantially all the value of the deposited securities has been distributed either in cash or in the form of securities;

• there are no deposited securities underlying the ADSs or the underlying deposited securities have become apparently worthless; or

• there has been a replacement of deposited securities.

If the deposit agreement will terminate, the depositary will notify ADS holders at least 90 days before the termination date. At any time after the termination date, the depositary may sell the deposited securities. After that, the depositary will hold the money it received on the sale, as well as any other cash it is holding under the deposit agreement, unsegregated and without liability for interest, for the pro rata benefit of the ADS holders that have not surrendered their ADSs. Normally, the depositary will sell as soon as practicable after the termination date.

After the termination date and before the depositary sells, ADS holders can still surrender their ADSs and receive delivery of deposited securities, except that the depositary may refuse to accept a surrender for the purpose of withdrawing deposited securities or reverse previously accepted surrenders of that kind that have not settled if it would interfere with the selling process. The depositary may refuse to accept a surrender for the purpose of withdrawing sale proceeds until all the deposited securities have been sold. The depositary will continue to collect distributions on deposited securities, but, after the termination date, the depositary is not required to register any transfer of ADSs or distribute any dividends or other distributions on deposited securities to the ADSs holder (until they surrender their ADSs) or give any notices or perform any other duties under the deposit agreement except as described in this paragraph.

Limitations on Obligations and Liability

Limits on our Obligations and the Obligations of the Depositary; Limits on Liability to Holders of ADSs

The deposit agreement expressly limits our obligations and the obligations of the depositary. It also limits our liability and the liability of the depositary. We and the depositary:

• are only obligated to take the actions specifically set forth in the deposit agreement without negligence or bad faith, and the depositary is not a fiduciary nor has any fiduciary duty to holders of ADSs;

• are not liable if we are or it is prevented or delayed by law or by events or circumstances beyond our or its ability to prevent or counteract with reasonable care or effort from performing our or its obligations under the deposit agreement;

• are not liable if we or it exercises discretion permitted under the deposit agreement;

• are not liable for the inability of any holder of ADSs to benefit from any distribution on deposited securities that is not made available to holders of ADSs under the terms of the deposit agreement, or for any special, consequential or punitive damages for any breach of the terms of the deposit agreement;

• have no obligation to become involved in a lawsuit or other proceeding related to the ADSs or the deposit agreement on your behalf or on behalf of any other person;

• may rely upon any documents we believe or it believes in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person;

• are not liable for the acts or omissions of any securities depository, clearing agency or settlement system; and

• the depositary has no duty to make any determination or provide any information as to our tax status, or any liability for any tax consequences that may be incurred by ADS holders as a result of owning or holding ADSs or be liable for the inability or failure of an ADS holder to obtain the benefit of a foreign tax credit, reduced rate of withholding or refund of amounts withheld in respect of tax or any other tax benefit.

In the deposit agreement, we and the depositary agree to indemnify each other under certain circumstances.

Requirements for Depositary Actions

Before the depositary delivers or registers a transfer of ADSs, makes a distribution on ADSs, or permits withdrawal of shares, the depositary may require:

• payment of stock transfer or other taxes or other governmental charges and transfer or registration fees charged by third parties for the transfer of any shares or other deposited securities;

• satisfactory proof of the identity and genuineness of any signature or other information it deems necessary; and

• compliance with regulations it may establish, from time to time, consistent with the deposit agreement, including presentation of transfer documents.

The depositary may refuse to deliver ADSs or register transfers of ADSs when the transfer books of the depositary or our transfer books are closed or at any time if the depositary or we think it advisable to do so.

Your Right to Receive the Shares Underlying your ADSs

ADS holders have the right to cancel their ADSs and withdraw the underlying shares at any time except:

• when temporary delays arise because: (i) the depositary has closed its transfer books or we have closed our transfer books; (ii) the transfer of shares is blocked to permit voting at a shareholders’ meeting; or (iii) we are paying a dividend on our shares;

• when you owe money to pay fees, taxes and similar charges; or

• when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to ADSs or to the withdrawal of shares or other deposited securities.

This right of withdrawal may not be limited by any other provision of the deposit agreement.

Direct Registration System

In the deposit agreement, all parties to the deposit agreement acknowledge that the Direct Registration System, also referred to as DRS, and Profile Modification System, also referred to as Profile, applies to the ADSs. DRS is a system administered by DTC that facilitates interchange between registered holding of uncertificated ADSs and holding of security entitlements in ADSs through DTC and a DTC participant. Profile is a feature of DRS that allows a DTC participant, claiming to act on behalf of a registered holder of uncertificated ADSs, to direct the depositary to register a transfer of those ADSs to DTC or its nominee and to deliver those ADSs to the DTC account of that DTC participant without receipt by the depositary of prior authorization from the ADS holder to register that transfer.

In connection with and in accordance with the arrangements and procedures relating to DRS/Profile, the parties to the deposit agreement understand that the depositary does not determine whether the DTC participant that is claiming to be acting on behalf of an ADS holder in requesting registration of transfer and delivery as described in the paragraph above has the actual authority to act on behalf of the ADS holder (notwithstanding any requirements under the Uniform Commercial Code). In the deposit agreement, the parties agree that the depositary’s reliance on

and compliance with instructions received by the depositary through the DRS/Profile system and in accordance with the deposit agreement does not constitute negligence or bad faith on the part of the depositary.

Shareholder Communications; Inspection of Register of Holders of ADSs

The depositary makes available for your inspection at its office all communications that it receives from us as a holder of deposited securities that we make generally available to holders of deposited securities. The depositary will send you copies of those communications or otherwise make those communications available to you if we ask it to. You have a right to inspect the register of holders of ADSs, but not for the purpose of contacting those holders about a matter unrelated to our business or the ADSs.

Each holder of ADSs may be required from time to time to provide certain information, including proof of taxpayer status, residence and beneficial ownership (as applicable), from time to time and in a timely manner as we, the depositary or the custodian may deem necessary or proper to fulfill obligations under applicable law.

Jury Trial Waiver

The deposit agreement provides that, to the extent permitted by law, ADS holders waive the right to a jury trial of any claim they may have against us or the depositary arising out of or relating to our shares, the ADSs or the deposit agreement, including any claim under the U.S. federal securities laws. If we or the depositary opposed a jury trial demand based on the waiver, the court would determine whether the waiver was enforceable in the facts and circumstances of that case in accordance with applicable case law. You are not, by agreeing to the terms of the deposit agreement, deemed to have waived our or the depositary’s compliance with U.S. federal securities laws or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

EX-4.4

Exhibit 4.4

Executive Employment Contract

Opthea Limited

ACN 32 006 340 567

Ms Karen Adams

: #1328149-v3\AUSKMB

Contents

Clause
Number	Heading	Page
1	Dictionary	1
2	The Position	2
3	Commencement, Probation Period and Term	2
4	Location of Employment	2
5	Travel	2
6	Conduct and Performance	2
7	Warranties	3
8	Conflicts of Interest	3
9	Hours of Work	3
10	Remuneration Package	4
11	Refund of expenses	5
12	Leave entitlements	5
13	Policies and Procedures	5
14	Anti-discrimination and Harassment	6
15	Termination	6
16	Appointment to and Resignation from Offices	8
17	Suspension	8
18	Confidential Information	8
19	Inventions	9
20	Post-Employment Restrictions	9
21	Entire Agreement	9
22	No Representations and Warranties	9
23	Governing Law and Jurisdiction	10
24	Independent Legal Advice	10
	Schedule A	12
	Job Description	12
	Appendix 1	15
	Employee Secrecy and Confidentiality Agreement	15

#1328149-v3\MELDMS\AUSKMB i Executive Employment Contract

Date	28 April 2021
Parties	Opthea Limited, ACN 32 006 340 567of Level 4/650 Chapel Street South Yarra, Vic, Australia 3142 (Employer)
	Ms Karen Adams of 1-2 Monroe Court, Narre Warren North, Vic, 3804 (Executive)

Recitals

A. This contract sets out the terms and conditions under which the Executive is employed by the Employer.

B. This contract overrides any previous representations or understanding between the Employer and the Executive.

1 Dictionary

1.1 For the purpose of this contract, the following terms have the meanings set out below.

ASX means the Australian Securities Exchange.

Confidential Information means information acquired or developed by the Executive in the course of the Employment which is not already in the public domain otherwise than by breach of this contract by the Executive, including all drug development related information, whether such information is in written, printed, electronic or other form, including all copies of such information, and including the following types of information.

Document means any record of information (including an electronic record).

Employee Entitlements means all entitlements and benefits generally arising out of or in connection with employment or the provision of services attracting such benefits, including, but not limited to, salary overtime, penalty rates, bonuses, incentives, commissions, annual leave, long service leave, redundancy payments, notice and/or other termination benefits, superannuation, tax withholding and/or any other similar entitlement or benefit or contingent obligation or liability.  

Employment means the employment of the Executive by the Employer in accordance with the terms of this contract.

Group means the Employer and its Related Bodies Corporate.

Group Member means any member of the Group.

Group Personnel means any director, officer, employee or contractor of any Group Member.

LTIP means long-term incentive plan, employee share option plan or equivalent equity incentive plan.

Related Body Corporate has the same meaning as that set out in section 50 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).

#1328149-v3\MELDMS\AUSKMB 1 Executive Employment Contract

1.2 Other terms may be specially defined elsewhere in this contract.

2 The Position

2.1 The Executive will be employed in the position of Vice President Finance (Australia) and interim Company Secretary (the Position).

2.2 In the Position the Executive will report directly to the Chief Executive Officer of the Employer and to such other persons or positions as may be reasonably nominated by the Chief Executive Officer, such as the Chief Financial Officer.

2.3 A description of the duties and responsibilities of the Position is set out in Schedule A.  This description is not intended to be exhaustive and the Employer may require the Executive to perform other reasonable duties in addition to or instead of those set out in Schedule A.

2.4 If the Executive's position, duties and/or responsibilities significantly change for any reason, then the terms of this contract will continue to apply unless expressly varied by the parties in writing.

3 Commencement, Probation Period and Term

3.1 The employment of the Executive will commence as of May 3 2021 (the Commencement Date).

3.2 A Probation Period will apply for the first 4 months of Employment in which the Employer retains the right to terminate employment with a 4-week notice period.  

3.3 Following completion of the Probation Period, employment will continue indefinitely until terminated by either party in accordance with the terms of this contract.

4 Location of Employment

4.1 The Employment will initially be based at the Employer's offices in South Yarra.

4.2 The Employer may change the base location of the Employment by giving the Executive reasonable notice in writing.  In the event of such relocation, the Executive will not be entitled to any additional remuneration.

5 Travel

5.1 The Executive acknowledges that the nature of the Position may require unscheduled travel within and outside of Australia.  The Executive must engage in such travel as reasonably required by the Employer without additional remuneration.

6 Conduct and Performance

6.1 The Executive must:

(a) serve the Employer and fulfil her duties and responsibilities honestly, faithfully and in a professional manner;

#1328149-v3\MELDMS\AUSKMB 2 Executive Employment Contract

(b) use the Executive's best efforts to promote and protect the business of the Employer and the Group;

(c) comply with the Employer's lawful directions and fully and truthfully answer any questions asked by the Employer relating in any way to the Employment or the Employer's business;

(d) fully report to the Chief Executive Officer of the Employer all business opportunities which may advantage the Employer or Group Members and any significant threats to the business as soon as these come to the attention of the Executive;

(e) fully report to the Chief Executive Officer of the Employer any unlawful act or omission of any Group Member or any Group Personnel; and

(f) provide the Chief Executive Officer of the Employer with information and regular reports as to the financial status of the Employer so as to keep the Chief Executive Officer fully informed of the financial status and financial affairs of the Employer.  

7 Warranties

7.1 The Executive warrants that in entering into this contract and performing herduties, the Executive will not be in breach of any agreement or obligation owed to any third party.

7.2 The Executive warrants that hehas disclosed all material information to the Employer which may be relevant to the Employer's decision to offer the Executive employment under this contract.

8 Conflicts of Interest

8.1 The Executive must not undertake any activity (whether paid or unpaid) which may either compete with, compromise or give rise to a conflict with either:

(a) the Executive's duties and responsibilities under this contract; or

(b) the business interests of the Employer,

unless the Executive has obtained the prior consent of the Chief Executive Officer of the Employer in writing.

8.2 Without limiting the generality of the above, the Executive must not be engaged, employed, concerned or interested directly or indirectly in any business, company, proposal, project, assignment or development which is in or is related to the industry in which the Employer and/or any Group Member is concerned unless the Executive has obtained the prior consent of the Chief Executive Officer of the Employer in writing.

8.3 The Executive must immediately and fully disclose in writing to the Employer any potential or actual conflicts of interest.

9 Hours of Work

9.1 The Executive is engaged on a full-time basis and must reasonably devote her full-time and attention to the business of the Employer.

#1328149-v3\MELDMS\AUSKMB 3 Executive Employment Contract

9.2 The Executive will be required to work during ordinary business hours and also outside these hours as reasonably necessary to properly perform duties of the position.  The Executive agrees that she is available to work such reasonable additional hours.

9.3 The Executive is not entitled to any additional pay or benefits for working outside of normal business hours.  The Executive's remuneration includes compensation for all hours worked.

10 Remuneration Package

Base salary

10.1 The Executive will be paid a base salary of AUD$250,000 per annum, less tax.  This amount is exclusive of statutory superannuation contributions.

10.2 The salary will be paid on a monthly basis or such other basis as the parties agree.  

10.3 The Executive authorises and requests the Employer to deduct any monies owed by the Executive to the Employer from her monthly salary.

10.4 The Remuneration Package includes director’s fees payable in respect of any directorship in the Group held by the Executive, and the Executive is not entitled to additional director’s fees or other fees for or in respect of any directorship or other office held by the Executive in the Group.

Superannuation

10.5 The Employer will make the superannuation contributions component of the amount specified in clause 10.1 into a complying superannuation fund on behalf of the Executive so as to avoid liability for a charge under the Superannuation Guarantee (Administration) Act 1992 and the Superannuation Guarantee Charge Act 1992.

Incentive for Achievement of Key performance Indicators

10.6 From 1 July 2021, the Employee may be eligible to receive an annual bonus payment of up to 20% of the base salary if Key Performance Indicators, determined by the Chief Executive Officer and Board, in their absolute discretion, for the financial year are achieved during that year.

10.7 Key Performance Indicators for the next 12 months will be determined for the Executive prior to or by September 30 of each year.

10.8 For the avoidance of doubt, even if all Key Performance Indicators are achieved, the Board will, in its absolute discretion, determine if an annual bonus payment will be made and the amount of such bonus payment.

10.9 The Executive will not be entitled to any incentive benefit, including an annual bonus payment, if either party terminates, or gives the other notice to terminate, this contract.

LTIP

10.10 Following completion of the Probationary Period, the Executive will be eligible to participate in the Company’s Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) which is approved by the shareholders of the Employer, on the basis determined by the Employer.

#1328149-v3\MELDMS\AUSKMB 4 Executive Employment Contract

10.11   The Employer hereby acknowledges the intention for the Executive to be invited to participate in the Company’s LTIP following completion of the Probationary Period.

11 Refund of expenses

11.1 Any business expenses which the Executive necessarily incurs for the purpose of carrying out the duties of the Position will be reimbursed by the Employer provided that:

(a) the expenses are reasonable and related directly to the Employer's business;

(b) the Executive has provided the Employer with itemised receipts of these expenses, and any other additional evidence of these expenses as it may reasonably require; and

(c) the Executive complies with any other policy or procedure published by the Employer from time to time regarding the reimbursement of expenses.

12 Leave entitlements

Annual and Long Service Leave

12.1 The Executive is entitled to accrue annual holidays in accordance with applicable law.This entitlement currently amounts to four ordinary working weeks' paid leave per year of service.  Untaken annual leave accumulates from year to year.

12.2 The Executive must take leave at a time that is mutually agreed between the Employer and the Executive.  

12.3 The Executive is entitled to accrue long service leave in accordance with the provisions of the Long Service Leave Act 1992 (Vic) or any other applicable law.  

12.4 Whilst on such leave, the Executive will not engage in any conduct which is inconsistent with the Executive's duties and responsibilities under this contract.

Personal Leave

12.5 The Executive will be entitled to personal leave in accordance with applicable law.  

12.6 The Executive will not be entitled to receive any payment for any accrued and unused personal leave upon termination or at any other time.

12.7 Without limiting the above, the Employer may require the Executive to be examined by a medical practitioner nominated by the Employer to determine whether or not the Executive is fit for work, and the Executive consents to the Employer receiving a report from such a medical practitioner for this purpose.  The Executive will confirm such consent in writing as and when required by the Employer.

13 Policies and Procedures

13.1 The Employer may issue policies from time to time in relation to the Employment.  These policies do not form part of the Executive's employment contract with the Employer or give rise to any contractual rights.  However, to the extent that these policies require the Executive to do any act or thing, or to refrain from doing any act or thing, these policies constitute directions from the Employer to the Executive with which the Executive must comply.

#1328149-v3\MELDMS\AUSKMB 5 Executive Employment Contract

13.2 The Employer has the right to vary or not apply these policies at its discretion.  

14 Anti-discrimination and Harassment

14.1 The Employer is an equal opportunity employer and will not tolerate unlawful discrimination or harassment at its workplace.

14.2 The Executive must at all times comply with and ensure that the employees of the Employer comply with the anti-discrimination and harassment policies of the Employer.

15 Termination

Termination within the Probation Period

15.1 Within the first 4 months of Employment, the Employer may terminate the Employment with a 4-week notice period (the “Probation Period”).

Termination with prior notice

15.2 Either party may terminate the Employment by giving the other not less than three months' notice.

15.3 The Employer may also terminate the Employment by either:

(a) making a payment in lieu of the entire notice period; or

(b) requiring the Executive to work part of the notice period and making a payment in lieu of the balance of the notice period.

In either case the Employment will be terminated upon the making of the payment in lieu of notice.

15.4 Nothing in any policy, statement, or representation issued or made by the Employer will affect its ability to terminate the Employment by giving prior notice (or making a payment in lieu) or impose any requirement upon the Employer to follow any procedure before terminating the Employment other than the giving of prior notice (or making a payment in lieu).

15.5 Where the Executive is required to work out a period of notice, including if terminated within the Probationary Period, the Employer may direct the Executive during some or all of the notice period:

(a) not to attend any offices or premises of the Employer;

(b) not to contact clients, customers, suppliers, employees or contractors of the Employer in relation to the Employer’s business;

(c) not to perform the duties of the Position;

(d) to perform the duties of the Position from home;

(e) to assist the Employer arrange a proper handover of her duties and work (including a handover of clients, business contacts and business); or

(f) any combination of the above.

#1328149-v3\MELDMS\AUSKMB 6 Executive Employment Contract

15.6 If the Executive gives the Employer notice of termination for the purpose of commencing work with a competitor of the Employer, or otherwise competing with the Employer, the Executive must:

(a) immediately upon giving notice disclose full details of this purpose so as to enable the Employer to take steps to protect their business, and arrange the hand over of duties (including clients, suppliers and business) to another employee; and

(b) comply with any directions given by the Employer for the purpose of giving effect to paragraph (a) above.

The obligation set out in this sub-clause above is not intended to detract from the Executive's general obligation to immediately disclose any conflict of interest to the Employer.

15.7 The Executive will not be entitled to any benefits (including without limitation an increase in benefits) under this contract or otherwise in connection with the termination of the Employment at the expiration of the Term or otherwise, if the giving of such benefit will give rise to a breach of Part 2D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 or any other provision of this Act, Chapter 10 of the ASX Listing Rules or any other ASX Listing Rules, or any other applicable statute, rule or regulation which limits or restricts the giving of such benefits. Further, the Employer is under no obligation to seek or obtain the approval of its shareholders in general meeting for the purpose of overcoming any such limitation or restriction.

15.8 Upon termination clauses 3 and 12 will apply.

Summary termination

15.9 The Employer may terminate the Employment at any time during the Employment without prior notice if the Executive:

(a) is guilty of serious misconduct (including, but not limited to theft, fraud, or assault);

(b) is grossly negligent or otherwise incompetent in the performance of the duties of the Position;

(c) commits a serious or persistent breach of the terms of this contract;

(d) refuses to carry out a lawful and reasonable instruction that is consistent with this contract;

(e) becomes bankrupt or suspends payment or compounds with or assigns her estate for the benefit of her creditors; or

(f) commits a crime or other civil wrong, which in the reasonable opinion of the Employer, may seriously impact on the Executive's ability to perform the duties of the Position or is likely to significantly damage the reputation or business of the Employer.

16 Appointment to and Resignation from Offices

16.1 The Employer may during the Employment, request that the Executive hold offices with the Employer.  Unless otherwise agreed in writing, these offices will be held without any further remuneration to the Executive.

#1328149-v3\MELDMS\AUSKMB 7 Executive Employment Contract

16.2 On termination of the Employment the Executive must, at the request of the Employer, resignwithout any claim for compensation from any office (including the office of director) held by the Executive in the Employer and do any thing required to give effect to this resignation, and if the Executive does not formally so resign then the Executive shall be deemed to have so resigned.

17 Suspension

17.1 If the Employer suspects that the Executive has been involved in any improper conduct or involved in any other conduct which in the reasonable opinion of the Employer requires proper investigation, the Employer may suspend the Executive for the purposes of conducting an investigation.

17.2 During the period of suspension the Executive will continue to receive the remuneration set out under this contract.

18Confidential Information

Obligations of confidentiality

18.1 In order to give effect to the Executive’s obligations of confidence to the Group, The Executive will execute an Employee Secrecy and Confidentiality Agreement in the form of Appendix 1.

18.2 Without limiting the Executive's duties at common law, the Executive must at all times during employment with the Employer (except where required by law or in the proper course of her duties) and after its termination (howsoever caused), keep confidential and not disclose or allow to be disclosed to any unauthorised person, any Confidential Information.

18.3 The Executive must take all reasonable steps to prevent the unauthorised disclosure or use of the Confidential Information.

18.4 The Executive must execute all confidentiality agreements with the Employer or any Group Member which are designed to protect Confidential Information which comes to the attention of the Executive as a result of the Employment, as reasonably required by the Employer from time to time.

18.5 The Executive must not copy or remove from the Employer's premises any Document which contains Confidential Information except for the purpose of properly performing the duties of the Position and for the benefit of the Employer.

18.6 The Executive must promptly notify the Employer of any actual or threatened unauthorised disclosure of Confidential Information and must assist in any action taken by the Employer either to prevent the occurrence of, or recover loss in respect of, such unauthorised disclosure of Confidential Information.

18.7 The Executive must provide assistance reasonably requested by the Employer in relation to proceedings any Group Member may take against any person for unauthorised use, copying or disclosure of Confidential Information.

Company Property

18.8 The Executive understands that all documents (including computer records, facsimile and e-mail), materials created, received or transmitted in connection with her work or using the

#1328149-v3\MELDMS\AUSKMB 8 Executive Employment Contract

facilities of the Employer, and property discovered during the drug development process is the property of the Employer and subject to inspection by the Employer, at any time.

Return of property and Documents upon termination

18.9 Upon the termination of the Employment (howsoever caused), the Executive must immediately deliver to the Employer without any further demand:

(a) all Documents and other property of the Employer and any Group Member; and

(b) without limiting the generality of paragraph (a) above, all Documents which contain any Confidential Information, and Documents in the Executive's possession or control relating in any way to any Confidential Information.

19 Inventions

19.1 The Executive hereby acknowledges that the Employer shall be the sole owner of all rights, title and interest in all inventions, improvements, designs, original works of authorship, formulas, processes, compositions of matter, computer software programs, databases, mask works, concepts and trade secrets, whether or not patentable or registrable under patent, copyright, circuit layout design or similar laws in Australia or anywhere else in the world, which the Executive may solely or jointly conceive or develop or reduce to practice, or cause to be conceived or developed or reduced to practice, during the period of the Executive’s Employment at the Employer (whether or not during business hours) that are either related to the scope of her Employment at the Employer or make use, in any manner, of the resources of the Employer.

20 Post-Employment Restrictions

20.1 The Executive acknowledges that during the Employment, the Executive has or will become possessed of Confidential Information regarding the business of the Employer and the Group,  and the disclosure or use of such information may materially harm the Employer and the Group.

20.2 Post-Employment, the terms of the Employee Secrecy and Confidentiality Agreement will continue to apply.

21 Entire Agreement

21.1 This contract constitutes the entire agreement relating to the Employment and supersedes all prior offers and representations whether in writing or verbal in relation to the Employment.  This contract may only be amended by agreement in writing signed by both parties.

22 No Representations and Warranties

22.1 The Executive acknowledges that in entering into this contract, the Executive has not relied on any representations or warranties about its subject matter, except as provided in this contract.

#1328149-v3\MELDMS\AUSKMB 9 Executive Employment Contract

23 Governing Law and Jurisdiction

23.1 The Employment is governed by the laws in force in Victoria and both the Employer and the Executive irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of this jurisdiction.

24 Independent Legal Advice

24.1 The Executive acknowledges that the Executive has had a reasonable opportunity to obtain independent legal advice regarding the contents of this contract.

24.2 The Executive acknowledges that the Executive has had sufficient time to review the contents of this contract and further, understands the contents of this contract.

24.3 The Executive acknowledges that the Executive has not been placed under any under pressure to enter into this contract.

#1328149-v3\MELDMS\AUSKMB 10 Executive Employment Contract

Execution

Executed as an agreement.

Signed for and on behalf of
Opthea Limited
by its duly authorised representative
in the presence of:
Signature of witness	Signature of authorised representative
Name of witness (please print)	Name of authorised representative
	(please print)

Signed by
Ms Karen Adams
in the presence of:
Signature of witness	Signature of Ms Karen Adams
Name of witness (please print)

#1328149-v3\MELDMS\AUSKMB 11 Executive Employment Contract

Schedule A

Job Description

Key Responsibilities

Strategy

• Partner with the CEO and CFO (CEO/CFO) on operational and strategic issues as they arise; provide strategic recommendations to the CEO/CFO based on financial analysis and projections, cost identification and allocation, and revenue/expense analysis.

• Develop tools and systems to provide critical financial and operational information to the CEO/CFO and make actionable recommendations on both financial strategy and financial reporting.

• Participate in the ongoing strategic planning process as an integral member of the senior management team.

• Oversee long-term budgetary planning and cost management in alignment with the Group’s strategic plan, especially as the organization considers joint ventures, potential acquisitions, and collaborations with external organizations.

• Engage the senior management team to align financial management with short- and long-term financial planning and projections.

• Partner with the CEO/CFO to engage the board and audit committee around issues, trends, and changes in the biotech/pharmaceutical industry landscape.

• Assist in establishing yearly objectives and meeting agendas, and selecting and engaging outside consultants (auditors, brokers/analysts, IR &PR consultants).

• Support the management and implementation of any acquisitions/mergers including reviews & due diligence processes.

• Assist the CEO/CFO in identifying new funding opportunities and participate in capital raising activities as requested by the CEO/CFO.

• Assist in performing all tasks necessary to achieve the organization's mission and help execute staff succession and growth plans.

Finance and Accounting

• Liaise with external auditors and tax agents.

• Work with the CEO/CFO to oversee the coordination and activities of independent auditors ensuring all PCAOB audit issues are resolved, and all compliance issues are met, and the preparation of the annual financial statements is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, Australian Accounting Standards and IFR Standards, and US

#1328149-v3\MELDMS\AUSKMB 12 Executive Employment Contract

Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (US-GAAP), and other required standards, supplementary schedules and information.

• Work with the CFO and Finance Manager in the preparation of Audit and Tax Schedules.

• Assist with preparation of Annual Report and overseeing the production of the Annual Report in conjunction with the CEO/CFO and Finance Manager.

• Work with the Finance Manager in the preparation & lodgement of the Group’s ITR Schedules, R&D Tax Schedules and Annual Application for R&D Tax Concession in collaboration with tax agents.

• Work with the CEO/CFO to oversee compliance management including statutory compliance, taxation, annual accounts and audit, payroll, BAS, PAYG instalments, reporting superannuation, Workers Compensation, GST reporting

• Work with the Finance Manager and CFO in the production of financial statements and cash flow projections for use by Executive management, as well as the Audit Committee and Board of Directors.

• Work with the CEO/CFO to oversee all accounts, ledgers, and reporting systems ensuring compliance with appropriate Australian and applicable US standards and regulatory requirements and monitor the use of all funds.

• Ensure that due diligence process in place in selecting key suppliers and checklist in place re criteria to be met for selection of suppliers and appropriately documented (including a financial health check on the supplier).

• Manage and track the performance of invested assets in keeping with policies and investment guidelines.

• Contribute to structure of and implementation of any securities issues (shares, options rights etc.) by the Group.

• Assist in remuneration packaging including short term and long term incentives.

• Develop and provide guidance to the Finance Manager and other key management staff on raising awareness and knowledge of financial management matters.

Risk Management

• Ensure/facilitate the identification of significant operational, financial and economic risks to the company.

• Facilitate the adequate management of these risks: including that appropriate controls and processes are in place.

• Regularly review adequacy of risk management and business insurance plans.

#1328149-v3\MELDMS\AUSKMB 13 Executive Employment Contract

• Report corporate governance policies re company’s risk management process, to the CEO and Board.

Team Management

• Mentor the Finance Manager, managing work allocation, training, problem resolution, performance evaluation, and the building of an effective team dynamic.

• Engage other members of senior management team to facilitate collaboration that ensures that all financial, IT and HR solutions positively support the Group’s evolving strategy, operational delivery and data collection needs.

Company Secretarial & Corporate Governance

• Ensure compliance with the company’s corporate governance policies.

• Prepare and lodge ASX announcements and work with the CFO to ensure compliance with US SEC requirements.

• Ensure ASIC lodging as required by Corporations Law.

• Prepare and lodge various forms/disclosures as required by the ASX Listing Rules.

• Manage the relationship and activities (including those related to the annual general meeting in Australia) with the company’s share registry company.

• Prepare Board papers and minutes of meetings.

• Attend Board and Subcommittee meetings as directed by the Board and CEO.

• Contribute to IR/PR strategy and investor relations activities as directed by the CEO.

#1328149-v3\MELDMS\AUSKMB 14 Executive Employment Contract

Appendix 1

Employee Secrecy and Confidentiality Agreement

In consideration of employment as an employee with Opthea Limited of Suite 0403, Level 4, 650 Chapel Street, South Yarra, Victoria 3141 (the “Company”), the undersigned (the “Participant”) agrees and covenants as follows:

1. Employment with the Company as an employee (the “Engagement”) will give the Participant access to proprietary and confidential information belonging to the Company (the proprietary and confidential information is collectively referred to in this Agreement as “Confidential Information”).  Confidential Information includes but is not limited to customer lists, marketing plans, proposals, contracts, commercial, technical and/or financial information, databases, software and know-how.  All Confidential Information remains the confidential and proprietary information of the Company.

2. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Company” shall include the Company and its affiliates, subsidiaries and associated companies.

3. As referred to herein, the “Business of the Company” shall relate to the business of the Company or as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company from time to time.

4. The Participant may in the course of the Engagement conceive, develop or contribute to material or information related to the Business of the Company, including, without limitation, software, technical documentation, ideas, inventions (whether or not patentable), hardware, know-how, marketing plans, designs, techniques, documentation and records, regardless of the form or media, if any, on which such is stored (referred to in this Agreement as “Proprietary Property”). The Company shall exclusively own all Proprietary Property which the Participant conceives, develops or contributes to in the course of the Engagement and all intellectual and industrial property and other rights of any kind in or relating to the Proprietary Property, including but not limited to all copyright, patent, trade secret and trade-mark rights in or relating to the Proprietary Property.  For greater certainty, the Participant hereby assigns to the Company any and all rights that the Participant may have or obtain in or to the Proprietary Property. Material or information conceived, developed or contributed to by the Participant outside work hours on the Company’s premises or through the use of the Company’s property and/or assets shall also be Proprietary Property and be governed by this Agreement if such material or information relates to the Business of the Company. The Participant shall keep full and accurate records accessible at all times to the Company relating to all Proprietary Property and shall promptly disclose and deliver to the Company all Proprietary Property.  

5. The Participant shall, both during and after the Engagement, keep all Confidential Information and Proprietary Property confidential and shall not use any of it except for the purpose of carrying out authorized activities on behalf of the Company. The Participant may, however, use or disclose Confidential Information which:

(i)is or becomes public other than through a breach of this Agreement;

(ii)is known to the Participant prior to the date of this Agreement and with respect to which the Participant does not have any obligation of confidentiality; or

#1328149-v3\MELDMS\AUSKMB 15 Executive Employment Contract

(iii)is required to be disclosed by law, whether under an order of a court or government tribunal or other legal process, provided that Participant informs the Company of such requirement in sufficient time to allow the Company to avoid such disclosure by the Participant.

The Participant shall return or destroy, as directed by the Company, Confidential Information and Proprietary Property to the Company upon request by the Company at any time. The Participant shall certify, by way of affidavit or statutory declaration, that all such Confidential Information and Proprietary Property has been returned or destroyed, as applicable.

6. The Participant covenants and agrees not to make any unauthorized use whatsoever of or to bring onto the Company’s premises (including any premises rented by the Company as part of the Business of the Company) for the purpose of making any unauthorized use whatsoever of any trade secrets, confidential information or proprietary property of any third party, including without limitation any trade-marks or copyrighted materials, during the course of the Engagement.  The Participant agrees and represents that the Engagement and the execution of this Agreement do not and will not breach any agreement to which the Participant is currently a party or which currently applies to the Participant.

7. At the reasonable request and at the sole expense of the Company, the Participant shall do all reasonable acts necessary and sign all reasonable documentation necessary in order to ensure the Company’s ownership of the Proprietary Property and all intellectual and industrial property rights and other rights in the same, including but not limited to providing to the Company written assignments of all rights to the Company and any other documents required to enable the Company to document rights to and/or register patents, copyrights, trade-marks, industrial designs and such other protections as the Company considers advisable anywhere in the world.

8. The Participant hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives all moral rights the Participant may now or in the future have in any Proprietary Property.

9. The Participant agrees that the Participant will, if requested from time to time by the Company, execute such further reasonable agreements as to confidentiality and proprietary rights as the Company’s customers or suppliers reasonably required to protect Confidential Information or Proprietary Property.  

10. Regardless of any changes in position, salary or otherwise, including, without limitation, termination of the Engagement, unless otherwise stipulated pursuant to the terms hereof, the Participant will continue to be subject to each of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and any other(s) executed pursuant to the preceding paragraph.  

11. The Participant agrees that the Participant’s sole and exclusive remedy for any breach of this Agreement or any other agreement by the Company will be limited to monetary damages and that the Participant will not make any claim in respect of any rights to or interest in any Confidential Information or Proprietary Property.

12. The Participant acknowledges that the services provided by the Participant to the Company are unique. The Participant further agrees that irreparable harm will be suffered by the Company in the event of the Participant’s breach or threatened breach of any of his or her obligations under this Agreement, and that the Company will be entitled to seek, in addition to any other rights and remedies that it may have at law or equity, a temporary or permanent injunction restraining the Participant from engaging in or continuing any such breach hereof.  Any claims asserted by the Participant against the Company shall not constitute a defense in any injunction action, application or motion brought against the Participant by the Company.

#1328149-v3\MELDMS\AUSKMB 16 Executive Employment Contract

13. This Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of Victoria, Australia.  The Participant submits unconditionally to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts of Victoria, the Federal Court of Australia, and courts with jurisdiction to hear appeals from the lower courts.

14. If any provision of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, that provision shall be deleted and the other provisions shall remain in effect.

15. This Agreement shall be effective once it is executed by the Participant, irrespective of whether it is executed by the Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Company has caused this Agreement to be executed as of

the ________  day of  ____________________, 2021.

Signed in the presence of:

(a)    PARTICIPANT Name: (b)    WITNESS to PARTICIPANT name:

#1328149-v3\MELDMS\AUSKMB 17 Executive Employment Contract

EX-8.1

Exhibit 8.1

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

Name of Subsidiary	Jurisdiction of Organization
Vegenics Pty Ltd.	Australia
Opthea US Inc.	United States

EX-12.1

Exhibit 12.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Megan Baldwin, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Opthea Limited,

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The company's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the company and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(c) Disclosed in this report any change in the company's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The company's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company's auditors and the audit committee of the company's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: 28 October 2021	By:	/s/ Megan Baldwin
		Megan Baldwin
		Principal Executive Officer

EX-12.2

Exhibit 12.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Karen Adams, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of Opthea Limited;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The company's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the company and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(c) Disclosed in this report any change in the company's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The company's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company's auditors and the audit committee of the company's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: 28 October 2021	By:	/s/ Karen Adams
		Karen Adams
		Principal Finance Officer

EX-13.1

Exhibit 13.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

The certification set forth below is being submitted in connection with the Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended June 30, 2021 (the “Report”) for the purpose of complying with Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code.

I, Megan Baldwin, certify that:

1. the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: 28 October 2021	By:	/s/ Megan Baldwin
		Megan Baldwin
		Chief Executive Officer

EX-13.2

Exhibit 13.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

The certification set forth below is being submitted in connection with the Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended June 30, 2021 (the “Report”) for the purpose of complying with Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code.

I, Karen Adams, certify that:

1. the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: 28 October 2021	By:	/s/ Karen Adams
		Karen Adams
		Vice President Finance

EX-15.1

Exhibit 15.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-251052 on Form S-8, of our report dated October 28, 2021 relating to the financial statements of Opthea Limited appearing in this Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended June 30, 2021.  

/s/ Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu

Perth, Australia

October 28, 2021

XML

Document and Entity Information	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021 shares
Document Information [Line Items]
Document Type	20-F
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Jun. 30, 2021
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2021
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Entity Registrant Name	OPTHEA LIMITED
Entity Central Index Key	0001815620
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--06-30
Entity File Number	001-39621
Entity Incorporation, State or Country Code	C3
Entity Address, Address Line One	Level 4
Entity Address, Address Line Two	650 Chapel Street
Entity Address, City or Town	South Yarra
Entity Address, Postal Zip Code	3141
Document Annual Report	true
Document Transition Report	false
Document Registration Statement	false
Document Shell Company Report	false
ICFR Auditor Attestation Flag	false
Document Accounting Standard	International Financial Reporting Standards
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Filer Category	Non-accelerated Filer
Entity Shell Company	false
Entity Emerging Growth Company	true
Entity Ex Transition Period	false
Entity Interactive Data Current	Yes
Entity Address, Country	AU
Business Contact
Document Information [Line Items]
Entity Address, Address Line One	Corporation Service Company
Entity Address, Address Line Two	1180 Avenue of the Americas
Entity Address, City or Town	New York
Entity Address, Postal Zip Code	10036
City Area Code	+61 3
Local Phone Number	9826 0399
Contact Personnel Name	Dr Megan Baldwin
Contact Personnel Email Address	info@opthea.com
Entity Address, Address Line Three	Suite 210
Entity Address, State or Province	NY
Ordinary Shares
Document Information [Line Items]
No Trading Symbol Flag	true
Title of 12(b) Security	Ordinary shares, no par value
Security Exchange Name	NASDAQ
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding	351,003,541
American Depositary Shares
Document Information [Line Items]
Trading Symbol	OPT
Title of 12(b) Security	American Depositary Shares, each representing eight ordinary shares
Security Exchange Name	NASDAQ
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding	12,717,119

XML

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020	Jun. 30, 2019
Income Statement [Abstract]
Revenue	$ 68,613	$ 59,061	$ 112,497
Other income	398,951	522,082	598,269
Research and development	(25,891,851)	(12,064,008)	(22,419,712)
Patent expenses	(137,666)	(282,042)	(194,512)
Intellectual property expenses	(291,235)	(74,938)
Administration expenses	(13,399,748)	(4,702,860)	(3,686,621)
Occupancy expenses	(18,445)	(23,272)	(78,115)
Net foreign exchange gain/(loss)	(11,011,961)	(265,989)	241,814
Loss before income tax	(50,283,342)	(16,831,966)	(25,426,380)
Income tax benefit	4,938,846	5,708,767	10,474,432
Loss for the year	(45,344,496)	(11,123,199)	(14,951,948)
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Fair value gains on investments in financial assets	469,767	41,098	181,687
Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax	469,767	41,098	181,687
Total comprehensive loss for the year	(44,874,729)	(11,082,101)	(14,770,261)
Loss for the year is attributable to:
Owners of the Company	(45,344,496)	(11,123,199)	(14,951,948)
Loss for the year	(45,344,496)	(11,123,199)	(14,951,948)
Total comprehensive loss for the year is attributable to:
Owners of the Company	(44,874,729)	(11,082,101)	(14,770,261)
Total comprehensive loss for the year	$ (44,874,729)	$ (11,082,101)	$ (14,770,261)
Loss per share attributable to the owners of the Company:
- Basic and diluted loss per share (cents)	$ (14.15)	$ (4.27)	$ (6.42)

XML

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position - USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020	Jul. 01, 2019
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 118,193,177	$ 42,650,858	$ 15,121,820
Current tax receivable	4,972,898	5,868,152	10,278,082
Receivables	565,286	195,573	207,701
Prepayments	14,386,155	329,151	298,156
Total current assets	138,117,516	49,043,734	25,905,759
Non-current assets:
Investment in financial assets		199,417	501,454
Property and equipment, net	23,259	25,568	37,963
Right-of-use assets	93,852	167,460
Prepayments	174,541
Total non-current assets	291,652	392,445	539,417
Total assets	138,409,168	49,436,179	26,445,176
Current liabilities:
Payables	2,501,518	4,053,961	4,179,453
Lease liabilities	112,965	99,745
Other financial liabilities		163,548	17,971
Provisions	492,002	440,765	378,168
Total current liabilities	3,106,485	4,758,019	4,575,592
Non-current liabilities:
Lease liabilities		82,545
Provisions	16,915	27,643	17,445
Total non-current liabilities	16,915	110,188	17,445
Total liabilities	3,123,400	4,868,207	4,593,037
Net Assets	135,285,768	44,567,972	21,852,139
Equity
Contributed equity	234,147,526	113,852,364	80,331,016
Accumulated Loss	(124,123,982)	(78,779,486)	(67,656,287)
Reserves	25,262,224	9,495,094	9,177,410
Total Equity	$ 135,285,768	$ 44,567,972	$ 21,852,139

XML

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity - USD ($)	Total	Contributed Equity	Pre-funded Warrants	Option Reserve	Share-based Payment Reserve	Fair Value of Investment Reserve	FX Translation Reserve	Accumulated Deficit
Beginning balance at Jun. 30, 2018	$ 28,258,085	$ 69,788,130		$ 1,473,302	$ 1,816,817	$ 353,604	$ 7,530,571	$ (52,704,339)
Fair value gains on investments in financial assets						181,687
Net loss for the year	(14,951,948)					(14,951,948)		(14,951,948)
Total comprehensive income and expense for the period	(14,770,261)					181,687		(14,951,948)
Issuance of ordinary shares	9,069,584	9,069,584
Exercise of options granted under LTIP and NED plan		1,473,302		$ (1,473,302)
Exchange on conversion	(1,390,678)				(100,457)	(17,591)	(1,272,630)
Recognition of share-based payment expense	685,409				685,409
Ending balance at Jun. 30, 2019	21,852,139	80,331,016			2,401,769	517,700	6,257,941	(67,656,287)
Fair value gains on investments in financial assets	41,098					41,098
Net loss for the year	(11,123,199)					(11,123,199)		(11,123,199)
Total comprehensive income and expense for the period	(11,082,101)					41,098		(11,123,199)
Issuance of ordinary shares	33,236,520	33,236,520
Exercise of options granted under LTIP and NED plan		284,828			(284,828)
Exchange on conversion	(171,274)				266,451	(7,389)	(430,336)
Recognition of share-based payment expense	732,688				732,688
Ending balance at Jun. 30, 2020	44,567,972	113,852,364			3,116,080	551,409	5,827,605	(78,779,486)
Fair value gains on investments in financial assets	469,767					469,767
Net loss for the year	(45,344,496)					(45,344,496)		(45,344,496)
Total comprehensive income and expense for the period	(44,874,729)					469,767		(45,344,496)
Issuance of ordinary shares and pre-funded warrants on NASDAQ listing net of issuance cost $10,126,959	117,023,620	105,477,591	$ 11,546,029
Issuance of ordinary shares on exercise of pre-funded warrants net of issuance costs $1,099,412		11,546,029	$ (11,546,029)
Exercise of options granted under LTIP and NED plan		3,271,542			(3,271,542)
Exchange on conversion	14,671,267				345,474	64,235	14,261,558
Recognition of share-based payment expense	3,897,638				3,897,638
Ending balance at Jun. 30, 2021	$ 135,285,768	$ 234,147,526			$ 4,087,650	$ 1,085,411	$ 20,089,163	$ (124,123,982)

XML

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Parenthetical)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021 USD ($)
Ordinary Shares
Issuance of ordinary shares and pre-funded warrants, net of issuance cost	$ 10,126,959
Pre-funded Warrants
Issuance of ordinary shares and pre-funded warrants, net of issuance cost	1,099,412
Exercise of Warrants
Issuance of ordinary shares and pre-funded warrants, net of issuance cost	$ 1,099,412

XML

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020	Jun. 30, 2019
Cashflow from operating activities
Interest received	$ 390,128	$ 496,159	$ 590,548
Royalty and license income received	103,031	96,189	122,631
Grant Income	26,949	41,629	57,235
Payment of lease interest	(5,782)	(5,147)
Payments to suppliers, employees and for research & development and intellectual property costs (inclusive of GST)	(51,894,593)	(16,437,147)	(26,910,026)
Research and development tax incentive scheme credit received	5,834,100	10,118,697	9,097,525
Net cash flows used in operating activities	(45,546,167)	(5,689,620)	(17,042,087)
Cash flow from investing activities:
Purchase of plant and equipment	(12,702)	(2,531)	(10,398)
Proceeds from sale of financial assets	669,184	335,746	250,241
Net cash used in investing activities	656,482	333,215	239,843
Cash flows from financing activities:
Payment of lease liabilities	(87,373)	(66,781)
Net proceeds on issue of shares	105,477,591	32,951,692	9,069,584
Net proceeds on issuance of pre-funded warrants	11,546,029
Cash received for ordinary shares issued on exercise of options		284,828
Net cash provided by financing activities	116,936,247	33,169,739	9,069,584
Increase in cash and cash equivalents	72,046,562	27,813,334	(7,732,660)
Effects of exchange rate changes on the balance of cash held in foreign currencies	3,495,757	(284,296)	(1,225,847)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	42,650,858	15,121,820	24,080,327
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$ 118,193,177	$ 42,650,858	$ 15,121,820

XML

Reporting Entity

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Reporting Entity [Abstract]

Reporting Entity

Note 1 Reporting Entity

Opthea Limited (the Company) is a listed public company incorporated in Australia. The address of its registered office and principal place of business is: Suite 0403, Level 4, 650 Chapel Street, South Yarra, VIC 3141, Australia. These consolidated financial statements comprise the Company and its subsidiaries (together referred to as the Group). The Group’s principal activity is the development of new drugs for the treatment of eye diseases.

XML

Basis of Accounting

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Basis Of Accounting [Abstract]

Basis of Accounting

Note 2. Basis of Accounting

These financial statements are general purpose financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“or IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (the “IASB”).

The financial statements comprise the consolidated financial statements of the Group. For the purposes of preparing the consolidated financial statements, the Company is a for‑profit entity.

The financial statements were authorized for issue by the directors on October 28, 2021.

XML

Summary of Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Description Of Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Summary of Accounting Policies

Note 3. Summary of Accounting Policies

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared using the significant accounting policies and measurement bases summarized below.

Basis of measurement

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for the investments classified as financial assets, which have been measured at fair value. All amounts are presented in United States dollars unless otherwise stated.

Change in presentation and functional currencies

Functional currency

An entity’s functional currency is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates. During the current year, the Group’s operations have continued to move further towards being US$ denominated and several other factors during the period have also contributed to the Group changing its functional currency during the year, such as the completion of U.S. initial public offering (IPO) and the Nasdaq listing in October 2020, opening a US subsidiary in May 2021 for a planned expansion into the US, and expanding the Board of Directors with the appointment of four US based Directors. A significant element in the Group’s assessment to change the functional currency resulted from the significant increase in expenses denominated in US dollars relating to advanced clinical trials since the commencement of Phase 3 trials in March 2021. These changes, as well as the fact that the Group’s principal source of financing is now the U.S. capital market and all of the Group’s budgeting and planning is conducted solely in dollars led to the Company determining that the U.S. dollar (US$) best represents the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity now operates. Accordingly, the Group changed its functional currency from Australian dollar (A$) to U.S. dollar (US$) effective January 1, 2021.

The change in functional currency has been applied prospectively with effect from January 1, 2021 in accordance with the requirements of the Accounting Standards. To give effect in functional currency, the assets and liabilities of the Group were converted into U.S. dollars at a fixed exchange rate of US$1: A$1.2973.

Presentation Currency

Following the change in functional currency, the Group changed its presentation currency from Australian dollars (A$) to US$. The change in presentation currency was made to better reflect the Group’s business activities and to enhance access to U.S. capital markets. Prior to the change, the Group reported its financial statements in Australian dollars (A$).

A change in presentation currency is a change in accounting policy which is accounted for retrospectively, including the restatement of 2019 Balance Sheet. In making this change in presentation currency, the Group followed the requirements set out in IAS 21 The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates. As required by IAS 21, the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income and the consolidated statement of cash flows for each period have been translated into the presentation currency using the average exchange rates prevailing during each reporting period. All assets and liabilities have been translated using the exchange rates prevailing at the consolidated statement of financial position dates. Shareholders’ equity transactions have been translated using the rates of exchange in effect as of the dates of various capital transactions. All resulting exchange differences arising from the translation are included as a separate component of other comprehensive income. All comparative financial information has been restated to reflect the Group’s results as if they had been historically reported in US$ and the effect on the consolidated financial statements resulted in an addition to the foreign currency translation reserve of US$14.3 million.

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries. Control is achieved when the Company:

• Has power over the investee;

• Is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and

• Has the ability to use its power to affect its returns.

Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Company obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when the Company loses control of the subsidiary.

All intragroup assets and liabilities, equity, income, expenses and cash flows relating to transactions between members of the Group are eliminated in full on consolidation.

Foreign currency translation

i. Functional and presentation currency

As of January 1, 2021 the Group determined that its functional and presentation currency had changed from Australian Dollars to United States Dollars. Therefore, the functional and presentation currency of the Group is the United States dollars (US$). The prior year financial information has been restated to United States dollars.

ii. Transactions and balances

Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded in the functional currency by applying the exchange rates ruling in place at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rate of exchange ruling in place at the reporting date.

Non‑monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate as of the date of the initial transaction. Non‑monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was determined.

Financial assets and liabilities

Recognition and derecognition of financial assets

Purchases and sales of financial assets that require delivery of assets within the time frame generally established by regulation or convention in the marketplace are recognized on the trade date, i.e., the date that the

Group commits to purchase the asset. Financial assets are derecognized when the right to receive cash flows from the financial assets has expired or when the entity transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of the financial assets. If the entity neither retains nor transfers substantially all of the risks and rewards, it derecognizes the asset if it has transferred control of the assets.

When financial assets are recognized initially, they are measured at fair value, plus directly attributable transaction costs.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents in the statement of financial position comprise cash at bank and in hand and short‑term deposits with an original maturity of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

For the purposes of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and cash equivalents as defined above.

Other receivables

Other receivables generally comprise bank interest receivable, other receivables from external parties and Goods and Services Tax (GST) credits receivable and are recognized and carried at original invoice amount less an allowance for any uncollectible amounts. The amounts are usually received within 30 to 60 days of recognition.

The Group measures the loss allowance for receivables at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses (ECL). The ECL on receivables are estimated under the simplified approach as permitted under IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments.” This uses a provision matrix by reference to past experience of the debtor and an analysis of the debtor’s current financial position, adjusted for factors that are specific to the debtors and general economic conditions of the industry in which the debtors operate.

The Group writes off a receivable when there is information indicating that the debtor is in severe financial difficulty and there is no realistic prospect of recovery.

Investments

Investments in financial assets comprise of the Group’s non‑current investments in listed companies.

On initial recognition, the Group may make an irrevocable election (on an instrument‑by‑instrument basis) to designate investments in equity instruments as fair value through other comprehensive income (FVTOCI). Designation at FVTOCI is not permitted if the equity instrument is held for trading.

Investments in equity instruments at FVTOCI are initially measured at fair value plus transaction costs. Subsequently, they are measured at fair value with gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the fair value of investments reserve. The fair values of investments in financial assets that are actively traded in organized financial markets is determined by reference to quoted market bid prices at the close of business on the reporting date. The cumulative gain or loss is not reclassified to profit or loss on disposal of the equity instruments.

Dividends on these investments in equity instruments are recognized in profit or loss in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards.

Finance income

Almost all of the Group’s finance income is earned on short‑term bank deposits, and as such, finance income is recognized when the Group’s right to receive the payment is established.

Payables

Payables are carried at amortized cost and due to their short‑term nature, they are not discounted. They represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of the financial year that are

unpaid and arise when the Group becomes obliged to make future payments in respect of the purchase of these goods and services.

The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition.

Other financial liabilities

Other financial liabilities in the consolidated statement of financial position represent the year end marked‑to‑market value of forward rate foreign exchange contracts to purchase US dollars (Contracts) which were entered into prior to the change in functional currency which took place on January 1, 2021. These Contracts were used to settle US dollar denominated payables and expired within one year.

The foreign exchange loss on recognition of the Contracts was included in ‘net foreign exchange gain/(loss)’ in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

Plant and equipment

Plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. Depreciation is calculated on a straight‑line basis over their useful economic lives as follows:

• Equipment and furniture – 3 to 10 years; and

• Leasehold improvements – 8 years or the term of the lease if shorter.

The assets’ residual values, useful lives and amortization methods are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each financial year end.

An item of plant and equipment is derecognized upon disposal or when no further economic benefits are expected from its use or disposal.

Leases

The Group assesses at contract inception whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.

The Group applies a single recognition and measurement approach for all leases, except for short‑term leases and leases of low‑value assets. The Group recognizes lease liabilities to make lease payments and right‑of‑use assets representing the right to use the underlying assets.

Right‑of‑use assets

Right‑of‑use assets are recognized at the commencement date of the lease (that is the date the underlying asset is available for use). Right‑of‑use assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses, and adjusted for any remeasurement of lease liabilities. The cost of right‑of‑use assets include the amount of lease liabilities recognized, initial direct costs incurred, and lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received. Right‑of‑use assets are depreciated on a straight‑line basis over the shorter of the lease terms and the estimated useful lives of the assets.

Lease liabilities

Lease liabilities are recognized at the commencement date of the lease at the present value of lease payments to be made over the lease term. The lease payments include fixed payments (including in‑substance fixed payments) less any lease incentives receivable.

In calculating the present value of lease payments, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate at the lease commencement date because the interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable. The incremental borrowing rate is determined using market yields on bonds with similar terms to maturity. After the commencement date, the amount of lease liabilities is increased to reflect the accretion of interest and reduced for the lease payments made. In addition, the carrying amount of lease liabilities is remeasured if there is a

modification, a change in the lease term, a change in lease payments (e.g., a change to future lease payments resulting from a change in an index or rate).

Leases of low‑value assets

For short‑term leases (lease term of 12 months or less) and leases of low‑value assets (such as photo copiers and telephones), the Group has opted to recognize a lease expense on a straight‑line basis as permitted by IFRS 16. This expense is presented within “administrative expenses” in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

Research and development costs

Research costs are expensed as incurred. An intangible asset arising from the development expenditure on an internal project will only be recognized when the Group can demonstrate the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale, its intention to complete and its ability to use or sell the asset, how the asset will generate future economic benefits, the availability of resources to complete the development and the ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development.

As of June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Group is in the research phase and has not capitalized any development costs to date.

Provisions and employee benefits

i. Wages, salaries, annual leave and sick leave

Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non‑monetary benefits and annual leave expected to be settled within 12 months of the reporting date are recognized in current provisions in respect of employees’ services up to the reporting date. They are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled. Expenses for non‑accumulating sick leave are recognized when the leave is taken and are measured at the rate paid or payable.

ii. Long service leave

The liability for long service leave is recognized in the provision for employee benefits and measured as the present value of expected future payments to be made in respect of services provided by employees up to the reporting date. Consideration is given to expected future wage and salary levels, experience of employee departures, and periods of service. Expected future payments are discounted using market yields at the reporting date on bonds with terms to maturity that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows.

Share‑based payment transactions

The Group provides benefits to directors and employees (including key management personnel) of the Group in the form of share‑based payments, whereby employees render services in exchange for shares or rights over shares (equity‑settled transactions).

The cost of these equity‑settled transactions with employees is measured by reference to the fair value at the date at which they are granted. Binomial models are used to value the options issued.

The cost of the equity‑settled transactions is recognized, together with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period in which the performance conditions are fulfilled (the vesting period), ending on the date on which the relevant employees become fully entitled to the award (the vesting date).

The charge to profit or loss for the period is the cumulative amount less the amounts already charged in previous periods. There is a corresponding credit to equity.

Until an award has vested, any amounts recorded are contingent and will be adjusted if more or fewer awards vest than were originally anticipated to do so.

Contributed equity

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Revenue recognition

License revenue in connection with licensing of the Group’s intellectual property (including patents) to customers is recognized as a right to use the Group’s intellectual property as it exists at the point in time in which the license is granted. This is because the contracts for the license of intellectual property are distinct and do not require, nor does the customer reasonably expect, that the Group will undertake further activities that significantly affect the intellectual property to which the customer has the rights. Although the Group is entitled to sales‑based royalties from the eventual sales of goods and services to third parties using the intellectual property licensed, these royalty arrangements do not in themselves indicate that the customer would reasonably expect the Group to undertake such activities, and no such activities are undertaken or contracted in practice. Accordingly, the promise to provide rights to the Group’s intellectual property is accounted for as a performance obligation satisfied at a point in time.

The following consideration is received in exchange for licenses of intellectual property:

• Up‑front license fees – these are fixed amounts and are recognized at the point in time when the Group transfers the intellectual property to the customer.

• Sales‑based royalties – these are variable consideration amounts promised in exchange for the license of intellectual property and are recognized when the sales to third parties occur given the performance obligation to transfer the intellectual property to the customer is already satisfied.

During the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Group’s only revenue related to sales‑based royalties.

Income tax

Current tax

Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities based on the current period’s taxable income.

The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

Research and development tax incentive

The Research and Development (R&D) Tax Incentive Scheme is an Australian Federal Government program under which eligible companies with annual aggregated revenue of less than A$20 million can receive cash amounts equal to 43.5% of eligible research and development expenditures from the Australian Taxation Office (ATO). The R&D Tax Incentive Scheme incentive relates to eligible expenditure incurred in Australia and, under certain circumstances, overseas on the development of the Group’s lead candidate, OPT‑302. The R&D tax incentive is applied annually to eligible expenditure incurred during the Group’s financial year following annual application to AusIndustry, an Australian governmental agency, and subsequent filing of its Income Tax Return with the ATO after the financial year end.

The Group estimates the amount of R&D tax incentive after the completion of the financial year based on eligible Australia and overseas expenditures incurred during that year.

The Group has presented incentives in respect of the R&D Tax Incentive Scheme within income tax benefit in the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income by analogizing with IAS 12 “Income Taxes”.

Deferred tax

Deferred income tax is provided on all temporary differences at the reporting date between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes.

Deferred income tax liabilities are recognized for all taxable temporary differences except when the deferred income tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and that, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss.

Deferred income tax assets are recognized for all deductible temporary differences, carry forward of unused tax assets (or credits) and unused tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences, and the carry forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilized, except when the deferred income tax asset relating to the deductible temporary differences arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit or taxable profit or loss.

The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred income tax asset to be utilized.

Unrecognized deferred income tax assets are reassessed at each reporting date and are recognized to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profit will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the year when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at balance date.

Income taxes relating to items recognized directly in equity are recognized directly in equity and not in profit or loss.

Tax consolidation legislation

Tax consolidation is a system adopted by the ATO that treats a group of entities as a single entity for tax purposes. Opthea Limited and its 100% owned Australian domiciled subsidiary formed a tax consolidated group effective July 1, 2003. The head entity, Opthea Limited, and its controlled entity, Vegenics Pty Ltd, are current members of the tax consolidated group and account for their own current and deferred tax amounts. Members of the tax consolidated group have adopted the “separate taxpayer within group” method to allocate the current and deferred tax amounts to each entity within the Group. This method requires adjustments for transactions and events occurring within the tax consolidated group that do not give rise to a tax consequence for the Group or that have a different tax consequence at the level of the Group.

Other taxes

Revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities are recognized net of the amount of GST except:

• When the GST incurred on a purchase of goods and services is not recoverable from the taxation authority, in which case the GST is recognized as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense item as applicable; and

• Receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included.

The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to the taxation authority is included as part of receivables or payables in the statement of financial position.

Cash flows are included in the statement of cash flows on a gross basis and the GST component of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities, which is recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is classified as part of operating cash flows.

Commitments and contingencies are disclosed net of the amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority.

XML

Critical Accounting Judgements and Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Disclosure Of Changes In Accounting Estimates [Abstract]

Critical Accounting Judgements and Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty

Note 4. Critical Accounting Judgements and Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty

In applying the Group’s accounting policies, management continually evaluates judgments, estimates and assumptions based on experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that may have an impact on the Group. All judgments, estimates and assumptions made are believed to be reasonable based on the most current set of circumstances available to management. Actual results may differ from the judgments, estimates and assumptions.

Significant judgments, estimates and assumptions made by management in the preparation of these financial statements are outlined below:

4.1 Critical judgments in applying accounting policies

Research and development costs

The majority of Opthea’s expenditure is incurred as a result of clinical trials for OPT‑302. During the years ended June 30, 2019 2020 and 2021, Opthea progressed Phase 2b wet age‑related macular degeneration (wet AMD) and Phase 1b/2a diabetic macular edema (DME) trials. Phase 3 clinical trials for OPT-302 was initiated during 2021. A key measure of Opthea’s performance is the level of expenditure incurred on the research of OPT‑302.

Judgment is required in relation to:

• The classification of expenses in the income statement between research and development costs and operating expenses; and

• Whether costs relate to R&D, and consequently if they meet the capitalization criteria under AASB 138 “Intangible Assets.”

The directors have determined that the Group is still in a research phase and accordingly, no development costs have been capitalized as of June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019.

Taxation

Research and development tax incentive

The Research and Development (R&D) Tax Incentive Scheme is an Australian Federal Government program under which eligible companies can receive cash refunds of 43.5% of eligible R&D expenditure. Judgments are required as to the R&D tax incentive refundable offset eligibility in respect of:

• The Group’s ability to make claims and its continued compliance under the scheme;

• R&D and other supporting costs previously approved by Australian tax authorities;

• Estimated amounts, timing and geographical location of future costs related to the projects for which applications have been approved to date; and

• Assessment of whether expenditure on projects for which approval has been given by Australian tax authorities relate to Australian or overseas expenditure.

For the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Group has recognized an R&D tax incentive receivable of US$5.0 million and US$5.9 million respectively within the consolidated statement of financial position, with a corresponding amount recognized within income tax benefit within the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

The R&D tax incentive receivable as of June 30, 2021 and 2020 is based on the legislation as currently enacted as of June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Any proposed changes to the legislation, such as rate changes to the eligibility requirements, may have a retrospective impact if the legislation is passed, currently no such legislative changes have occurred.

Investment tax credits such as the R&D tax incentive are outside of the scope of IAS 12 “Income Taxes” and IAS 20 “Accounting for Government Grants and Disclosure of Government Assistance.” Based on the guidance in IAS 8 “Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors,” companies need to make an accounting policy choice on how to present these incentives, which in practice is done by either analogizing with IAS 12 or with IAS 20. In the Group’s opinion, the R&D tax incentive should be presented by analogizing to IAS 12 because the nature of the incentive is considered to be more closely aligned to income taxes, based on the following considerations:

• The R&D tax incentive is considered an income tax offset which will be offset against the Group’s tax obligation if and when the Group returns to a net tax payable position. In addition, whilst the Group is currently eligible to receive cash payments under the scheme since its consolidated revenue is currently below A$20 million, if and when the Group generates revenue in excess of A$20 million the R&D tax incentive will become non‑refundable and can only be offset against any future income tax payable by the Group.

• The ATO, which is the tax authority in Australia, manages the annual claims process as the R&D tax incentive is included in the Group’s annual income tax return.

• The ATO is also responsible for making the R&D tax incentive cash payment if a company is eligible for a cash refund under the program, oversees compliance with the requirements of the R&D tax incentive scheme and performs pre‑issuance reviews.

Income tax

The Group’s accounting policy for taxation requires judgments as to the differences between tax and accounting treatments of income and costs recognized in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income. Judgment is also required in assessing whether deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized in the statement of financial position and if accumulated income tax losses can be used to offset potential future tax profits.

Functional currency

Effective January 1, 2021 the Group’s functional and presentation currency changed from Australian dollars to U.S. dollars as disclosed in Note 3.

The Group’s assets, liabilities and equity which were previously denominated in Australian dollars were translated into U.S. dollars on the date the functional currency changed.

Significant judgment is required in determining the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Group operates, which requires an evaluation of various indicators related to the Group’s underlying transactions, events and conditions as they relate to generating and expending cash.

4.2 Key sources of estimation uncertainty

Share‑based payment transactions

The Group measures the cost of equity‑settled transactions with employees by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the date at which they are granted. Fair values are determined internally using Binomial models. The related assumptions are detailed in note 31. The accounting estimates and assumptions relating to equity‑settled share‑based payments have no impact on the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in future reporting periods but may impact expenses and equity. Should one or more of the assumptions and estimates

used in estimating the fair value of share‑based payments change, this could have a material impact on the amounts recognized in equity and employee‑related expenses.

XML

Application of New and Revised Accounting Standards

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Description Of Expected Impact Of Initial Application Of New Standards Or Interpretations [Abstract]

Application of New and Revised Accounting Standards

Note 5. Application of New and Revised Accounting Standards

New and amended Accounting Standards that are effective for the current year

The Group has adopted all of the new and revised Standards and Interpretations issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (the IASB) that are relevant to its operations and effective for the current year.

New and revised Standards and amendments thereof and Interpretations effective for the current year that are relevant to the Group include:

• International Financial Reporting Standard Definition of Material (Amendments to IAS 1 and IAS ‑8)

• International Financial Reporting Standard Amendments to Conceptual Framework (IAS 1 and IAS 8)

In the current year, the Group has applied a number of amendments to International Financial Reporting Standards and Interpretations issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) that are effective for an annual period that begins on or after July 1, 2020. Their adoption has not had any material impact on the disclosures or on the amounts reported in these financial statements.

New and revised International Accounting Standards and Interpretations on issue but not yet effective

At the date of authorization of the financial statements, the Group has not applied the following new and revised International Accounting Standards, Interpretations and amendments that have been issued but are not yet effective:

Standard/amendments	Effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after
IFRS 1, IAS 12– Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction	January 1,2023
IAS 8– Disclosure of Accounting Policies and Definition of Accounting Estimates	January 1,2023
IFRS 10 and IAS 28 – Effective Date of Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28– Effective Date of Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 and Editorial Corrections	January 1,2023                                                                                                                                                                                                    (Editorial correction apply from January 1, 2018)
IAS 1 – Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-Current	January 1,2023
IAS 1– Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-Current – Deferral of Effective Date	January 1,2023
IFRS 16, IFRS 9, IFRS 1 and IAS 41 – Annual Improvements 2018-2020 and Other Amendments	January 1,2023
IFRS 16 Related Rent Concessions beyond 30 June 2021 Amendment to IFRS16	June 1, 2021

The new and revised Accounting Standards, Interpretations and amendments listed above are not expected to have a material impact on the amounts recognized or disclosures included in the Group’s financial statements.

XML

Segment Information

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Disclosure Of Operating Segments [Abstract]

Segment Information

Note 6. Segment Information

The Group operates in one industry and one geographical area, those being the biotechnology and healthcare industry and Australia (as the U.S subsidiary was only incorporated in May 2021 and currently has no transactions or contracts with customers), respectively.

The Group is focused primarily on developing a novel therapy for the treatment of highly prevalent and progressive retinal diseases.

The chief executive officer regularly reviews entity wide information that is compliant with International Financial Reporting Standards. There is only one segment for segment reporting purposes, and the information

reviewed by the chief executive officer for the purpose of resources allocation and performance assessment is the same as the information presented in the consolidated financial statements.

The Group’s only revenue stream in the current and previous financial year is royalty income generated from licenses granted in respect of the Group’s intellectual property that are unrelated to the Group’s core business and the development of OPT‑302 and that are not under development. These licenses are primarily used by third‑party licensees for research purposes. All of the royalty income of US$68,613 (2020: US$59,061 2019:US$112,497) was generated from customers based outside of Australia. The Group does not have any major customers. All property, plant and equipment are located in Australia.

XML

Revenue

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Revenue [Abstract]

Revenue

Note 7. Revenue

	2021		2020		2019
			Restated		Restated
	US$		US$		US$
Revenue		68,613		59,061		112,497
Total Revenue		68,613		59,061		112,497

XML

Other Income

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Analysis Of Income And Expense [Abstract]

Other Income

Note 8. Other Income

	2021		2020		2019
			Restated		Restated
	US$		US$		US$
Finance Income		372,002		480,453		541,034
Grant Income		26,949		41,629		57,235
Total other income		398,951		522,082		598,269

XML

Research and Development Expenses

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Disclosure Of Research And Development Expenses [Abstract]

Research and Development Expenses

Note 9. Research and Development Expenses

	2021		2020		2019
			Restated		Restated
	US$		US$		US$
Research project costs		25,891,851		12,064,008		22,419,712
Total research and development expenses		25,891,851		12,064,008		22,419,712

(1) The research project costs relate to the research programs in respect to the treatment of eye diseases by OPT‑302.

XML

Expenses

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Expense By Nature [Abstract]

Expenses

Note 10. Expenses

	2021		2020		2019
			Restated		Restated
	US$		US$		US$
(a) Administrative expenses
Employee benefits expenses:
Salaries and fees		1,794,840		1,424,237		1,441,522
Cash bonuses		479,501		193,588		295,626
Superannuation		188,543		141,019		155,218
Share-based payments expense		3,897,638		732,688		685,409
Total employee benefits expense		6,360,522		2,491,532		2,577,775
Other expenses:
Insurance		4,419,433		335,786		269,060
Investor relations costs		285,071		254,212		293,313
Audit and accounting		647,549		221,410		98,553
Travel expenses		1,459		44,521		59,994
Payroll tax		18,766		134,845		62,237
Legal fees		83,605		372,431		16,025
Advisory fees		393,843		416,082	—
Consultancy costs		367,070	—		—
Other expenses		714,328		334,262		286,057
Total other expenses		6,931,124		2,113,549		1,085,239
Depreciation of:
Equipment and furniture		15,012		14,581		14,194
Leasehold improvements	—			344		9,413
Right-of-use assets		91,656		81,611	—
Total depreciation expense		106,668		96,536		23,607
Loss on disposal of non-current assets		1,434		1,243	—
Total administrative expenses		13,399,748		4,702,860		3,686,621
(b) Occupancy expenses
Short term and low value lease expenses	—			1,539		56,582
Lease incidental costs		18,445		21,733		21,533
Total occupancy expense		18,445		23,272		78,115

XML

Net Foreign Exchange (Loss)/Gain

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Net Foreign Exchange Loss Gain [Abstract]

Net Foreign Exchange (Loss)/Gain

Note 11. Net Foreign Exchange (Loss)/Gain

	2021			2020			2019
				Restated			Restated
	US$			US$			US$
Net foreign exchange (loss)/gain		(11,011,961	)		(265,989	)		241,814
Total net foreign exchange (loss)/gain		(11,011,961	)		(265,989	)		241,814

Exchange differences arising on the translation of monetary items are recognized in the Statement Profit and Loss and other Comprehensive Income, except where deferred in equity as a qualifying cash flow or net investment hedge. After the Company’s US IPO where the Company raised US$128 million, the Company entered into an Australian dollar denominated term deposit worth US$100 million (AUD141.9million) maturing on February 3, 2021. The Company simultaneously entered into a foreign currency exchange contract under which the term deposit converted back to US dollars at effectively the same foreign exchange rate as when the term

deposit was entered into. As the Group’s functional currency was the Australian dollar (A$) until December 31, 2020, the Group recorded a foreign exchange loss of US$9milion in relation to this transaction.

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Major Components Of Tax Expense Income [Abstract]

Income Taxes

Note 12. Income Taxes

	2021		2020		2019
			Restated		Restated
	US$		US$		US$
(a) Income tax benefit
The major components of income tax benefit are:
Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income
Current tax
Current income tax credit		4,938,846		5,708,767		10,474,432
		4,938,846		5,708,767		10,474,432
Deferred tax
In respect of the current year		—		—		—
Total income tax benefit recognized in the Statement of Comprehensive Income		4,938,846		5,708,767		10,474,432
(b) Current tax receivable	June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020
	US$		US$
Research and Development Tax Incentive Credit receivable		4,972,898		5,868,152

(c) Numerical reconciliation between aggregate income tax benefit recognized in the Statement of Profit of Loss and Other Comprehensive Income and benefit calculated per the statutory income tax rate

A reconciliation between income tax benefit and the product of accounting loss before income tax multiplied by the Group’s applicable income tax rate is as follows:

	2021			2020			2019
				Restated			Restated
	US$			US$			US$
Accounting loss before tax		(50,283,342	)		(16,831,966	)		(25,426,380	)
At the Company's statutory income tax rate of 30% (2020:27.5%, 2019:27.5%)		15,085,003			4,628,791			6,992,255
R&D tax incentive on eligible expenses		4,938,846			5,708,767			10,474,432
Non-deductible R&D expenditure		(3,420,951	)		(3,624,766	)		—
Other non-deductible expenses - share-based payment expense		(1,169,291	)		(201,489	)		—
Amount of temporary differences and carried forward tax losses not recognized		(10,494,761	)		(802,536	)		(6,992,255	)
		4,938,846			5,708,767			10,474,432

(d) Recognized deferred tax assets and liabilities in statement of financial position	June 30,2021			June 30, 2020
Deferred income tax at June 30 relates to the following:
Deferred tax liabilities:
Interest and royalty income receivable (future assessable income)		(2,344,514	)		(70,925	)
		(2,344,514	)		(70,925	)
Deferred tax assets related to temporary differences:
Recognition of tax losses		1,508,764			—
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		205,458			303,383
Employee provisions		152,675			128,812
Other miscellaneous items		477,617			430,839
		2,344,514			863,034
Less: temporary differences not recognized		—			(792,109	)
Net deferred tax recognized in the statement of financial position		—			—

(e) Unrecognized temporary differences

Temporary differences with respect to deferred tax assets associated with intellectual property and other miscellaneous items which have a low probability of realization are unrecognized. These amounted to nil at year end (2020: US$792,109).

(f) Carry forward unrecognized tax losses

The Group had income tax losses of US$20,846,641 and capital losses of US$672,934 at year end (2020: income tax losses of US$14,378,726 and capital losses of US$672,934) for which no deferred tax asset is recognized on the consolidated statement of financial position as they are currently not considered probable of realization. These tax losses are available indefinitely for offset against future assessable income subject to continuing to meet relevant statutory tests.

(g) Franking credit balance

Franking credits are a type of tax credit in Australia that is available to the Group’s shareholder to reduce double taxation on any dividends paid by the Group. The franking account balance at the end of the financial year at 30% (2020: 30%) is A$227,371 (2020: A$227,371), which represents the amount of franking credits available for the subsequent financial year. Franking credits are not recognized in the consolidated statement of financial position.

XML

Earnings per Share

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Earnings per Share

Note 13. Earnings per Share

	2021			2020			2019
				Restated			Restated
	US$			US$			US$
The following reflects the income used in the basic and diluted earnings per share computations:
(a) Earnings used in calculating earnings per share
Net loss attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent		(45,344,496	)		(11,123,199	)		(14,951,948	)
(b) Weighted average number of shares
Weighted average number of ordinary shares on issue for basic earnings per share		320,432,814			260,795,745			232,795,371
Effect of dilution:
Share options	—			—			—
Weighted average number of ordinary shares adjusted for the effect of dilution		320,432,814			260,795,745			232,795,371
Loss per share (basic and diluted in cents)		(14.15	)		(4.27	)		(6.42	)

There have been no transactions involving ordinary shares or potential ordinary shares that would significantly change the number of ordinary shares or potential ordinary shares outstanding between the reporting date and the date of completion of this financial report.

Diluted earnings per share is calculated as net loss divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares and dilutive potential ordinary shares. Options granted under the Long Term Incentive (LTIP) and Non‑Executive Director Share and Option (NED Plan) plans would generally be included in the calculation due to the conditions of the issuance being satisfied. As the Group is in a loss position, the options are anti‑dilutive and, accordingly, the basic loss per share is the same as the diluted loss per share.

A total number of 16,644,000 options outstanding June 30, 2021 were anti‑dilutive and were therefore excluded from the weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of diluted earnings per share. These options related to the following option plans

We have not declared or paid any dividends on our ordinary shared. We intend to retain any earnings for use in our business and do not currently intend to pay cash dividends on our ordinary shares.  Dividends, if any, on our outstanding ordianry shares will be declared by and subject to the discretion of our board of directors, and subject to Australian law.

	2021		2020		2019
NED Plan		10,000,000		6,000,000		6,000,000
LTIP		6,644,000		12,044,000		12,969,000
		16,644,000		18,044,000		18,969,000

As of June 30, 2021, 11,394,000 outstanding options were exercisable as of that date (2020: 18,044,000).

XML

Current Assets – Cash and Cash Equivalents

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Current Assets Cash And Cash Equivalents [Abstract]

Current Assets – Cash and Cash Equivalents

Note 14. Current Assets – Cash and Cash Equivalents

	June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020
			Restated
	US$		US$
Cash at bank and in hand		15,538,510		2,077,089
Short-term deposits		102,654,667		40,573,769
Total cash and cash equivalents		118,193,177		42,650,858

Cash at bank earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents represent fair value.

Short term‑deposits are with two major Australian banks and are made for varying periods of between 30 and 90 days, depending on the immediate cash requirements of the Group, and earn interest at a fixed rate for the respective short‑term deposit periods. At year end, the average rate was 0.24% (2020: 1.01%).

.

XML

Current Assets - Receivables

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Current Assets Receivables [Abstract]

Current Assets - Receivables

Note 15. Current Assets - Receivables

	June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020
			Restated
	US$		US$
Interest receivable		37,905		56,032
GST receivable1		136,239		105,124
Other receivable1		391,142		34,417
Total current receivables		565,286		195,573

1 The GST and other receivables are non‑interest bearing. There were no receivables with a material expected credit loss recorded during the financial year (2020: nil).

XML

Current Assets - Prepayments

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Current Prepayments [Abstract]

Current Assets - Prepayments

Note 16. Current Assets - Prepayments

	June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020
			Restated
	US$		US$
R&D Contract Research Organization		12,551,398		—
Insurance		1,820,059		320,521
Other prepayments		14,698		8,630
Total current prepayments		14,386,155		329,151

The R&D Contract Research Organization prepayment consists of prepayments on the Phase 3 clinical trial for OPT‑302 in order to secure sites across the world and start patient recruitment. These prepayments covered the initial startup of the Phase 3 clinical trials and are expected to be consumed within the next 12 months. The Insurance amount relates to specific Phase 3 Clinical trial insurance in place for various sites around the world covering periods to 2024. The non‑current portion of the prepayments are recorded as non‑current assets. Refer Note 19.

XML

Non-Current Assets – Investments in Financial Assets

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Disclosure Of Financial Instruments [Abstract]

Non-Current Assets – Investments in Financial Assets

Note 17. Non-Current Assets – Investments in Financial Assets

	June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020
			Restated
	US$		US$
Listed Australian shares - at fair value1		—		199,417
		—		199,417

Details of listed Australian shares

Listed Investments	Ownership interest			Fair value at June 302		Exchange on translation			Disposal in the financial year3			Financial value gain/(loss) recognized in OCI4			Opening fair value
2021
Non-current investments:
Optiscan Imaging Limited		—			—		—			(669,184	)		469,767			199,417
Total listed investments				—		—				(669,184	)		469,767			199,417
2020 (Restated)
Non-current investments:
Antisense Therapeutics Ltd					—		(2,469	)		(335,746	)		174,196			164,019
Optiscan Imaging Limited		1.73	%		199,417		(4,920	)		—			(133,098	)		337,435
Total listed investments					199,417		(7,389	)		(335,746	)		41,098			501,454

1 These financial assets are investments in equity instruments and are not held for trading, they are held for medium to long‑term strategic purposes. Accordingly, the Group has elected to designate these investments in equity instruments as at FVTOCI as recognizing short‑term fluctuations in these investments’ fair value in profit or loss would not be consistent with the Group’s strategy of holding these investments for long‑term purposes and realizing their performance potential in the long run.

2 The fair value represents the share (bid) price at year end and does not include any capital gains tax or selling costs that may be applicable on the disposal of these investments. These non‑current investments in listed shares consist of investments in ordinary shares, and therefore have no fixed maturity date or coupon rate.

3 During the year ended June 30, 2021, the Group’s investment in Optiscan Imaging Limited (OIL) was sold for net proceeds of US$669,184. The increase in fair value during the year of US$469,767 was recognized in other comprehensive income. The fair value of the investment in OIL at the disposal date was US$669,184. The Group disposed of the investment in line with its Treasury and Investment Policy.

During the year ended June 30, 2020, the Group disposed of its remaining investment in Antisense    Therapeutics Ltd (ANP) for net proceeds of US$335,746. The increase in fair value during the year of US$174,196 was recognized in other comprehensive income. In accordance with the Group’s accounting policy, the gain remains within the fair value of investments reserve. The fair value of the investment in ANP at the disposal date was US$335,746. The Group disposed of the investment in line with its Treasury and Investments Policy.

4 A fair value increase of US$469,767 (2020: US$41,098) in the carrying value of investments has been made through other comprehensive income in the year due to a net increase in their market value in the year.

XML

Right-of-Use Assets

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Disclosure Of Quantitative Information About Rightofuse Assets [Abstract]

Right-of-Use Assets

Note 18. Right-of-Use Assets

Right‑of‑use asset

The Group has a three‑year lease contract for its head office premises in Melbourne, Australia which commenced on July 15, 2019. The agreement does not contain any extension options. The carrying amount of the lease at June 30, 2021 and 2020 is as follows:

	June 30, 2021			June 30, 2020
				Restated
	US$			US$
Right-of-Use Asset Cost
Opening balance as of July 1		251,189			—
Additions		—			251,189
Exchange on translations		30,365			—
		281,554			251,189
Right-of-Use-Asset Depreciation
Opening balance as of July 1		(83,729	)		—
Charge to the period		(91,656	)		(81,611	)
Exchange on translation		(12,317	)		(2,118	)
		(187,702	)		(83,729	)
Net carrying amount of June 30		93,852			167,460

Lease liabilities

Lease liabilities are as indicated below. At the commencement date of the lease of its office premises, the Group recognizes lease liabilities measured at the present value of lease payments to be made over the lease term ending on July 14, 2022, using an incremental borrowing rate of 3%.

	June 30, 2021			June 30, 2020
				Restated
	US$			US$
Carrying amount at July 1		182,290			—
New lease		—			251,189
Payments		(69,325	)		(68,899	)
Carrying amount at June 30		112,965			182,290
Maturity analysis:
Year 1		124,495			105,026
Year 2		—			87,827
		124,495			192,853
Less: unearned interest		(11,530	)		(10,563	)
		112,965			182,290
Analyzed into:
Current portion		112,965			99,745
Non-current portion		—			82,545
		112,965			182,290

	2021		2020(1)
			Restated
	US$		US$
Amounts recognized in profit or loss:
Depreciation expense on right-of-use asset		91,656		81,611
Lease finance costs		5,782		5,148
Expense relating to leases of low value assets		7,042		6,497
		104,480		93,256

(1) The adoption of IFRS 16 :Leases which became applicable on July 1, 2019 was reflected in the 2020 year, no expenditure in relation to right-of-use-assets was recognized in the 2019 year.

The Group did not have any short‑term leases during the years ended June 30, 2021 and 2020. The above amounts are recorded in administrative expenses.

XML

Non-Current Assets - Prepayments

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Disclosure Of Noncurrent Assets Prepayments [Abstract]

Non-Current Assets - Prepayments

Note 19. Non-Current Assets - Prepayments

	June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020
			Restated
	US$		US$
Insurance		174,541		—
Total non-current prepayments		174,541		—

The non‑current prepayment amount relates to specific Phase 3 Clinical trial insurance in place for various sites around the world covering periods to 2024.

XML

Current Liabilities – Payables

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Current Liabilities Payables [Abstract]

Current Liabilities – Payables

Note 20. Current Liabilities – Payables

	June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020
			Restated
	US$		US$
Accounts Payable (unsecured)1		2,417,719		4,014,818
Payroll related tax liability		83,799		39,143
Total current payables		2,501,518		4,053,961

1 Accounts Payable are non‑interest bearing and are normally settled on 30 day terms.

XML

Current Liabilities - Provisions

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Current Provisions [Abstract]

Current Liabilities - Provisions

Note 21. Current Liabilities - Provisions

	June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020
			Restated
	US$		US$
Annual leave		289,043		277,469
Long service leave		202,959		163,296
Total current provisions		492,002		440,765

XML

Non-Current Liabilities - Provisions

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Noncurrent Provisions [Abstract]

Non-Current Liabilities - Provisions

Note 22. Non-Current Liabilities - Provisions

	June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020
			Restated
	US$		US$
Long service leave		16,915		27,643
Total non-current provisions		16,915		27,643

XML

Contributed Equity

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Contributed Equity [Abstract]

Contributed Equity

Note 23. Contributed Equity

	June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020		July 1, 2019
			Restated		Restated
	US$		US$		US$
(a) Ordinary shares
Issued and fully paid at June 30		234,147,526		113,852,364		80,331,016
Movement in ordinary shares:
Opening balance		113,852,364		80,331,016		69,788,130
Issue of shares on exercise of quoted options		—		—		9,069,584
Issue of shares		—		33,236,520		—
Issue of shares on exercise of options granted under the LTIP		—		284,828		—
Issue of shares on Nasdaq listing net of issuance cost $10,126,959		105,477,591		—		—
Issue of shares on exercise of pre-funded warrants net of issuance cost $1,099,412		11,546,029		—		—
Transfer from option reserve		3,271,542		—		1,473,302
		234,147,526		113,852,364		80,331,016
Ordinary shares on issue:	No:		No:		No:
Opening balance		269,157,769		249,414,839		202,637,888
Issue of shares on exercise of quoted options		—		—		46,776,951
Issue of shares		—		19,742,930		—
Issue of shares on exercise of options granted under the LTIP		5,845,804		—		—
Issues of shares on Nasdaq listing		68,506,400		—		—
Issue of share on exercise of pre-funded warrants		7,493,568		—		—
		351,003,541		269,157,769		249,414,839

Fully paid ordinary shares have no par value, carry one vote per share and carry the right to dividends.

Issued capital at June 30, 2021 amounted to US$234,147,526 (351,003,541 fully paid ordinary shares) net of share issue costs and tax. During the year ended June 30, 2021 the Company issued 68,506,400 ordinary shares on Nasdaq listing for net proceeds of US$105,477,591 as well as issued 7,493,568 pre‑funded warrants for net proceeds of US$11,546,029.

At June 30, 2021, the company had 6,750,000 Non‑Executive Director options that remain unexercised with expiry of November 2022 for 1,500,000 options, October 2023 for 3,000,000 options and January 2024 for 2,250,000 options.

Options granted to directors and employees

The company has two share‑based payment schemes, the Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) and Non‑Executive Director Share and Option Plan. Options to subscribe for the Company’s shares have been granted under these plans to certain employees and directors. The company granted 7,000,000 options over ordinary shares under these plans during the year ended June 30, 2021 (note 31). These options had a weighted average fair value at their grant date of US$1.03 per option. During June 30, 2021 8,400,000 options granted under the LTIP and

NED Plan were exercised for US$3,271,542. No options were granted under the Plans during the year ended June 30, 2020.

	June 30, 2021			June 30, 2020		July 1, 2019
				Restated		Restated
	US$			US$		US$
(b) Pre-funded warrants
Movement in pre-funded warrants:
Opening balance		—			—		—
Issue of pre-funded warrants in a US initial public offering		12,645,441			—		—
Cost of issue of pre-funded warrants		(1,099,412	)		—		—
Issue of shares on exercise of pre-funded warrants		(11,546,029	)		—		—
		—			—		—
Pre-funded warrants on issue:	No:			No:		No:
Opening balance		—			—		—
Issue of pre-funded warrants in a US Initial public offering		7,493,600			—		—
Exercise of pre-funded warrants		(7,493,568	)		—		—
Forfeiture on exercise		(32	)		—		—
		—			—		—

The Company issued 7,493,600 pre‑funded warrants for US$11,546,029 net of issue costs in respect of the US initial public offering. The pre‑funded warrants were unquoted, having no voting or dividend rights and are exercisable to ADS’s at an exercise price of US$0.00001 per pre‑funded warrant on a one for one basis with no expiry date. During the year all pre‑funded warrants that were issued October 20, 2020 were exercised via two trenches, 4,147,136 warrants in March 2021 and 3,346,432 warrants in June 2021 converted to ADS’s.

(c) Capital management

The Group is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements. When managing share capital, management’s objective is to ensure the entity continues as a going concern as well as to provide benefits to shareholders and for other stakeholders. In order to maintain or achieve an appropriate capital structure, the Company may issue new shares or reduce its share capital, subject to the provisions of the Company’s constitution. The Group only commits to significant R&D expenditure when this is fully funded either by existing funds or further equity raises.

XML

Accumulated Losses and Reserves

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Disclosure Of Reserves Within Equity [Abstract]

Accumulated Losses and Reserves

Note 24. Accumulated Losses and Reserves

	June 30, 2021			June 30, 2020			July 1, 2019
				Restated			Restated
	US$			US$			US$
(a) Movements in accumulated losses were as follows:
Balance of July 1		(78,779,486	)		(67,656,287	)		(52,704,339	)
Net loss for the period		(45,344,496	)		(11,123,199	)		(14,951,948	)
Balance of June 30		(124,123,982	)		(78,779,486	)		(67,656,287	)
(b) Reserves
Fair value of Investments reserve (i)		1,085,411			551,409			517,700
Share-based payments reserve (ii)		4,087,650			3,116,080			2,401,769
Foreign translation reserve (iii)		20,089,163			5,827,605			6,257,941
Total reserves		25,262,224			9,495,094			9,177,410
(i) Movement in fair value of investments reserve:
Opening balance		551,409			517,700			353,604
Fair value on gains on investments in financial assets		469,767			41,098			181,687
Exchange on translation		64,235			(7,389	)		(17,591	)
Closing balance		1,085,411			551,409			517,700
(ii) Movement in share-based payments reserve:
Opening balance		3,116,080			2,401,769			1,816,817
Share-based payments expense		3,897,638			732,688			685,409
Exercise of options		(3,271,542	)		(284,828	)		—
Exchange on translation		345,474			266,451			(100,457	)
Closing balance		4,087,650			3,116,080			2,401,769
(iii) Movement in foreign translation reserve:
Opening balance		5,827,605			6,257,941			7,530,571
(Gains)/loss on translation		14,261,558			(430,336	)		(1,272,630	)
Closing balance		20,089,163			5,827,605			6,257,941
(iv) Movement in option reserve
Opening balance		—			—			1,473,302
Transfer to contributed equity		—			—			(1,473,302	)
Closing balance		—			—			—

(c) Nature and purpose of reserves

Fair value of investments reserve

This reserve records fair value changes on listed investments.

Share‑based payment reserve

This reserve is used to record the value of equity benefits provided to executives and employees as part of their remuneration.

Foreign currency translation reserve

The reserve records the value of foreign currency movements on translation of financial statements from A$ to US$

Option reserve

On 25 November 2014 the company issued options to purchase 49,726,672 ordinary shares with an exercise price of $0.19 expiring on 25 November 2018. The fair value of the options at their issue date of $1,473,302 was recognized in the option reserve. The same amount, US$1,473,302, was transferred to contributed equity on 25

November 2018 following the exercise and expiry of all quoted options. The balance on the option reserve at 30 June 2021, 2020 and 2019 was nil.

XML

Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Disclosure Of Risk Management Strategy Related To Hedge Accounting [Abstract]

Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies

Note 25. Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies

The Group’s principal financial assets comprise cash, receivables, short‑term deposits and investments in listed shares.

The Group manages its exposure to key financial risks, including interest rate and currency risk in accordance with the Group’s financial risk management practices. The objective is to support the delivery of the Group’s financial targets whilst protecting future financial security.

The Group’s other various financial assets and liabilities, such as receivables and payables, arise directly from its operations. The main risks arising from the Group’s financial assets and liabilities are interest rate risk, foreign currency risk, equity securities price risk and liquidity risk.

The Group uses different methods to measure and manage different types of risks to which it is exposed. These include monitoring levels of exposure to interest rate and foreign exchange risk and assessments of market forecasts for interest rates and foreign exchange rates. Liquidity risk is monitored through future rolling cash flow forecasts. The board reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these risks as summarized below.

Risk exposures and responses

The Group has investigated the main financial risk areas which could impact on its financial assets and determined the impact on post tax (losses) or profits for a range of sensitivities. These can be seen in the post tax (loss)/profit impact for each risk area.

For each risk area, the equity impact relates solely to reserve movements and excludes movements in accumulated losses as the impact of these can be seen within the post tax (loss)/profit impact.

(i) Interest rate risk

The Group’s exposure to market interest rates relates primarily to the short‑term deposits. The deposits are held with two of Australia’s largest banks.

The objective of managing interest rate risk is to minimize the Group’s exposure to fluctuations in interest rates that might impact its interest income and cash flow. To manage interest rate risk, the Group invests the majority of its cash in short‑term deposits for varying periods of between 30 days and 90 days, depending on the short and long‑term cash requirements of the Group which is determined based on the Group’s cash flow forecast. This consideration also takes into account the costs associated with recalling a term deposit should early access to cash and cash equivalents be required. Cash is not locked into long‑term deposits at fixed rates so as to mitigate the risk of earning interest below the current floating rate.

The Group does not have any borrowings (2020: nil). The following sensitivity analysis (an annual effect) is based on the interest rate risk exposures at June 30, 2021 and 2020.

At June 30, 2021, if interest rates moved, with all variables held constant, post tax (loss)/profit and equity would have been affected as illustrated in the following table:

	Post tax (loss)/profit impact
	2021			2020			2019
				Restated			Restated
	US$			US$			US$
Judgments of reasonably possible movements
+0.50% (50 basis points) (2020:+0.50%)		359,442			137,676			50,490
-0.50% (50 basis points) (2020:-0.50%)		(359,442	)		(137,676	)		(50,490	)

The post tax figures include an offset for unrecognized tax losses (bringing the tax effect to nil) for the year ended June 30, 2021 (2020: nil ,2019: nil).

Significant assumptions used in the interest rate sensitivity analysis include:

• The reasonably possible movement of 0.5% was calculated by taking the interest rates as of balance date, moving these by plus and minus 0.5% and then re‑calculating the interest on term deposits with the ‘new‑interest‑rate’.

• The net exposure at balance date is representative of what the Group was and is expecting to be exposed to in the next twelve months from balance date.

(ii) Price risk

The Group’s investment in listed shares is exposed to equity securities price risk and as such their fair values are exposed to fluctuations as a result of changes in market prices.

Equity price risk is the risk that the fair value of equities will decrease as a result of share price movements. The Group’s equity investments are publicly traded on the ASX and are designated and accounted for as investments in financial assets.

The investments in listed shares are not held for short‑term trading. Their values are reviewed regularly by management and the board. The strategy for realizing any part of these investments is determined based on the liquidity of the respective stocks, potential off‑market acquirers and likely developments in their values based on publicly available information.

At June 30, 2021 and 2020, had the share price moved with all other variables held constant, post tax (loss)/profit and equity would have been affected as illustrated in the table below:

	2021				2020						2019
					Restated						Restated
	US$				US$						US$
Judgments of reasonably possible movements	Impact of loss		Impact on equity		Impact of loss			Impact on equity			Impact of loss			Impact on equity
Change in variables
10% increase in listed share price		—		—		13,450			13,450			35,102			35,102
10% decrease in listed share price		—		—		(13,450	)		(13,450	)		(35,102	)		(35,102	)

(iii) Foreign currency risk

As a result of services provided by non‑related entities in the United States, Canada, United Kingdom and Europe, part of the Group’s monetary assets and liabilities are affected by movements in the exchange rate.

The Group does not enter into any hedging transactions.

At the reporting date, the Group has the following exposure to foreign currencies. The functional currency of the Group changed during the year ended June 30, 2021. Accordingly, the 2021 table illustrates the Group’s exposure to Australian dollars and the 2020 table illustrates the Group’s exposure to US dollars:

	Consolidated
2021	AUD			EURO			GBP			CAD
Financial assets
Cash		35,646,457			—			—			—
Receivables		5,513,541			—			—			—
Financial liabilities
Payables		(1,276,164	)		(41,872	)					(1,290	)
Other financial liabilities		—			—			—			—
Net exposure		39,883,834			(41,872	)		—			(1,290	)
	Consolidated
2020	USD			EURO			GBP			CAD
Financial assets
Cash		42,417			—			—			—
Receivables		25,821			—			—			—
Financial liabilities
Payables		(3,355,050	)		(10,238	)		(23,481	)		—
Other financial liabilities		(163,547	)		—			—			—
Net exposure		(3,450,359	)		(10,238	)		(23,481	)		—

The following sensitivity is based on the foreign currency risk exposures in existence at June 30, 2021 and 2020.

At June 30, 2021 and 2020, had the United States dollar (2020: Australian dollar) moved with all other variables held constant, post tax (loss) profit and equity would have been affected as illustrated in the table below:

	Post tax (loss)/profit impact
	2021			2020			2019
				Restated			Restated
	US$			US$			US$
Judgments of reasonably possible movements
Consolidated
AUD/USD +10% (2020:+10%)		(2,538,062	)		219,569			200,257
AUD/USD -10% (2020:-10%)		3,102,076			(268,361	)		(244,759	)

The reasonably possible movements at June 30, 2021 are higher than at June 30, 2020 and June 30, 2019 due mainly to the higher net exposure to the Australian dollar due to significant cash at bank deposits. There was minimum or insignificant exposure to the GBP, Euro and CAD during the current financial year.

Significant assumptions used in the foreign currency exposure sensitivity analysis include:

(iv) The reasonably possible movement of 10% was calculated by taking the currency spot rates as of balance date, moving these by 10% and then re‑converting the currencies into US with the ‘new‑spot‑rate’. This methodology reflects the translation methodology undertaken by the Group.

(v) The net exposure at balance date is representative of what the Group was and is expecting to be exposed to in the next twelve months from balance date.

(vi) Management believes the balance date risk exposures are representative of the risk exposure inherent in the financial instruments.

(iv) Credit risk

Credit risk is associated with those financial assets of the Group which comprise cash and cash equivalents, receivables and listed investments. The Group’s exposure to credit risk arises from default of the counter party, with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying amount of these investments. Credit risk is considered minimal as the Group transacts with reputable recognized Australian banks.

(v) Liquidity risk

Liquidity risk arises from the financial liabilities of the Group and the Group’s subsequent ability to meet their obligations to repay their financial liabilities as and when they fall due. The Group has minimal liquidity risk because of the high balances of cash and cash equivalents; however, the Group manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate reserves and by monitoring forecast and actual cash flows and by matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities. The financial liabilities of the Group relate to trade payables that are all expected to be paid within 12 months.

The Group’s objective is to maintain an appropriate cash asset balance to fund its operations.

(vi) Fair value

The Group has investments in listed equities which are calculated using the quoted prices in an active market and are considered level 1 fair value measurements. The Group does not have any derivative investments where the fair value is estimated using inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices). The Group also does not hold any financial instruments where fair value measurement uses observable inputs that require significant adjustments based on observable inputs to estimate its value.

Shortly after the Company’s US IPO where the Company raised USD 128 million, the Company entered into an Australian dollar denominated term deposit worth USD 100 million (AUD 141.9 million), maturing on 3 February 2021. The Company simultaneously entered into a foreign currency exchange contract under which the term deposit would be converted back to US dollars at effectively the same foreign exchange rate as when the term deposit was entered into. The financial liability represents the marked to market value of this foreign currency exchange contract held at 31 December 2020. Subsequent to 31 December 2020, upon maturity and settlement of the term deposit and foreign exchange contract on 3 February 2021, the Australian dollar denominated term deposit was converted back to US dollars for a value of USD 100 million plus interest earned of AUD 116 thousand.

Details of the fair value of the investment in financial assets are disclosed in note 17 of the financial statements. The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities in the consolidated statement of financial position at June 30, 2021 and 2020 is the same as their carrying amounts.

The methods for estimating fair value are also outlined in the relevant notes to the financial statements.

XML

Related Party Disclosures

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Related Party Transactions [Abstract]

Related Party Disclosures

Note 26. Related Party Disclosures

(a) Subsidiaries

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Opthea Limited and its subsidiaries in the following table:

	Parent entity % equity interest
	2021		2020		2019
	%		%		%
Vegenics Pty Ltd1		100		100		100
Opthea US Inc2		100		—		—

(1) Opthea Limited is the ultimate parent entity. Vegenics Pty Ltd is incorporated in Australia and has the same financial year as Opthea Limited.

(2) Opthea Limited is the ultimate parent entity. Opthea US Inc was incorporated in the United States in May 2021 and has the same financial year as Opthea Limited.

(b) Transactions with related parties

Balances and transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries, a related party of the Company, have been eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in this note.

XML

Commitments

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Commitments [Abstract]

Commitments

Note 27. Commitments

(i) Lease commitments – Group as lessee

Lease commitments are in respect of low value leases which have not been recognized in the Statement of Financial Position. These leases are expensed on a straight‑line basis over the term of the lease.

	2021		2020		2019
			Restated		Restated
	US$		US$		US$
Within one year		5,304		4,497		4,936
After one year but not more than five years		8,398		11,619		—
		13,702		16,116		4,936

(ii) Research projects and license commitments

The Group has entered into research and development contracts and intellectual property license agreements with various third parties in respect of services for the Phase 3 DME clinical trial and the clinical grade manufacture of OPT‑302. Expenditure commitments relating to these and intellectual property license agreements are payable as follows:

	2021		2020		2019
			Restated		Restated
	US$		US$		US$
Within one year		26,377,778		7,660,325		5,460,972
After one year but not more than five years		2,347,060		293,815		60,000
After more than five years		—		75,000		90,000
		28,724,838		8,029,140		5,610,972

Currently, the biggest Research contract has a 60 day termination clause and all commitments have been limited to a six month commitment.

XML

Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Disclosure Of Contingent Liabilities [Abstract]

Contingencies

Note 28. Contingencies

The Group is party to various research agreements with respect to which a commitment to pay is contingent on the achievement of research milestones. Assuming all milestones are achieved within the time‑frames stipulated in the contracts, those which could become payable in less than one year total US$nil (2020: US$263,241) and those which could become payable in more than one year total US$11,548,205 (2020: US$11,518,745).

Under these license/collaboration agreements, payments are to be made only if certain research and clinical development milestones are achieved and royalties may become payable on any eventual sales of products developed under these agreements.

The group had a bank guarantee outstanding at June 30, 2021 in respect of a rental deposit for its office premises of US$43,000 (2020: US$39,391).

XML

Cash Flow Statement Reconciliation

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Cash Flow Statement Reconciliation [Abstract]

Cash Flow Statement Reconciliation

Note 29 Cash Flow Statement Reconciliation

		2021				2020			2019
						Restated			Restated
	US$				US$				US$
(a) Reconciliation to cash at the end of the year
Cash at bank and in hand (note 14)			118,193,177				42,650,858			15,121,820
			118,193,177				42,650,858			15,121,820
(b) Reconciliation of net loss after tax to net cash flows from operations
Net loss for the year			(45,344,496	)			(11,123,199	)		(14,951,948	)
Adjustments for:
Income tax benefit recognized in profit or loss			(4,938,846	)			(5,708,767	)		(10,474,432	)
Depreciation of non-current assets			15,012				14,926			23,607
Depreciation of right-of-use assets			91,656				81,611			0
Share-based payments			3,897,638				732,688			685,409
Net exchange differences			11,011,961				265,989			(241,814	)
Changes in:
Payables			(1,552,443	)			(125,492	)		(1,209,513	)
Receivables			(369,712	)			12,127			83,936
Prepayments			(14,231,546	)			(30,994	)		(81,681	)
Provisions			40,510				72,794			26,823
Net cash flows used in operating activities before tax			(51,380,266	)			(15,808,317	)		(26,139,613	)
R&D tax incentive received			5,834,099				10,118,697			9,097,526
Net cash flows used in operating activities			(45,546,167	)			(5,689,620	)		(17,042,087	)

	2021			2020			2019
				Restated			Restated
	US$			US$				US$
(c) Reconciliation of borrowings arising from financing activities
Balance at July 1		167,460			—				—
Non-cash addition1		—			251,189				—
Payment of lease liabilities		(87,373	)		(66,781	)			—
Exchange on translation		13,765			(16,948	)			—
Balance at June 30		93,852			167,460				—

1 Non‑cash addition represents the new lease on the Company’s office premises in Melbourne, Australia that commenced on July 15, 2019.

XML

Key Management Personnel

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Disclosure Of Transactions Between Related Parties [Abstract]

Key Management Personnel

Note 30. Key Management Personnel

(a) Compensation of Key Management Personnel

	2021		2020		2019
			Restated		Restated
	US$		US$		US$
Short-term employee benefits		1,099,081		680,954		715,027
Post-employment benefits		79,550		64,632		67,928
Share-based payments expense		3,897,638		420,751		532,952
		5,076,269		1,166,337		1,315,907

(b) Other transactions and balances with director and key management personnel and their related parties

There were no director and key management personnel related party transactions during the current or prior financial year.

XML

Share-Based Payments

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Abstract]

Share-Based Payments

Note 31. Share-Based Payments

(a)Recognized share-based payment expenses

The expense recognized for share‑based payments during the year is shown in the table below:

	2021		2020		2019
			Restated		Restated
	US$		US$		US$
Expense arising from equity-settled share-based payment    transactions:
Director and employee services received		3,897,638		732,688		685,409
		3,897,638		732,688		685,409

(b)Non‑executive director and employee share option plans

During the 2015 financial year, the Group introduced an ownership‑based compensation scheme for non‑executive directors, executives and senior employees, the Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) and Non‑Executive Directors Share and Option Plan (NED Plan). In accordance with the terms of the plans, as approved by shareholders at the 2014 annual general meeting, eligible non‑executive directors, executives and senior employees with the Group may be granted options to purchase ordinary shares.

Each employee share option converts into one ordinary share of Opthea Limited on exercise. No amounts are paid or payable by the recipient on receipt of the option. The options carry neither rights to dividends nor voting rights and are not transferable. Options may be exercised at any time from the date of vesting to the date of their expiry. The number of options granted is subject to approval by the board and rewards executives and senior employees to the extent of the Group’s and the individual’s achievement judged against both qualitative and quantitative criteria as determined by the board on a case by case basis.

The vesting condition of options granted under the LTIP and NED Plan is continuous service.

Options/Rights services	Grant date	Grant date fair value US$		Exercise price US$	Expiry date	Vesting date
LTIP - director FY2016	March 7,2016		0.14	0.36	March 7, 2021	June 30, 2016
LTIP - director FY2019	November 29, 2018	0.15		0.625	November 29, 2022	November 29, 2019
LTIP - employees FY2016	March 31, 2016	0.18		0.37	January 1, 2022	January 1, 2017
LTIP - employees FY2018	August 23, 2017		0.26	0.92	January 1, 2023	June 30, 2018
LTIP - employees FY2019	April 3, 2019		0.18	0.608	April 3, 2023	April 3, 2021
NED Plan FY2016	March 7,2016		0.14	0.36	March 7, 2021	June 30, 2016
NED Plan FY2019	November 29, 2018		0.15	0.625	November 29, 2022	November 29, 2019
NED Plan FY2021	October 12, 2020		1.05	3.24	October 11, 2024	October 12, 2020
NED Plan FY2021	October 12, 2020		1.05	3.24	October 11, 2024	October 12, 2021
NED Plan FY2021	October 12, 2020		1.05	3.24	October 11, 2024	October 12, 2022
NED Plan FY2021	October 12, 2020		1.05	3.24	October 11, 2024	October 12, 2023
NED Plan FY2021	October 12, 2020		1.24	2.16	October 11, 2024	October 12, 2020
NED Plan FY2021	October 12, 2020		1.24	2.16	October 11, 2024	October 12, 2021
NED Plan FY2021	October 12, 2020		1.24	2.16	October 11, 2024	October 12, 2022
NED Plan FY2021	October 12, 2020		1.24	2.16	October 11, 2024	October 12, 2023
NED Plan FY2021	January 19, 2021		0.88	1.56	January 18, 2025	January 19, 2021
NED Plan FY2021	January 19, 2021		0.88	1.56	January 18, 2025	January 19, 2022
NED Plan FY2021	January 19, 2021		0.88	1.56	January 18, 2025	January 19, 2023
NED Plan FY2021	January 19, 2021		0.88	1.56	January 18, 2025	January 19, 2024

There has been no alteration of the terms and conditions of the above share‑based payment arrangements since the grant date.

(c)Fair value of share options granted

Where relevant, the expected life used in the model has been adjusted based on management’s best estimate for the effects of non‑transferability, exercise restrictions (including the probability of meeting market conditions attached to the option), and behavioral considerations. Expected volatility is based on the historical share price volatility over the past 4 or 5 years

Options/Rights services	Grant date share price US$	Exercise price US$		Fair value per option US$	Expected volatility			Option life	Dividend yield			Risk free interest rate			Model used
LTIP - director FY2016	0.28		0.36	0.14		65	%	5 years		0	%		2.09	%	Binomial
LTIP - director FY2019	0.42		0.63	0.15		58	%	4 years		0	%		2.04	%	Binomial
LTIP - employees FY2016	0.54	0.37		0.18		65	%	5 years		0	%		2.09	%	Binomial
LTIP - employees FY2018	0.34		0.92	0.26		66	%	5 years		0	%		2.09	%	Binomial
LTIP - employees FY2019	0.48		0.61	0.18		57	%	4 years		0	%		2.04	%	Binomial
NED Plan FY2016	0.28		0.36	0.14		65	%	5 years		0	%		2.09	%	Binomial
NED Plan FY2019	0.42		0.63	0.15		58	%	4 years		0	%		2.04	%	Binomial
NED Plan FY2021	2.19		2.16	1.24		77.25	%	4 years		0	%		0.25	%	Binomial
NED Play FY2021	2.19		3.24	1.05		77.25	%	4 years		0	%		0.25	%	Binomial
NED Plan FY2021	1.56		1.56	0.88		77.01	%	4 years		0	%		0.25	%	Binomial

(d)Movements in share options during the year

The following reconciles the share options outstanding at the beginning and end of the year:

	2021					2020					2019
	Number of options and rights			Weighted average exercise price US$		Number of options and rights			Weighted average exercise price US$		Number of options and rights		Weighted average exercise price US$
Balance at beginning of year		18,044,000			0.50		18,919,000			0.50		10,075,000		0.39
Granted during the year:
To employees and directors under the LTIP and    NED Plan		7,000,000		2.21			—			—		8,844,000		0.62
Exercised during the year		(8,400,000	)		0.36		(875,000	)	0.37			—		—
Expired during the year		—			—		—			—		—		—
Balance at end of the year		16,644,000			1.28		18,044,000			0.50		18,919,000		0.50
Exercisable at end of year		11,394,000			0.86		18,044,000			0.50		9,905,000		0.37

The share options outstanding at the end of the year had a weighted average exercise price of US $0.86 (2020: US$0.50, 2019: US$0.37) and a weighted average remaining contractual life of 628 days (2020: 626 days, 2019: 716 days).

XML

Events After the Balance Sheet Date

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Disclosure Of Nonadjusting Events After Reporting Period [Abstract]

Events After the Balance Sheet Date

Note 32. Events After the Balance Sheet Date

No matters or circumstances have arisen since the end of the reporting period, which significantly affected, or may significantly affect, the operations of the Group, the results of those operations, or the state of affairs of the Group in future financial years.

XML

Summary of Accounting Policies (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Description Of Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Basis of measurement

Basis of measurement

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for the investments classified as financial assets, which have been measured at fair value. All amounts are presented in United States dollars unless otherwise stated.

Change in presentation and functional currencies

Functional currency

An entity’s functional currency is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates. During the current year, the Group’s operations have continued to move further towards being US$ denominated and several other factors during the period have also contributed to the Group changing its functional currency during the year, such as the completion of U.S. initial public offering (IPO) and the Nasdaq listing in October 2020, opening a US subsidiary in May 2021 for a planned expansion into the US, and expanding the Board of Directors with the appointment of four US based Directors. A significant element in the Group’s assessment to change the functional currency resulted from the significant increase in expenses denominated in US dollars relating to advanced clinical trials since the commencement of Phase 3 trials in March 2021. These changes, as well as the fact that the Group’s principal source of financing is now the U.S. capital market and all of the Group’s budgeting and planning is conducted solely in dollars led to the Company determining that the U.S. dollar (US$) best represents the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity now operates. Accordingly, the Group changed its functional currency from Australian dollar (A$) to U.S. dollar (US$) effective January 1, 2021.

The change in functional currency has been applied prospectively with effect from January 1, 2021 in accordance with the requirements of the Accounting Standards. To give effect in functional currency, the assets and liabilities of the Group were converted into U.S. dollars at a fixed exchange rate of US$1: A$1.2973.

Presentation Currency

Following the change in functional currency, the Group changed its presentation currency from Australian dollars (A$) to US$. The change in presentation currency was made to better reflect the Group’s business activities and to enhance access to U.S. capital markets. Prior to the change, the Group reported its financial statements in Australian dollars (A$).

A change in presentation currency is a change in accounting policy which is accounted for retrospectively, including the restatement of 2019 Balance Sheet. In making this change in presentation currency, the Group followed the requirements set out in IAS 21 The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates. As required by IAS 21, the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income and the consolidated statement of cash flows for each period have been translated into the presentation currency using the average exchange rates prevailing during each reporting period. All assets and liabilities have been translated using the exchange rates prevailing at the consolidated statement of financial position dates. Shareholders’ equity transactions have been translated using the rates of exchange in effect as of the dates of various capital transactions. All resulting exchange differences arising from the translation are included as a separate component of other comprehensive income. All comparative financial information has been restated to reflect the Group’s results as if they had been historically reported in US$ and the effect on the consolidated financial statements resulted in an addition to the foreign currency translation reserve of US$14.3 million.

Basis of consolidation

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries. Control is achieved when the Company:

• Has power over the investee;

• Is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and

• Has the ability to use its power to affect its returns.

Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Company obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when the Company loses control of the subsidiary.

All intragroup assets and liabilities, equity, income, expenses and cash flows relating to transactions between members of the Group are eliminated in full on consolidation.

Foreign currency translation

Foreign currency translation

i. Functional and presentation currency

As of January 1, 2021 the Group determined that its functional and presentation currency had changed from Australian Dollars to United States Dollars. Therefore, the functional and presentation currency of the Group is the United States dollars (US$). The prior year financial information has been restated to United States dollars.

ii. Transactions and balances

Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded in the functional currency by applying the exchange rates ruling in place at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rate of exchange ruling in place at the reporting date.

Non‑monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rate as of the date of the initial transaction. Non‑monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was determined.

Financial assets and liabilities

Financial assets and liabilities

Recognition and derecognition of financial assets

Purchases and sales of financial assets that require delivery of assets within the time frame generally established by regulation or convention in the marketplace are recognized on the trade date, i.e., the date that the

Group commits to purchase the asset. Financial assets are derecognized when the right to receive cash flows from the financial assets has expired or when the entity transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of the financial assets. If the entity neither retains nor transfers substantially all of the risks and rewards, it derecognizes the asset if it has transferred control of the assets.

When financial assets are recognized initially, they are measured at fair value, plus directly attributable transaction costs.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents in the statement of financial position comprise cash at bank and in hand and short‑term deposits with an original maturity of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

For the purposes of the statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and cash equivalents as defined above.

Other receivables

Other receivables generally comprise bank interest receivable, other receivables from external parties and Goods and Services Tax (GST) credits receivable and are recognized and carried at original invoice amount less an allowance for any uncollectible amounts. The amounts are usually received within 30 to 60 days of recognition.

The Group measures the loss allowance for receivables at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses (ECL). The ECL on receivables are estimated under the simplified approach as permitted under IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments.” This uses a provision matrix by reference to past experience of the debtor and an analysis of the debtor’s current financial position, adjusted for factors that are specific to the debtors and general economic conditions of the industry in which the debtors operate.

The Group writes off a receivable when there is information indicating that the debtor is in severe financial difficulty and there is no realistic prospect of recovery.

Investments

Investments in financial assets comprise of the Group’s non‑current investments in listed companies.

On initial recognition, the Group may make an irrevocable election (on an instrument‑by‑instrument basis) to designate investments in equity instruments as fair value through other comprehensive income (FVTOCI). Designation at FVTOCI is not permitted if the equity instrument is held for trading.

Investments in equity instruments at FVTOCI are initially measured at fair value plus transaction costs. Subsequently, they are measured at fair value with gains or losses arising from changes in the fair value recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the fair value of investments reserve. The fair values of investments in financial assets that are actively traded in organized financial markets is determined by reference to quoted market bid prices at the close of business on the reporting date. The cumulative gain or loss is not reclassified to profit or loss on disposal of the equity instruments.

Dividends on these investments in equity instruments are recognized in profit or loss in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards.

Finance income

Almost all of the Group’s finance income is earned on short‑term bank deposits, and as such, finance income is recognized when the Group’s right to receive the payment is established.

Payables

Payables are carried at amortized cost and due to their short‑term nature, they are not discounted. They represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of the financial year that are

unpaid and arise when the Group becomes obliged to make future payments in respect of the purchase of these goods and services.

The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition.

Other financial liabilities

Other financial liabilities

Other financial liabilities in the consolidated statement of financial position represent the year end marked‑to‑market value of forward rate foreign exchange contracts to purchase US dollars (Contracts) which were entered into prior to the change in functional currency which took place on January 1, 2021. These Contracts were used to settle US dollar denominated payables and expired within one year.

The foreign exchange loss on recognition of the Contracts was included in ‘net foreign exchange gain/(loss)’ in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

Plant and equipment

Plant and equipment

Plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. Depreciation is calculated on a straight‑line basis over their useful economic lives as follows:

• Equipment and furniture – 3 to 10 years; and

• Leasehold improvements – 8 years or the term of the lease if shorter.

The assets’ residual values, useful lives and amortization methods are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each financial year end.

An item of plant and equipment is derecognized upon disposal or when no further economic benefits are expected from its use or disposal.

Leases

Leases

The Group assesses at contract inception whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.

The Group applies a single recognition and measurement approach for all leases, except for short‑term leases and leases of low‑value assets. The Group recognizes lease liabilities to make lease payments and right‑of‑use assets representing the right to use the underlying assets.

Right‑of‑use assets

Right‑of‑use assets are recognized at the commencement date of the lease (that is the date the underlying asset is available for use). Right‑of‑use assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses, and adjusted for any remeasurement of lease liabilities. The cost of right‑of‑use assets include the amount of lease liabilities recognized, initial direct costs incurred, and lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received. Right‑of‑use assets are depreciated on a straight‑line basis over the shorter of the lease terms and the estimated useful lives of the assets.

Lease liabilities

Lease liabilities are recognized at the commencement date of the lease at the present value of lease payments to be made over the lease term. The lease payments include fixed payments (including in‑substance fixed payments) less any lease incentives receivable.

In calculating the present value of lease payments, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate at the lease commencement date because the interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable. The incremental borrowing rate is determined using market yields on bonds with similar terms to maturity. After the commencement date, the amount of lease liabilities is increased to reflect the accretion of interest and reduced for the lease payments made. In addition, the carrying amount of lease liabilities is remeasured if there is a

modification, a change in the lease term, a change in lease payments (e.g., a change to future lease payments resulting from a change in an index or rate).

Leases of low‑value assets

For short‑term leases (lease term of 12 months or less) and leases of low‑value assets (such as photo copiers and telephones), the Group has opted to recognize a lease expense on a straight‑line basis as permitted by IFRS 16. This expense is presented within “administrative expenses” in the consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income.

Research and development costs

Research and development costs

Research costs are expensed as incurred. An intangible asset arising from the development expenditure on an internal project will only be recognized when the Group can demonstrate the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale, its intention to complete and its ability to use or sell the asset, how the asset will generate future economic benefits, the availability of resources to complete the development and the ability to measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during its development.

As of June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Group is in the research phase and has not capitalized any development costs to date.

Provisions and employee benefits

Provisions and employee benefits

i. Wages, salaries, annual leave and sick leave

Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non‑monetary benefits and annual leave expected to be settled within 12 months of the reporting date are recognized in current provisions in respect of employees’ services up to the reporting date. They are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled. Expenses for non‑accumulating sick leave are recognized when the leave is taken and are measured at the rate paid or payable.

ii. Long service leave

The liability for long service leave is recognized in the provision for employee benefits and measured as the present value of expected future payments to be made in respect of services provided by employees up to the reporting date. Consideration is given to expected future wage and salary levels, experience of employee departures, and periods of service. Expected future payments are discounted using market yields at the reporting date on bonds with terms to maturity that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows.

Share based payment transactions

Share‑based payment transactions

The Group provides benefits to directors and employees (including key management personnel) of the Group in the form of share‑based payments, whereby employees render services in exchange for shares or rights over shares (equity‑settled transactions).

The cost of these equity‑settled transactions with employees is measured by reference to the fair value at the date at which they are granted. Binomial models are used to value the options issued.

The cost of the equity‑settled transactions is recognized, together with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period in which the performance conditions are fulfilled (the vesting period), ending on the date on which the relevant employees become fully entitled to the award (the vesting date).

The charge to profit or loss for the period is the cumulative amount less the amounts already charged in previous periods. There is a corresponding credit to equity.

Until an award has vested, any amounts recorded are contingent and will be adjusted if more or fewer awards vest than were originally anticipated to do so.

Contributed equity

Contributed equity

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Revenue recognition

Revenue recognition

License revenue in connection with licensing of the Group’s intellectual property (including patents) to customers is recognized as a right to use the Group’s intellectual property as it exists at the point in time in which the license is granted. This is because the contracts for the license of intellectual property are distinct and do not require, nor does the customer reasonably expect, that the Group will undertake further activities that significantly affect the intellectual property to which the customer has the rights. Although the Group is entitled to sales‑based royalties from the eventual sales of goods and services to third parties using the intellectual property licensed, these royalty arrangements do not in themselves indicate that the customer would reasonably expect the Group to undertake such activities, and no such activities are undertaken or contracted in practice. Accordingly, the promise to provide rights to the Group’s intellectual property is accounted for as a performance obligation satisfied at a point in time.

The following consideration is received in exchange for licenses of intellectual property:

• Up‑front license fees – these are fixed amounts and are recognized at the point in time when the Group transfers the intellectual property to the customer.

• Sales‑based royalties – these are variable consideration amounts promised in exchange for the license of intellectual property and are recognized when the sales to third parties occur given the performance obligation to transfer the intellectual property to the customer is already satisfied.

During the years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Group’s only revenue related to sales‑based royalties.

Income tax

Income tax

Current tax

Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities based on the current period’s taxable income.

The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.

Research and development tax incentive

The Research and Development (R&D) Tax Incentive Scheme is an Australian Federal Government program under which eligible companies with annual aggregated revenue of less than A$20 million can receive cash amounts equal to 43.5% of eligible research and development expenditures from the Australian Taxation Office (ATO). The R&D Tax Incentive Scheme incentive relates to eligible expenditure incurred in Australia and, under certain circumstances, overseas on the development of the Group’s lead candidate, OPT‑302. The R&D tax incentive is applied annually to eligible expenditure incurred during the Group’s financial year following annual application to AusIndustry, an Australian governmental agency, and subsequent filing of its Income Tax Return with the ATO after the financial year end.

The Group estimates the amount of R&D tax incentive after the completion of the financial year based on eligible Australia and overseas expenditures incurred during that year.

The Group has presented incentives in respect of the R&D Tax Incentive Scheme within income tax benefit in the Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income by analogizing with IAS 12 “Income Taxes”.

Deferred tax

Deferred income tax is provided on all temporary differences at the reporting date between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes.

Deferred income tax liabilities are recognized for all taxable temporary differences except when the deferred income tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and that, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss.

Deferred income tax assets are recognized for all deductible temporary differences, carry forward of unused tax assets (or credits) and unused tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences, and the carry forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilized, except when the deferred income tax asset relating to the deductible temporary differences arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit or taxable profit or loss.

The carrying amount of deferred income tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred income tax asset to be utilized.

Unrecognized deferred income tax assets are reassessed at each reporting date and are recognized to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profit will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the year when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at balance date.

Income taxes relating to items recognized directly in equity are recognized directly in equity and not in profit or loss.

Tax consolidation legislation

Tax consolidation legislation

Tax consolidation is a system adopted by the ATO that treats a group of entities as a single entity for tax purposes. Opthea Limited and its 100% owned Australian domiciled subsidiary formed a tax consolidated group effective July 1, 2003. The head entity, Opthea Limited, and its controlled entity, Vegenics Pty Ltd, are current members of the tax consolidated group and account for their own current and deferred tax amounts. Members of the tax consolidated group have adopted the “separate taxpayer within group” method to allocate the current and deferred tax amounts to each entity within the Group. This method requires adjustments for transactions and events occurring within the tax consolidated group that do not give rise to a tax consequence for the Group or that have a different tax consequence at the level of the Group.

Other taxes

Other taxes

Revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities are recognized net of the amount of GST except:

• When the GST incurred on a purchase of goods and services is not recoverable from the taxation authority, in which case the GST is recognized as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense item as applicable; and

• Receivables and payables are stated with the amount of GST included.

The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to the taxation authority is included as part of receivables or payables in the statement of financial position.

Cash flows are included in the statement of cash flows on a gross basis and the GST component of cash flows arising from investing and financing activities, which is recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority is classified as part of operating cash flows.

Commitments and contingencies are disclosed net of the amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority.

XML

Application of New and Revised Accounting Standards (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Disclosure Of Voluntary Change In Accounting Policy [Abstract]

Summary of New and Revised Accounting Standards and Interpretations on Issue But not Yet Effective

At the date of authorization of the financial statements, the Group has not applied the following new and revised International Accounting Standards, Interpretations and amendments that have been issued but are not yet effective:

Standard/amendments	Effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after
IFRS 1, IAS 12– Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction	January 1,2023
IAS 8– Disclosure of Accounting Policies and Definition of Accounting Estimates	January 1,2023
IFRS 10 and IAS 28 – Effective Date of Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28– Effective Date of Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 and Editorial Corrections	January 1,2023                                                                                                                                                                                                    (Editorial correction apply from January 1, 2018)
IAS 1 – Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-Current	January 1,2023
IAS 1– Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-Current – Deferral of Effective Date	January 1,2023
IFRS 16, IFRS 9, IFRS 1 and IAS 41 – Annual Improvements 2018-2020 and Other Amendments	January 1,2023
IFRS 16 Related Rent Concessions beyond 30 June 2021 Amendment to IFRS16	June 1, 2021

XML

Revenue (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Revenue [Abstract]

Summary of Revenue

	2021		2020		2019
			Restated		Restated
	US$		US$		US$
Revenue		68,613		59,061		112,497
Total Revenue		68,613		59,061		112,497

XML

Other Income (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Analysis Of Income And Expense [Abstract]

Schedule of Other Income

	2021		2020		2019
			Restated		Restated
	US$		US$		US$
Finance Income		372,002		480,453		541,034
Grant Income		26,949		41,629		57,235
Total other income		398,951		522,082		598,269

XML

Research and Development Expenses (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Disclosure Of Research And Development Expenses [Abstract]

Summary of Research and Development Expenses

	2021		2020		2019
			Restated		Restated
	US$		US$		US$
Research project costs		25,891,851		12,064,008		22,419,712
Total research and development expenses		25,891,851		12,064,008		22,419,712

(1) The research project costs relate to the research programs in respect to the treatment of eye diseases by OPT‑302.

XML

Expenses (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Expense By Nature [Abstract]

Summary of Expenses

	2021		2020		2019
			Restated		Restated
	US$		US$		US$
(a) Administrative expenses
Employee benefits expenses:
Salaries and fees		1,794,840		1,424,237		1,441,522
Cash bonuses		479,501		193,588		295,626
Superannuation		188,543		141,019		155,218
Share-based payments expense		3,897,638		732,688		685,409
Total employee benefits expense		6,360,522		2,491,532		2,577,775
Other expenses:
Insurance		4,419,433		335,786		269,060
Investor relations costs		285,071		254,212		293,313
Audit and accounting		647,549		221,410		98,553
Travel expenses		1,459		44,521		59,994
Payroll tax		18,766		134,845		62,237
Legal fees		83,605		372,431		16,025
Advisory fees		393,843		416,082	—
Consultancy costs		367,070	—		—
Other expenses		714,328		334,262		286,057
Total other expenses		6,931,124		2,113,549		1,085,239
Depreciation of:
Equipment and furniture		15,012		14,581		14,194
Leasehold improvements	—			344		9,413
Right-of-use assets		91,656		81,611	—
Total depreciation expense		106,668		96,536		23,607
Loss on disposal of non-current assets		1,434		1,243	—
Total administrative expenses		13,399,748		4,702,860		3,686,621
(b) Occupancy expenses
Short term and low value lease expenses	—			1,539		56,582
Lease incidental costs		18,445		21,733		21,533
Total occupancy expense		18,445		23,272		78,115

XML

Net Foreign Exchange (Loss)/Gain (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Net Foreign Exchange Loss Gain [Abstract]

Summary of Net Foreign Exchange (Loss)/Gain

	2021			2020			2019
				Restated			Restated
	US$			US$			US$
Net foreign exchange (loss)/gain		(11,011,961	)		(265,989	)		241,814
Total net foreign exchange (loss)/gain		(11,011,961	)		(265,989	)		241,814

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Major Components Of Tax Expense Income [Abstract]

Summary of Income Tax Benefit and Current Tax Receivable

	2021		2020		2019
			Restated		Restated
	US$		US$		US$
(a) Income tax benefit
The major components of income tax benefit are:
Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income
Current tax
Current income tax credit		4,938,846		5,708,767		10,474,432
		4,938,846		5,708,767		10,474,432
Deferred tax
In respect of the current year		—		—		—
Total income tax benefit recognized in the Statement of Comprehensive Income		4,938,846		5,708,767		10,474,432
(b) Current tax receivable	June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020
	US$		US$
Research and Development Tax Incentive Credit receivable		4,972,898		5,868,152

Summary of Reconciliation Between Income Tax Benefit and the Product of Accounting Loss Before Income Tax Multiplied by the Group’s Applicable Income Tax Rate

A reconciliation between income tax benefit and the product of accounting loss before income tax multiplied by the Group’s applicable income tax rate is as follows:

	2021			2020			2019
				Restated			Restated
	US$			US$			US$
Accounting loss before tax		(50,283,342	)		(16,831,966	)		(25,426,380	)
At the Company's statutory income tax rate of 30% (2020:27.5%, 2019:27.5%)		15,085,003			4,628,791			6,992,255
R&D tax incentive on eligible expenses		4,938,846			5,708,767			10,474,432
Non-deductible R&D expenditure		(3,420,951	)		(3,624,766	)		—
Other non-deductible expenses - share-based payment expense		(1,169,291	)		(201,489	)		—
Amount of temporary differences and carried forward tax losses not recognized		(10,494,761	)		(802,536	)		(6,992,255	)
		4,938,846			5,708,767			10,474,432

Summary of Recognized Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities in Statement of Financial Position

(d) Recognized deferred tax assets and liabilities in statement of financial position	June 30,2021			June 30, 2020
Deferred income tax at June 30 relates to the following:
Deferred tax liabilities:
Interest and royalty income receivable (future assessable income)		(2,344,514	)		(70,925	)
		(2,344,514	)		(70,925	)
Deferred tax assets related to temporary differences:
Recognition of tax losses		1,508,764			—
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		205,458			303,383
Employee provisions		152,675			128,812
Other miscellaneous items		477,617			430,839
		2,344,514			863,034
Less: temporary differences not recognized		—			(792,109	)
Net deferred tax recognized in the statement of financial position		—			—

XML

Earnings per Share (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Summary of Income Used in Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share Computation

	2021			2020			2019
				Restated			Restated
	US$			US$			US$
The following reflects the income used in the basic and diluted earnings per share computations:
(a) Earnings used in calculating earnings per share
Net loss attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent		(45,344,496	)		(11,123,199	)		(14,951,948	)
(b) Weighted average number of shares
Weighted average number of ordinary shares on issue for basic earnings per share		320,432,814			260,795,745			232,795,371
Effect of dilution:
Share options	—			—			—
Weighted average number of ordinary shares adjusted for the effect of dilution		320,432,814			260,795,745			232,795,371
Loss per share (basic and diluted in cents)		(14.15	)		(4.27	)		(6.42	)

Summary of Option Plans

These options related to the following option plans

	2021		2020		2019
NED Plan		10,000,000		6,000,000		6,000,000
LTIP		6,644,000		12,044,000		12,969,000
		16,644,000		18,044,000		18,969,000

XML

Current Assets – Cash and Cash Equivalents (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Current Assets Cash And Cash Equivalents [Abstract]

Summary of Cash and Cash Equivalents

	June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020
			Restated
	US$		US$
Cash at bank and in hand		15,538,510		2,077,089
Short-term deposits		102,654,667		40,573,769
Total cash and cash equivalents		118,193,177		42,650,858

XML

Current Assets - Receivables (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Current Assets Receivables [Abstract]

Summary of Current Assets - Receivables

	June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020
			Restated
	US$		US$
Interest receivable		37,905		56,032
GST receivable1		136,239		105,124
Other receivable1		391,142		34,417
Total current receivables		565,286		195,573

1 The GST and other receivables are non‑interest bearing. There were no receivables with a material expected credit loss recorded during the financial year (2020: nil).

XML

Current Assets - Prepayments (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Current Prepayments [Abstract]

Summary of Current Assets Prepayments

	June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020
			Restated
	US$		US$
R&D Contract Research Organization		12,551,398		—
Insurance		1,820,059		320,521
Other prepayments		14,698		8,630
Total current prepayments		14,386,155		329,151

XML

Non-Current Assets – Investments in Financial Assets (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Disclosure Of Financial Instruments [Abstract]

Summary of Investments in Financial Assets

	June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020
			Restated
	US$		US$
Listed Australian shares - at fair value1		—		199,417
		—		199,417

Summary of Details of Listed Australian Shares

Listed Investments	Ownership interest			Fair value at June 302		Exchange on translation			Disposal in the financial year3			Financial value gain/(loss) recognized in OCI4			Opening fair value
2021
Non-current investments:
Optiscan Imaging Limited		—			—		—			(669,184	)		469,767			199,417
Total listed investments				—		—				(669,184	)		469,767			199,417
2020 (Restated)
Non-current investments:
Antisense Therapeutics Ltd					—		(2,469	)		(335,746	)		174,196			164,019
Optiscan Imaging Limited		1.73	%		199,417		(4,920	)		—			(133,098	)		337,435
Total listed investments					199,417		(7,389	)		(335,746	)		41,098			501,454

1 These financial assets are investments in equity instruments and are not held for trading, they are held for medium to long‑term strategic purposes. Accordingly, the Group has elected to designate these investments in equity instruments as at FVTOCI as recognizing short‑term fluctuations in these investments’ fair value in profit or loss would not be consistent with the Group’s strategy of holding these investments for long‑term purposes and realizing their performance potential in the long run.

2 The fair value represents the share (bid) price at year end and does not include any capital gains tax or selling costs that may be applicable on the disposal of these investments. These non‑current investments in listed shares consist of investments in ordinary shares, and therefore have no fixed maturity date or coupon rate.

3 During the year ended June 30, 2021, the Group’s investment in Optiscan Imaging Limited (OIL) was sold for net proceeds of US$669,184. The increase in fair value during the year of US$469,767 was recognized in other comprehensive income. The fair value of the investment in OIL at the disposal date was US$669,184. The Group disposed of the investment in line with its Treasury and Investment Policy.

During the year ended June 30, 2020, the Group disposed of its remaining investment in Antisense    Therapeutics Ltd (ANP) for net proceeds of US$335,746. The increase in fair value during the year of US$174,196 was recognized in other comprehensive income. In accordance with the Group’s accounting policy, the gain remains within the fair value of investments reserve. The fair value of the investment in ANP at the disposal date was US$335,746. The Group disposed of the investment in line with its Treasury and Investments Policy.

4 A fair value increase of US$469,767 (2020: US$41,098) in the carrying value of investments has been made through other comprehensive income in the year due to a net increase in their market value in the year.

XML

Right-of-Use Assets (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Disclosure Of Quantitative Information About Rightofuse Assets [Abstract]

Summary of Carrying Amount of Lease

The carrying amount of the lease at June 30, 2021 and 2020 is as follows:

	June 30, 2021			June 30, 2020
				Restated
	US$			US$
Right-of-Use Asset Cost
Opening balance as of July 1		251,189			—
Additions		—			251,189
Exchange on translations		30,365			—
		281,554			251,189
Right-of-Use-Asset Depreciation
Opening balance as of July 1		(83,729	)		—
Charge to the period		(91,656	)		(81,611	)
Exchange on translation		(12,317	)		(2,118	)
		(187,702	)		(83,729	)
Net carrying amount of June 30		93,852			167,460

Summary of Lease Liabilities

	June 30, 2021			June 30, 2020
				Restated
	US$			US$
Carrying amount at July 1		182,290			—
New lease		—			251,189
Payments		(69,325	)		(68,899	)
Carrying amount at June 30		112,965			182,290
Maturity analysis:
Year 1		124,495			105,026
Year 2		—			87,827
		124,495			192,853
Less: unearned interest		(11,530	)		(10,563	)
		112,965			182,290
Analyzed into:
Current portion		112,965			99,745
Non-current portion		—			82,545
		112,965			182,290

	2021		2020(1)
			Restated
	US$		US$
Amounts recognized in profit or loss:
Depreciation expense on right-of-use asset		91,656		81,611
Lease finance costs		5,782		5,148
Expense relating to leases of low value assets		7,042		6,497
		104,480		93,256

(1) The adoption of IFRS 16 :Leases which became applicable on July 1, 2019 was reflected in the 2020 year, no expenditure in relation to right-of-use-assets was recognized in the 2019 year.

XML

Non-Current Assets - Prepayments (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Disclosure Of Noncurrent Assets Prepayments [Abstract]

Summary of Non-Current Assets - Prepayments

	June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020
			Restated
	US$		US$
Insurance		174,541		—
Total non-current prepayments		174,541		—

XML

Current Liabilities – Payables (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Current Liabilities Payables [Abstract]

Summary of Current Liabilities Payables

	June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020
			Restated
	US$		US$
Accounts Payable (unsecured)1		2,417,719		4,014,818
Payroll related tax liability		83,799		39,143
Total current payables		2,501,518		4,053,961

1 Accounts Payable are non‑interest bearing and are normally settled on 30 day terms.

XML

Current Liabilities - Provisions (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Current Provisions [Abstract]

Summary of Current Provisions

	June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020
			Restated
	US$		US$
Annual leave		289,043		277,469
Long service leave		202,959		163,296
Total current provisions		492,002		440,765

XML

Non-Current Liabilities - Provisions (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Noncurrent Provisions [Abstract]

Summary of Non-Current Liabilities - Provisions

	June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020
			Restated
	US$		US$
Long service leave		16,915		27,643
Total non-current provisions		16,915		27,643

XML

Contributed Equity (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Contributed Equity [Abstract]

Summary of Contributed Equity

	June 30, 2021		June 30, 2020		July 1, 2019
			Restated		Restated
	US$		US$		US$
(a) Ordinary shares
Issued and fully paid at June 30		234,147,526		113,852,364		80,331,016
Movement in ordinary shares:
Opening balance		113,852,364		80,331,016		69,788,130
Issue of shares on exercise of quoted options		—		—		9,069,584
Issue of shares		—		33,236,520		—
Issue of shares on exercise of options granted under the LTIP		—		284,828		—
Issue of shares on Nasdaq listing net of issuance cost $10,126,959		105,477,591		—		—
Issue of shares on exercise of pre-funded warrants net of issuance cost $1,099,412		11,546,029		—		—
Transfer from option reserve		3,271,542		—		1,473,302
		234,147,526		113,852,364		80,331,016
Ordinary shares on issue:	No:		No:		No:
Opening balance		269,157,769		249,414,839		202,637,888
Issue of shares on exercise of quoted options		—		—		46,776,951
Issue of shares		—		19,742,930		—
Issue of shares on exercise of options granted under the LTIP		5,845,804		—		—
Issues of shares on Nasdaq listing		68,506,400		—		—
Issue of share on exercise of pre-funded warrants		7,493,568		—		—
		351,003,541		269,157,769		249,414,839

	June 30, 2021			June 30, 2020		July 1, 2019
				Restated		Restated
	US$			US$		US$
(b) Pre-funded warrants
Movement in pre-funded warrants:
Opening balance		—			—		—
Issue of pre-funded warrants in a US initial public offering		12,645,441			—		—
Cost of issue of pre-funded warrants		(1,099,412	)		—		—
Issue of shares on exercise of pre-funded warrants		(11,546,029	)		—		—
		—			—		—
Pre-funded warrants on issue:	No:			No:		No:
Opening balance		—			—		—
Issue of pre-funded warrants in a US Initial public offering		7,493,600			—		—
Exercise of pre-funded warrants		(7,493,568	)		—		—
Forfeiture on exercise		(32	)		—		—
		—			—		—

XML

Accumulated Losses and Reserves (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Disclosure Of Reserves Within Equity [Abstract]

Summary of Accumulated Losses and Reserves

	June 30, 2021			June 30, 2020			July 1, 2019
				Restated			Restated
	US$			US$			US$
(a) Movements in accumulated losses were as follows:
Balance of July 1		(78,779,486	)		(67,656,287	)		(52,704,339	)
Net loss for the period		(45,344,496	)		(11,123,199	)		(14,951,948	)
Balance of June 30		(124,123,982	)		(78,779,486	)		(67,656,287	)
(b) Reserves
Fair value of Investments reserve (i)		1,085,411			551,409			517,700
Share-based payments reserve (ii)		4,087,650			3,116,080			2,401,769
Foreign translation reserve (iii)		20,089,163			5,827,605			6,257,941
Total reserves		25,262,224			9,495,094			9,177,410
(i) Movement in fair value of investments reserve:
Opening balance		551,409			517,700			353,604
Fair value on gains on investments in financial assets		469,767			41,098			181,687
Exchange on translation		64,235			(7,389	)		(17,591	)
Closing balance		1,085,411			551,409			517,700
(ii) Movement in share-based payments reserve:
Opening balance		3,116,080			2,401,769			1,816,817
Share-based payments expense		3,897,638			732,688			685,409
Exercise of options		(3,271,542	)		(284,828	)		—
Exchange on translation		345,474			266,451			(100,457	)
Closing balance		4,087,650			3,116,080			2,401,769
(iii) Movement in foreign translation reserve:
Opening balance		5,827,605			6,257,941			7,530,571
(Gains)/loss on translation		14,261,558			(430,336	)		(1,272,630	)
Closing balance		20,089,163			5,827,605			6,257,941
(iv) Movement in option reserve
Opening balance		—			—			1,473,302
Transfer to contributed equity		—			—			(1,473,302	)
Closing balance		—			—			—

XML

Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Interest rate risk [member]

Disclosure Of Risk Management Strategy Related To Hedge Accounting [Line Items]

Summary of Judgments of Reasonably Possible Movements

At June 30, 2021, if interest rates moved, with all variables held constant, post tax (loss)/profit and equity would have been affected as illustrated in the following table:

	Post tax (loss)/profit impact
	2021			2020			2019
				Restated			Restated
	US$			US$			US$
Judgments of reasonably possible movements
+0.50% (50 basis points) (2020:+0.50%)		359,442			137,676			50,490
-0.50% (50 basis points) (2020:-0.50%)		(359,442	)		(137,676	)		(50,490	)

Equity price risk [member]

Disclosure Of Risk Management Strategy Related To Hedge Accounting [Line Items]

Summary of Judgments of Reasonably Possible Movements

At June 30, 2021 and 2020, had the share price moved with all other variables held constant, post tax (loss)/profit and equity would have been affected as illustrated in the table below:

	2021				2020						2019
					Restated						Restated
	US$				US$						US$
Judgments of reasonably possible movements	Impact of loss		Impact on equity		Impact of loss			Impact on equity			Impact of loss			Impact on equity
Change in variables
10% increase in listed share price		—		—		13,450			13,450			35,102			35,102
10% decrease in listed share price		—		—		(13,450	)		(13,450	)		(35,102	)		(35,102	)

Currency Risk

Disclosure Of Risk Management Strategy Related To Hedge Accounting [Line Items]

Summary of Judgments of Reasonably Possible Movements

At June 30, 2021 and 2020, had the United States dollar (2020: Australian dollar) moved with all other variables held constant, post tax (loss) profit and equity would have been affected as illustrated in the table below:

	Post tax (loss)/profit impact
	2021			2020			2019
				Restated			Restated
	US$			US$			US$
Judgments of reasonably possible movements
Consolidated
AUD/USD +10% (2020:+10%)		(2,538,062	)		219,569			200,257
AUD/USD -10% (2020:-10%)		3,102,076			(268,361	)		(244,759	)

Summary of Exposure to Foreign Currency Risk

The functional currency of the Group changed during the year ended June 30, 2021. Accordingly, the 2021 table illustrates the Group’s exposure to Australian dollars and the 2020 table illustrates the Group’s exposure to US dollars:

	Consolidated
2021	AUD			EURO			GBP			CAD
Financial assets
Cash		35,646,457			—			—			—
Receivables		5,513,541			—			—			—
Financial liabilities
Payables		(1,276,164	)		(41,872	)					(1,290	)
Other financial liabilities		—			—			—			—
Net exposure		39,883,834			(41,872	)		—			(1,290	)
	Consolidated
2020	USD			EURO			GBP			CAD
Financial assets
Cash		42,417			—			—			—
Receivables		25,821			—			—			—
Financial liabilities
Payables		(3,355,050	)		(10,238	)		(23,481	)		—
Other financial liabilities		(163,547	)		—			—			—
Net exposure		(3,450,359	)		(10,238	)		(23,481	)		—

XML

Related Party Disclosures (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Related Party Transactions [Abstract]

Summary of Consolidated Financial Statements Include Financial Statements of Opthea Limited and Subsidiaries

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Opthea Limited and its subsidiaries in the following table:

	Parent entity % equity interest
	2021		2020		2019
	%		%		%
Vegenics Pty Ltd1		100		100		100
Opthea US Inc2		100		—		—

(1) Opthea Limited is the ultimate parent entity. Vegenics Pty Ltd is incorporated in Australia and has the same financial year as Opthea Limited.

(2) Opthea Limited is the ultimate parent entity. Opthea US Inc was incorporated in the United States in May 2021 and has the same financial year as Opthea Limited.

XML

Commitments (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Commitments [Abstract]

Summary of Lease Commitments

Lease commitments are in respect of low value leases which have not been recognized in the Statement of Financial Position. These leases are expensed on a straight‑line basis over the term of the lease.

	2021		2020		2019
			Restated		Restated
	US$		US$		US$
Within one year		5,304		4,497		4,936
After one year but not more than five years		8,398		11,619		—
		13,702		16,116		4,936

Summary of Expenditure Commitments Relating to Services for Clinical Trial and Intellectual Property License Agreements

Expenditure commitments relating to these and intellectual property license agreements are payable as follows:

	2021		2020		2019
			Restated		Restated
	US$		US$		US$
Within one year		26,377,778		7,660,325		5,460,972
After one year but not more than five years		2,347,060		293,815		60,000
After more than five years		—		75,000		90,000
		28,724,838		8,029,140		5,610,972

XML

Cash Flow Statement Reconciliation (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Cash Flow Statement Reconciliation [Abstract]

Summary of Cash Flow Statement Reconciliation

		2021				2020			2019
						Restated			Restated
	US$				US$				US$
(a) Reconciliation to cash at the end of the year
Cash at bank and in hand (note 14)			118,193,177				42,650,858			15,121,820
			118,193,177				42,650,858			15,121,820
(b) Reconciliation of net loss after tax to net cash flows from operations
Net loss for the year			(45,344,496	)			(11,123,199	)		(14,951,948	)
Adjustments for:
Income tax benefit recognized in profit or loss			(4,938,846	)			(5,708,767	)		(10,474,432	)
Depreciation of non-current assets			15,012				14,926			23,607
Depreciation of right-of-use assets			91,656				81,611			0
Share-based payments			3,897,638				732,688			685,409
Net exchange differences			11,011,961				265,989			(241,814	)
Changes in:
Payables			(1,552,443	)			(125,492	)		(1,209,513	)
Receivables			(369,712	)			12,127			83,936
Prepayments			(14,231,546	)			(30,994	)		(81,681	)
Provisions			40,510				72,794			26,823
Net cash flows used in operating activities before tax			(51,380,266	)			(15,808,317	)		(26,139,613	)
R&D tax incentive received			5,834,099				10,118,697			9,097,526
Net cash flows used in operating activities			(45,546,167	)			(5,689,620	)		(17,042,087	)

	2021			2020			2019
				Restated			Restated
	US$			US$				US$
(c) Reconciliation of borrowings arising from financing activities
Balance at July 1		167,460			—				—
Non-cash addition1		—			251,189				—
Payment of lease liabilities		(87,373	)		(66,781	)			—
Exchange on translation		13,765			(16,948	)			—
Balance at June 30		93,852			167,460				—

1 Non‑cash addition represents the new lease on the Company’s office premises in Melbourne, Australia that commenced on July 15, 2019.

XML

Key Management Personnel (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Disclosure Of Transactions Between Related Parties [Abstract]

Schedule of Compensation of Key Management Personnel

(a) Compensation of Key Management Personnel

	2021		2020		2019
			Restated		Restated
	US$		US$		US$
Short-term employee benefits		1,099,081		680,954		715,027
Post-employment benefits		79,550		64,632		67,928
Share-based payments expense		3,897,638		420,751		532,952
		5,076,269		1,166,337		1,315,907

XML

Share-Based Payments (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Jun. 30, 2021

Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Abstract]

Summary of Recognized Share Based Payment Expenses

The expense recognized for share‑based payments during the year is shown in the table below:

	2021		2020		2019
			Restated		Restated
	US$		US$		US$
Expense arising from equity-settled share-based payment    transactions:
Director and employee services received		3,897,638		732,688		685,409
		3,897,638		732,688		685,409

Summary of Fair Value of Share Options Granted

Options/Rights services	Grant date	Grant date fair value US$		Exercise price US$	Expiry date	Vesting date
LTIP - director FY2016	March 7,2016		0.14	0.36	March 7, 2021	June 30, 2016
LTIP - director FY2019	November 29, 2018	0.15		0.625	November 29, 2022	November 29, 2019
LTIP - employees FY2016	March 31, 2016	0.18		0.37	January 1, 2022	January 1, 2017
LTIP - employees FY2018	August 23, 2017		0.26	0.92	January 1, 2023	June 30, 2018
LTIP - employees FY2019	April 3, 2019		0.18	0.608	April 3, 2023	April 3, 2021
NED Plan FY2016	March 7,2016		0.14	0.36	March 7, 2021	June 30, 2016
NED Plan FY2019	November 29, 2018		0.15	0.625	November 29, 2022	November 29, 2019
NED Plan FY2021	October 12, 2020		1.05	3.24	October 11, 2024	October 12, 2020
NED Plan FY2021	October 12, 2020		1.05	3.24	October 11, 2024	October 12, 2021
NED Plan FY2021	October 12, 2020		1.05	3.24	October 11, 2024	October 12, 2022
NED Plan FY2021	October 12, 2020		1.05	3.24	October 11, 2024	October 12, 2023
NED Plan FY2021	October 12, 2020		1.24	2.16	October 11, 2024	October 12, 2020
NED Plan FY2021	October 12, 2020		1.24	2.16	October 11, 2024	October 12, 2021
NED Plan FY2021	October 12, 2020		1.24	2.16	October 11, 2024	October 12, 2022
NED Plan FY2021	October 12, 2020		1.24	2.16	October 11, 2024	October 12, 2023
NED Plan FY2021	January 19, 2021		0.88	1.56	January 18, 2025	January 19, 2021
NED Plan FY2021	January 19, 2021		0.88	1.56	January 18, 2025	January 19, 2022
NED Plan FY2021	January 19, 2021		0.88	1.56	January 18, 2025	January 19, 2023
NED Plan FY2021	January 19, 2021		0.88	1.56	January 18, 2025	January 19, 2024

Options/Rights services	Grant date share price US$	Exercise price US$		Fair value per option US$	Expected volatility			Option life	Dividend yield			Risk free interest rate			Model used
LTIP - director FY2016	0.28		0.36	0.14		65	%	5 years		0	%		2.09	%	Binomial
LTIP - director FY2019	0.42		0.63	0.15		58	%	4 years		0	%		2.04	%	Binomial
LTIP - employees FY2016	0.54	0.37		0.18		65	%	5 years		0	%		2.09	%	Binomial
LTIP - employees FY2018	0.34		0.92	0.26		66	%	5 years		0	%		2.09	%	Binomial
LTIP - employees FY2019	0.48		0.61	0.18		57	%	4 years		0	%		2.04	%	Binomial
NED Plan FY2016	0.28		0.36	0.14		65	%	5 years		0	%		2.09	%	Binomial
NED Plan FY2019	0.42		0.63	0.15		58	%	4 years		0	%		2.04	%	Binomial
NED Plan FY2021	2.19		2.16	1.24		77.25	%	4 years		0	%		0.25	%	Binomial
NED Play FY2021	2.19		3.24	1.05		77.25	%	4 years		0	%		0.25	%	Binomial
NED Plan FY2021	1.56		1.56	0.88		77.01	%	4 years		0	%		0.25	%	Binomial

Summary of Share Options Outstanding

The following reconciles the share options outstanding at the beginning and end of the year:

	2021					2020					2019
	Number of options and rights			Weighted average exercise price US$		Number of options and rights			Weighted average exercise price US$		Number of options and rights		Weighted average exercise price US$
Balance at beginning of year		18,044,000			0.50		18,919,000			0.50		10,075,000		0.39
Granted during the year:
To employees and directors under the LTIP and    NED Plan		7,000,000		2.21			—			—		8,844,000		0.62
Exercised during the year		(8,400,000	)		0.36		(875,000	)	0.37			—		—
Expired during the year		—			—		—			—		—		—
Balance at end of the year		16,644,000			1.28		18,044,000			0.50		18,919,000		0.50
Exercisable at end of year		11,394,000			0.86		18,044,000			0.50		9,905,000		0.37

XML

Summary of Accounting Policies - Additional Information (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021 USD ($) AUD ($)	Jun. 30, 2021 AUD ($)	Jun. 30, 2020 USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2019 USD ($)
Description Of Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Fixed exchange rate	1.2973
Effect on consolidated financial statements resulted in an addition to foreign currency translation reserve	$ 14,300,000
Unsecured amount payable payment period	30 days	30 days
Sales	$ 68,613		$ 59,061	$ 112,497
Percentage of cash amount equal to eligible research and development expenditures	43.50%	43.50%
Australian Domiciled Subsidiary
Description Of Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Ownership percentage in subsidiary	100.00%	100.00%
Leasehold Improvements
Description Of Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Useful economic lives	8 years	8 years
Bottom of Range
Description Of Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Other receivable collection period	30 days	30 days
Bottom of Range | Equipment and Furniture
Description Of Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Useful economic lives	3 years	3 years
Top of Range
Description Of Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Other receivable collection period	60 days	60 days
Top of Range | Research and Development Tax Incentive Scheme
Description Of Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Sales		$ 20,000,000
Top of Range | Equipment and Furniture
Description Of Business And Summary Of Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Useful economic lives	10 years	10 years

XML

Critical Accounting Judgements and Key Sources of Estimation Uncertainty - Additional Information (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021 USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2021 AUD ($)	Jun. 30, 2020 USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2019 USD ($)
Critical Accounting Judgements And Key Sources Of Estimation Uncertainty [Line Items]
Research and development expense	$ 25,891,851		$ 12,064,008	$ 22,419,712
Percentage of cash amount equal to eligible research and development expenditures	43.50%	43.50%
Research and development tax incentive credit receivable	$ 4,972,898		5,868,152	5,900,000
Research and development tax incentive description	The R&D tax incentive is considered an income tax offset which will be offset against the Group’s tax obligation if and when the Group returns to a net tax payable position. In addition, whilst the Group is currently eligible to receive cash payments under the scheme since its consolidated revenue is currently below A$20 million, if and when the Group generates revenue in excess of A$20 million the R&D tax incentive will become non‑refundable and can only be offset against any future income tax payable by the Group.	The R&D tax incentive is considered an income tax offset which will be offset against the Group’s tax obligation if and when the Group returns to a net tax payable position. In addition, whilst the Group is currently eligible to receive cash payments under the scheme since its consolidated revenue is currently below A$20 million, if and when the Group generates revenue in excess of A$20 million the R&D tax incentive will become non‑refundable and can only be offset against any future income tax payable by the Group.
Revenue	$ 68,613		59,061	112,497
Research and Development Tax Incentive Scheme | Top of Range
Critical Accounting Judgements And Key Sources Of Estimation Uncertainty [Line Items]
Revenue		$ 20,000,000
Research and Development Tax Incentive Scheme | Bottom of Range | Non Refundable
Critical Accounting Judgements And Key Sources Of Estimation Uncertainty [Line Items]
Revenue		$ 20,000,000
Development Cost Capitalized
Critical Accounting Judgements And Key Sources Of Estimation Uncertainty [Line Items]
Research and development expense	$ 0		$ 0	$ 0

XML

Application of New and Revised Accounting Standards - Summary of New and Revised Accounting Standards and Interpretations on Issue But not Yet Effective (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021
IFRS 1, IAS 12– Deferred Tax related to Assets and Liabilities arising from a Single Transaction
Disclosure Of Voluntary Change In Accounting Policy [Line Items]
Effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after	Jan. 01, 2023
IAS 8– Disclosure of Accounting Policies and Definition of Accounting Estimates
Disclosure Of Voluntary Change In Accounting Policy [Line Items]
Effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after	Jan. 01, 2023
IFRS 10 and IAS 28 – Effective Date of Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28– Effective Date of Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 and Editorial Corrections
Disclosure Of Voluntary Change In Accounting Policy [Line Items]
Effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after	Jan. 01, 2023
IAS 1 – Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-Current
Disclosure Of Voluntary Change In Accounting Policy [Line Items]
Effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after	Jan. 01, 2023
IAS 1– Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-Current – Deferral of Effective Date
Disclosure Of Voluntary Change In Accounting Policy [Line Items]
Effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after	Jan. 01, 2023
IFRS 16, IFRS 9, IFRS 1 and IAS 41 – Annual Improvements 2018-2020 and Other Amendments
Disclosure Of Voluntary Change In Accounting Policy [Line Items]
Effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after	Jan. 01, 2023
IFRS 16 Related Rent Concessions beyond 30 June 2021 Amendment to IFRS16
Disclosure Of Voluntary Change In Accounting Policy [Line Items]
Effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after	Jun. 01, 2021

XML

Segment Information - Additional Information (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021 USD ($) Industry Geographicalarea Segment	Jun. 30, 2020 USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2019 USD ($)
Disclosure Of Operating Segments [Abstract]
Number of operating segment | Industry	1
Number of geographical area | Geographicalarea	1
Number of reporting segment | Segment	1
Royalty income | $	$ 68,613	$ 59,061	$ 112,497

XML

Revenue - Summary of Revenue (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020	Jun. 30, 2019
Revenue [Abstract]
Revenue	$ 68,613	$ 59,061	$ 112,497

XML

Other Income - Schedule of Other Income (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020	Jun. 30, 2019
Analysis Of Income And Expense [Abstract]
Finance Income	$ 372,002	$ 480,453	$ 541,034
Grant Income	26,949	41,629	57,235
Total other income	$ 398,951	$ 522,082	$ 598,269

XML

Research and Development Expenses - Summary of Research and Development Expenses (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020	Jun. 30, 2019
Disclosure Of Research And Development Expenses [Abstract]
Research project costs	$ 25,891,851	$ 12,064,008	$ 22,419,712
Total research and development expenses	$ 25,891,851	$ 12,064,008	$ 22,419,712

XML

Expenses - Summary of Expenses (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020		Jun. 30, 2019
Employee benefits expenses:
Salaries and fees	$ 1,794,840	$ 1,424,237		$ 1,441,522
Cash bonuses	479,501	193,588		295,626
Superannuation	188,543	141,019		155,218
Share-based payments expense	3,897,638	732,688		685,409
Total employee benefits expense	6,360,522	2,491,532		2,577,775
Other expenses:
Insurance	4,419,433	335,786		269,060
Investor relations costs	285,071	254,212		293,313
Audit and accounting	647,549	221,410		98,553
Travel expenses	1,459	44,521		59,994
Payroll tax	18,766	134,845		62,237
Legal fees	83,605	372,431		16,025
Advisory fees	393,843	416,082
Consultancy costs	367,070
Other expenses	714,328	334,262		286,057
Total other expenses	6,931,124	2,113,549		1,085,239
Depreciation of:
Equipment and furniture	15,012	14,581		14,194
Leasehold improvements		344		9,413
Right-of-use assets	91,656	81,611	[1]
Total depreciation expense	106,668	96,536		23,607
Loss on disposal of non-current assets	1,434	1,243
Total administrative expenses	13,399,748	4,702,860		3,686,621
(b) Occupancy expenses
Short term and low value lease expenses		1,539		56,582
Lease incidental costs	18,445	21,733		21,533
Total occupancy expense	$ 18,445	$ 23,272		$ 78,115

[1] The adoption of IFRS 16 :Leases which became applicable on July 1, 2019 was reflected in the 2020 year, no expenditure in relation to right-of-use-assets was recognized in the 2019 year.

XML

Net Foreign Exchange (Loss)/Gain - Summary of Net Foreign Exchange (Loss)/Gain (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020	Jun. 30, 2019
Net Foreign Exchange Loss Gain [Abstract]
Net foreign exchange (loss)/gain	$ (11,011,961)	$ (265,989)	$ 241,814
Net foreign exchange gain/(loss)	$ (11,011,961)	$ (265,989)	$ 241,814

XML

Net Foreign Exchange (Loss)/Gain - Additional Information (Details) $ in Thousands, $ in Millions	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021 USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2021 AUD ($)	Feb. 03, 2021 USD ($)	Feb. 03, 2021 AUD ($)
Net Foreign Exchange Loss Gain [Line Items]
Term deposit	$ 100	$ 141,900	$ 100	$ 116
Term deposit maturity date	Feb. 03, 2021
Foreign exchange loss	$ 9
US IPO
Net Foreign Exchange Loss Gain [Line Items]
Aggregate gross proceeds for IPO	$ 128

XML

Income Taxes - Summary of Income Tax Benefit and Current Tax Receivable (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020	Jun. 30, 2019
Current tax
Current income tax credit	$ 4,938,846	$ 5,708,767	$ 10,474,432
Total	4,938,846	5,708,767	10,474,432
Deferred tax
Total income tax benefit recognized in the Statement of Comprehensive Income	4,938,846	5,708,767	10,474,432
(b) Current tax receivable
Research and development tax incentive credit receivable	$ 4,972,898	$ 5,868,152	$ 5,900,000

XML

Income Taxes - Summary of Reconciliation Between Income Tax Benefit and the Product of Accounting Loss Before Income Tax Multiplied by the Group's Applicable Income Tax Rate (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020	Jun. 30, 2019
Reconciliation Of Accounting Profit Multiplied By Applicable Tax Rates [Abstract]
Accounting loss before tax	$ (50,283,342)	$ (16,831,966)	$ (25,426,380)
At the Company's statutory income tax rate of 30% (2020:27.5%, 2019:27.5%)	15,085,003	4,628,791	6,992,255
R&D tax incentive on eligible expenses	4,938,846	5,708,767	10,474,432
Non-deductible R&D expenditure	(3,420,951)	(3,624,766)
Other non-deductible expenses - share-based payment expense	(1,169,291)	(201,489)
Amount of temporary differences and carried forward tax losses not recognized	(10,494,761)	(802,536)	(6,992,255)
Total income tax benefit recognized in the Statement of Comprehensive Income	$ 4,938,846	$ 5,708,767	$ 10,474,432

XML

Income Taxes - Summary of Reconciliation Between Income Tax Benefit and the Product of Accounting Loss Before Income Tax Multiplied by the Group's Applicable Income Tax Rate (Parenthetical) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020	Jun. 30, 2019
Reconciliation Of Accounting Profit Multiplied By Applicable Tax Rates [Abstract]
Income tax rate	30.00%	27.50%	27.50%

XML

Income Taxes - Summary of Recognized Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities in Statement of Financial Position (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020
Deferred tax liabilities:
Deferred tax liabilities	$ (2,344,514)	$ (70,925)
Deferred tax assets related to temporary differences:
Deferred tax assets related to temporary differences	2,344,514	863,034
Less: temporary differences not recognized		(792,109)
Net deferred tax recognized in the statement of financial position	0	0
Interest and Royalty Income Receivable Future Assessable Income
Deferred tax liabilities:
Deferred tax liabilities	(2,344,514)	(70,925)
Recognition of Tax Losses
Deferred tax assets related to temporary differences:
Deferred tax assets related to temporary differences	1,508,764
Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities
Deferred tax assets related to temporary differences:
Deferred tax assets related to temporary differences	205,458	303,383
Employee Provisions
Deferred tax assets related to temporary differences:
Deferred tax assets related to temporary differences	152,675	128,812
Other Miscellaneous Items
Deferred tax assets related to temporary differences:
Deferred tax assets related to temporary differences	$ 477,617	$ 430,839

XML

Income Taxes - Additional Information (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021 USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2021 AUD ($)	Jun. 30, 2020 USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2020 AUD ($)
Disclosure Of Temporary Difference Unused Tax Losses And Unused Tax Credits [Line Items]
Deferred tax assets related to temporary differences not recognized			$ (792,109)
Income tax losses	$ 20,846,641		14,378,726
Capital losses	672,934		672,934
Net deferred tax recognized in the statement of financial position	$ 0		$ 0
Franking account balance percentage	30.00%	30.00%	30.00%	30.00%
Franking account balance		$ 227,371		$ 227,371
Intellectual Property and Other Miscellaneous Items
Disclosure Of Temporary Difference Unused Tax Losses And Unused Tax Credits [Line Items]
Deferred tax assets related to temporary differences not recognized			$ 792,109

XML

Earnings Per Share - Summary of Income Used in Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share Computation (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020	Jun. 30, 2019
(a) Earnings used in calculating earnings per share
Net loss attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent	$ (45,344,496)	$ (11,123,199)	$ (14,951,948)
(b) Weighted average number of shares
Weighted average number of ordinary shares on issue for basic earnings per share	320,432,814	260,795,745	232,795,371
Effect of dilution:
Weighted average number of ordinary shares adjusted for the effect of dilution	320,432,814	260,795,745	232,795,371
Loss per share (basic and diluted in cents)	$ (14.15)	$ (4.27)	$ (6.42)

XML

Earnings Per Share - Additional Information (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021 USD ($) shares	Jun. 30, 2020 shares	Jun. 30, 2019 shares
Earnings Per Share [Abstract]
Anti‑dilutive options outstanding excluded from the weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of diluted earnings per share | shares	16,644,000	18,044,000	18,969,000
Dividends declared ordinary shares | $	$ 0
Dividends paid ordinary shares | $	$ 0
Outstanding options exercisable | shares	11,394,000	18,044,000	9,905,000

XML

Earnings Per Share - Summary of Options Plans (Details) - shares	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020	Jun. 30, 2019
Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Anti‑dilutive options outstanding excluded from the weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of diluted earnings per share	16,644,000	18,044,000	18,969,000
NED Plan
Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Anti‑dilutive options outstanding excluded from the weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of diluted earnings per share	10,000,000	6,000,000	6,000,000
LTIP
Earnings Per Share [Line Items]
Anti‑dilutive options outstanding excluded from the weighted average number of ordinary shares for the purpose of diluted earnings per share	6,644,000	12,044,000	12,969,000

XML

Current Assets - Cash and Cash Equivalents - Summary of Cash and Cash Equivalents (Details) - USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020	Jul. 01, 2019	Jun. 30, 2019	Jun. 30, 2018
Categories Of Current Financial Assets [Abstract]
Cash at bank and in hand	$ 15,538,510	$ 2,077,089
Short-term deposits	102,654,667	40,573,769
Total cash and cash equivalents	$ 118,193,177	$ 42,650,858	$ 15,121,820	$ 15,121,820	$ 24,080,327

XML

Current Assets - Cash and Cash Equivalents - Additional Information (Details) - Deposit	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020
Current Assets Cash And Cash Equivalents [Line Items]
Number of Australian banks containing short term deposit	2
Average interest rate of short term deposits	0.24%	1.01%
Bottom of Range
Current Assets Cash And Cash Equivalents [Line Items]
Short term deposit period	30 days
Top of Range
Current Assets Cash And Cash Equivalents [Line Items]
Short term deposit period	90 days

XML

Current Assets - Receivables - Summary of Current Assets - Receivables (Details) - USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020	Jul. 01, 2019
Current Assets Receivables [Abstract]
Interest receivable	$ 37,905	$ 56,032
GST receivable	136,239	105,124
Other receivable	391,142	34,417
Total current receivables	$ 565,286	$ 195,573	$ 207,701

XML

Current Assets - Receivables - Summary of Current Assets - Receivables (Parenthetical) (Details)	Jun. 30, 2021 USD ($)
Current Assets Receivables [Abstract]
Receivables with material expected credit loss	$ 0

XML

Current Assets - Prepayments - Summary of Current Assets Prepayments (Details) - USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020	Jul. 01, 2019
Current Prepayments [Abstract]
R&D Contract Research Organization	$ 12,551,398
Insurance	1,820,059	$ 320,521
Other prepayments	14,698	8,630
Total current prepayments	$ 14,386,155	$ 329,151	$ 298,156

XML

Non-Current Assets - Investments in Financial Assets - Summary of Investments in Financial Assets (Details)	Jun. 30, 2020 USD ($)
Disclosure Of Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Listed Australian shares - at fair value1	$ 199,417
Listed Australian shares
Disclosure Of Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Listed Australian shares - at fair value1	$ 199,417

XML

Non-Current Assets - Investments in Financial Assets - Summary of Details of Listed Australian Shares (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020
Disclosure Of Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Fair value		$ 199,417
Opening fair value	$ 199,417
Listed Investments
Disclosure Of Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Fair value		199,417
Exchange on translation		(7,389)
Disposal in the financial year	(669,184)	(335,746)
Financial value gain/(loss) recognized in OCI	469,767	41,098
Opening fair value	199,417	$ 501,454
Listed Investments | Optiscan Imaging Limited
Disclosure Of Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Ownership interest		1.73%
Fair value		$ 199,417
Exchange on translation		(4,920)
Disposal in the financial year	(669,184)
Financial value gain/(loss) recognized in OCI	469,767	(133,098)
Opening fair value	$ 199,417	337,435
Listed Investments | Antisense Therapeutics Ltd
Disclosure Of Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Exchange on translation		(2,469)
Disposal in the financial year		(335,746)
Financial value gain/(loss) recognized in OCI		174,196
Opening fair value		$ 164,019

XML

Non-Current Assets - Investments in Financial Assets - Summary of Details of Listed Australian Shares (Parenthetical) (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020
Disclosure Of Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Fair value recognized in other comprehensive income	$ 469,767	$ 41,098
Optiscan Imaging Limited
Disclosure Of Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Net proceeds of sale	669,184
Fair value recognized in other comprehensive income	469,767
Fair value of investment	$ 669,184
Antisense Therapeutics Ltd
Disclosure Of Financial Instruments [Line Items]
Net proceeds of sale		335,746
Fair value recognized in other comprehensive income		174,196
Fair value of investment		$ 335,746

XML

Right-of-Use Assets - Summary of Carrying Amount of Lease (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020
Disclosure Of Quantitative Information About Rightofuse Assets [Line Items]
Opening balance	$ 167,460
Net carrying amount	93,852	$ 167,460
Right-of-Use Asset Cost
Disclosure Of Quantitative Information About Rightofuse Assets [Line Items]
Opening balance	251,189
Additions		251,189
Exchange on translations	30,365
Net carrying amount	281,554	251,189
Right-of-Use-Asset Depreciation
Disclosure Of Quantitative Information About Rightofuse Assets [Line Items]
Opening balance	(83,729)
Charge to the period	(91,656)	(81,611)
Exchange on translation	(12,317)	(2,118)
Net carrying amount	$ (187,702)	$ (83,729)

XML

Right-of-Use Assets - Additional information (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021
Disclosure Of Quantitative Information About Rightofuse Assets [Abstract]
Lease liabilities term	Jul. 14, 2022
Incremental borrowing rate	3.00%

XML

Right-of-Use Assets - Lease Liabilities (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020
Lease Liabilities [Abstract]
Carrying amount at July 1	$ 182,290	$ 182,290
New lease		251,189
Payments	(69,325)	(68,899)
Carrying amount at June 30	112,965	182,290
Maturity analysis year 1	124,495	105,026
Maturity analysis year 2		87,827
Maturity analysis	124,495	192,853
Less: unearned interest	(11,530)	(10,563)
Lease liabilities maturity analysis, Net	112,965	182,290
Current portion	112,965	99,745
Non-current portion		82,545
Lease liabilities	112,965	182,290
Amounts recognized in profit or loss:
Depreciation expense on right-of-use asset	91,656	81,611	[1]
Lease finance costs	5,782	5,148	[1]
Expense relating to leases of low value assets	7,042	6,497	[1]
Lease liability amounts recognized in profit and loss	$ 104,480	$ 93,256	[1]

[1] The adoption of IFRS 16 :Leases which became applicable on July 1, 2019 was reflected in the 2020 year, no expenditure in relation to right-of-use-assets was recognized in the 2019 year.

XML

Right-of-Use Assets - Lease Liabilities (Parenthetical) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2019 USD ($)
IFRS 16
Disclosure Of Lease Liabilities [Line Items]
Expenditure in relation to right-of-use-assets recognized	$ 0

XML

Non-Current Assets - Prepayments - Summary of Non-Current Assets - Prepayments (Details)	Jun. 30, 2021 USD ($)
Disclosure Of Noncurrent Assets Prepayments [Abstract]
Insurance	$ 174,541
Total non-current prepayments	$ 174,541

XML

Current Liabilities - Payables - Summary of Current Liabilities Payables (Details) - USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020
Current Liabilities Payables [Abstract]
Accounts Payable (unsecured)	$ 2,417,719	$ 4,014,818
Payroll related tax liability	83,799	39,143
Total current payables	$ 2,501,518	$ 4,053,961

XML

Current Liabilities - Payables - Summary of Current Liabilities Payables (Parenthetical) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020
Current Liabilities Payables [Abstract]
Accounts payable settlement terms	30 day terms	30 day terms

XML

Current Liabilities - Provisions - Summary of Current Provisions (Details) - USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020	Jul. 01, 2019
Current Provisions [Abstract]
Annual leave	$ 289,043	$ 277,469
Long service leave	202,959	163,296
Total current provisions	$ 492,002	$ 440,765	$ 378,168

XML

Non-Current Liabilities - Provisions - Summary of Non-Current Liabilities - Provisions (Details) - USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020	Jul. 01, 2019
Noncurrent Provisions [Abstract]
Long service leave	$ 16,915	$ 27,643
Total non-current provisions	$ 16,915	$ 27,643	$ 17,445

XML

Contributed Equity - Summary of Contributed Equity (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020	Jun. 30, 2019	Jul. 01, 2019
Contributed Equity [Line Items]
Issued and fully paid at June 30	$ 234,147,526	$ 113,852,364		$ 80,331,016
Movement in ordinary shares:
Beginning balance	44,567,972	21,852,139	$ 28,258,085
Ending balance	$ 135,285,768	44,567,972	21,852,139
Issues of shares on Nasdaq listing	68,506,400
Movement in pre-funded warrants:
Issue of shares on exercise of pre-funded warrants	$ (11,546,029)
Issue of pre-funded warrants in a US Initial public offering	7,493,600
Ordinary Shares
Contributed Equity [Line Items]
Issued and fully paid at June 30	$ 234,147,526	113,852,364	80,331,016
Movement in ordinary shares:
Beginning balance	113,852,364	80,331,016	69,788,130
Issue of shares on exercise of quoted options			9,069,584
Issue of shares		33,236,520
Issue of shares on exercise of options granted under the LTIP		284,828
Issue of shares on Nasdaq listing net of issuance cost $10,126,959	105,477,591
Issue of shares on exercise of pre-funded warrants net of issuance cost $1,099,412	11,546,029
Transfer from option reserve	3,271,542		1,473,302
Ending balance	$ 234,147,526	$ 113,852,364	$ 80,331,016
Ordinary Shares on Issue
Movement in ordinary shares:
Opening balance	269,157,769	249,414,839	202,637,888
Issue of shares on exercise of quoted options			46,776,951
Issue of shares		19,742,930
Issue of shares on exercise of options granted under the LTIP	5,845,804
Issues of shares on Nasdaq listing	68,506,400
Issue of share on exercise of pre-funded warrants	7,493,568
Ending balance	351,003,541	269,157,769	249,414,839
Pre-funded Warrants
Movement in pre-funded warrants:
Issue of pre-funded warrants in a US initial public offering	$ 12,645,441
Cost of issue of pre-funded warrants	(1,099,412)
Issue of shares on exercise of pre-funded warrants	$ (11,546,029)
Pre-Funded Warrants on Issue
Movement in pre-funded warrants:
Issue of pre-funded warrants in a US Initial public offering	7,493,600
Exercise of pre-funded warrants	(7,493,568)
Forfeiture on exercise	(32)

XML

Contributed Equity - Summary of Contributed Equity (Parenthetical) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021 USD ($)
NASDAQ Listing
Contributed Equity [Line Items]
Shares issuance cost	$ 10,126,959
Exercise of Warrants
Contributed Equity [Line Items]
Shares issuance cost	$ 1,099,412

XML

Contributed Equity - Additional Information (Details)	1 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021 USD ($) $ / shares shares	Mar. 31, 2021 shares	Jun. 30, 2021 USD ($) shares Vote Scheme $ / shares	Jun. 30, 2020 USD ($) shares	Jun. 30, 2019 shares	Jul. 01, 2019 USD ($)
Contributed Equity [Line Items]
Par value per share | $ / shares	$ 0		$ 0
Number of vote per share | Vote			1
Issued and fully paid at June 30 | $	$ 234,147,526		$ 234,147,526	$ 113,852,364		$ 80,331,016
Fully paid ordinary shares	351,003,541		351,003,541
Shares issued on NASDAQ Listing			68,506,400
Net proceeds from issuance of ordinary shares on Nasdaq listing | $			$ 105,477,591
Issuance of prefunded warrants			7,493,568
Net proceeds from issuance of prefunded warrants | $			$ 11,546,029
Number of non-executive director options unexercised	6,750,000		6,750,000
Number of share based payment schemes | Scheme			2
Number of options granted			7,000,000		8,844,000
Cash received for ordinary shares issued on exercise of options | $				$ 284,828
Issue of pre-funded warrants in initial public offering			7,493,600
Issue of shares on exercise of pre-funded warrants value, net of issuance cost | $			$ 11,546,029
Warrants exercise price | $ / shares			$ 0.00001
Pre-funded warrants description			The pre‑funded warrants were unquoted, having no voting or dividend rights and are exercisable to ADS’s at an exercise price of US$0.00001 per pre‑funded warrant on a one for one basis with no expiry date. During the year all pre‑funded warrants that were issued October 20, 2020 were exercised via two trenches, 4,147,136 warrants in March 2021 and 3,346,432 warrants in June 2021 converted to ADS’s.
Number of pre-funded warrants exercised	3,346,432	4,147,136
Options Over Ordinary Shares
Contributed Equity [Line Items]
Number of options granted			7,000,000	0
Weighted average fair value per option at grant date | $ / shares			$ 1.03
LTIP and NED Plan
Contributed Equity [Line Items]
Number of options granted			8,400,000	0
Cash received for ordinary shares issued on exercise of options | $			$ 3,271,542
Expiry of November 2022
Contributed Equity [Line Items]
Number of non-executive director options unexercised	1,500,000		1,500,000
Expiry of October 2023
Contributed Equity [Line Items]
Number of non-executive director options unexercised	3,000,000		3,000,000
Expiry of January 2024
Contributed Equity [Line Items]
Number of non-executive director options unexercised	2,250,000		2,250,000

XML

Accumulated Losses and Reserves - Summary of Accumulated Losses and Reserves (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020	Jun. 30, 2019	Jul. 01, 2019	Nov. 25, 2018
Disclosure Of Reserves Within Equity [Line Items]
Net loss for the period	$ (45,344,496)	$ (11,123,199)	$ (14,951,948)
Total reserves	25,262,224	9,495,094		$ 9,177,410
Exchange on translation	14,300,000
Movements in Accumulated Losses
Disclosure Of Reserves Within Equity [Line Items]
Beginning balance	(78,779,486)	(67,656,287)	(52,704,339)
Net loss for the period	(45,344,496)	(11,123,199)	(14,951,948)
Ending balance	(124,123,982)	(78,779,486)	(67,656,287)
Reserves
Disclosure Of Reserves Within Equity [Line Items]
Fair value of Investments reserve	1,085,411	551,409	517,700
Share-based payments reserve	4,087,650	3,116,080	2,401,769
Foreign translation reserve	20,089,163	5,827,605	6,257,941
Total reserves	25,262,224	9,495,094	9,177,410
Movement in Fair Value of Investments Reserve
Disclosure Of Reserves Within Equity [Line Items]
Opening balance	551,409	517,700	353,604
Fair value on gains on investments in financial assets	469,767	41,098	181,687
Exchange on translation	64,235	(7,389)	(17,591)
Closing balance	1,085,411	551,409	517,700
Movement in Share-Based Payments Reserve
Disclosure Of Reserves Within Equity [Line Items]
Opening balance	3,116,080	2,401,769	1,816,817
Share-based payments reserve	3,897,638	732,688	685,409
Exercise of options	(3,271,542)	(284,828)
Exchange on translation	345,474	266,451	(100,457)
Closing balance	4,087,650	3,116,080	2,401,769
FX Translation Reserve
Disclosure Of Reserves Within Equity [Line Items]
Opening balance	5,827,605	6,257,941	7,530,571
(Gains)/loss on translation	14,261,558	(430,336)	(1,272,630)
Closing balance	20,089,163	5,827,605	6,257,941
Movement in Option Reserve
Disclosure Of Reserves Within Equity [Line Items]
Opening balance	0	0	1,473,302
Transfer to contributed equity			(1,473,302)		$ 1,473,302
Closing balance	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Accumulated Losses and Reserves - Additional Information (Details) - Movement in Option Reserve - USD ($)	Nov. 25, 2014	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020	Jun. 30, 2019	Nov. 25, 2018	Jun. 30, 2018
Disclosure Of Reserves Within Equity [Line Items]
Options to purchase of ordinary shares issued	$ 49,726,672
Exercise price of ordinary shares issued	$ 0.19
Option reserve expiration date	Nov. 25, 2018
Option reserve	$ 1,473,302	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0		$ 1,473,302
Transfer to contributed equity				$ (1,473,302)	$ 1,473,302

XML

Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies - Summary of Judgments of Reasonably Possible Movements (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020	Jun. 30, 2019
+0.50% (50 basis points) (2020:+0.50%) | Post tax (loss)/profit impact [Member]
Disclosure Of Risk Management Strategy Related To Hedge Accounting [Line Items]
Judgments of reasonably possible movements	$ 359,442	$ 137,676	$ 50,490
-0.50% (50 basis points) (2020:-0.50%) | Post tax (loss)/profit impact [Member]
Disclosure Of Risk Management Strategy Related To Hedge Accounting [Line Items]
Judgments of reasonably possible movements	(359,442)	(137,676)	(50,490)
10% Increase in Listed Share Price
Disclosure Of Risk Management Strategy Related To Hedge Accounting [Line Items]
Impact of loss		13,450	35,102
Impact on equity		13,450	35,102
10% Decrease in Listed Share Price
Disclosure Of Risk Management Strategy Related To Hedge Accounting [Line Items]
Impact of loss		(13,450)	(35,102)
Impact on equity		(13,450)	(35,102)
AUD/USD +10% (2020:+10%) | Post tax (loss)/profit impact [Member]
Disclosure Of Risk Management Strategy Related To Hedge Accounting [Line Items]
Judgments of reasonably possible movements	(2,538,062)	219,569	200,257
AUD/USD -10% (2020:-10%) | Post tax (loss)/profit impact [Member]
Disclosure Of Risk Management Strategy Related To Hedge Accounting [Line Items]
Judgments of reasonably possible movements	$ 3,102,076	$ (268,361)	$ (244,759)

XML

Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies - Additional Information (Details) $ in Thousands	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021 USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2020 USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2019 USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2021 AUD ($)	Feb. 03, 2021 USD ($)	Feb. 03, 2021 AUD ($)
Disclosure Of Risk Management Strategy Related To Hedge Accounting [Line Items]
Borrowings	$ 0
Tax effect	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0
Description of interest rate calculation due to reasonably possible movements	The reasonably possible movement of 0.5% was calculated by taking the interest rates as of balance date, moving these by plus and minus 0.5% and then re‑calculating the interest on term deposits with the ‘new‑interest‑rate’.
Description of calculation of reasonably possible movement related to currency risk	The reasonably possible movement of 10% was calculated by taking the currency spot rates as of balance date, moving these by 10% and then re‑converting the currencies into US with the ‘new‑spot‑rate’.
Proceeds from public offering	$ 128,000,000
Term deposit	$ 100,000,000			$ 141,900	$ 100,000,000	$ 116
Term deposit maturity date	Feb. 03, 2021
Bottom of Range
Disclosure Of Risk Management Strategy Related To Hedge Accounting [Line Items]
Short term deposit period	30 days
Top of Range
Disclosure Of Risk Management Strategy Related To Hedge Accounting [Line Items]
Short term deposit period	90 days

XML

Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies - Summary of Judgments of Reasonably Possible Movements (Parenthetical) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020	Jun. 30, 2019
Disclosure Of Risk Management Strategy Related To Hedge Accounting [Abstract]
Judgments of reasonably possible movements percentage	0.50%	0.50%	0.50%
Judgments of reasonably possible movements change in percentage	10.00%	10.00%	10.00%

XML

Financial Risk Management Objectives and Policies - Summary of Exposure to Foreign Currency Risk (Details) - Currency Risk - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020
AUD
Financial liabilities
Net exposure	$ 39,883,834	$ (3,450,359)
AUD | Cash
Financial assets
Changes in financial assets due to foreign currency risk exposure	35,646,457	42,417
AUD | Receivables
Financial assets
Changes in financial assets due to foreign currency risk exposure	5,513,541	25,821
AUD | Payables
Financial liabilities
Changes in financial liabilities due to foreign currency risk exposure	(1,276,164)	(3,355,050)
AUD | Other Financial Liabilities
Financial liabilities
Changes in financial liabilities due to foreign currency risk exposure		(163,547)
EUR
Financial liabilities
Net exposure	(41,872)	(10,238)
EUR | Payables
Financial liabilities
Changes in financial liabilities due to foreign currency risk exposure	(41,872)	(10,238)
GBP
Financial liabilities
Net exposure		(23,481)
GBP | Payables
Financial liabilities
Changes in financial liabilities due to foreign currency risk exposure		$ (23,481)
CAD
Financial liabilities
Net exposure	(1,290)
CAD | Payables
Financial liabilities
Changes in financial liabilities due to foreign currency risk exposure	$ (1,290)

XML

Related Party Disclosures - Summary of Consolidated Financial Statements Include Financial Statements of Opthea Limited and Subsidiaries (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020	Jun. 30, 2019
Vegenics Pty Ltd
Disclosure Of Equity Interest In Subsidiaries [Line Items]
Ownership percentage in subsidiary	100.00%	100.00%	100.00%
Opthea US Inc
Disclosure Of Equity Interest In Subsidiaries [Line Items]
Ownership percentage in subsidiary	100.00%

XML

Commitments - Summary of Lease Commitments (Details) - USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020	Jun. 30, 2019
Commitments [Line Items]
Lease commitments	$ 13,702	$ 16,116	$ 4,936
Within One Year
Commitments [Line Items]
Lease commitments	5,304	4,497	$ 4,936
After One Year but not more than Five Years
Commitments [Line Items]
Lease commitments	$ 8,398	$ 11,619

XML

Commitments - Summary of Expenditure Commitments Relating to Services for Clinical Trial and Intellectual Property License Agreements (Details) - USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020	Jun. 30, 2019
Commitments [Line Items]
Expenditure commitments relating to services for clinical trial and intellectual property license agreements	$ 28,724,838	$ 8,029,140	$ 5,610,972
Within One Year
Commitments [Line Items]
Expenditure commitments relating to services for clinical trial and intellectual property license agreements	26,377,778	7,660,325	5,460,972
After One Year but not more than Five Years
Commitments [Line Items]
Expenditure commitments relating to services for clinical trial and intellectual property license agreements	$ 2,347,060	293,815	60,000
After more than Five Years
Commitments [Line Items]
Expenditure commitments relating to services for clinical trial and intellectual property license agreements		$ 75,000	$ 90,000

XML

Commitments - Additional Information (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021
Commitments [Abstract]
Termination clause of biggest research contract	60 days
Maximum commitment term	6 months

XML

Contingencies - Additional Information (Details) - USD ($)	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020
Disclosure Of Contingent Liabilities [Line Items]
Bank guarantee outstanding in respect of rental deposit	$ 43,000	$ 39,391
Within One Year
Disclosure Of Contingent Liabilities [Line Items]
Amount payable		263,241
More Than One Year
Disclosure Of Contingent Liabilities [Line Items]
Amount payable	$ 11,548,205	$ 11,518,745

XML

Cash Flow Statement Reconciliation - Summary of Cash Flow Statement Reconciliation (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020	Jun. 30, 2019	Jul. 01, 2019	Jun. 30, 2018
(a) Reconciliation to cash at the end of the year
Cash at bank and in hand	$ 118,193,177	$ 42,650,858	$ 15,121,820
Cash and cash equivalents	118,193,177	42,650,858	15,121,820	$ 15,121,820	$ 24,080,327
(b) Reconciliation of net loss after tax to net cash flows from operations
Net loss for the year	(45,344,496)	(11,123,199)	(14,951,948)
Adjustments for:
Income tax benefit recognized in profit or loss	(4,938,846)	(5,708,767)	(10,474,432)
Depreciation of non-current assets	15,012	14,926	23,607
Depreciation of right-of-use assets	91,656	81,611	0
Share-based payments	3,897,638	732,688	685,409
Net exchange differences	11,011,961	265,989	(241,814)
Changes in:
Payables	(1,552,443)	(125,492)	(1,209,513)
Receivables	(369,712)	12,127	83,936
Prepayments	(14,231,546)	(30,994)	(81,681)
Provisions	40,510	72,794	26,823
Net cash flows used in operating activities before tax	(51,380,266)	(15,808,317)	(26,139,613)
R&D tax incentive received	5,834,099	10,118,697	9,097,526
Net cash flows used in operating activities	(45,546,167)	(5,689,620)	$ (17,042,087)
(c) Reconciliation of borrowings arising from financing activities
Beginning Balance	167,460
Non-cash addition		251,189
Payment of lease liabilities	(87,373)	(66,781)
Exchange on translation	13,765	(16,948)
Ending Balance	$ 93,852	$ 167,460

XML

Key Management Personnel - Schedule of Compensation of Key Management Personnel (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020	Jun. 30, 2019
Disclosure Of Transactions Between Related Parties [Abstract]
Short-term employee benefits	$ 1,099,081	$ 680,954	$ 715,027
Post-employment benefits	79,550	64,632	67,928
Share-based payments expense	3,897,638	420,751	532,952
Key management personnel compensation	$ 5,076,269	$ 1,166,337	$ 1,315,907

XML

Key Management Personnel - Additional Information (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020
Director and Key Management Personnel
Disclosure Of Transactions Between Related Parties [Line Items]
Related party transactions	$ 0	$ 0

XML

Share-Based Payments - Summary of Recognized Share Based Payment Expenses (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020	Jun. 30, 2019
Disclosure Of Detailed Information About Recognized Share Based Payment Expenses [Abstract]
Director and employee services received	$ 3,897,638	$ 732,688	$ 685,409

XML

Share-Based Payments - Additional Information (Details) - USD ($)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021	Jun. 30, 2020	Jun. 30, 2019	Jun. 30, 2015
Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Line Items]
Number of employee share converts into ordinary share on exercise				1
Amounts paid or payable by recipient on receipt of option				$ 0
Share options outstanding at end of year weighted average exercise price	$ 0.86	$ 0.50	$ 0.37
Weighted average remaining contractual life	628 days	626 days	716 days
Bottom of Range
Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Line Items]
Historical share price volatility period	4 years
Top of Range
Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Line Items]
Historical share price volatility period	5 years

XML

Share-Based Payments - Summary of Fair Value of Share Options Granted (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021 $ / shares
LTIP - Director FY2016
Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Line Items]
Exercise price	$ 0.36
Grant date share price	0.28
Fair value per option US	$ 0.14
Expected volatility	65.00%
Option life	5 years
Dividend yield	0.00%
Risk free interest rate	2.09%
Model used	Binomial
LTIP - Director FY2019
Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Line Items]
Exercise price	$ 0.63
Grant date share price	0.42
Fair value per option US	$ 0.15
Expected volatility	58.00%
Option life	4 years
Dividend yield	0.00%
Risk free interest rate	2.04%
Model used	Binomial
LTIP - employees FY2016
Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Line Items]
Exercise price	$ 0.37
Grant date share price	0.54
Fair value per option US	$ 0.18
Expected volatility	65.00%
Option life	5 years
Dividend yield	0.00%
Risk free interest rate	2.09%
Model used	Binomial
LTIP - Employees FY2018
Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Line Items]
Exercise price	$ 0.92
Grant date share price	0.34
Fair value per option US	$ 0.26
Expected volatility	66.00%
Option life	5 years
Dividend yield	0.00%
Risk free interest rate	2.09%
Model used	Binomial
LTIP - Employees FY2019
Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Line Items]
Exercise price	$ 0.61
Grant date share price	0.48
Fair value per option US	$ 0.18
Expected volatility	57.00%
Option life	4 years
Dividend yield	0.00%
Risk free interest rate	2.04%
Model used	Binomial
NED Plan FY2016
Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Line Items]
Exercise price	$ 0.36
Grant date share price	0.28
Fair value per option US	$ 0.14
Expected volatility	65.00%
Option life	5 years
Dividend yield	0.00%
Risk free interest rate	2.09%
Model used	Binomial
NED Plan FY2019
Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Line Items]
Exercise price	$ 0.63
Grant date share price	0.42
Fair value per option US	$ 0.15
Expected volatility	58.00%
Option life	4 years
Dividend yield	0.00%
Risk free interest rate	2.04%
Model used	Binomial
NED Plan FY2021
Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Line Items]
Exercise price	$ 2.16
Grant date share price	2.19
Fair value per option US	$ 1.24
Expected volatility	77.25%
Option life	4 years
Dividend yield	0.00%
Risk free interest rate	0.25%
Model used	Binomial
NED Plan FY2021 Two
Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Line Items]
Exercise price	$ 3.24
Grant date share price	2.19
Fair value per option US	$ 1.05
Expected volatility	77.25%
Option life	4 years
Dividend yield	0.00%
Risk free interest rate	0.25%
Model used	Binomial
NED Plan FY2021 Three
Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Line Items]
Exercise price	$ 1.56
Grant date share price	1.56
Fair value per option US	$ 0.88
Expected volatility	77.01%
Option life	4 years
Dividend yield	0.00%
Risk free interest rate	0.25%
Model used	Binomial
Non Executive Director and Employee Share Option Plans | LTIP - Director FY2016
Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Line Items]
Grant date	March 7,2016
Grant date fair value	$ 0.14
Exercise price	$ 0.36
Expiry date	Mar. 07, 2021
Vesting date	Jun. 30, 2016
Non Executive Director and Employee Share Option Plans | LTIP - Director FY2019
Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Line Items]
Grant date	November 29, 2018
Grant date fair value	$ 0.15
Exercise price	$ 0.625
Expiry date	Nov. 29, 2022
Vesting date	Nov. 29, 2019
Non Executive Director and Employee Share Option Plans | LTIP - employees FY2016
Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Line Items]
Grant date	March 31, 2016
Grant date fair value	$ 0.18
Exercise price	$ 0.37
Expiry date	Jan. 01, 2022
Vesting date	Jan. 01, 2017
Non Executive Director and Employee Share Option Plans | LTIP - Employees FY2018
Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Line Items]
Grant date	August 23, 2017
Grant date fair value	$ 0.26
Exercise price	$ 0.92
Expiry date	Jan. 01, 2023
Vesting date	Jun. 30, 2018
Non Executive Director and Employee Share Option Plans | LTIP - Employees FY2019
Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Line Items]
Grant date	April 3, 2019
Grant date fair value	$ 0.18
Exercise price	$ 0.608
Expiry date	Apr. 03, 2023
Vesting date	Apr. 03, 2021
Non Executive Director and Employee Share Option Plans | NED Plan FY2016
Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Line Items]
Grant date	March 7,2016
Grant date fair value	$ 0.14
Exercise price	$ 0.36
Expiry date	Mar. 07, 2021
Vesting date	Jun. 30, 2016
Non Executive Director and Employee Share Option Plans | NED Plan FY2019
Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Line Items]
Grant date	November 29, 2018
Grant date fair value	$ 0.15
Exercise price	$ 0.625
Expiry date	Nov. 29, 2022
Vesting date	Nov. 29, 2019
Non Executive Director and Employee Share Option Plans | NED Plan FY2021
Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Line Items]
Grant date	October 12, 2020
Grant date fair value	$ 1.05
Exercise price	$ 3.24
Expiry date	Oct. 11, 2024
Vesting date	Oct. 12, 2020
Non Executive Director and Employee Share Option Plans | NED Plan FY2021 Two
Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Line Items]
Grant date	October 12, 2020
Grant date fair value	$ 1.05
Exercise price	$ 3.24
Expiry date	Oct. 11, 2024
Vesting date	Oct. 12, 2021
Non Executive Director and Employee Share Option Plans | NED Plan FY2021 Three
Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Line Items]
Grant date	October 12, 2020
Grant date fair value	$ 1.05
Exercise price	$ 3.24
Expiry date	Oct. 11, 2024
Vesting date	Oct. 12, 2022
Non Executive Director and Employee Share Option Plans | NED Plan FY2021 Four
Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Line Items]
Grant date	October 12, 2020
Grant date fair value	$ 1.05
Exercise price	$ 3.24
Expiry date	Oct. 11, 2024
Vesting date	Oct. 12, 2023
Non Executive Director and Employee Share Option Plans | NED Plan FY2021 Five
Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Line Items]
Grant date	October 12, 2020
Grant date fair value	$ 1.24
Exercise price	$ 2.16
Expiry date	Oct. 11, 2024
Vesting date	Oct. 12, 2020
Non Executive Director and Employee Share Option Plans | NED Plan FY2021 Six
Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Line Items]
Grant date	October 12, 2020
Grant date fair value	$ 1.24
Exercise price	$ 2.16
Expiry date	Oct. 11, 2024
Vesting date	Oct. 12, 2021
Non Executive Director and Employee Share Option Plans | NED Plan FY2021 Seven
Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Line Items]
Grant date	October 12, 2020
Grant date fair value	$ 1.24
Exercise price	$ 2.16
Expiry date	Oct. 11, 2024
Vesting date	Oct. 12, 2022
Non Executive Director and Employee Share Option Plans | NED Plan FY2021 Eight
Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Line Items]
Grant date	October 12, 2020
Grant date fair value	$ 1.24
Exercise price	$ 2.16
Expiry date	Oct. 11, 2024
Vesting date	Oct. 12, 2023
Non Executive Director and Employee Share Option Plans | NED Plan FY2021 Nine
Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Line Items]
Grant date	January 19, 2021
Grant date fair value	$ 0.88
Exercise price	$ 1.56
Expiry date	Jan. 18, 2025
Vesting date	Jan. 19, 2021
Non Executive Director and Employee Share Option Plans | NED Plan FY2021 Ten
Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Line Items]
Grant date	January 19, 2021
Grant date fair value	$ 0.88
Exercise price	$ 1.56
Expiry date	Jan. 18, 2025
Vesting date	Jan. 19, 2022
Non Executive Director and Employee Share Option Plans | NED Plan FY2021 Eleven
Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Line Items]
Grant date	January 19, 2021
Grant date fair value	$ 0.88
Exercise price	$ 1.56
Expiry date	Jan. 18, 2025
Vesting date	Jan. 19, 2023
Non Executive Director and Employee Share Option Plans | NED Plan FY2021 Twelve
Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Line Items]
Grant date	January 19, 2021
Grant date fair value	$ 0.88
Exercise price	$ 1.56
Expiry date	Jan. 18, 2025
Vesting date	Jan. 19, 2024

XML

Share-Based Payments - Summary of Share Options Outstanding (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 30, 2021 shares $ / shares	Jun. 30, 2020 shares $ / shares	Jun. 30, 2019 shares $ / shares
Disclosure Of Terms And Conditions Of Sharebased Payment Arrangement [Abstract]
Balance, number of options and rights | shares	18,044,000	18,919,000	10,075,000
Number of options granted | shares	7,000,000		8,844,000
Exercised during the year, number of options and rights | shares	(8,400,000)	(875,000)
Balance, number of options and rights | shares	16,644,000	18,044,000	18,919,000
Outstanding options exercisable | shares	11,394,000	18,044,000	9,905,000
Balance, weighted average exercise price | $ / shares	$ 0.50	$ 0.50	$ 0.39
To employees and directors under the LTIP and NED Plan, weighted average exercise price | $ / shares	2.21		0.62
Exercised during the year, weighted average exercise price | $ / shares	0.36	0.37
Balance, weighted average exercise price | $ / shares	1.28	0.50	0.50
Exercisable at end of year, weighted average exercise price | $ / shares	$ 0.86	$ 0.50	$ 0.37